|
Health, Sport, & Fitness Activity: Cardiokickboxing |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Madeleine AB |
Chair: Elise Cooke (Holliston Public Schools) |
Presenting Authors: |
Take a break from sitting down all weekend. Discover how behavioral principles, kickboxing routines, and upbeat music can combine into a heart healthy cardio workout! All ABA members and guests are welcome; instruction will be differentiated to ensure that individuals of all fitness levels can be successful. |
|
|
|
|
Health, Sport, & Fitness Special Interest Group Meeting |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
7:00 AM–7:50 PM |
Ford AB |
Chair: Amanda N. Adams (California State University, Fresno) |
Presenting Authors: |
Everyone is welcome at the annual meeting of the HSF SIG, where we will discuss our plans to promote research and applications in health, sport and fitness areas within ABA. Topics will include the SIG newsletter, website, student research award, dues schedule, future symposia, and the new on-line journal (BAHSFM). |
|
|
|
|
ABA Program Committee Meeting |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Emma AB |
Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: #none# |
|
AUT |
JACK SCOTT (Florida Atlantic University), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
|
BPH |
JOHN M. ROLL (Washington State University), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
|
CBM |
KELLY G. WILSON (University of Mississippi), Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University) |
|
CSE |
JANET ELLIS (University of North Texas), Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College) |
|
DDA |
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
|
DEV |
JACOB L. GEWIRTZ (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
|
EAB |
JAMES S. MACDONALL (Fordham University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
|
EDC |
TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University), Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute) |
|
OBM |
TIMOTHY D. LUDWIG (Appalachian State University), Alicia M. Alvero (Queens College, City University of New York) |
|
TBA |
PAMELA G. OSNES (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Denise E. Ross (Columbia University Teachers College) |
|
TPC |
DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College), Sam Leigland (Gonzaga University) |
|
VRB |
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus), Matthew P. Normand (Florida Institute of Technology) |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analyst Certification Board International Certification Development |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Molly AB |
Chair: Gerald A Shook (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Presenting Authors: |
The presentation will discuss important components of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, which include: Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) and Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCABA) credentials; professional experience, coursework, and degree requirements; approved course sequences; international examination administration; eligibility standards; and application for examination. Special emphasis will be on how individual countries can work with the BACB to develop time-limited alternative pathways for residents of the country to qualify for the BACB examinations. The presentation also will provide an overview of the current status of the BACB and its certificants. The presentation will focus on development of the BACB in the future, particularly as it relates to certification outside of the United States. Time will be provided for participant questions and discussion with the presenter. |
|
|
|
|
Editorial Board, Behavior and Social Issues |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Edward D |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago) |
Presenting Authors: |
The editorial board will discuss the enhanced Open Journal Systems Web site (www.behaviorandsocialissues.org); plans to expand access, submissions, and subscriptions; as well as plans for upcoming special issues. |
|
|
|
|
Hawaiian Association for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Edward C |
Chair: Catherine H. Wilson (Behavioral Counseling and Research Center) |
Presenting Authors: |
Welcome to quarterly meeting of the Hawaiian Association for Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
JABA Business Meeting |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Mohsen AB |
Chair: Patrick C. Friman (Father Flanagan's Girls and Boys' Town) |
Presenting Authors: |
Annual meeting of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Parent Professional Partnership Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Emma C |
Chair: David A. Celiberti (Private Practice) |
Presenting Authors: |
The discipline of applied behavior analysis owes much to parents who have been staunch advocates for higher quality services for their children. The synergy that can arise from parents and professionals working together creates both exciting opportunities and possibilities. A business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking, to help orient parents to the convention, to outline SIG goals and objectives, and to discuss the SIG Web site. All interested parents and professionals are encouraged to attend. |
|
|
|
|
Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis Business Meeting |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Ford C |
Chair: Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Presenting Authors: |
Discuss business relating to SEABA. |
|
|
|
|
Speech Pathology Special Interest Group (SPABA) |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Gregory AB |
Chair: Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.) |
Presenting Authors: |
The annual business meeting of the Speech Pathology SIG (SPABA; www.behavioralspeech.com) is open to anyone interested in promoting a behavioral approach to the analysis and treatment of speech/language/swallowing disorders. There will be a discussion of mission-related member activities, current and future SIG goals, and strategies to promote these goals during 2007-08. There will also be an update on ASHA CEUs at ABA. |
|
|
|
|
Wisconsin ABA |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Annie AB |
Chair: Corrine R. Donley (University of Wisconsin, Oshkosh, Retired) |
Presenting Authors: |
Members will hear committee reports, review the years' events, plan future events, and discuss current issues. |
|
|
|
|
Increasing Your Funding Odds: Interpreting Grant Reviews and Revising Proposals |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Madeleine AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Kathryn Saunders (University of Kansas) |
WILLIAM J. MCILVANE (University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
MARC N. BRANCH (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Are you wondering how to interpret your proposal reviews and what strategy to take in revising? This discussion features ABA members who have seen the review process from both sides. Marc Branch and William McIlvane both have a long history of grant funding as well as extensive experience as reviewers. They will provide tips on both the content and the structure of revised grant proposals. This event is sponsored by the Science Policy and Research Board. |
|
|
|
|
Joint Attention and Symbolic Play: Active Ingredients of Effective Early Behavioral Intensive Intervention |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Douglas C |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
CONNIE KASARI (University of California, Los Angeles) |
Dr. Connie Kasari, Ph.D. is Professor in the Division of Psychological Studies in Education in the UCLA Graduate School of Education and Information Sciences. Dr. Kasari’s research has focused on social-emotional and cognitive development in typical and atypical children. She has a particular interest in affective development and caregiver-child interactions with a focus on mental retardation and developmental psychopathology. Prior to her appointment in education, she was a postdoctoral fellow with Dr. Marian Sigman, collaborating on a number of research studies on autism and Down syndrome. Dr. Kasari continues this collaboration with an intervention project in Dr. Sigman’s original Collaborative Programs of Excellence in Autism (CPEA) Center grant at UCLA and now its continuation. Dr. Karsari also is Principal Investigator on an innovative treatments project funded by National Institute of Mental Health. Her most recent work has centered on treatment studies of social and communication behavior in children with autism, and she continues this line of inquiry in her current CART project on peer interactions. Dr. Kasari received her doctorate in education from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in 1985. She completed a postdoctoral fellowship in child development at UCLA prior to joining the UCLA faculty in 1990. |
Abstract: Significant progress has been made toward identifying effective interventions for preschool-age children with autism (National Research Council, 2001). However, because interventions are lengthy, complex, time consuming, and expensive, pinpointing active ingredients that contribute to outcome (e.g., method, dose, timing, content) is essential in order to streamline and increase efficacy. This talk will consider curriculum content on core deficits in autism as one important active ingredient of early intervention. Data from a recent RCT for preschool children with autism will be described in which children participating in early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) were randomized to receive brief targeted interventions in joint attention, symbolic play or EIBI only. Results of these targeted interventions yielded significant effects on initiating joint attention, and diversity and level of symbolic play. Children were also tested six and 12 months post-intervention. Compared to the control children, both targeted interventions had significant effects on childrens expressive language one year later. Several important moderators of treatment response were also found, including pre-treatment language and nonverbal communication abilities. Thus, these data provide information on potential intervention targets for improving language outcome in young children with autism, as well as information on who benefits most from the specific treatments. |
|
|
|
|
OBM Paper Series: Behavioral Analysis of Contemporary Issues |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Emma C |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Bess J Puvathingal (Temple University) |
|
Tell it Like They See it: Considering Visual Spatial Strengths May Increase Employee Satisfaction. |
Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY DERK (Cady Wellness Institute) |
|
Abstract: After years of flat performance on employee satisfaction scores at a large manufacturing facility, consideration was given to advances seen in teaching autism and gifted children that demonstrate modification of the presentation of information sometimes improves an individual’s success. Realizing that both written and spoken information in organizational settings lean heavily toward verbal/auditory-sequential delivery (i.e.: presentations, meetings, written procedures, Intranets, newsletters, etc.), I gave 38 employees two different learning style inventories. Numerous works in the learning field suggest about 30% of a given population typically will emerge as strongly visual spatial.
However, the two inventories indicated the target group holds a 64% and 67% strong visually spatial bias, indicating potential value in presenting organizational information in ways that are more easily accessible to those with visually spatial preferences. Multiple modifications were made across the organization in response, from face-to-face supervisory discussion techniques to the site’s primary communication vehicles. In response, communication effectiveness scores shot up 26% in a year. Unstructured interviews as well as questionnaires credit inclusion of visual spatial awareness as the catalyst for the improvement. |
|
Extending the Job-Demands/Job-Control Model of Occupational Strain. |
Domain: Applied Research |
SCOTT A. HERBST (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: The job-damnd/job-control model of occupational strain predicts that the more control an employee has over his or her work environment, the less impact greater demands will have on their experience of stress. This paper will review the job-demand/job-control model of occupational strain and discuss the contributions operant psychology may make in extending the scope of the theory. |
|
Behavioral Analysis of Sunk Costs: Sinking in Quicksand or Caught in the Fog of War? |
Domain: Applied Research |
BESS J PUVATHINGAL (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
|
Abstract: The sunk cost effect is the increased tendency to persist in an endeavor despite indications of failure once an investment of money, effort, or time has been made. This effect has been witnessed in a variety of situations, including economics, decision-making, psychopathology, and politics. Behavioral literature clearly demonstrates that behaviors reinforced intermittently develop increased resistance to extinction, which may provide a partial explanation for escalating commitment to a course of action that is currently not being reinforced. In our quantitative review, we go beyond partial reinforcement effects and examine the literature surrounding the sunk cost effect. We then identify situations in which there appear to be a greater escalation of commitment to a failing course of action. One variable that increases escalation of commitment when paired with sunk cost is the uncertainty of the outcome. Implications surrounding the United States involvement in the war in Iraq are discussed in the context of sunk costs and uncertainty. |
|
|
|
|
|
Tutorial: Behavior-Analytic Strategies for Introducing Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Douglas B |
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Philip N. Hineline, Ph.D. |
Chair: Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College) |
Presenting Authors: : PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University) |
Abstract: We frequently encounter difficulty in gaining acceptance for effective behaviorally-based interventions or educational practices; similar difficulty arises in gaining or maintaining a place for behavior analysis within academic curricula. Simply arguing the merits of the case by appealing to the practical effectiveness or the conceptual coherence and relevance of our approach often does not work. In the applied domain, a partial remedy is to improve the aesthetic characteristics of the strategies and techniques that we propose. In the domain of persuasion, we could better apply our own principles, as well as some techniques from other disciplines. For example, in place of confrontation, our principle of shaping suggests that we begin with a potential allys current repertoires and attempt gradual change. In the field of rhetoric and persuasion, a key strategy is to initially establish bases of agreement or commonality before attempting to persuade. Coupled with these should be a concern to discriminate which of the differences matter, between ones own and the position of others and especially to discriminate when those differences matter. My objective in all this is to address these issues in a principled way, thus understanding our own approach more effectively even while introducing it to others. |
|
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University) |
Dr. Philip N. Hineline With a B.A. from Hamilton College and Ph.D. from Harvard University, Philip N. Hineline spent three years at the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research before moving to Temple University, where he is now a professor. Teaching at both basic and advanced levels, he has received several awards for excellence in teaching, including Temple's university-wide Great Teacher Award and the Distinguished Teacher Award from the College of Arts and sciences. Outside the university, he served first as Associate Editor, as Editor, and then as Review Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He has been President of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABA), as well as of Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. In 1995, he received the award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis from ABA, and in 2002, the Award for Outstanding Contributions to Basic Research from Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. His conceptual writing has focused upon the characteristics of explanatory language and the role of those characteristics in the controversies that have confronted behavior analysis. His empirical research has contained a consistent theme: to develop an understanding of behavioral and psychological processes as extended in time. |
|
|
|
|
ACT and ABA: Natural Progression or Conceptual Regression? |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Cunningham AB |
Area: TPC/CBM; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Daniel J. Moran, Ph.D. |
Chair: Daniel J. Moran (Trinity Services) |
DANIEL J. MORAN (Trinity Services) |
KURT SALZINGER (Hofstra University) |
STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
RICHARD M. O'BRIEN (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: Proponents of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and its theoretical foundation Relational Frame Theory have described this approach as the basis for a third wave of Behavior Therapy. Skeptical observers view the ACT/RFT third wave as only waving goodbye to the scientific basis of Behavior Analysis. In this Panel Discussion, Steven C. Hayes, a developer of the ACT/RFT model and Daniel J. Moran will present ACT as a necessary extension of behavior analysis. They see ACT as giving greater breadth to the clinical field and filling a gap in the behavioral account of complex behaviors. But some behavior analysts are not convinced that the cognitively oriented approach embodied in ACT and Mindfulness is the direction that the field should take. Kurt Salzinger will discuss the ACT/RFT model from the perspective of traditional behavior analysis. Richard M. OBrien will review some of the core concepts of ACT/RFT as positive additions to the behavioral model or digressions from it with the goal of bringing this approach solidly within applied behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
An Analysis of Teaching and Prompting Strategies in Teaching Children with Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Elizabeth F |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Myrna E. Libby (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Four presentations analyzing the effectiveness and efficiency of various teaching and prompting strategies on the acquisition of behavior chains will be presented.
One presentation compared acquisition of an arbitrary Lego toy using a forward chaining procedure with most-to-least prompting. The effectiveness of 3 teaching strategies was evaluated with an alternating treatments design: on each training trial the chain was completed by the teacher, completed by the participant with full manual guidance or not completed after the training step. All participants acquired the skill in the three conditions with acquisition taking fewer sessions with manual guidance but less training time in the no complete condition.
One presentation compared acquisition of arbitrary Lego constructs using video modeling and graduated guidance in an alternating treatments design with 3 participants. All participants acquired the skill with graduated guidance and video modeling with little difference.
The third presentation investigated if independently established related repertoires would emerge as a single chain of behavior when an opportunity was provided for them to occur simultaneously. For the 5 participants, the independent repertoires did occur as a single chain when the opportunity was provided.
The last presentation extend the use of script and script fading procedures to teach initiations in a free play setting and assess whether manual guidance with systematic fading of prompts in the absence of an activity schedule will promote independent play. |
|
Acquisition of Chains Using Manual Guidance, Teacher Completion or No Completion of Untrained Steps. |
STACIE BANCROFT (New England Center for Children), Julie S. Weiss (New England Center for Children), Myrna E. Libby (New England Center for Children), Pamela M. Olsen (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: An alternating treatments design was used to compare a forward chaining sequence with most-to-least prompting under 3 conditions: the teacher completed the steps beyond the training step; the teacher manually guided the participant to complete the steps beyond the training step; and the teacher did not complete the chain after the training step. Three participants diagnosed with autism participated and the dependent variable was acquisition of 3 8-step arbitrary Lego figures; each session consisted of 1 probe trial and 10 training trials. Generalization probes across novel teacher and one new setting were conducted after acquisition. The 3 procedures were effective in teaching the chains to all participants. For all participants, acquisition took fewer training sessions with manual guidance but less training time in the no complete condition. All participants generalized responding across two teachers and in a new environment. IOA was collected in at least 80% of sessions and averaged 95%. Procedural integrity data were taken in at least 80% of sessions and averaged 97%. |
|
Teaching a Play Construction Task Comparing Graduated Guidance and Video Modeling. |
ERIN KING (New England Center for Children), Myrna E. Libby (New England Center for Children), Julie S. Weiss (New England Center for Children), Heather Reynolds (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Three participants diagnosed with autism were taught to put together 2 8-step arbitrary Lego figures using an alternating treatments design comparing video modeling to graduated guidance. Generalization probes across a novel teacher and a new setting were conducted after acquisition. All participants acquired both chains indicating that both procedures were effective. For one participant, video modeling was slightly more efficient; for one participant graduated guidance was slightly more efficient; for one participant there was no difference between graduated guidance and video modeling. The participants generalized across a novel teacher and a different training environment. IOA and procedural integrity were taken in 33% of session and averaged 90% or better. |
|
Generating Novel Responses by Teaching Components: Adduction with Legos. |
JACQUELINE CONDON (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), Myrna E. Libby (New England Center for Children), Julie S. Weiss (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Five individuals diagnosed with autism were taught 4 separate but related 2-step chains. Participants were then given the opportunity to combine the 4 units into a longer, previously untrained chain of behaviors. All 5 participants did independently generate a novel chain of behaviors after acquiring four components. Furthermore, this skill generalized across novel materials for four participants. All sessions were videotaped and IOA exceeded 95%. |
|
Using Script Fading Procedures to Teach Preschoolers with Autism to Initiate Play in a Free Operant Setting. |
KARA A. REAGON (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Young children with autism often exhibit deficits in play and social initiations. The use of scripts and script fading procedures has been an effective strategy to help promote initiations with individuals with autism (Krantz & McClannahan, 1993; Krantz & McClannahan, 1998; and Sarokoff, Taylor & Poulson, 2001). Manual guidance and systematic fading of prompts have been used to teach individuals with autism to successfully complete lengthy response chains with activity schedules (MacDuff, Krantz, & McClannahan, 1993). The purpose of the present study is to extend the use of script and script fading procedures to teach initiations in a free play setting and assess whether manual guidance with systematic fading of prompts in the absence of an activity schedule will promote independent play. Three preschool children diagnosed with autism who do not initiate play will participate in this study. The use of scripts and script fading procedures with manual guidance will be examined using a concurrent multiple-baseline design across participants. Generalization across stimuli and people will be assessed. A maintenance probe will be conducted two weeks after completion of intervention. Data to be collected. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in Dementia Care |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Molly AB |
Area: DEV/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jane E. Fisher (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The cost of caring for persons with dementing illnesses is estimated to exceed $70 billion annually (National Institute on Aging, 2004). Institutional long-term care and the need for fulltime supervision greatly contribute to this expense. However, in addition to care within the medical model, behavioral treatment planning for persons with dementia should be considered within the context of their social and physical environments. The presentations will outline the necessity and timeliness of introducing behavior analysis in home and facility-based dementia care; discuss the adjustment of behavioral plans to the unique aspects of degenerative diseases; and address the implementation of behavior analytic interventions by family caregivers and in rural areas with limited access to behavioral health services. |
|
The Necessity and Timeliness of a Behavior Analytic Approach to Dementia. |
CLAUDIA DROSSEL (University of Nevada, Reno), Jane E. Fisher (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Historically as well as currently, care plans in dementia are firmly entrenched within the medical model and often limited to custodial care. A brief overview of research in medicine and cognitive science will be presented and reinterpreted from a behavior analytic perspective. While providing evidence for a functional approach, the detrimental consequences of the topographical approach to behavioral difficulties will also be illustrated. Given supporting evidence and current developments in psychopharmacological research, now may be the time to gain acceptance for behavior analytic interventions in medical settings. |
|
Behavior Plans in Dementia Care. |
STACEY M. CHERUP (University of Nevada, Reno), Jane E. Fisher (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: While traditional treatment planning involves successive approximations to behavioral targets, behavioral care plans in degenerative dementia require a focus on skill maintenance and behavioral problem prevention by strategically adjusting task demands to the potential loss of repertoires. The value of an ideographic approach for addressing inter- and intra-individual variability will be outlined and illustrated with behavioral plans. |
|
Training Family Caregivers to Implement Behavioral Plans. |
RUTH GENTRY (University of Nevada, Reno), Jane E. Fisher (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Given the lack of resources in dementia care, family member rather than professional staff are called upon to implement behavioral plans. Consequently, the Nevada Caregiver Support Center, funded by the Division for Aging Services, routinely coaches older adults to provide effective behavioral care to family members with dementia. This integrative model of care as well as barriers to implementation will be discussed. Moreover, the role of effective caregiver responding in the maintenance of care recipient skills will be emphasized. |
|
An Analysis of Access to Services in Rural Areas. |
MERRY SYLVESTER (University of Nevada, Reno), Clair Rummel (University of Nevada, Reno), Jane E. Fisher (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Behavioral services for elderly persons with dementia typically focus on the individual with dementia or caregiver/care recipient dyad as the unit of analysis. Recent national initiatives have called for improving access to services within underserved rural communities. The lack of medical and behavioral health services within rural communities may require intervention at the level of the community infrastructure. Community interventions should focus on increasing access to evidence-based services through public health education, and the integration of behavioral services within the extant community health and social service system. Techniques to quantify and accurately track community behavior change will be discussed. Treatment modalities including bibliotherapy, telehealth, and internet-based services will be offered as alternatives to in-person behavioral interventions. Empirical findings relevant to various service modalities as well as barriers to access will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Approaches to the Study of Social Interactions in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Elizabeth G |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Raymond G. Romanczyk (Institute for Child Development) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Social interactions primarily consist of approach (i.e., initiations and response to initiations) or avoidance behavior between individuals. Social interactions involve complex nonverbal, verbal, and behavioral cues that typically influences an individuals behavior in some predictable ways. The hallmark deficit in children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) is the social impairment, which involves a significant difficulty with social interactions. Measurement procedures for social interactions varies across studies in our field, with many research studies using parent or teacher reports as well as standardized assessments, to describe a childs social skills and interactions. The first paper in this symposium will present results from a study that conducted a parametric analysis of some of the variables involved in a social interaction in young children with ASD. In addition, a new behavioral assessment, the Social Interaction Inventory-Revised (SII-R) that was developed to quantify social interactions will be introduced. The second paper presented will share results from a study that included typically developing children for the purposes of providing normative data for the SII-R. The third paper will present results from a study that included children with ASD and a follow-up assessment to determine if the SII-R is sensitive to changes in social interactions in children with ASD. |
|
Examining Factors that Affect Social Behavior among Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. |
ROSE F. EAGLE (Institute for Child Development), Raymond G. Romanczyk (Institute for Child Development) |
Abstract: This study investied factors that affect the social behavior of children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASDs). The effects of two types of adult-initiated social behavior on the social behavior of two groups of children with ASDs were examined. The two groups included were 1) children with minimal language, and 2) children with some communicative language. The participants experienced two conditions: 1) “Passive Behavior” in which an unfamiliar adult sat quietly without making any social initiations, and 2) “Social Behavior” in which an unfamiliar adult made frequent social initiations. There was no significant difference between the two conditions or the two groups on the measures of interpersonal distance. Measures of socialization behaviors and symptom severity were significantly correlated with frequency of social initiations. A large proportion of participants (10 of 22) did not respond to the manipulation (i.e. remained inactive). Thus, differences between the inactive children and the active children were examined. The active children, though further away from the adults, made significantly more social initiations. Implications are discussed in terms of behavioral subtypes in ASDs. |
|
The Social Interaction Inventory, Revised: The Development of Norms for a New Measure of Social Behavior. |
EMILY HUBER CALLAHAN (Institute for Child Development), Raymond G. Romanczyk (Institute for Child Development) |
Abstract: A qualitative impairment in social interactions is one of the core components of autistic disorder as defined in the DSM-IV-TR. Most programs developed for individuals with autism include social skills instruction or training and growing attention has been directed at the development of effective interventions (Koegel, Koegel & MeNerney, 2001; Strain & Hoyson, 2000; Hestenes, & Carroll, 2000). However, there are limited tools available to assess social skills and even fewer designed to assess improvements in social behavior. While there are some measures that are useful for identifying children who may be displaying deficits or delays in social functioning, they do not provide information about the specific nature of a child’s social difficulties and were not designed to track behavior change. The focus of the current study was to use the Social Interaction Inventory-Revised (SII-R) (Gillis, Romanczyk & Lockshin, 2005) to assess social interactions in typically developing children 2- to 5-years of age to establish a set of norms. Furthermore, patterns of age differences in social competence and development were examined using this measure. Age was not significantly related to scores obtained on the SII-R. However, a significant positive relationship was observed between social initiations made by the participant and a participant’s responses to the initiations of the examiner suggesting that the development of these two skills are coordinated in typically developing children, and that these skills develop very early. |
|
The Social Interaction Inventory, Revised: An ASD Sample and Six-Month Follow-Up. |
JENNIFER M. GILLIS MATTSON (Auburn University) |
Abstract: An accurate assessment tool is crucial in the identification, evaluation, and treatment of children with deficits in social development. While many tests rely on self and/or third party questionnaires, the Social Interaction Inventory- Revised (SII-R) is unique in that it utilizes direct observations of social interaction in a controlled clinical setting. The SII-R attempts to assess skills in two domains of social interaction: Social Initiation and Social Responsivity. In the present study, the SII-R was administered to a sample of children diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (N=40). The children with ASD scored significantly lower than typical children in both domains. These results are consistent with the impairments in social skills typically seen in individuals with ASD. Six months after the first administration, a second administration of the SII-R was conducted with the same sample of children. Scores are compared with progress on social skills goals for each child, while attending an applied behavioral analysis day school program. The results are discussed in terms of utility of the SII-R as a behavioral measure of social competence for young children with ASD and as a measure of change of social competence over time. |
|
|
|
|
Biology, Behavior, and the Meaning of Meaning |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Randle B |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Heidi L. Eyre (Jacksonville State University) |
|
Nature/Nurture, Nurture/Nature: The Looking Glass as Infinite Egress. |
Domain: Theory |
PAUL THOMAS ANDRONIS (Northern Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: Behavioral scientists have long argued about whether biological variables (nature) or experiential variables (nurture) were of greatest importance in the control of behavior, and each side repeatedly has declared the matter settled in favor of its own position. The equivocating academic debate has continued at a typically leisurely pace, some scholars achieving rock star status and wealth by writing popular books that promote their own parochial views. Meanwhile, practitioners interested in doing something useful about behavior have been subjected to mixed, confusing, and costly pronouncements that have helped them little in finding solutions to the important problems of human behavior they face each day. The present paper argues that the dichotomy between nature and nurture is illusory, that the biological makeup and evolutionary heritage of organisms interact with their environmental histories in ways that produce rather than summate in behavior (as heritability estimates suggest), and that biological and environmental variables belong to the same set, inseparable in producing and controlling the behavior of organisms. Data from ethology, neurobiology, and the experimental analysis of behavior support this view the behavior may be a relatively simple outcome of complex, interactive biological and ontogenic contingencies. This approach will be applied to examples drawn from the areas of verbal behavior and language, and the manifestation of developmental and psychiatric difficulties (like autism and schizophrenia). Finally, the author will argue that by focusing on those directly accessible variables most strongly associated with particular behavioral outcomes, applied psychologists may not only better address the practical problems they face, but may also help resolve the academic debate as well. |
|
Building the Behavioral Bridge Between Biological and Cultural Sciences. |
Domain: Theory |
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas) |
|
Abstract: Publication of E.O. Wilson’s Sociobiology initiated what has become a deluge of scholarly efforts in many disciplines to bring the evolution of “cultural things” under the tent of evolutionary biology. In this approach, genetic variation and natural selection do the heavy lifting in explaining culture, and the role of behavioral contingencies is short-circuited. Naturalistic explanations that recognize transmission of learned adaptations (e.g. Dawkins) typically view the adaptations as in the “mind” (or brain) of individuals without attention to the behavioral contingencies that account for transmission of learned behavior. Another approach to a naturalistic explanation for cultural evolution is the evolutionary epistemology of Donald Campbell, whose “universal selection theory” viewed “blind variation and selective retention” as accounting for all phenomena of adaptation. Although all of these perspectives leave room for the role of operant selection in a unified (or universal) selectionist theory, its role is usually entirely neglected, or at best peripherally noted. This paper reviews some of this work, explains the problems inherent in ignoring operant selection, and uses Skinner’s three kinds of selection to sketch a version of universal selection theory that gives equal weight to all three kinds. |
|
On the Distinction Between Meaning and Meaningful: A Contingency Analysis. |
Domain: Theory |
T. V. JOE LAYNG (Headsprout) |
|
Abstract: Though philosophers have debated the meaning of meaning for some time, instructional designers and those responsible for teaching the meaning of things must provide procedures that produce changes in an individual’s verbal repertoire that indicate meaning has been learned. An additional problem for the instructional designer is whether or not that change is indeed meaningful. Whereas B. F. Skinner suggested that meaning was to be found in the controlling stimulus relations, this presentation suggests meaningfulness is similarly to be found in the consequential relations. Comparisons of the two relations will highlight both distinctions and similarity in concepts and their role in the analysis of verbal relations important for instruction and the interpretation of behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Conditioned Reinforcement from Observation |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
America's Cup D |
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (St. John's University) |
Discussant: JoAnn Delgado (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: This symposium is devoted to new research on conditioned reinforcement from observation. We will present 3 papers. The first paper will be an overview of existing research on the conditioning of neutral stimuli such as pieces of string or plastic discs as a function of an observational procedure for preschool and Kindergarten students with disabilities. The second paper will describe research on conditioned reinforcement for doing mathematics from observation by typically developing 8-year olds. The third paper will describe several experiments in which vocal praise was converted from a neutral stimulus to a reinforcer as a function of observation for preschool and elementary aged students with and without disabilities. |
|
Overview of Research on Conditioned Reinforcement from Observation. |
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (St. John's University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), Jeannine E. Schmelzkopf (Columbia University Teachers College), Lynn Yuan (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: We report a series of experiments in which a particular set of observational conditions resulted in the acquisition of conditioned reinforcers for both the learning of new operants and performance (i.e., reinforcement of previously learned operants). The experiments involved preschool and Kindergarten children with language delays. The stimuli that were conditioned included plastic discs and pieces of string. |
|
Conditioned Reinforcement for Doing Mathematics from Observation by Typically Developing Eight-Year-Olds. |
CHRISTINE A. O'ROURKE-LANG (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Abstract: We report an experiment in which typically developing 8-year old students, who disliked doing mathematics, acquired conditioned reinforcement for doing math as a function of an observational intervention using a time-lagged multiple probe design. Pre and post intervention experiments showed that the intervention led to the acquisition of conditioned reinforcement for doing mathematics for both performance and the learning of new operants. The intervention consisted of observational conditions in which the target students observed other students receiving opportunities for doing math as a reinforcement operation for performance tasks, while the target students were denied access to the math while doing the performance tasks. |
|
Conditioning Vocal Approvals as Reinforcers as a Function of Observation. |
JENNIFER LONGANO (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Columbia University Teachers College), JoAnn Delgado (Columbia University Teachers College), Michelle L. Zrinzo (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: We present several experiments conducted to test the effects of a procedure designed to condition vocal praise as a reinforcer as a function of observation. Prior to the onset of the studies, a reversal design was implemented to test the function of vocal praise on the number of correct and incorrect responses per minute for a performance task. Edibles were delivered in the first and third phases, contingent upon a correct response. Vocal praise was delivered contingent upon correct responses in the second and fourth phases. For baseline, three acquisition tasks were conducted. Students received vocal praise following correct responses. Corrections were delivered following incorrect responses. When the data demonstrated that no learning had occurred as a function of vocal praise alone, the observational conditioning procedure was implemented to condition vocal praise as a reinforcer. The target student and a peer confederate sat next to each other and completed the same performance task. However, the students could not see the task that the other student was working on. This continued until the target students’ data demonstrated an extinction effect. Following the completion of the conditioning procedure, the same three acquisition tasks were implemented. Results show that following the observational conditioning procedure there was an increase in correct responding across all three acquisition tasks. |
|
|
|
|
Early Verbal Capabilities |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Elizabeth C |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Dolleen-Day Keohane (Columbia University Teachers College & CABAS) |
Abstract: Observing responses associated with the sequential acquisition of early verbal capabilities appear to be related to the discrimination and development of certain aspects of language. Conditioned reinforcement for listening to voices, stories and various genres of music as well as looking at stimuli, text and books may be prerequisites for the development of observing responses across listener, listener-speaker, speaker-as-own-listener and visual sensory modalities. |
|
Conditioned Reinforcement for Observing Visual Stimuli and the Capability of Matching across the Senses and the Acquisition of Early Verbal Capabilities. |
DR. SHIRA A. ACKERMAN (Columbia University Teachers College), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), Janet C. Solorzano-Correia (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to test whether a sequential approach to conditioned reinforcement for observing visual stimuli and the capability of matching across the senses was related to early language acquisition. The 6 participants were three to six years old and diagnosed with autism or a communication disability.
Prior to the onset of the study, the students did not attend to 3-D objects or other visual stimuli within their environment.
A multiple probe design across participants and behaviors was used.
Additionally, a counterbalanced treatment design was used, in which three of the participants received the visual tracking protocol first followed by the sensory matching protocol and three participants received the sensory matching protocol before the visual tracking protocol. As a result the students’ attention to stimuli within their environment and early language acquisition increased significantly. |
|
Conditioning Two-Dimensional Stimuli to Induce Visual Tracking and the Effects on Two-Dimensional Match-to-Sample Responding in Preschoolers. |
ANANYA GOSWAMI (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), JoAnn Delgado (Fred S. Keller School), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Columbia University Teachers College), Jeanne Marie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of a stimulus conditioning procedure for two-dimensional stimuli on the rate of acquisition of match to sample responses for five preschoolers with disabilities. The participants were between the ages of 3 and 5 years and attended a special education center-based CABAS preschool. They were chosen to participate in this study due to high ratios of learn units to criterion for two-dimensional match to sample tasks. The independent variable was a conditioning procedure during which stimuli with reinforcement value were paired with the activity of looking at pages containing various pictures and symbols for specific intervals of time. The dependent variables were 1) the number of seconds participants' maintained eye contact with the pictures and symbols on the presented pages and 2) the ratio of learn units to criterion for, or the rate of acquisition of two-dimensional match to sample tasks. Time lagged multiple probe designs were employed for two groups of participants across two different school campuses. Results showed a functional relation between the conditioning procedure and 1) increased time engaged in looking at pictures and symbols on the presented pages and 2) decreased ratios of learn units to criterion for two- dimensional match to sample tasks for all participants. |
|
The Effect of an Intensive Tact Procedure in a Structured Setting and Increases in the Speaker Repertoire of Children on the Autistic Spectrum in Unstructured Settings. |
EMMA L. HAWKINS (The Jigsaw School, England), Grant Gautreaux (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Elizabeth Theo (The Jigsaw School, England), Jackie Charnock (The Jigsaw School, England) |
Abstract: The effect of a treatment package in a structured setting, that included increasing tact repertoires and targeting wh-questions and captured conversational units was tested as related to the emergent speaker behaviour of seven children on the Autistic Spectrum in the unstructured setting. The children were taught new tacts across the themes of everyday items, the senses, hobbies and interests and topics related to the school term. They were required to emit at least 100 tacts per day. Establishing operations were created to evoke wh-questions and conversational learn units. All children emitted significantly more tacts, conversational units and wh-questions in the unstructured setting post-treatment. |
|
A Sequential Approach to Early Verbal Developmental Capabilities and the Observing Responses Associated with Certain Aspects of Language. |
DOLLEEN-DAY KEOHANE (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), JoAnn Delgado (Fred S. Keller School) |
Abstract: Observing responses associated with listening as a developmental capability appear to be sequentially related to the discrimination and early acquisition of certain aspects of language. Conditioned reinforcement for listening to voices, sounds and words, stories, and various genres of music, as well as, visual stimuli, textural stimuli and looking at books with pictures and text may be prerequisites for the development of observing responses across listener, listener-speaker, speaker-as-own-listener and visual sensory modalities. |
|
|
|
|
Engaging in Life: Values and Valued Action as Catalysts for Change |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Edward AB |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer Plumb (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Cultivating and sustaining a life worth living is a growing focus of many third generation cognitive behavioral interventions. Clients often put their life on hold while attempting to avoid or control unwanted physical and psychological symptoms. Thus, in many interventions (e.g., Acceptance and Commitment Therapy), attention is directed toward the process through which humans learn to discriminate which life choices are valued ones, and how to encourage behavior that accords with those choices. Values are important to examine as a process, as values clarification can change the function of stimuli from something one must avoid to something one chooses to approach in service of a larger life goal. Recently, researchers have begun to develop assessment measures to tap into values clarification as a process and engagement in valued activity as an outcome. This symposium will present the development and application of values measures as both assessment instruments and as integral parts of therapeutic intervention. Taken together, these studies suggest that enhancing value-congruent living is an important step towards psychological flexibility and well being for both clients and clinicians. |
|
Empirical Support for the Importance of Valuing on Psychological Well-Being. |
AMANDA C. ADCOCK (University of North Texas), Amy Murrell (University of North Texas), Douglas W. Woods (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) can be summarized as undermining language with the use of defusion, acceptance, and contact with the present moment in the service of moving clients in a valued direction. One of the main components of ACT is the identification of values, or valuing. Because of the positive effects of ACT on psychopathology, valuing behavior was examined in the current study. Three hundred eighty-eight undergraduates completed the Valued Living Questionnaire (VLQ) along with measures of depression, anxiety, self-esteem, distress, and stress, as well as experiential avoidance. All psychopathology variables were significantly negatively correlated with valuing. This supported our hypothesis that valuing behavior is positive for well-being, and thus supportive of the ACT therapeutic approach. More specific information about high levels of valuing was warranted; thus, groups were created based on VLQ data (high, moderate, and low). The high valuing group was found to be significantly lower in distress, supporting our hypotheses. Comparisons of other variables will be discussed along with the role of experiential avoidance as a controlling variable. The results of this study are supportive of the use of valuing behavior training in ACT and the negative impact of experiential avoidance on psychological well-being. |
|
Values and Valued Action as Key Processes in Treating Depression. |
JENNIFER PLUMB (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Mikaela J. Hildebrandt (University of Nevada, Reno), Lindsay Martin (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Overall client functioning is an increasingly important outcome in a number of modern cognitive behavior therapies. The process by which clients come to declare their values and effectively move toward said values is important to assess in order to tailor clinical interventions to enhance client engagement in activities that are predictive of overall functioning and psychological well being. Preliminary data will be presented on the use of the Personal Values Questionnaire (Blackledge & Ciarrochi, 2006) in assessing values importance and value-congruent living in a depressed clinical sample. We will discuss the interrelationships between pliance, avoidance, acceptance, and value-consistent living as well as the importance and benefit of addressing these issues in a therapeutic context. |
|
Validation of the Bulls-Eye: Values Clarification in a Clinical Sample. |
JOANNE DAHL (Uppsala University, Sweden), Tobias Lundgren (Uppsala University, Sweden), Jyrki Hiltunnen (Uppsala University, Sweden) |
Abstract: Bulls-Eye is an instrument that aims to measure values and valued living as described in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT). The instrument is designed as an outcome measure, a process measure and a clinical tool. Bulls-Eye consists of three dartboards about valued living and one dartboard about believability in thought feelings, memories that function as barriers to a valued life. The instrument shows a test re-test reliability of .86 and criterion validity with DASS, SWLS and MASS. A recently designed Bulls-Eye will be presented (the Bulls-Eye 2) with validation data as well as reliability data. Preliminary data suggests that the Bulls-Eye is useful for both values clarification within a clinical domain, as well as measuring values as a process within clinical research. |
|
The Relationship between Values, Acceptance, and Mindfulness Related Processes with Burnout and Stigmatization. |
MIKAELA J. HILDEBRANDT (University of Nevada, Reno), Roger Vilardaga (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Jacqueline Pistorello (University of Nevada, Reno), Jason Brian Luoma (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Values, acceptance and mindfulness related processes are gathering a large amount of attention within the context of the so called third wave of behavior therapies. However, the role of those psychological processes has largely been explored within the context of client functioning. This presentation will focus on these processes in the treatment providers themselves. First, we will examine the construct of burnout, which has been well documented in the I/O field, service-related professions, and education. Its three key dimensions, exhaustion, depersonalization and lack of sense of effectiveness, are situated with an empirical literature. Additionally, we will address the construct of stigma, which has also been extensively documented in the social psychology literature. To date, there are very few studies that examine the psychological processes mediating stigmatization and burnout and the theoretical link that might exist between them. In this presentation we will offer an ACT/RFT conceptualization of burnout and stigma, and will present supporting data that shows how values, acceptance and mindfulness related processes predict the effects of stigma and burnout in substance abuse counselors. |
|
|
|
|
Equivalence Analyses of Complex Processes |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Del Mar AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: The present symposium will consider consider how an equivalence class analysis can be used to address two complex processes: 1) teaching college students about the interactive effects of independent variables, and 2) identifying the conditions that enable an individual to assign sets of symbols or words to different equivalence classes based on sorting instructions (contextual cues) and the features that had been acquired by the symbols prior to class assignemnt. For each topic, one presentation will be a theoretical analysis of the phenomenon, and the second will provide an experimental analysis of the conditions that led to the establishment of each of these complex repertoires. |
|
Establishing Equivalence Classes of Representations of Interaction: A Conceptual Analysis. |
EYTAN DAVID YADLOVKER (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Robert Travis (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Jason S. Rockwell (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Deborah Roy (Queens College, City University of New York), Peter Sturmey (Queens College, City University of New York), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Some college students have difficulties in describing how behavior is influenced by the joint effects of two concurrently manipulated independent variables. In some cases, the effect of one independent variable is shifted by a constant factor with changes in the value of a second independent variable. That combination of effects shows an additive rather than an interactive effect of the independent variables. In other cases, variations in the value of a second independent variable modulates the effect of the first independent variable. When that occurs, the two variables are said to interact. There are three major patterns of interaction, each of which is described by a different name. They are cross over interactions, divergent interactions, and synergistic interactions. The present paper will illustrate how an equivalence class approach can be used to induce relations among different representations of different sorts of interaction.
Four types of interaction based classes will be considered: no interaction (1), cross over interaction (2), divergent interaction (3), and synergistic interaction (4). Each type of interaction can be represented in by name (A), by line graphs (B), by a description of the data in a graph (C), and by generic description (D), as bar graphs (E), as a table of data (F), and as a summary table of a statistical analysis (G). We will use only the first four in this analysis. A student can demonstrate an understanding of each type of interaction by identifying the substitutability of each representation in a set for the other representations. Thus, each type of interaction could be viewed as a potential equivalence class. Once established, then, a student would be able to identify the substitutability of four representations of four different sorts of interaction, after the establishment of only a few of the relations. Gaining an understanding of interaction, then, could be engendered by the establishment of equivalence classes corresponding to each type of interaction. |
|
Establishing Equivalence Classes of Representations of Interaction: An Empirical Analysis. |
ROBERT TRAVIS (Queens College, City University of New York), Deborah Roy (Queens College, City University of New York), Eytan David Yadlovker (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Jason S. Rockwell (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Peter Sturmey (Queens College, City University of New York), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: As noted in the previous paper, four classes of interaction will be considered: no interactions (class 1), cross over interaction (class 2), divergent interaction (class 3), and synergistic interaction (class 4). Each type of interaction can be represented in at least four ways: by name (A), graphically (B), by a description of the data in a graph (C), and by generic description (D). Thus, 4-member equivalence classes were established for each of the four types of interaction. To begin, subjects were given a paper and pencil test with new interaction questions. Most subjects responded with low accuracy on this test which demonstrated the absence of the classesa of interaction. Then, subjects were given a test that contained all pair-wise representations in each set in the absence of reinforcement on a computer using trials presented in a MTS format. Once again, performances were inaccurate. Thereafter, the simple to complex protocol will be used to establish the four 4-member classes of statistical interaction. Training involved AB training, BA symmetry testing, BC training, CB symmetry testing, AC testing, and CA testing, in that order. Passage of all tests demonstrated the emergence of four 3-member classes of interaction. Then, subjects were presented with a mixed test that contained all relations to confirm the maintenance of four 3-member classes. Thereafter, CD was trained and followed with a test that included the all emergent relations probes needed to document the expansion of the 3-member classes to 4-member classes. All training and testing was conducted using a 2-choice MTS trial format along with the use of multiple negative comparisons across trials. After class formation, subjects were given a paper and pencil test with new interaction questions. Most subjects responded with high accuracy on this test which demonstrated the generalization of the relations established during MTS training and testing to questions presented in a paper and pencil format. These results show that an equivalence class formation can be used to induce recognition of different representations of the interactive effects of the combined effects of two independent variables. Further, the relations among stimuli established during training generalize to new examples presented in a format traditionally used in typical classroom evaluations. |
|
Contextually Controlled Symbol Categorization through Features Acquired by the Symbols: A Conceptual Analysis. |
LANNY FIELDS (Queens College, City University of New York), Pamela DeRosse (The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Abstract: The contextually determined categorization of symbols into different equivalence classes based on the acquired properties of the symbols characterizes many of our every day performances. This phenomenon was first mentioned by Bush, Sidman, & DeRose (1988), and is illustrated in the following example. Each of nine individuals has a name, one of three nationalities, and one of three vocations. Thus, each names has a unique nationality and vocation, i.e. acquired features. When asked to sort the names by nationality, the names will be categorized into three sets where membership in a set is based on the commonality of a particular nationality. In this case, however, the names in a set will differ in terms of vocation. Conversely, when asked to sort the names by vocation, the names will be categorized into three different sets where membership in a set is based on the commonality of a particular vocation. In this case, the names in a set will differ in terms of nationality. The names of the individuals then function as members of different equivalence classes based on the joint control of class assignment by the contextual cue (sort by nationaliity or vocation) and the particular nationality or vocation previously acquired by each name. In addition, the assignment to class occurs in the absence of the nationality of vocation labels and without direct training. Although it was first mentioned by Bush, Sidman, & DeRose (1988), the conditions needed to establish such a complex emergent repertoire have not been studied. This presentation by will involve a logical analysis of the stimulus control repertories that would have to be established as the prerequisites fo the emergence of such a complex repertoire. It will also consider the test trials that would be needed to document the emergence of the contextually controlled categorization of symbols into different equivalence classes based on acquired properties of the symbols. |
|
Contextually Controlled Symbol Categorization through Features Acquired by the Symbols: An Empirical Analysis. |
PAMELA DEROSSE (Center For Autism and Related Disorders, Graduate), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: College students were used to study the conditions needed to induce the contextually determined categorization of symbols based on the acquired properties of the symbols, as characterized in the prior presentation. The analogs of the nationality and vocation category labels were represented by !!!!! and %%%, respectively. !!!!! and %%% are represented by N and V, respectively. Nonsense syllables were used as the analogs of the names of individuals mentioned in the prior presentation and were represented by the numerals 1-9. Nonsense syllables were also used as the analogs of three nationalities and three vocations. The three nationalities will be represented by the letters A, F, and G which stand for American, French, and German. The three vocations will be represented by the letters P, C, and W which stand for Painter, Composer, and Writer. First, a set of conditional discriminations were established between the nonsense syllables that stand for different nationalities and the Nationality label, (N-A/F/G) along with the nonsense syllables that stand for the different vocations and the vocation label (V-P/C/W). Second, nationality based equivalence classes were established in which each class contained three of the numbers that refer to peoples names and a given nationality (123-A, 456-F, and 789-G). Third, three other vocation based equivalence classes were formed with the nine numerals, where each class contained three numbers that represented names and one vocation (147-P, 258-C and 369-W). At this point, each “name” had acquired a particular nationality and vocation label. The fourth stage evaluated the emergence of a relation between each name and both acquired features, e.g., 1-AP or 5-FC. Thereafter, subjects were presented with contextual control trials that included N or V as the contextual cue, with three numerals as sample and comparisons. One comparison shared the nationality feature with the sample but not the vocation feature. The other comparison shared the vocation feature with the sample but not the nationality feature.
The subjects learned the category name/label conditional discriminations, formed the nationality and vocation based equivalence classes, and demonstrated the emergence of a relation between each numeral and the joint presence of a nationality and vocation feature. In the final contextual control test, two of the four subjects selected the comparison numeral that shared the nationality based feature wth the sample numeral.. |
|
|
|
|
Establishing and Implementing Social Contingencies for Large Groups |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Gregory AB |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Carlos A. Vazquez (Behavior Analysis Inc.) |
|
Assessed Functions of Problem Behavior in Individuals with Both Mental Retardation and Mental Illness. |
Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN D. BRUNER (Virginia Commonwealth University) |
|
Abstract: The functions of identified problem behaviors are key to bringing about change in those behaviors, but their usefulness and applicability in treating problems associated with diagnosed mental illness is less well documented. This paper draws on the experience and observations of the Regional Behavior Team, established by the Consortium of Community Service Boards comprising Virginia's HPR Region IV, with over 100 cases involving persons with mental retardation, diagnosed mental illness, and behavior problems sufficiently severe to put a current placement in jeopardy. The behaviors, their functions, the procedures employed, the diagnoses given, and the medications used are presented. Discussion focuses on those cases in which assessed environmental components underlying the behavior problem also appear to have a relationship to changes in the individuals' mental health status. |
|
A Behavior Analytic Approach for the Prevention of Foster Care Placement. |
Domain: Applied Research |
LORENA AREVALO (Behavior Analysis and Therapy, Inc.), Julianne Franzke Gallinat (Behavior Analysis and Therapy, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: Each year, children entering the foster care system cost the State thousands of dollars. This poster arises as a means of presenting how applied behavior analysis can bring about positive change in the behavior of at-risk adolescents and their families. It displays methods that are employed to address common problem behaviors as well as parenting skills needed to maintain and increase appropriate behaviors. A pilot program aimed at foster care prevention, Behavioral Education & Therapy (Behavior Analysis and Therapy, Inc.), is examined in terms of its capacity and cost-effectiveness. Results suggest that behavior analysis can provide a successful framework for reducing placement of children at-risk of entering foster care. |
|
Providing ABA Services to Spanish-Speaking Populations. |
Domain: Applied Research |
CARLOS A. VAZQUEZ (Behavior Analysis Inc.) |
|
Abstract: As of the year 2001, Latin Americans have become the largest minority group in the United States. Proportionally, Spanish speaking client populations that can receive and can benefit from Applied Behavior Analysis derived services has continued to grow and has become more prevalent for clinicians and practitioners. Undeniably, behavior analytic principles remain constant across populations. However, what are the legal issues involved in providing services to Spanish speaking clients? What is the corresponding Spanish behavior analytic terminology and how does a practitioner effectively communicate these terms? What are the social contingencies that affect proper treatment implementation? This presentation will examine and provide answers to these important issues. |
|
The Importance of Evaluating Treatment Fidelity in Community Trials. |
Domain: Applied Research |
JASON DANIEL (San Diego State University), Dennis R. Wahlgren (San Diego State University), Adelaide Brewer (Center for Behavioral Epidemiology and Community Health), Jennifer A. Jones (Center for Behavioral Epidemiology and Community Health), Melbourne F. Hovell (San Diego State University School of Public Health) |
|
Abstract: Behavioral counseling has been shown to have varying success in reducing children’s Passive Smoke Exposure (PSE). The probability of behavior change is likely related to counseling quality. The purpose of this study was to develop a measure of the quality of counseling. Counseling was designed for children 8-13 y.o., using token and social reinforcers, feedback (urine cotinine, a nicotine metabolite), role-plays and goal setting to shape avoidance of PSE. Audio recordings of counseling sessions were coded using a checklist that measures the occurrence/quality of rapport, goals, feedback and problem solving. Three cases were selected to demonstrate the construct validity of the checklist, comparing checklist scores and changes in PSE. Inter-rater agreement was 90%. Increasing quality control scores thru the first 3-4 sessions were associated with a reduction in cotinine over the last 4-5 sessions and into the post –intervention condition. Initially increasing scores were followed by decreasing PSE, which was then followed by a decrease in the quality of counseling. The data suggests that higher quality counseling influences the participant’s behavior and that participant’s behavior subsequently influences counseling quality. This study demonstrates the need for quality control measures and the bi-directional nature of the counseling relationship. |
|
|
|
|
|
Extensions of Functional Analysis Methodology for Clarifying Ambiguous Outcomes |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Ford AB |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Eileen M. Roscoe, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The four papers included in this symposium discuss various extensions of functional analysis methodology that may facilitate clear outcomes. In the first paper, Jeffrey Tiger will describe a modified functional analysis that included the delivery of consequences by the participants sibling. In the second paper, Sacha Pence will present data showing that the inclusion of modified social positive test conditions facilitated clear determination of function for two participants. In the third paper, Tiffany Kodak will describe an assessment for identifying various forms of attention for inclusion in a functional analysis. In the forth paper, Lynlea Longworth will present data on an empirically-based method for identifying tasks for inclusion during the demand condition of a functional analysis. |
|
Functional Analysis and Treatment of the Sibling-Directed Aggression of Two Brothers Diagnosed with Autism. |
JEFFREY H. TIGER (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tiffany Kodak (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nitasha Dickes (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Darrel Moreland (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Christopher E. Bullock (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kelly J. Bouxsein (Georgia State University, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: This data set provides a case example of an idiosyncratic application of functional analysis methodology. Two adolescent brothers, both diagnosed with autism, were referred for the treatment of aggression. Individual functional analyses were conducted with each brother. The results for the younger brother indicated that his aggression was maintained by escape from social interaction, however, the results for the older brother were inconclusive (i.e., near-zero rates of aggression across conditions). An additional functional analysis was conducted in which both brothers were present during the assessment, but social consequences were provided only upon the older brother’s aggression. The results of this analysis suggested that the older brother’s aggression was maintained independent of therapist mediated consequences, and was likely maintained by his younger brother’s reaction to aggression (i.e., return aggression). Function-based treatments were then implemented for each brother, including: (a) an enriched-environment for the older brother to compete with the stimulation produced by aggression and (b) functional communication training for the younger brother, to strengthen an alternative response that would result in the termination of social interaction. These treatments were evaluated in reversal designs. |
|
Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior Maintained by Idiosyncratic Forms of Social Positive Reinforcement. |
AIMEE GILES (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), Sacha T. Pence (New England Center for Children), Arianne Kindle (New England Center for Children), Griffin Rooker (New England Center for Children), Amanda M. Mahoney (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: In this study, results of initial functional analyses were inconclusive for two individuals diagnosed with autism who exhibited aggression and/or self-injury. Based upon staff report that their problem behavior was maintained by an idiosyncratic form of attention (participant 1) or by an idiosyncratic form of edible (participant 2), modifications to an attention condition and a tangible condition were evaluated, respectively. For participant 1, a modified attention condition, involving the delivery of preferred conversational topics contingent upon behavior, was included in an extended functional analysis. For participant 2, a modified tangible condition, involving frequent delivery of the statement “You can’t have that now” and delivery of a specific type of edible contingent on problem behavior, was evaluated. Results showed that inclusion of these modified conditions led to identification of an idiosyncratic form of social positive reinforcement, access to preferred conversational topics (participant 1) or access to specific edibles (participant 2). For participant 1, a differential-reinforcement of alternative behavior treatment matched to the maintaining variable identified was conducted and found effective in decreasing problem behavior. |
|
An Evaluation of the Types of Attention Maintaining Problem Behavior. |
TIFFANY KODAK (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), John A. Northup (University of Iowa), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University), Laura L. Grow (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Previous research indicates that certain types of attention (i.e., statements related to behavior, tickles) may have greater reinforcement value than other types for certain individuals (Fisher, Ninness, Piazza, & Owen-DeSchryver, 1996; Piazza, Bowman, Contrucci, Delia, Adelinis, & Goh, 1999), although only one or two forms of attention are typically provided contingent on problem behavior during the attention condition of the functional analysis (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994). Various other forms of attention that are not typically assessed during functional analyses may be responsible for behavioral maintenance in the natural environment (e.g., eye contact, tickles), and further research is warranted to identify additional forms of attention that may influence the occurrence of problem behavior. In this investigation, three participants diagnosed with developmental disabilities and/or autism were referred for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. Various forms of attention were provided contingent on problem behavior to identify the influence of each form of attention. Results indicated that the attention forms affected problem behavior differently; these outcomes are discussed in terms of their implications for assessment and treatment procedures. |
|
Assessing the Utility of a Demand Assessment for Functional Analysis. |
LYNLEA J. LONGWORTH (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), Griffin Rooker (New England Center for Children), Sacha T. Pence (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: In the current study, we evaluated the utility of conducting an empirically-based demand assessment prior to conducting a functional analysis (FA) to identify appropriate tasks for inclusion during the demand condition. Three individuals, diagnosed with autism, who exhibited aggression or self injury, participated. During the demand assessment, a variety of tasks were singly presented, and problem behavior and compliance were measured. From this assessment, low-probability (low-p) demands (those associated with either low levels of compliance or high levels of problem behavior) and high-probability (high-p) demands (those associated with either high levels of compliance and low levels of problem behavior) were identified. During the functional analysis, alone, attention, play, low-p demand, and high-p demand conditions were conducted. Two separate functional analysis graphs were created, one with all conditions included except the low-p demand condition, and one with all conditions included except the high-p demand condition. Results showed that clearer outcomes were obtained for two of the three participants when the low-p demand condition was included rather than the high-p demand condition. |
|
|
|
|
Factors Affecting Treatment Success I: Treatment Integrity |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Elizabeth DE |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Sung Woo Kahng, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral interventions have proven to be effective in reducing problem behaviors exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities. Despite the efficacy of this technology, there continue to be barriers to long-term treatment success. One such barrier is treatment integrity, which is the extent to which an intervention is implemented as designed. The purpose of this symposium is to present research in treatment integrity. The goal is to facilitate a meaningful discussion of treatment follow through, which we hope will promote a growth of research in this area. |
|
Evaluating Delayed Reinforcement as a Treatment Challenge in Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior. |
MELISSA M. SHULLEETA (University of Maryland, Baltimore Co.), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith MacWhorter (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: In the field of applied behavior analysis, research is conducted using controlled experimentation. However, in an applied setting, effects of treatments may be challenged by integrity failures. The current study introduced a methodology where an initially successful differential reinforcement-based treatment was faced with delayed reinforcement. Specifically, varying delays to reinforcement were evaluated to investigate how long the treatment effects were maintained. For one participant, results suggested that treatment gains were not compromised with less than full implementation. However, with robust changes in delays to reinforcement, problem behavior eventually increased for another participant. Results may aid in planning treatment generalization, while future research may be conducted to assess manipulations of additional variables that constitute full treatment implementation. |
|
A Parametric Evaluation of the Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior Procedure. |
ELIZABETH S. ATHENS (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is a commonly used treatment for problem behavior. Usually with DRA problem behavior is placed on extinction while an alternative, more appropriate behavior, is reinforced. In some cases, however, the targeted problem behavior is too disruptive or dangerous to place on extinction. The purpose of the current study, therefore, is to evaluate a variation of the DRA procedure designed to provide more immediate, longer duration, and higher quality reinforcers for appropriate behavior relative to reinforcers for problem behavior. To do this, we differentially manipulated the parameters of reinforcement along several dimensions. Specifically, for the appropriate response (relative to the inappropriate response) we made a) reinforcement following this behavior more immediate b) the duration of reinforcement greater c) increased the quality of reinforcement or d) a combination of these parameters. Under such manipulations, for several participants, differential reinforcement effects were obtained. The procedure is conceptualized as differential reinforcement insofar as reinforcement parameters differentially favored appropriate behavior. |
|
Direct Observations of Treatment Integrity: Assessing Observer Reactivity. |
ROBIN CODDING (University of Massachusetts, Boston), Gary M. Pace (The May Institute), Andrew Livanis (Long Island University) |
Abstract: Performance feedback enhances the implementation of individual behavior support plans. In order to effectively provide performance feedback to classroom teachers a viable method of assessment must be identified. Both direct and indirect assessment techniques have been employed. Although direct observations may have the advantage of providing more specific feedback to teachers, this method of assessment has been criticized as evoking reactivity from participants. That is, the individual observed may employ an intervention as intended simply because the observer is present. The present study describes a study that assessed the effects of observer presence on teacher performance before and following performance feedback. Observations were conducted by a support professional for three public middle school teachers working in a classroom designated for children with behavior disorders. Following an alternating treatments design, teacher observations were conducted either inside the classroom or from behind a one-way mirror on a variable-interval schedule. Results from a multiple-baseline design demonstrated that staff performance was unaffected by the presence of an observer, and, that performance feedback lead to improved treatment implementation. These results suggest that direct observations do represent a viable method of assessment of treatment integrity. |
|
|
|
|
Hierarchies of Evidence? Randomized Trials, Professional Judgment, and Single Subject Design |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
America's Cup C |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute) |
Discussant: Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Evidence-based practice has been defined as the best available research evidence combined with professional judgment (Sackett, 2000). As always the devil is in the details and there is no common agreement of what constitutes best available evidence and the role of professional judgment. Most organizations that have developed standards of evidence have defined randomized clinical trials as the “gold standard” and have given considerably less standing to evidence derived from single subject research. Placing randomized trials at the top of the hierarchy is not without problems particularly as it applies to special education research. The purpose of this symposium is to consider the relative strengths and weaknesses of randomized trials, single subject designs, and professional judgment and their role in evidence-based practice. |
|
Professional Judgment: Fallibility, Inevitability, and Manageability. |
RANDY KEYWORTH (Wing Institute), Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute), John E. States (Wing Institute) |
Abstract: Sackett (2000) defined the evidence-based medicine as being comprised of the best available research evidence combined with professional judgment. This definition serves as the cornerstone of evidence-based education as well (Whitehurst, 2005). The question remains: what role does professional judgement play in a decision-making approach which depends to a great extent on empirical evidence. This question is very important because of the large literature base that suggests that professional judgment is subject to a wide variety of biases that may result in faulty decision-making. In this paper we will review the status of professional judgment, the sources of biases, how these biases can be minimized, and explore how judgment can serve as a valuable adjunct to the empirical evidence, especially when the best available evidence is not very strong. |
|
Randomized Clinical Trials: The Versatility and Malleability of the “Gold Standard". |
JOHN E. STATES (Wing Institute), Randy Keyworth (Wing Institute), Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute) |
Abstract: As the evidence-based practice movement has grown across disciplines randomized clinical trials have usually been accepted as the gold standard for evaluating the quality of evidence. Most organizations that have established standards of evidence have clearly shown a preference for randomized trials. In this paper we will review the basic assumptions, the strengths and limitations, and the types of questions that are best answered by randomized trials. We will highlight the problems of using randomized trials in special education at the level of participant selection, potential ethical constraints, logistics, and costs. We will also discuss some of the strategic costs to the field of behavior analysis for failing to conduct randomized trials as part of the effort to develop widely accepted evidence-based behavioral interventions. |
|
Single Subject Research and Evidence-Based Interventions: Are SSDs Really the Ugly Stepchild? |
RONNIE DETRICH (Wing Institute), Randy Keyworth (Wing Institute), John E. States (Wing Institute) |
Abstract: As the movement for evidence-based interventions grows in the field of education, single subject designs have been largely relegated to a low status within the hierarchy of evidence. The risk to the field of education for not giving greater consideration of evidence developed from single subject research is that many very powerful interventions will be ignored because they do not meet the standards of evidence established by many of the professional organizations. In this paper we will review the basic assumptions of single subject designs, the basic strengths of these designs, and their limitations, specifically addressing issues related to generality (external validity). Single subject designs offer great flexibility for answering questions for special education populations when drawing representative population samples can be difficult. Models for how single subject research can be incorporated into decision rules for determining the evidence-base for an intervention will be reviewed. |
|
|
|
|
How to be Successful Using Headsprout Early Reading with Diverse Populations |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
America's Cup AB |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Betty Hanson (Private Tutor) |
Discussant: David W. Anderson (Headsprout) |
CE Instructor: Mary Huffstetter, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Headsprout Early Reading is a demonstrably effective program at teaching elementary school children how to read. Its eighty on-line lessons take a beginning reader from being a non-reader to a reader performing at about the mid second grade level in approximately thirty hours of instruction. Since its inception, however, creative educators have crafted implementation strategies, additional materials, and clever models of use to bring the benefits of Headsprout Early reading to an even broader audience. This symposium highlights applications and implementation support for users not typically well served with traditional educational approaches to the teaching of reading. |
|
Using Headsprout Early Reading to Build a Culture of Reading. |
JOHN E. HUMPHREY (Cedar Rapids Schools) |
Abstract: When Headsprout Early Reading becomes part of the everyday routine of students and school faculty it can be a major influence on building a culture of reading. While Headsprout Early Reading has continued to be supplemental, the school has embraced a way to use Headsprout so that not only are students learning to read via the computer and in a classroom, but also they are becoming confident readers so that when paired with older students everyone is working together to learn and be successful. Included are data, videos, war stories, and thoughts from working with over 100 students with Headsprout. |
|
Using Headsprout Early Reading with Pre-K and Struggling Older Learners. |
MARY HUFFSTETTER (Literacy Launchers) |
Abstract: This presentation describes the use of Headsprout Early Reading with both pre-k at risk learners and with older struggling readers. The presentation will provide summative evaluation data from randomized controlled studies and work performed by the author in developing effective implementation strategies that can help ensure success with these types of learners. |
|
Using Headsprout Early Reading with Difficult to Teach Special Education Populations. |
SUSAN O. SMETHURST (Toronto Schools) |
Abstract: Special education has often been characterized by creative uses of curricular and other materials to teach hard to reach learners. This presentation will demonstrate how Headsprout Early Reading can be augmented to reach students who have not been helped by other methods. The presentation will provide case studies in the customized use of Headsprout Early Reading with their difficult to teach learners. |
|
|
|
|
Innovative Parenting Practices: Teaching Parents to Become Effective Teachers |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Mohsen AB |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lynn Yuan (Fred S. Keller School) |
Discussant: Susan Mariano-Lapidus (CABAS) |
CE Instructor: Lynn Yuan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The proposed symposium is consisted of four papers that used behavioral techniques to teach parenting skills. The first study examined the effects of parent education training on their childrens learning achievements in school. Dependent variable included standardized assessment and the criterion-referenced assessment on thirty preschoolers. The independent variable consisted of parent education training package that included: (a) parent education workshop and (b) individual parent session. The second study evaluated the effect of a parent-training curriculum on parents positive teaching interactions. Specifically, the number of accurate tacts and positive responses to situations were measured. The third study investigated the effectiveness of a parent training package which emphasized teaching parents to identify appropriate skills of a target repertoire for their child to test for a) how many appropriate behaviors of particular target skill the parents could identify, (b) children's mastery of the appropriate behaviors within a particular target skill, and (c) parents generalization of identifying appropriate skills across other target behaviors. The fourth study examined specific skill such as increasing rates of childs compliance through the use of unflawed antecedent commands and contingent consequations. Results are discussed in terms of parents understanding of three-term-contingencies, observational learning, and effective parenting repertoires. |
|
The Relationship between Children's Achievements in School and a Parent Education Curriculum. |
LYNN YUAN (Fred S. Keller School), Gina DiLeo (Fred S. Keller School) |
Abstract: The study examined the effects of parent education training on their children’s learning achievements in school. Fifteen parents who participated in a parent education program were randomly assigned to the experimental group and fifteen parents who never received parent education training were randomly assigned to the control group. Dependent variable measures included Preschool Language Scale and Preschool Inventory of Repertoire for Kindergarten on thirty preschoolers between the ages of three-year to five-year olds. The independent variable consisted of parent education training package that included: (a) biweekly parent education workshop and (b) weekly individual parent session. Results are discussed in terms of parents’ involvement in their children’s learning across settings, components in parent training curriculum, and parenting repertoires. |
|
The Effects of a Parent Education Training Package on the Acquisition of Parenting Skills and Their Children’s Learning. |
BARBARA KIMMEL (Fred S. Keller School), Lynn Yuan (Fred S. Keller School) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of a parent training package which emphasized teaching parents to identify appropriate skills of a target repertoire for students with developmental disabilities was investigated. The training package included parents’ mastery of correct observation of teacher’s delivery of instruction in classrooms and mastery of identifying three-term contingencies via videotape of a parent delivering instruction at home. After the mastery of the training package, post-experimental probe was conducted on: a) How many appropriate behaviors of particular target skill the parents could identify, (b) children's mastery of the appropriate behaviors within a particular target skill, and (c) parents’ generalization of identifying appropriate skills across other target behaviors. Results are discussed in terms of parents’ understanding of three-term-contingencies, observational learning, and effective parenting repertoires. |
|
CABAS Parent Education: Increasing Child Compliance via Parental Emission of Unflawed Commands and Contingent Consequations. |
ARA J. BAHADOURIAN (Lehman College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Abstract: This study examined the efficacy of the parent education/training program of the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) model in increasing rates of child compliance. Five parents of children attending a CABAS special needs preschool received both didactic instruction and home-based in vivo training in the use of unflawed antecedent commands and contingent consequations (including verbal and physical positive reinforcement, planned ignoring, and physical follow-through) during weekly toy playing, sharing and clean up sessions with their siblings. The study incorporated a multiple probe design using five parents who started receiving parent training on different days, resulting in a variation of a delayed multiple baseline across subjects design. Results indicated that rates of child compliance increased for all five children as a function of parental expertise in emitting unflawed commands and providing contingent consequations for their children. |
|
|
|
|
Modern Approaches to Assessment in Clinical Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Edward D |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jordan T. Bonow (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Thomas J. Waltz (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This symposium will begin with an overview of basic behavioral principles underlying psychopathology and psychological health and how these should guide clinicians’ assessment. We will then delve into more specifics of behavioral assessment and explain two attempts to apply these principles to self-report assessments. This will be followed by a discussion by Dr. Thomas Waltz. |
|
Understanding Psychopathology and Psychological Health in Terms of Basic Behavioral Processes. |
THOMAS J. WALTZ (University of Nevada, Reno), William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno), Claudia Drossel (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Before beginning the work of developing a self-report assessment instrument, it is helpful to have a good understanding of the fundamental behavioral processes hypothesized to be relevant to the phenomena of interest. This presentation will present a conceptualization of the basic behavioral processes involved in understanding psychopathology and psychological health. These basic processes will be discussed in light of the contemporary experimental analysis of behavior literature. Treatment and assessment implications will also be discussed. |
|
Developing a Functional Assessment of Depression. |
SABRINA DARROW (University of Nevada, Reno), William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno), Thomas J. Waltz (University of Nevada, Reno), Megan Oser (University of Nevada, Reno), Jordan T. Bonow (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This is a presentation on the development of a self-report measure to identify different typologies of depression. The items were derived from behavior analytic conceptualizations of depression. The creation of this measure was inspired by the need to have an assessment that provides treatment utility. Data will be presented on the new measure’s relationship to other measures of psychopathology and psychological health. |
|
A Confirmatory Factor Analysis of the Functional Idiographic Assessment Template-Questionnaire (FIAT-Q). |
JORDAN T. BONOW (University of Nevada, Reno), Glenn M. Callaghan (San Jose State University), William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The Functional Idiographic Assessment Template (FIAT) was designed to serve as a guide for clinicians conducting a functional analysis of problematic interpersonal behaviors. A written self-report form of this assessment tool, the FIAT-Q, was developed to expedite this assessment process, highlighting specific problematic classes of behavior to be further explored through clinical interview. The FIAT-Q has been shown to have sufficient reliability and validity. This presentation documents the determination of the structure of this self-report measure, testing its factor loadings against models based on behavioral principles. |
|
|
|
|
New Developments in the Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Annie AB |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lloyd D. Peterson (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: This symposium will consist of two presentations that demonstrate new extensions to functional analysis methodology, one presentation that deals with both functional analysis and treatment of problem behavior, and one presentation that demonstrates a new extension of treatment for problem behavior following a functional analysis. First, Molly McGinnis will discuss the effects of presession attention on responding within functional analyses. Results showed that effects were idiosyncratic across participants, suggesting that presession attention may serve as an abolishing operation for some people and as an establishing operation for others. Second, Peter Molino will show how choice making can be embedded into escape conditions of functional analyses to evaluate the role of positive reinforcement in escape-motivated problem behavior. Third, Wendy Machalicek will explain how web-based videoconferencing can be used to provide long-distance consultation for functional analysis of and classroom intervention for problem behavior. Finally, Ellie Hartman will explain a study that evaluated whether signaled delays to reinforcement could effectively compete with unsignalled, more immediate reinforcement during treatment for problem behavior. Results showed that signaled delays did not compete with more immediate reinforcement, which has important implications for treatment of problem behavior. |
|
Abolishing and Establishing Operation Effects of Presession Attention on Problem Behavior Maintained by Adult Attention. |
MOLLY ANN MCGINNIS (Vanderbilt University), Nea Houchins-Juárez (Vanderbilt University), Craig H. Kennedy (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: We examined the effects of presession satiation and deprivation of attention on subsequent analogue functional analyses (AFA) of problem behaviors maintained by social positive reinforcement. It was hypothesized that the reinforcing value of attention during the AFA would function as an establishing operation (EO) in the absence of presession attention and as an abolishing operation (AO) with presession attention. Prior to a 15 min AFA using contingent attention, participants will be exposed to a 45-min presession manipulation. Presession manipulations included: (a) noncontingent attention on a fixed-time (FT) 2-min schedule (control condition), (b) no attention (EO condition), and (c) noncontingent attention on an FT 15-s schedule (AO condition). Our finding show that presession attention decreased response rates during the AFA and no presession attention increased response rates, relative to the control condition. Our findings show the complex and dynamic nature of motivation operation effects on human behavior. The findings also highlight the need for thorough descriptions of presession events when reporting AFA and other functional behavioral assessment results. |
|
Choice Making Embedded within Escape Conditions of Functional Analyses. |
PETE S. MOLINO (Idaho State University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Idaho State University), Holly L. Molino (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: This study examined response allocation between two concurrent schedules of reinforcement, which were presented contingent upon the occurrence of problem behavior within the escape condition of a functional analysis. Three participants who engaged in problem behaviors that functioned to escape undesirable tasks were allowed to choose between two different types of breaks contingent upon the occurrence of problem behavior. Break choices included negative reinforcement only (i.e., escape to being alone) and negative plus positive reinforcement (i.e., escape to toys, escape to attention, escape to neutral stimuli, and escape to toys and attention). Time allocation to each of the two competing stimulus choices was measured, as well as the occurrence of problem behavior. Reinforcement conditions were systematically alternated between sessions to determine if participants demonstrated hierarchical preferences for various stimulus conditions. The results suggested that positive reinforcement may play an important role in the maintenance of negatively-reinforced problem behavior, which may have implications for intervention. The efficacy of a choice analysis procedure that can be embedded into functional analyses to further understand escape-maintained problem behavior will be discussed. |
|
An Evaluation of the Use of Video Teleconferencing to Assess and Develop a Behavioral Support Plan for a Student with Severe Challenging Behavior. |
WENDY A. MACHALICEK (University of Texas, Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas, Austin) |
Abstract: We evaluated the use of video teleconferencing to conduct a brief functional analysis for a student with autism who engaged in severe challenging behavior. We first conducted a brief functional analysis with widely available video teleconferencing technology (lap top computers equipped with broadband capacity and video teleconferencing capability). Supervision and data collection was achieved via video teleconferencing. Results of the functional analysis suggested that challenging behavior was associated with multiple social conditions. A classroom treatment plan was developed based on the findings of the functional analysis and implemented in the classroom by the teacher. The teacher received feedback and support from specialists via video teleconferencing. The classroom levels of challenging behavior and engagement were evaluated. The findings seem to indicate that video teleconferencing can be utilized as an assessment tool to develop effective classroom treatment plans for severe challenging behavior. Video teleconferencing also appears to offer an effective way for specialists to assist classroom teachers in the treatment of challenging behavior. |
|
Persistence of Academic Responses following Immediate, Signaled Delayed, and Unsignaled Delayed Reinforcement. |
ELLIE C. HARTMAN (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Samantha Worzalla (University of Minnesota), Roxanna Rodriguez (University of Minnesota), Jessica L. Cherne (University of Minnesota), Mimi L. McDonnell (University of Minnesota), Josh Goldberg (University of Minnesota), Gizem Tatarer (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Problem behavior and appropriate behavior occur concurrently in the natural environment (Fisher & Mazur, 1997). Generally, individuals tend to engage in the response that produces more immediate reinforcement (Horner & Day, 1991). However, in natural settings, reinforcement for appropriate behavior is not always immediate. Providing a stimulus that signals the delay to reinforcement increases response rates for delayed reinforcement (Vollmer, Borrero, Lalli, & Daniel, 1999), and may assist in the generalization and maintenance of responses (i.e. Freeland & Noell, 1999). Still, it is unknown whether responding is relatively more persistent following immediate reinforcement, delayed reinforcement, or signaled delayed reinforcement (Doughty & Lattal, 2003). The current study tested the persistence of responses during extinction following concurrent schedules of reinforcement for academic responding. Results suggest that responding was more persistent following immediate rather than signaled delayed reinforcement. No differences were found in the persistence of responding following signaled and unsignaled delayed reinforcement. Arranging consequences during treatment to increase the persistence of appropriate, and not problem behavior, are discussed. Inter-observer agreement was calculated for rate of academic responding (within 10s frequency counts). IOA was collected on 29% of the sessions and averaged 98% (82% - 100%). |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Outcomes for Children in the Ontario IBI Program |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Elizabeth H |
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Adrienne M. Perry (York University) |
Abstract: This will be a four-part symposium focused on the outcomes of children in the large, publicly-funded Intensive Behavioral Intervention (IBI) program in Ontario, Canada. The Ontario Outcome Study is important to the ABA field more generally as it represents a large community effectiveness study. In the symposium, we will: 1. address the context of effectiveness research (vs. efficacy studies) and describe the methodological strengths and weaknesses of this type of study; 2. present a detailed description of the 332 participants on standardized psychometric measures; 3. present the data on children’s improvement on various measures and the heterogeneity in outcomes that was observed; and 4. examine predictors of progress/outcome in terms of developmental and diagnostic variables as well as program factors such as age at entry to the IBI program and duration of treatment. |
|
Effectiveness Research in IBI: The Context of the Ontario IBI Outcome Study. |
ANNE CUMMINGS (Central East Preschool Autism Services), Jo-Ann M. Reitzel (Hamilton-Niagara Regional Early Autism Initiative) |
Abstract: Intensive Behavioural Intervention (IBI) is a specialized form of intervention designed for young children with autism, based on the principles of Applied Behaviour Analysis. IBI is considered “best practice” for young children with autism, based on literature which has demonstrated superior outcomes relative to less intensive intervention, eclectic intervention, and special education. IBI has been publicly funded in Ontario since 2000 and hundreds of children have now received community-based services. This first presentation will contextualize the Ontario IBI Outcome Study in terms of the previous literature on IBI, will make the distinction between Efficacy (can it be shown to work under ideal conditions?) and Effectiveness (does it work in the “real world”?), and will point out some of the strengths and limitations of a community effectiveness study of this nature. The purpose of this study was to examine children's outcomes to date in the Ontario program. The study was designed to address two main questions: 1. Do children show significant improvement? and 2. What factors predict greater improvement? |
|
Developmental and Diagnostic Characteristics of Children in the Ontario IBI Outcome Study. |
JANIS M. WILLIAMS (Erinoak), Susan Hughes (Pathways for Children and Youth) |
Abstract: It is important to use valid and reliable measures as well as to present a detailed description of the developmental and diagnostic characteristics of research participants, in order to ascertain the degree of generalizability of results to other samples. This presentation will describe the measures and participants in the Ontario IBI Outcome Study. There were 332 children (276 boys; 56 girls) with pre- and post-IBI psychological assessments. Children’s age at entry into IBI ranged from 20 to 54 months, with a median of about 4 ½ years. The duration of IBI was, on average, 18 months. Clinical diagnoses were: Autistic Disorder (194), PDD-NOS (46), or unspecified ASD (92) with 91% of children scoring beyond the Autism cut off on the Childhood Autism Rating Scale (CARS). Developmental level, based on the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales (VABS) and various cognitive measures, varied considerably with mean standard scores in the 50s. Developmental rate (based on VABS Age Equivalents) prior to IBI was .32, indicating children were learning at one-third of a typical rate prior to treatment. The sample was divided into three initial level of functioning groups, based on VABS Standard scores (essentially 60s, 50s, and 40s) for subsequent analyses. |
|
Ontario IBI Outcome Study: Do Children Improve? |
TOM MANAGHAN (Child Care Resources), Jennifer Dunn Geier (Preschool Autism Program, Eastern Ontario) |
Abstract: Results for Question 1 indicate that children showed statistically significant and clinically significant reduction in autism symptom severity on the CARS, with many children changing enough to fall into a milder category on this instrument. Cognitive level improved significantly for children, in some cases dramatically so. Further, children gained significantly in developmental skills (increased age equivalents) in all areas of adaptive behaviour. Standard scores, which are corrected for age, also increased significantly, though modestly for most domains examined. There were different patterns in different subgroups, with substantial improvements in the group who were relatively "higher" functioning to begin with. Children's rate of development during IBI was approximately double their rates prior to IBI, and this was true for all three initial rate groupings, i.e., even the lower functioning children doubled their rate of development, as a group. There was considerable heterogeneity in outcome, as would be expected given the population. Children were classified into seven categories of progress/outcome. The majority of children (75%) showed some measurable benefit or improvement during IBI and some children did even achieve average functioning. |
|
Ontario IBI Outcome Study: What Predicts Different Outcomes? |
LOUISE LAROSE (Private Practice), Nancy Freeman (Surrey Place Centre) |
Abstract: Results for Question 2 indicate that children's progress/outcome was clearly related to their initial functioning levels, though not totally. As a group, children who were “higher” functioning initially showed better outcomes, but not in every case. Children who were initially medium functioning were, at exit, to be found in every one of the progress/outcome groups, including average functioning. Children who were initially lower functioning also showed a range of progress, though none achieved average functioning. Children who started IBI before age 4 did better than those who started later on all outcome scores. Children who received 2 years or longer duration of IBI did better than those who received a shorter duration of IBI (but they were also younger when they entered). Regression analyses attempting to prioritize the degree of influence of initial level of functioning, age, and duration, showed that initial levels are the strongest determinant, but that they do not account for all the variability (half at most). Age at entry appears to be more predictive than duration of IBI. However, there are clearly other factors (e.g., quality and quantity of intervention, other child factors not measured here) which may account for the unexplained variance. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: How to Obtain Grant Funding |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Betsy B |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Sharlet D. Butterfield (University of Nevada, Reno) |
RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University) |
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University) |
W. LARRY WILLIAMS (University of Nevada, Reno) |
STEVEN W. CLARKE (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
Abstract: Panelists will describe some of their experiences in obtaining grant funding for a variety of behavioral projects. They will give some recommendations and advice for being successful in this process and obtaining funding for your research. |
|
|
|
|
Quantitative Analyses in Behavioral Pharmacology: Studies of Choice, Behavioral Momentum, and Self-Control |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Ford C |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Tammy Wade-Galuska (University of Michigan) |
Abstract: This symposium highlights recent advances in the behavioral assays and quantitative analyses being used in behavioral pharmacology research. In the first presentation, McFeron and colleagues will discuss how the behavioral momentum paradigm can be employed to assess the reinforcing functions of cocaine in rats. Resistance-to-change assays ultimately may be useful in studying the persistence of illicit drug-taking behavior in humans. In the second presentation, Slezak and Anderson will report their use of a delay discounting paradigm to study the effects of acute and chronic methylphenidate on impulsivity in spontaneously hypertensive rats. Results show that methylphenidate, a stimulant used to treat attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, increases self-control choice. In the third presentation, Wade-Galuska and colleagues assess the economic relation between a stimulant and opioid drug using a drug self-administration assay in rhesus monkeys. Cocaine and remifentanil appear to be economic substitutes; increasing the price of one drug leads to increased consumption of the other. Finally, Koffarnus and Woods will describe how the matching law can be employed to study preference between self-administered drugs in rhesus monkeys. Specifically, they will show that monkeys are sensitive to the obtained rate of reinforcement and the drug type and that preference for drug type and/or dose is indexed by the bias parameter of the generalized matching law. |
|
Behavioral Momentum of Cocaine Self-Administration. |
STACEY MCFERON (Utah State University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Studies on the behavioral momentum of food-maintained responding have found that responding in the presence of a stimulus associated with a higher rate of reinforcement is more resistant to change than responding in the presence of a stimulus associated with a lower rate of reinforcement. Recent experiments have extended the study of behavioral momentum to alcohol-maintained responding. The present experiment assessed the persistence of cocaine-maintained behavior in a two-component multiple schedule with rats. In one component, lever-presses were maintained by a lower rate of intravenous cocaine infusions, while in a second component, lever-presses were maintained by a higher rate of intravenous cocaine infusions. Following a stable baseline of response rate and infusion rate, cocaine was removed for 5 consecutive sessions. During this extinction period, responding in the presence of the stimuli previously associated with a high-rate of cocaine infusions was more resistant to change than responding in the presence of stimuli associated with a low-rate of cocaine infusions. This result occurred despite the fact that response rates in the two components were approximately equal during baseline. These findings suggest behavioral momentum theory may provide a useful framework for understanding the persistence of drug-taking in the presence of drug-associated stimuli. |
|
Effects of Acute and Repeated Administration of Methylphenidate on Delay Discounting in Spontaneously Hypertensive Rats (SHR). |
JONATHAN M. SLEZAK (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Impulsive choice (e.g., preference for a small, immediate reinforcer, over a larger, delayed reinforcer) has been suggested to be a prominent characteristic of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Methylphenidate (MPH), a stimulant drug, is a common pharmacological treatment of ADHD. To assess effects of acute and repeatedly administered MPH on impulsive choice in an animal model of ADHD, SHR (n = 8) were evaluated in a delay-discounting paradigm. Rats chose (a single response on one of two levers) between one food pellet delivered immediately and three food pellets presented after a delay, which increased systematically across the session from 0, 2, 4, 8 and 16 s. Preference for the larger reinforcer decreased as the delay to its presentation increased. Acute administration of MPH (1.0, 3.0, 5.6, 10.0 mg/kg, i.p.) dose-dependently increased the number of larger-reinforcer (self-control) choices for all subjects. Individual differences in choice, however, were observed following repeated administration of MPH. The present results in this animal model of ADHD are consistent with those from other rat strains that show stimulant drugs increase self-control choice. |
|
A Behavioral Economic Analysis of Cocaine and Remifentanil Self-Administration in Rhesus Monkeys. |
TAMMY WADE-GALUSKA (University of Michigan), Gail Winger (University of Michigan), James H. Woods (University of Michigan) |
Abstract: Demand-curve analyses describe changes in the consumption of a commodity as a function of price. This analysis can be used to assess the relative reinforcing effectiveness of drugs, potentially providing useful information about polydrug abuse in humans. In the first experiment, demand-function analysis was used to quantify the reinforcing effectiveness of cocaine and remifentanil in six rhesus monkeys. Only one drug was available for self-administration across increasing response requirements. Own-price elasticity refers to the rate at which a single drug decreases as a function of increases in its price (response requirement). We found that 0.03 mg/kg cocaine and 0.0003 mg/kg remifentanil had comparable own-price elasticity, with remifentanil being slightly more inelastic for some monkeys. In the second experiment, five monkeys could choose between cocaine (0.03 mg/kg) and remifentanil (0.0003 mg/kg) by responding on one of two levers. Cross-price elasticity refers to how consumption of one drug at a constant price changes as a function of the price of a concurrently available alternative drug. The price of cocaine and remifentanil was manipulated by altering the response requirement associated with each. We found that cocaine and remifentanil are substitutable commodities. As the price of cocaine increased, monkeys self-administered more remifentanil, and vice-versa. |
|
The Generalized Matching Law as a Quantitative Measure of Relative Choice among Cocaine, Remifentanil, and Methohexital in Rhesus Monkeys. |
MIKHAIL KOFFARNUS (University of Michigan), James H. Woods (University of Michigan) |
Abstract: Matching law procedures have been used extensively to describe differential behavior allocation with two response options present, including conditions where the two response options are paired with qualitatively different reinforcers. The current study expands on these findings to compare drugs of abuse from different classes as reinforcers. Three rhesus monkeys were trained to respond on concurrent RI schedules (range RI 3 min to RI 15 min) with contingent delivery of various combinations of cocaine, remifentanil (short-acting opioid), methohexital (short-acting anesthetic), and saline vehicle. Rates of responding matched to the schedule contingencies with all drug combinations except when saline was included as one option. Levels of undermatching were similar to previous studies. Monkeys also showed a bias toward larger doses of drugs over smaller ones. The results demonstrate that the matching law describes the behavior of monkeys responding on concurrent RI schedules with qualitatively different drugs as reinforcers, and that matching law procedures can be used to quantify relative bias for a particular drug/dose combination over another. |
|
|
|
|
Refining Highly Effective Instruction: No Student Left Behind |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Cunningham C |
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Jennifer L. Austin (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: This symposium includes three papers describing research to refine highly effective university courses and enable student mastery. Two studies examine refinements to a large enrollment introductory psychology course; one evaluates the effects of elaborate and basic feedback, the other tests the effects of a 'clicker system' to prompt active student engagement. The third study explores the effects of a computer-based tutorial teaching math skills and order of operations in an introductory statistics course. Contributions of technology to enhance university instruction are discussed and areas for future research are identified. |
|
Enabling Mastery of Introductory Statistics. |
JOSEPH CHARLES DAGEN (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of a mathematics computer-program on weekly exam performance in two sections of an undergraduate statistics course that is required by many departments including psychology, nursing, criminal justice, nutrition and others. Introduction of a tutorial program that brought all students to competence level in basic mathematics skills and order of operations was staggered across courses; one group completed the tutorial during week 2, the other during week 5. Results suggest that demonstrating mathematical competence does not produce salient improvements in exam performance. Student failure occurs predictably with a small percentage of students even though foundation math skills are demonstrated. Poor performance may be affected by variables not targeted in the present study. Our ongoing research explores sources of variability in the performance of students struggling with this material in an effort to build highly effective instructional systems enabling all students to achieve mastery of the material required by their major field of study. |
|
The Differential Effects of Two Types of Feedback on Student Performance in a PSI-Type Course. |
JARED A. CHASE (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Feedback as a construct has been extensively studied in both the psychological and educational literature. Furthermore, educators in large-enrollment courses are faced with the challenge of effectively disseminating information to their students to ensure that they learn the content information provided. A related issue involves the means by which instructors evaluate student performance to address the aforementioned concern. Effective forms of performance feedback may be one technique to provide students with additional information to facilitate learning. Therefore, the purpose of the current investigation was to determine the effects of immediate, elaborate feedback and immediate, basic feedback on student performance. Four groups from an introductory psychology course participated in the study. Group A received only basic feedback on all quizzes. Group B received elaborate feedback on all quizzes. Groups C and D received both conditions of basic and elaborate feedback counterbalanced across groups. Response accuracy and learning gain were evaluated between- and within-groups. This presentation will provide an overview of the method and results of the study. In addition, findings and implications for future applications will be discussed. |
|
Evaluating the Effectiveness of Electronic Voting Devices in a University Introductory Psychology Course. |
N. JOSEPH RODRIGUES (University of Nevada, Reno), Jared A. Chase (University of Nevada, Reno), Joseph Charles Dagen (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the impact of electronic voting devices on student performance in an introductory psychology course. The devices were used in small-group lectures for alternate chapters during the semester. The target group of students received alternating weeks of active responding sessions and traditional sessions. In addition, the performance of this group was compared to the performance of a group of students from a previous semester that experienced the traditional style of instruction. The dependent variables included student quiz scores immediately following discussion sessions, performance scores on mid-term and final, and grade distribution. Although it is assumed that the devices promote active responding, the impact of this technology on student scores is not well documented in the literature. Preliminary data analysis suggests a positive influence of the devices on student performance. Detailed results and associated discussion will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Social and Health Research Using the IRAP |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Elizabeth A |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Carol C. Murphy (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: Research argues that explicit self-report measures of stereotyping and health-related behavior may simply reflect socially desirable responding rather than a true measure of an individual’s beliefs. The current symposium investigates implicit (rather than explicit) attitudes in the context of socially sensitive material using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). The first presentation discusses the utility of a series of relational tasks as a measure of implicit attitudes towards racial stereotyping. The second presentation discusses dietary practices in obese and non-obese individuals, specifically assessing attitudes to healthy and unhealthy foods. The third presentation investigates the impact of social and health related educational information on attitudes towards smoking in a sample of smokers and non-smokers. The final presentation in this symposium investigates the impact of exposure to information on liked and disliked homosexual, heterosexual and bisexual individuals on implicit measures of preference for each sub-group of sexual orientation. The results from these studies will be discussed in terms of generating interventions to address issues surrounding social stereotyping and health-related behavior. |
|
The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP): Assessing Implicit Racism. |
PATRICIA M. POWER (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: This paper presents a series of studies that sought to determine if the IRAP can be used to assess implicit racial stereotypes using a comparative relational network. The IRAP involved presenting the sample stimuli “Better Than” and “Worse Than” with pairs of pictures of unfamiliar white and black faces. The white and black faces were labeled as either Irish or English. Participants were then asked to respond on tasks that presented the samples “Better Than” or “Worse Than” on each trial with six pairs of pictures as follows: Irish/White versus English/White; Irish/Black versus English/Black; Irish/White versus Irish/Black; Irish/White versus English/Black; Irish/Black versus English/White; and English/White versus English/Black. These six picture-pairs were also presented in reverse order (e.g., English/White versus Irish/White). The IRAP consisted of at least 8 blocks of trials, with each block presenting each picture-pair once in the presence of both samples across 24 trials. For half of the IRAP blocks, participants were required to respond in one direction (e.g., Irish/White Better Than English/White) and for the remaining blocks they responded in the opposite direction (English/White Better Than Irish/White). Results showed that response latencies depended upon the direction of the task and the nationality and race of the faces. |
|
The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure and Responding to Food-Related Items Among Over-Weight and Non-Over-Weight Individuals. |
IAN MCKENNA (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The study sought to determine if the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) can be used to identity individual differences in attitudes to food between over-weight and non-over-weight individuals. One IRAP involved presenting the two sample stimuli, “Makes Me Feel VERY Hungry” or “Makes Me Feel SLIGHTLY Hungry” with pictures of healthy and unhealthy foods. For half of the trials participants were required to respond in one direction (e.g., Makes Me Feel VERY Hungry – Healthy Food – True) and for the remaining trials in the other direction (Makes Me Feel SLIGHTLY Hungry – Unhealthy Food – True).
It was predicted that healthy individuals would show a larger IRAP effect (e.g., responding more quickly to Makes Me Feel VERY Hungry – Healthy Food than to Makes Me Feel VERY Hungry – Unhealthy Food) than the over-weight individuals. The other IRAP presented a similar task, except that the two samples were “This is Healthy Food” versus “This is Not Healthy Food.” It was predicted that both over-weight and non-over-weight individuals show a similar IRAP effect (i.e., both would discriminate equally well healthy from unhealthy food). The results have implications for understanding the role played by knowledge of food versus urges to eat food in predicting dietary practices. |
|
The IRAP as a Measure of Implicit Attitudes to Social and Health-Related Aspects of Smoking. |
NIGEL AUGUSTINE VAHEY (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: Research on implicit attitudes to tobacco smoking indicates negative health-related responses to cigarettes among both smoking and non-smoking participants. However, these two groups may differ in their attitudes towards the social aspects of smoking. For example, smokers, relative to non-smokers, may be more likely to relate smoking to relaxation. The current IRAP study explored these issues, and also sought to assess the impact of anti-smoking material on implicit attitudes to smoking. Specifically, a group of smokers and a group of non-smokers were exposed to anti-smoking material (e.g., pictures of diseased lungs); another two groups (smoking and non-smoking) were exposed to health-material unrelated to smoking (the benefits of a low-fat diet). All four groups were then presented with one of two IRAPs, one health-related and the other social-related. Both IRAPs presented the sample stimuli “Smoking” and “Non-Smoking.” The health-related IRAP presented target stimuli that referred to health or disease (e.g., Fit, versus Cancer), whereas the social-related IRAP presented targets that referred to positive versus negative social experiences (e.g., relax versus tension). The results have implications for our understanding of how the verbal networks of smokers and non-smokers differ and how these networks are impacted upon by health education materials. |
|
The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) and the Malleability of Negative Attitudes to Sexual Orientation. |
CLAIRE CULLEN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: Dasgupta and Greenwald (2001) provided evidence to support the malleability of implicit attitudes using the implicit association test (IAT). The current study adopted a similar approach to this earlier work, but using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). Participants were self-identified as either homosexual or heterosexual. In Experiment 1, the sample terms “Better Than” and “Worse Than” were presented as response options with the target word pairs “Heterosexual Homosexual”, “Homosexual Bisexual” “Heterosexual Bisexual,” and the reversed counterparts (e.g., “Homosexual Heterosexual”). The response options “True” and “False” were presented on each trial, and participants were required to respond with both speed and accuracy. Experiment 2 determined if prior exposure to pictures of admired and disliked homosexual, heterosexual and bisexual individuals impacted upon IRAP performance and whether the effect remained stable after exposure to the same IRAP minus the exemplars 24hrs later. The results raise a number of important implications for the measurement of implicit attitudes and the development of psychological interventions for tackling social stereotyping. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Timing and Counting |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Randle A |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Andrew T. Fox (Central Michigan University) |
|
SET or LeT? Testing Two Timing Models. |
Domain: Basic Research |
LUIS L. OLIVEIRA (University of Minho), Joana Rodrigues Arantes Da Silva (University of Minho), Armando Machado (University of Minho) |
|
Abstract: In order to contrast two models of timing, Scalar Expectancy Theory (SET) and Learning to Time (LeT), 8 naïve pigeons (Columba livia) were exposed to a double temporal bisection procedure. On Type 1 trials, they learned to choose a red key following a 1.5-s signal, and a green key following a 6-s signal; on Type 2 trials, they learned to choose a blue key after a 6-s signal and a yellow key after a 24-s signal. The signals used consisted of a horizontal bar for Type 1 trials and a vertical bar for Type 2 trials. On the next phase, pigeons learned a new bisection task, in which they had to choose between colors blue and green, both previously associated with the same stimulus duration, but with different types of bars. The sample stimulus in this task ranged from 1.5 to 24 seconds. Results show that the visual cue did not affect the pigeons' decisions based on timing variables, as the preference for the green key increases with the duration of the test signal, a result consistent with LeT, but not with SET. |
|
Counting Categorically: Modelling Performance in a Numerical Reproduction Procedure. |
Domain: Basic Research |
LAVINIA CM TAN (University of Canterbury), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury) |
|
Abstract: Previous research using a numerical reproduction procedure has shown pigeons were able to perform absolute discriminations of number. Relative response accuracy increased with increases in number, consistent with results found in human counting. Coefficients of variation decreased as a function of the square root of average response number, whereas responding in nonhuman and nonverbal numerical and timing tasks exhibit scalar variability. We propose a prototype category-learning model that successfully accounts for the main features of these data, including predictions of average response number, response distributions in baseline and transfer trials, and the decreasing CVs. Additional experiments to test predictions of the model are reported. |
|
Errorless Learning of a Temporal Bisection Task. |
Domain: Basic Research |
JOANA RODRIGUES ARANTES DA SILVA (University of Minho), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury), Armando Machado (University of Minho) |
|
Abstract: To contrast trial and error learning and errorless learning, we used a temporal bisection task. Pigeons were trained in a discrimination in which pecks in a red key after a 2-s signal and a green key after a 10-s signal were reinforced. Then, pigeons were presented with three types of tests. First, they were exposed to intermediate durations (from 2 s to 10 s) and given a choice between both keys (stimulus generalization test). Second, a delay from 1 s to 16 s was included between the offset of the signal and the onset of the choice keys (delay test). Finally, pigeons learned a new discrimination in which the stimuli were switch (reversal test). |
|
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Transforming Coercive Processes in Family Routines: Experimental Analyses of Family Centered Positive Behavior Support |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Edward C |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joe M. Lucyshyn (University of British Columbia) |
Discussant: Robert H. Horner (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Preliminary results of a 5-year study of an ecological, family centered approach to positive behavior support (PBS) with families of children with developmental disabilities will be presented. The purpose of the study is to examine the efficacy and acceptability of an approach to behavioral family intervention that is theoretically-linked to an ecological unit of analysis: Coercive processes in family routines. The unit of analysis includes three levels of ecology: (a) child problem behavior, (b) coercive patterns of parent-child interaction and (c) the activity settings of family routines. The unit of analysis informs an assessment and intervention approach that aims to improve child behavior, parent-child interaction, and the success of valued family routines. Eleven families of young children with developmental disabilities and severe problem behavior participated in the study. Dependent measures included problem behavior, routine steps completed, and social validity. A multiple baseline design across routines for each family assessed the functional relationship between implementation of the approach and child and family outcomes. Preliminary results show marked improvement in behavior and routine success in 9 of 11 families with high ratings of social validity. Results are discussed in terms of ecological behavior analysis and intervention from a lifespan perspective. |
|
Transforming Coercive Processes in Family Routines with Families of Diverse Cultural and Linguistic Backgrounds. |
CHRISTY CHEREMSHYNSKI (University of British Columbia), Joe M. Lucyshyn (University of British Columbia), Brenda Fossett (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Families of diverse cultural and linguistic backgrounds raising children with developmental disabilities and problem behavior present unique challenges to behavior analysts seeking to promote meaningful and durable improvements in child behavior and participation in family life. The challenge is to conduct assessment activities and develop behavior supports that are effective and culturally appropriate. Preliminary results of a family centered PBS approach designed to be culturally appropriate will be presented. A Japanese family of a boy with autism and a Chinese family of a girl with an intellectual disability participated. A functional assessment and family ecology assessment informed the design of a technically sound and culturally appropriate behavior support plan. A multiple baseline design for each family across three routines evaluated efficacy. Social validity and goodness of fit measures assessed acceptability and cultural fit. Baseline data showed moderate to high levels of problem behavior and low levels of routine steps completed. Intervention data evidenced a decrease in problem behavior to near zero levels and an increase in steps completed to 80-100% of total steps. Families perceived the intervention to be acceptable and a good fit. Results are discussed in terms of considerations for assessment and intervention with families of diverse cultures. |
|
Transforming Coercive Processes in Family Routines with Parents Experiencing Multiple Family Systems Challenges. |
LAUREN BINNENDYK (University of British Columbia), Joe M. Lucyshyn (University of British Columbia), Lynn Miller (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Parents raising children with developmental disabilities and problem behavior often face additional challenges within the family system. These may include sibling conflict, marital relationship difficulties, and/or other life stressors. Improving child behavior and parent-child interaction in family routines in this context can prove daunting. The challenge is to incorporate into a process of behavioral support for the child, family-centered adjunctive interventions that address family systems issues and stressors. These may include a behavior support plan for siblings, marital counseling for parents, and stress management strategies for family members. Preliminary results of an intervention designed to ameliorate coercive parent-child interaction in family routines and address the multiple systems needs of family members will be presented. The family of a child with autism and the family of a child with a moderate intellectual disability participated. A multiple baseline design for each family across four routines evaluated efficacy. Baseline data showed moderate to high levels of problem behavior. Intervention data evidenced improvements in problem behavior to near zero levels and steps completed between 80-100% of total steps. Families perceived intervention procedures and outcomes to be acceptable. Results are discussed in terms of considerations for behavioral assessment and intervention with families with multiple systems needs. |
|
Transforming Coercive Processes in Family Routines with a Parent Who Experiences an Anxiety Disorder. |
BRENDA FOSSETT (University of British Columbia), Joe M. Lucyshyn (University of British Columbia), Lauren Binnendyk (University of British Columbia), Lynn Miller (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Parents of children with disabilities may experience a psychological condition such as an anxiety disorder that can interfere with their ability to implement a behavior support plan. Unless the parents’ condition is addressed, the likelihood of improving child behavior and family life is small. The challenge is to secure psychological counseling for the parent in coordination with behavior support for the child. Preliminary results of an intervention designed to ameliorate coercive parent-child interaction in routines while concurrently treating a parent’s anxiety disorder will be presented. The family of a child with an intellectual disability and problem behavior participated. The child’s mother had a diagnosed anxiety disorder. A multiple baseline design across four routines evaluated the efficacy of the behavior support plan with the child. Family functioning measures assessed improvement in parent psychological health. Baseline data showed high levels of problem behavior. Intervention data evidenced a decrease in problem behavior to near zero levels and an improvement in routine steps completed to 90-100%. Family members viewed the intervention as acceptable. Family functioning measures indicated improvements in mother’s psychological health. Results are discussed in terms of the importance of adjunctive psychological supports for parents in coordination with behavior support to the child. |
|
|
|
|
Translational Research on Choice Responding |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Betsy A |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
CE Instructor: Wayne W. Fisher, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Choice responding refers to the manner in which individuals allocate their responding among available response options. In this symposium, a series of translational studies ranging from basic to applied are presented that show how variables that affect choice responding, such as reinforcement rate, immediacy, and quality, can be quantified and manipulated to improve our understanding of behavior and inform clinical assessments and interventions. |
|
Human Risky Choice in an Adjusting-Delay Procedure. |
CHRISTOPHER E. BULLOCK (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida), Patrick S. Johnson (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Participants were exposed to a discrete-trial choice procedure in which responding on either of two response options produced 30 s of video access after some delay. For one option (risky choice), the video was delivered after a delay, the length of which was randomly selected from 2 preset values. For the other option, the video was delivered after a delay that was set at 1 s at the beginning of a condition and was thereafter adjusted as a function of choice. Sessions consisted of 20 trials, arranged in blocks of 4. The first 2 trials of each block were comprised of forced exposure to each option followed by 2 choice trials. If the risky-choice option was selected twice, the delay to the adjusting option decreased by 2 s for the following block of trials. If the adjusting option was chosen twice, then the delay produced by this option increased by 2 s for the following block of trials. If each option was chosen once, the delay to the adjusting option was not changed. That is, within a condition the delay value of the adjusting option varied while the risky-choice delays were held constant. However, across conditions the delay values of the risky-choice option were varied (1, 59; 10, 50; 20, 40; 30, 30) while holding the arithmetic average constant. The value of the adjusting delay at which a participant was indifferent between the two options depended on the specific delay values that comprised the risky option. In some cases the delay at which indifference occurred was ordered with respect to the smaller delay of the risky-choice option. The data are discussed in terms of the feasibility of hyperbolic-delay discounting to account for the findings. |
|
Applied Explorations on the Relation between Effort and Relative Stimulus Value. |
ISER GUILLERMO DELEON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gregory A. Lieving (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa J. Allman (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Lisa M. Toole (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David M. Richman (University of Illinois) |
Abstract: Recent research with non-humans has suggested that the relative value of stimuli can be influenced by the effort required to earn reinforcers associated with those stimuli (Clement & Zentall, 2003; Friedrich & Zentall, 2004). Generally, these studies have observed a shift in preference towards stimuli (e.g., key colors, feeder locations) associated with reinforcers earned through greater effort over stimuli associated with reinforcers earned through lesser effort when relative effort is later equated during preference tests. The current series of studies was designed to explore this phenomenon in relation to (1) preferences for qualitatively distinct reinforcers themselves rather than the stimuli associated with those reinforcers, in children with developmental disabilities; and (2) sensitivity to response cost (i.e., contingent loss of reinforcers) for stimuli earned through greater versus lesser effort in college students. In Experiment 1, children’s preferences for reinforcers, as measured by standard preference assessments, generally increased as a function of effort required to obtain them and decreased when those reinforcers required no effort to obtain them. In Experiment 2, a similar preparation was used to alter food preferences for a child with highly selective eating patterns. In Experiment 3, college students’ sensitivity to loss of stimuli exchangeable for money was an increasing function of the effort required to earn them. The results from these experiments extend the basic findings to humans in more naturalistic settings and stimuli. Taken together, the results have broad applied and conceptual significance in the characterization of the dynamics between behavior and consequences. |
|
Examination of Choice Responding in the Development of Treatments for Destructive Behavior. |
HENRY S. ROANE (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ashley C. Glover (The Marcus Institute), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (The Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Translational research involves the extension of laboratory findings to clinical populations and problems. One such extension is the use of concurrent-operant arrangements to evaluate preference for different reinforcers (Fisher & Mazur, 1997). Most reinforcement-based treatments for destructive behavior can be interpreted as a choice paradigm in which response allocation is based upon factors such as response effort, the schedule of reinforcement, and the quality of reinforcement. In this presentation, we will present cases in which treatments for destructive behavior were conceptualized as a choice arrangement (i.e., appropriate behavior and destructive behavior resulted in different reinforcers). Each case will be discussed in terms of the variables that affected response allocation. For all datasets, reliability data were collected with two independent observers for over 30% of sessions and was over 90%. Results will suggest the manner in which the availability of multiple reinforcers in a choice paradigm affects the efficacy of reinforcement-based interventions for destructive behavior. These results will be discussed in terms of practical considerations that are associated with the use of multiple reinforcers when developing treatments. |
|
Competition between Positive and Negative Reinforcement. |
WAYNE W. FISHER (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Joanna Lomas (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University) |
Abstract: Results of previous studies (e.g., Lalli et al., 1999) showing that participants chose alternative behavior maintained by positive reinforcement over destructive behavior maintained by negative reinforcement may have been due to (a) a preference for positive over negative reinforcement or (b) the positive reinforcer acting as an motivating operation (MO) that altered the aversiveness of the demands. In Experiment 1 of the current investigation, we maintained an escape contingency while introducing and withdrawing a concurrent schedule of noncontingent positive reinforcement (food delivered on an FT schedule). For both participants, noncontingent positive reinforcement acted as an MO and lowered escape-reinforced destructive behavior. In Experiment 2, we compared the relative effects of positive and negative reinforcement using equivalent communication responses under both a restricted-choice condition (in which participants could choose positive or negative reinforcement, but not both) and an unrestricted-choice condition (in which the participants could choose one or both reinforcers). Both participants chose positive over negative reinforcement in the restricted-choice condition (indicating a preference for positive reinforcement). However, in the unrestricted-choice condition (in which participants could choose one or both reinforcers), one participant chose both reinforcers, indicating that motivation for escape was not abolished. In contrast, the other primarily chose only positive reinforcement, indicating that for this participant, the positive reinforcer acted primarily as an MO and lessened the effectiveness of the escape contingency. Results are discussed in terms of the effects of positive reinforcement on escape-reinforced problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Treatment Outcome for Children with Autism: A 15-Year Longitudinal Study |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Douglas A |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
CE Instructor: Marjorie H. Charlop, Ph.D. |
Abstract: To date, there are few studies that report the long-term effects of applied behavior analysis treatment with children with autism ( e.g. Lovaas, 1987; Mceachin et al., 1993; Harris & Handleman, 2000; Sallows & Groupner, 2005).These studies have focused on variables such as classroom placement, IQ scores from standardized tests, and other such measures to infer treatment efficacy. There is little information on behavioral variables of treatment outcome for children with autism. In addition, few studies have provided a longitudinal analysis of treatment efficacy with follow-up many years after treatment completion. The present study presents preliminary findings of longitudinal evaluation of treatment outcome of 10 children with autism over a span of 15 years. Data were collected on behavioral measures, four appropriate behaviors and four inappropriate behaviors, during six month intervals on the waiting list for treatment at the Claremont Autism Center, during treatment, and after treatment for up to 15 years post-treatment. Thus, a multiple baseline design across children was used to assess the efficacy of the behavioral treatment at the Center, and the children who started their treatment at under 6 years of age were followed well into their 20s. In this symposium, we will present the importance of longitudinal analysis with children with autism, our methodology and treatment efficacy variables, and findings from our initial 10 children analyzed in terms of concrete behavioral measures. |
|
Longitudinal Treatment Outcome Analysis: Where’s the Data? |
KARI BERQUIST (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), Sarah Kuriakose (Pomona College), Melanie Jira (Claremont Graduate University) |
Abstract: From a perspective of treating children with autism, only one treatment approach has provided the field with hard data to show treatment efficacy; this is the approach of applied behavior analysis. While this is the case (e.g Lovaas, 1987; Mceachin et al., 1993; Harris & Handleman, 2000; Sallows & Groupner, 2005), it has only been recently that applied behavior analysis has proliferated the autism treatment world. There are few studies that have actually been done evaluating general treatment effectiveness of the ABA approach. If ABA is going to continue to propose its superiority in the treatment world due to empirical investigation, then we are going to need to provide the treatment world with more than a few major large scale studies providing our evidence. In this presentation, the importance of evaluation of treatment outcome is emphasized. As well, the ease of adding an infrastructure to treatment programs to provide such evaluation variables is provided. |
|
A Cost Efficient Way to Do Longitudinal Treatment Outcome Evaluation. |
GINA T. CHANG (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), Sarah Kuriakose (Pomona College), Melanie Jira (Claremont Graduate University) |
Abstract: Over the course of 20 years, data have been collected in order to analyze treatment efficacy of a treatment program designed for children with autism and their families. The treatment facility provided direct one-on-one and small group behavioral services as well as incidental teaching procedures. Parent training was a part of the program. The treatment evaluation began while the families were on the waiting list for the program. The target child was video taped in various conditions with various family members and clinic personnel every sex months during the waiting list pretreatment time, during treatment, and after termination of treatment until the child was around 25 years old. Independent measures and dependent measures will be presented in this part of the symposium. Operational definitions of our measures will be explained. Reliability observer training will be discussed and reliability coefficients will be presented. |
|
Some Longitudinal Treatment Outcomes: A Preliminary Report on the Progression of Speech and Play in Children with Autism over 15 Years. |
SARAH KURIAKOSE (Pomona College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), Melanie Jira (Claremont Graduate University) |
Abstract: Ten children who participated in an ABA treatment program beginning at the age of 5 or 6 for approximately 3 years had follow-up data collected for up to 15 years post-treatment. During this time, the children were videotaped in several conditions every 6 months to determine the course their treatment had on their behaviors. During the no treatment waiting list, the children had low frequencies of both play and speech. During treatment, gains in both speech and play were made. Of interest, is the course of the treatment gains of speech and play. Initially, the majority of the 10 children made the most progress in play, with more subtle progress in speech. However, when speech was acquired, it began to take the place of play, and as the child aged, the child demonstrated higher frequencies of speech and lower frequencies of play. We believe this crossover of speech and play demonstrates an age appropriate phenomonon. The results are discussed in terms of covariation of behaviors over time. |
|
Additional Longitudinal Treatment Outcomes: A Preliminary Look at the Occurrence of Four Appropriate and Four Inappropriate Behaviors of Ten Children with Autism over 15 Years. |
DEBRA BERRY MALMBERG (Claremont Graduate University), Sarah Kuriakose (Pomona College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), Melanie Jira (Claremont Graduate University) |
Abstract: This symposium was designed to present the rationale, the method, and some early findings of our 20 program evaluation of our treatment program or children with autism and their families. We are presenting initial results obtained from scoring video tapes of the first 10 children who participated in treatment center. This specific presentation will present an overview of some early findings. Specifically, four appropriate and four inappropriate behaviors will be tracked for 10 children with autism before, during, and after their treatment. These results will be helpful for us to learn about the long term effects of treatment as well as some of the implications. Discussion of the limitations of the method used will also be provided. |
|
|
|
|
Untold Personal Stories of Fred S. Keller Presented by his Colleagues, Students, and Enthusiasts Including Pictorial Memories |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Randle E |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Victor J. DeNoble (Hissho, Inc.) |
PETER HARZEM (Auburn University) |
MARIA THERESA SILVA (University of São Paulo) |
SHERMAN YEN (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation) |
JOHN L. MICHAEL (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In an attempt to recollect and connect valuable personal contacts with Fred S. Keller the present format will permit many of his colleagues, students, and enthusiast the opportunity for their writings to be presented and valued verbally. A CD will be distributed, which contains an abstract of these writings, at no cost to people who attend the session. A unique photographic presentation will show many different sides of Fred S. Keller. The pictures capture his life from MBA to ABA, different occasions including his 90th birthday, and other settings. Sherman Yen and Jack Michael supplied the photographs in this presentation. |
|
|
|
|
Using Self-Monitoring to Improve Safety and Health-Related Behaviors |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Emma AB |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicole E. Gravina (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Eric J. Fox (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: John Austin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Three data-based research studies examining the use of self monitoring for improving health and safety related behaviors will be presented. The first two studies will each present data examining the parameters of self-monitoring as an intervention for improving postural safety. The last study will demonstrate the use of a self-monitoring program in an actual organization to improve the health and safety-related behaviors of long haul truck drivers. Finally, our discussant will discuss the potential behavioral mechanisms underlying self-monitoring from a relational frame theory perspective. |
|
Improving Postural Safety Using Intensive Accuracy Training and Self-Monitoring. |
SHANNON M. LOEWY (Western Michigan University), Nicole E. Gravina (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The proposed presentation will discuss the data and results from a study that was a follow-up to the study completed by Gravina in 2006. Gravina obtained mixed results for the efficacy of self-monitoring of postural safety. The follow-up study sought to examine the effects of adding an intensive accuracy-training component to self-monitoring. A multiple baseline across behaviors design was used to evaluate the safety performance of three college undergraduate participants performing a typing and assembly task. Stronger and more consistent results were observed for all three participants compared to previous research. The findings, implications of these findings, and needs for further research will be discussed. |
|
The Effects of Extending the Self-Monitoring Schedule to a More Reasonable Rate. |
NICOLE E. GRAVINA (Western Michigan University), Yueng-hsiang (Emily) Huang (Liberty Mutual Research Institute for Safety), Michelle Robertson (Liberty Mutual Research Institute for Safety), Michael Blair (Liberty Mutual Research Institute for Safety), John Austin (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to extend the findings of the first study in the symposium to determine if self-monitoring would maintain improvements in postural safety when the self-monitoring schedule was extended to a more reasonable rate. This study took place in an analogue office setting and participants completed typing tasks for 30-minute blocks. Self-monitoring was evaluated using a multiple baseline design across participants. Results indicated that, for postures who improved during the initial 2 min self-monitoring schedule, improvements maintained when the schedule was extended to 15 min. Most participants reported that self-monitoring on a 15 min schedule was reasonable. Results, implications, and future research will be discussed. |
|
Commercial Truck Drivers Increase Physical Activity Levels through Self-Management Activities. |
RYAN B. OLSON (Oregon Health and Science University), Aubrey Buckert (Portland State University) |
Abstract: Line-haul commercial truck drivers (n=9) participated in a self-management intervention to increase physical activity. Intervention components included health feedback, goal setting, self-monitoring steps, and self-reinforcement. Changes in physical activity were measured with omni-directional accelerometers (Actical by Minimitter) within a repeated measures AB design. Five of the nine drivers showed average improvements in dependent measures with group average increases of 89 kcals and 1525 steps per day (d gain = 0.6 and 1.1 respectively). Drivers’ reported perceived increases in physical activity and changes to non-targeted dietary behaviors, such as quitting soda consumption. The results are impressive due to drivers’ long work hours and limited physical activity options, and highlight the value of self-management activities and accelerometer methods within health promotion studies. |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior: Experimental Evaluations and Conceptual Analyses |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Elizabeth B |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Barbara E. Esch, None |
Abstract: This symposium presents two empirical studies and two conceptual papers on issues related to Skinners analysis of verbal behavior. Results are presented for (1) an investigation of procedural modifications of the stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure and the role of automatic reinforcement in establishing speech as a conditioned reinforcer and (2) a study on generalization of mands for information across establishing operations. A third paper presents a behavioral interpretation of the etiology and intervention for aphasia by providing a taxonomy of the disorder based upon observed deficit relations. The final paper discusses transfer of stimulus control across verbal operants, reviews variables that increase procedural efficiency, and concludes with a discussion of stimulus blocking and multiple control. |
|
The Role of Automatic Reinforcement in Early Speech Acquisition. |
BARBARA E. ESCH (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University), Laura L. Grow (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Children who emit few speech vocalizations and whose echoic repertoires are weak are at an instructional disadvantage for speech acquisition. Stimulus-stimulus pairing (SSP) has been shown to produce temporary increases, possibly attributable to automatic reinforcement, in post-pairing vocalizations (e.g., Yoon & Bennett, 2000), thus allowing subsequent direct reinforcement of these responses as verbal operants. Although the behavioral principles supporting an automatic reinforcement role in SSP are well established, empirical support for SSP is not robust (e.g., Esch, Carr, & Michael, 2005; Miguel, Carr, & Michael, 2002), calling into question the ability of SSP to establish speech as a conditioned reinforcer. This study presents empirical results of SSP procedural modifications that produced increases in within-session vocalizations that were subsequently directly reinforced as mands. The separate and combined contributions of these modifications are discussed in the context of the role of automatic reinforcement of speech responses. |
|
Generalization of Mands for Information across Establishing Operations. |
SARAH A. LECHAGO (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University), Laura L. Grow (Western Michigan University), Jessa R. Love (Western Michigan University), Season Almason (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism display significant impairments in communication, which can range from the total absence of vocal behavior to nonfunctional vocal behavior (e.g., echolalia). Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior articulates a number of operants, each under the control of a specific array of stimuli. The mand is verbal behavior under the control of the relevant establishing operation and which specifies its own reinforcer. For example, water deprivation serves as a relevant establishing operation for the mand for water. The state of water deprivation specifies water as the reinforcer. The ability to mand is important to an individual’s development for learning the names of stimuli and individuals, more effective interaction with the environment, and appropriate social interactions with others. This study seeks to extend the developing literature on teaching mands by systematically assessing whether they will generalize across different establishing operations. Each participant was taught to perform three behavior chains which all included a common response form (“Where is the cup?”) used for different purposes. An interrupted behavior chain procedure was used to contrive a different establishing operation for each. After a mand was taught during one interrupted chain, the remaining chains were interrupted to determine whether the mand generalized across different establishing operations. Data will be presented for mands for objects, as well as mands for information. |
|
Conceptualizing Aphasia Using a Behavior Analytic Model. |
JONATHAN C. BAKER (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University), Paige Raetz (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Aphasia is an acquired language impairment that affects over 2 million individuals, the majority of whom are over age 65 (Groher, 1989). This disorder has typically been conceptualized within a cognitive neuroscience framework, but a behavioral interpretation of the etiology and intervention for aphasia is also possible. Skinner’s (1957) book, Verbal Behavior, proposes a framework of verbal operants that we combine with Sidman’s work on stimulus equivalence in aphasia research to describe the language difficulties individuals with aphasia experience. Using this combination of models, we propose a new taxonomy of aphasia based on the observed deficit relations (i.e., stimulus/stimulus, stimulus/response, and response/response). Treatment implications based on this new taxonomy are discussed. |
|
Transfer of Stimulus Control and Verbal Behavior. |
TRACI M. CIHON (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Transfer of stimulus control can be used to establish a response under new stimulus control after it has been brought under discriminative control. This has been used as a mechanism for establishing verbal behavior under new sources of stimulus control. This paper reviews the basic research on transfer of stimulus control, noting the variables that increase the efficiency of the procedures. Articles that focus on transfer of stimulus control across verbal operants are emphasized. The review concludes with a discussion of stimulus blocking, multiple control, and suggestions for future research. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analyst Certification Board: New Developments and Requirements |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
9:30 AM–10:50 AM |
Randle D |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Gerald L. Shook, Ph.D. |
Chair: Gerald L. Shook (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
JAMES M. JOHNSTON (Auburn University) |
GINA GREEN (San Diego State University) |
GERALD L. SHOOK (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
CHRISTINE L. RATCLIFF (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: Behavior Analyst Certification Board: New Developments & Requirements The meeting will address important developments within the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) relating to growth and changes in the BACB including: new continuing education and recertification requirements, new professional experience and supervisor requirements, university coursework approval and new university practica approval, new examination administration procedures, new ethics requirements for certificants, new specialty credentials, and disciplinary standards. The presentation also will focus on development of the BACB in the future, particularly as it relates to International development, and will explore the possible role of BACB certifications and certificants in the US and abroad. |
|
|
|
|
Couple Therapy: The most important change may be acceptance. |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Douglas C |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
ANDREW CHRISTENSEN (University of California, Los Angeles) |
Dr. Andrew Christensen is Professor of Psychology in the Department of Psychology at the University of California, Los Angeles. He received his Ph.D. from the University of Oregon and did his internship at Rutgers University Medical School. He studies couple conflict and couple therapy and has published over 100 professional articles, primarily on these topics. He is co-author of the influential scholarly book, Close Relationships (Freeman, 1983, reprinted in 2002). For therapists, he authored Acceptance and Change in Couple Therapy: A Therapist's Guide for Transforming Relationships (1998, Norton) with Neil S. Jacobson. He also completed a trade book for couples, Reconcilable Differences (2000, Guilford) with Jacobson. With support from the National Institute of Mental Health, he is conducting a long-term evaluation of the impact of couple therapy in general and his form of couple therapy in particular. Currently he is in the five-year follow-up phase of that investigation. His therapy approach and research have been cited in the New York Times, Newsweek, Time Magazine, U.S. News and World Report, USA Today, and other magazines and newspapers. |
Abstract: Behavioral Couple Therapy (BCT) is the most widely researched treatment for couples. Developed by Patterson, Stuart, and Weiss, it emphasizes positive behavior change. BCT therapists assist couples in defining their global complaints into specific, actionable behaviors, learning communication and problem solving skills for discussing problem behaviors, and then negotiating for changes in relevant behaviors. Although BCT has clearly demonstrated its effectiveness in comparison to control conditions, many couples do not respond to treatment and of those who do, many relapse. Developed by Christensen and Jacobson, Integrative Behavioral Couple Therapy (IBCT), part of what Hayes has called the third wave of behavior therapy, was designed to be truer to behavioral analytic principles and to improve on the outcome of BCT. Specifically, IBCT relies on a functional analysis of couple behavior, includes both private and public behavior, focuses on contingency-shaped versus rule-governed change, and balances an emphasis on acceptance as well as change. In this talk, I will describe the theoretical principles and therapeutic practices involved in the evolution from BCT to IBCT. I will also describe some of the emerging data on IBCT. |
|
|
|
|
Tutorial: Parallels in Processes of Avian and Human Vocal Learning |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
Madeleine AB |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University) |
MICHAEL H. GOLDSTEIN (Cornell University) |
Dr. Michael H. Goldstein is an Assistant Professor of Psychology at Cornell University. He received his Ph.D in developmental psychology and animal behavior from Indiana University. His research focuses on the developmental processes by which knowledge is acquired from the social environment. He uses a comparative approach, studying vocal learning and development in young songbirds and humans. To investigate the processes by which infant development is constructed from interactions with caregivers, Goldstein takes a micro-analytic approach to social learning. He observes and manipulates parent-offspring interactions at small time scales to understand mechanisms of developmental change. His primary research goal is to identify parameters of social interaction that are crucial for infant learning to better understand causal forces of development. This general goal has given rise to two research programs. The first program investigates the development of babbling, specifying the relative contributions of infant and caregiver behavior in the generation of new vocal forms, including speech, phonology, and words. The second program examines the role of experience in adults’ responses to prelinguistic vocalizations. By studying social interaction and learning as it occurs in moment-to-moment interactions, Goldstein intends to connect our knowledge of social influences on developmental outcomes with specific processes of learning. |
Abstract: The early vocalizations of songbirds and human infants, though immature in form, are similar in function. Producing these early sounds is crucial for the later development of speech and song. The process of vocal development has a strong social component: the responses of conspecifics create social feedback for early sounds that guides the young towards mature vocalizations. I will present experiments demonstrating how immature sounds of young birds and babies regulate and are regulated by interactions with conspecifics. These studies view the infant as taking an active role in its own development and introduce new paradigms for understanding the origins of communicative skills. In cowbirds, Molothrus ater, immature vocalizations of young males elicit reactions from adult females (who do not sing), and this feedback facilitates the development of more advanced forms of song. In humans, playback experiments show that mothers use prelinguistic vocal cues to guide their responses to infants. Vocal learning studies reveal that prelinguistic infants use social feedback from caregivers to build more developmentally advanced forms of vocalizations. Feedback from conspecifics thus provides reliable cues about the consequences of vocalizing. These cues serve to facilitate infants acquisition of the basic building blocks of speech and song. |
|
|
|
|
Current Research on Aversive Control |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
Madeleine AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Four presenters will discuss recent research on aversive control in humans and nonhumans. Of these presenters, two will discuss recent research on negative punishment, one using humans and another using pigeons as participants. A third presenter will discuss the effects of a percentile reinforcement schedule on negatively reinforced responding in humans. The fourth presenter will show data on the effectiveness of skin-shock treatment for reducing the dangerous behaviors of individuals with developmental disabilities. Together, these papers advance our current knowledge of aversive control techniques. Moreover, they highlight the utility of investigating aversive control across a variety of species and settings. |
|
Effectiveness of Skin Shock Punishment in an Applied Treatment Setting. |
MATTHEW L. ISRAEL (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Data will be presented for over 70 different students at the Judge Rotenberg Center who had skin shock punishment added to a treatment program package based on positive and non-aversive elements in their programs. Intensive, positive-only programming, was tried for an average of 11 months before the decision was made to seek parental and court approval to supplement the treatment program with contingent skin shock. The behaviors treated included aggressive and health dangerous behaviors The punishment component was added at differing times for each student and for each category of behavior over the course of a 3 period in an AB design. Data were compiled across all students and all behaviors. Data will be presented for each student for the period before and after the intervention and the success rate, using a 90% decreased criteria, will be compared to the published literature on positive-only programming. |
|
Response-Cost Punishment: Token Loss as an Aversive Event with Pigeons. |
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (University of Florida), Bethany R. Raiff (University of Florida), Christopher E. Bullock (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Four pigeons responded on a two-component multiple token reinforcement schedule, in which tokens were produced according to a random-interval 30 s schedule and exchanged according to a variable-ratio 4 schedule in both components. To assess the effects of contingent token loss, tokens were removed after every second response (i.e., fixed-ratio 2 loss) in one of the components. Response rates were selectively lower in the loss components relative to baseline (no-loss) conditions, as well as to the within-condition no-loss components. Additional conditions were conducted in which token and food density were yoked to those in a previous loss condition. In the Yoked-Food condition, tokens were produced as usual in both components, but the overall density of food reinforcement in one of the components was yoked to that obtained during a previous Token Loss condition. In the Yoked-Loss condition, tokens were removed during one component of the multiple schedule at a rate that approximately matched the obtained rate of loss from a previous Token-Loss condition. Response rates in these yoked components were less affected than those in comparable loss components. On the whole, the results support the conclusion that contingent token loss serves as an effective punisher with pigeons. |
|
Contingent versus Noncontingent Negative Punishment in Humans. |
ANDREW E BRANDT (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Time-out punishment is the response-contingent removal of access to positive reinforcement. Time-out has been shown to be effective in humans and nonhumans. When access to positive reinforcement is removed during time-out, net reinforcement rates decrease. The decreased reinforcement rate may also decrease response rates. The present studies are designed to investigate the separate effects of the punishment contingency and the reduced reinforcement rate on punished responding in adult humans. Button pushing was maintained on a three-component multiple schedule. In all components (signaled), responding produced monetary reinforcers according to a random-interval schedule. In one component (no-punishment), responding produced only monetary reinforcers on a random-interval schedule. In a second component (punishment), responding also produced time-outs according to a random-interval schedule. In a third component (yoked punishment), response-independent time-outs were delivered at the same temporal intervals that they were produced in the punishment component. The punishment schedule value was varied across conditions. The results showed that responding decreased as the punishment schedule value decreased. Similar rates of responding were typically observed in the punishment and yoked punishment components, which suggests that decreased net reinforcement rates had a suppressive effect on responding. However, this effect was likely due adventitious punishment. |
|
Escape from Disruption of A/V Stimulus Presentations: Percentile Reinforcement of Long Interresponse Times in Humans. |
ERIC A. JACOBS (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Jose L. Martinez (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: In three experiments, participants were exposed to a percentile schedule that differentially reinforced relatively long interresponse times (IRTs). Control by the IRT-based contingency opposed control by maximization of overall reinforcement rate. In Experiment 1, college students participated in three 90-minute sessions in which they watched movies that were subject to brief, random disruption. Lever pressing produced disruption-free viewing periods. In the first two sessions, disruption-free periods occurred following any IRT that was longer than 16 of the previous 20 IRTs. In the third session, disruption-free periods were arranged by a random-ratio schedule for the first half of the session, followed by a return to the percentile schedule. In Experiment 2, the procedure was the same, except the lever light began flashing when the percentile schedule time requirement was fulfilled. In Experiment 3, the procedure was again the same as in Experiment 1, except some participants received an instruction describing the IRT contingency and some participants received an instruction describing the molar relationship between response rate and reinforcement rate. Overall, the results provide evidence for control by consequences arrayed over short and long time spans, individual differences in sensitivity to each, and a role for reinforcement history in determining those differences. Moreover, there was evidence that sensitivity to the contingencies was strongly modulated by discriminative stimuli and instructions. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Stimulus Control I |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:00 AM–11:20 AM |
Madeleine CD |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Dennis J. Hand (Central Michigan University) |
|
Does Peak Shift Occur in the Natural Environment? Evidence from Judgments of Human Faces and Women’s Torsos. |
Domain: Basic Research |
ADAM DERENNE (University of North Dakota), Karla Fehr (University of North Dakota), R. Michael Breitstein (University of North Dakota) |
|
Abstract: ”Peak shift” describes a displacement in a generalization gradient away from a negative exemplar shown during training and towards extreme values on the opposite end of the stimulus dimension. Peak shift is best known from research with humans and nonhumans involving judgments of simple, unidimensional stimuli. To examine whether peak shift can plausibly affect judgments in the natural environment, the stimulus dimension in two experiments consisted of either human faces or women’s torsos. In one experiment, participants were trained to discriminate human faces on the basis of the proportion of the total face length that was below the nose. In a second experiment, participants were trained to discriminate among images of women’s torsos on the basis of the relative waist-to-hip ratio. In both cases, peak shift was obtained. The discussion focuses on contemporary theories of peak shift and the possible role of the underlying processes in naturally occurring perceptual distortions. |
|
Automated Equipment for Simple Two-Choice Olfactory and Tactile Discrimination in Rats. |
Domain: Basic Research |
IVER H. IVERSEN (University of North Florida) |
|
Abstract: Research with rats rarely explores sensory modalities other than vision and hearing. The present research used a horizontal disk attached to a bidirectional motor to present stimuli for olfactory or tactile discrimination. Two adjacent disk quarters were occupied with identical stimuli, such as sandpaper of a given grade for tactile discrimination. Thus, two different grades of sandpaper could be placed on the disk. The rat palpitated one quarter of the disk through a slot in the wall and then selected one of two levers to indicate which stimulus (rough or smooth) was on the disk. A PC computer controlled disk rotation (one step left or right) during the inter-trial interval to present the same or the different stimulus on the next trial. Similarly for olfactory discrimination, two odorous stimuli (such as two types of tea bags) were placed on the disk; the rats would sniff at the stimulus through a perforated slot in the wall. Using a food-reinforcement paradigm, rats learned these discriminations (in total darkness to avoid visual cues) at a near 100% accuracy within a few weeks of daily training in sessions with 100 trials. The equipment is useful for experiments that examine simple cross-modal discriminations in rats. |
|
Identifying Multiple Stimulus Control Topographies in the Identity Matching Performance in a Capuchin Monkey. |
Domain: Basic Research |
ROMARIZ BARROS (Universidade Federal do Para), Paulo R. K. Goulart (Universidade Federal do Para), Carlos Rafael P. Diniz (Universidade Federal do Para), Olavo Galvao (Universidade Federal do Para) |
|
Abstract: Generalized identity matching is sometimes hard to find in non-human subjects or people with severe developmental disabilities. Our laboratory is dedicated to study procedural variables in the development of complex stimulus control in capuchin monkeys. Our standard procedure has been successful to produce generalized identity matching in most of our monkeys. This presentation reports a case of failure of our standard procedure to produce generalized identity matching. The standard procedure comprised several steps beginning with a touch screen response shaping procedure, followed by simple discrimination reversal training, identity matching and tests for generalized identity matching. The data obtained with the particular subject here reported showed high accuracy in the directly trained identity matching task but consistent failure to perform the same task with new stimuli. Procedures to reduce inappropriate response topographies and encourage stimulus control coherence were introduced. Then, identity matching tests Type 1 (whole new stimulus set) versus Type 2 (new S+ plus a few known S-) produced respectively intermediate and high accuracies. Ultimately, two different stimulus control tests were successfully carried out to identify one interfering stimulus control topography. The behavioral intervention here presented may be useful to inspire research and intervention to people with severe developmental disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Analysis of Cultural Phenomena: Behavioral Technology to the Rescue |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Gregory AB |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago) |
|
The Science of Nonviolent Power I: The Analysis of Activist Cultures. |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago) |
|
Abstract: Collective violence is a worldwide concern. Billions of dollars and eons of human experience have been dedicated to elaborating the science and practice of collective coercion and killing—at appalling collective cost. Gandhi and others have often asserted that nonviolence is a science. This assertion has so far been treated as largely metaphoric, however, and vanishingly few resources have been dedicated to elaborating such a science. Given that violence is behavior, and collective violence emerges from sets of interlocking contingencies of reinforcement maintained by groups (interlocking cultural practices), it should be realistically possible to analyze violence, and nonviolent alternatives, from the perspective of cultural analytic science. The findings of such investigations might then realistically contribute to campaigns of nonviolent struggle, and thereby reduce levels of collective violence.
The initial strategy for the program of research to be reported here, similar to that used in other sciences in which the phenomena of interest extend over space and time—and experimentation is therefore difficult (e.g., astrophysics and some forms of historical research), is to analyze a number of cases, develop hypotheses from those examples, and then test and refine those hypotheses with additional cases. This initial report will focus on the analysis, in context, of interlocking practices within groups involved in nonviolent struggle—practices that support commitment to nonviolent action, or contribute to the breakdown of such commitments. |
|
Consequence Analysis: Practical Knowledge Building Technology with Social Justice Implications. |
Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH K. MOORE (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago) |
|
Abstract: Three iterations of consequence analysis (Sanford & Fawcett, 1980; Moore & Mattaini, 2001; Moore, 2006) have demonstrated that the technology is effective in shifting opinions/attitudes in ways that are consistent with improved collective consequences. This paper will: briefly review the literature; emphasize current research findings; and discuss ways the technology might be used to address social issues of importance, especially those with social justice, human rights, and environmental implications. |
|
An Experimental Analysis of Cultural Materialism and Metacontingencies. |
Domain: Applied Research |
TODD A. WARD (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Since the 1980s behavior analysts have discussed a union with a cultural anthropological paradigm known as Cultural Materialism, which explains social organization in terms of manipulable variables. This discussion led to the conception of the metacontingency, a term meant to bridge operant and cultural selection. Although there is much theoretical debate on this general topic, particularly the value of the metacontingency, no experimental data exist on which to base such a debate. We created a laboratory analogue to a fundamental cultural materialist relation in which dyads produced resources of varying yields across six changing criterion conditions. In order to maximize reinforcement, the participants had to interlock their allocation of resources to generate the aggregate consequence of saving the group from experimental death. Results indicate that two dyads generated recurring aggregate “group saved” consequences. We also found an essential environment-population relation that sets the minimal limit for population survival. This study has two main benefits: (a) provides a way to debate the utility of the metacontingency experimentally, and (b) enables an experimental analysis of the most fundamental contexts required for behavior to exist in the first place, potentially enabling the development of “contextual schedules” as opposed to schedules of reinforcement. |
|
The False Dichotomy of Morality and Self-Interest: Using Consequence Analyses to Facilitate Humanitarian Action against Genocide. |
Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE ENNIS SORETH (Rowan University), Denene M. Wambach (Temple University) |
|
Abstract: Under the contingencies operating in the current political and economic climate, appeals to aid other nations are often made from two positions that are cast as opposing determinants of action. The first involves an appeal to national interest in that action is only taken if it benefits the intervening nation, while the second involves an appeal to the moral values of an intervening nation that supports human rights and social justice (e.g., Power, 2002). In the behavior analytic system, moral values are not viewed as causal entities but rather as behavior, specifically as verbal behavior about what is considered moral and immoral (Baum, 2005). As a result, the behavior analytic standpoint dissolves the dichotomy that casts acting out of self-interest and acting out of altruistic morality as opposites. The resulting re-conceptualization focuses on the consequences of action, allowing for better accuracy in predicting the conditions under which nations are likely to act in the aid of others while providing a more effective vehicle for promoting human rights worldwide. The current paper will detail this behavior analytic re-conceptualization and discuss its implications specifically as they relate to the action and inaction taken by nations in cases of genocide. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analytic Research in College Classrooms |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Cunningham C |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Gerald C. Mertens (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: College classrooms are good settings for conducting behavioral research. Classes consist of amenable and captive participants, have readily available dependent variables that are collected as a matter of course, and easily allow for repeated measures. The studies in this symposium examine various type of question answering, interteaching, and collaborative learning. |
|
Effects of Random vs. Voluntary Question Answering. |
KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi), Laura Ely (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Taylor DeCastro (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The purpose of this classroom evaluation was to examine the relative effects of calling upon students randomly to answer question vs students volunteering to answer questions during an undergraduate class. An alternating treatments design was used to examine differences in student grades, participation, attendance, and pre-class reading resulting from the two questioning methods.. Social validity was also assessed by having students fill out questionnaires, rating their preferences and the extent of their learning with the two questioning methods. |
|
The Role of Cooperative Learning in Interteaching. |
THORHALLUR O. FLOSASON (Western Michigan University), Eric J. Fox (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This method consists of several components: preparation guides, cooperative learning, frequent probes, and quality points. This study examined the effectiveness of the cooperative learning component of interteaching in an undergraduate statistics class. An alternating treatments design, with conditions counterbalanced across two sections of the course, was used to compare the effectiveness of the traditional lecture format with interteaching. Over the course of a semester, students received either interteaching or lecture for each unit of the course, and took weekly exams over each of the units. The lecture condition included all components of interteaching except for the cooperative learning (or "interteach") component. Social validity was also assessed by having students fill out questionnaires, rating their preferences and the extent of their learning with lecture and interteaching. |
|
Balanced Cooperative Learning Contingencies: Independent versus Dependent Individual and Group Credit. |
MEGAN PARKER (University of Tennessee, Knoxville), Katherine R. Krohn (University of Tennessee), Erin E. Carroll (University of Tennessee), Briana L. Hautau (University of Tennessee, Knoxville), Robert Lee Williams (University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: This cooperative learning project manipulated the amount of individual and group bonus points students received for group and individual exam improvement from a pre-cooperative to a cooperative unit in a large undergraduate human development course. In some cases, the credit was applied independently across the individual and group dimensions (i.e., students could earn individual bonus points without earning group bonus points or vice versa). In other cases, the bonus points were linked across the individual and group dimensions (i.e., students had to qualify for individual bonus points to be eligible to earn group bonus points or vice versa). Our research has compared various ratios of individual and group points (e.g., 5 points individual and 5 points group, 3 points individual and 7 points group, 7 points individual and 3 points group) in independent and dependent relationships. Thus far, our research has shown that a balanced ratio between individual and group credit (5 points individual and 5 points group) proved most effective under the dependent contingency, whereas a ratio favoring group credit over individual credit (7 points group and 3 points individual) proved most productive under the independent contingency. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Complex Systems: Robustness and Vulnerability- A Matter of Reinforcement and Extinction? |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Cunningham AB |
Area: TPC/OBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Ingunn Sandaker (Akershus University College, Norway) |
Abstract: The overall objective of this presentation is to investigate the robustness and the predictability of changes in social complex systems. We will explore the relations between varying degrees of task complexity and agent performance. We will also explore the consequences of different relations between agents within complex systems: The crucial question is how changes in intensity and other qualities of the relation will affect the probability for certain behaviours to occur, to remain stable or to cease.
From our theoretical and empirical approach to human behaviour we can predict to a certain degree how stable a behavioural pattern will be. If we capitalize on the concept of extinction or robustness as the behaviours resistance to extinction, we may also predict human behaviour on a systems level. |
|
Complex Systems from a Selectionist Perspective. |
GUNNAR REE (Akershus University College, Norway) |
Abstract: Any system is open to the surrounding world, if only by minimal exchange of energy. This means that any external event may change the system in a way that disrupts previously stable patterns of interaction, and that new patterns of agent behaviour may result in the emergence of new systems while earlier systems are discontinued. Variation is basic to selection, and selection is blind, not goal-directed. Conditions may prevail which systematically select behaviour patterns that in an extended temporal perspective are destructive for the individual and the social systems in which he acts, but are perceived to be beneficial due to their immediate consequences. |
|
Connecting and Disconnecting in Networks: A Question of Reinforcement and Extinction. |
BRITT ANDERSEN (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Systems in the nature have an ability to survive within a wide range of conditions, this is not often the case with man-made network. Often, the breakdown of one component in a system leads to failure throughout the system. Robustness of a system is crucial. Robustness is related to how a system can function despite of internal errors in the system. In social life this concerns the stability of human organizations under shifting conditions (economic, political and so forth). Many people have been concerned by the question “What are the most efficient and robust architecture for an organization?” |
|
The Business as an Acting Agent. |
ARNE TERJE GULBRANDSEN (Akershus University College, Norway) |
Abstract: The unit of analysis is defined by the properties of the system that distinguish it from other systems on the same level of reduction (or scale of magnitude / complexity), and by how the system is distinguished from other levels of reduction. The strength or robustness of relations between agents is determined by a variety of factors. In organisations, institutional, administrative and other structures and strictures define relations, in addition to agent behavior. An organisation may consist of one or more systems, while a system is not necessarily an organisation. |
|
The Business as an Acting Agent. |
ARNE TERJE GULBRANDSEN (Akershus University College, Norway) |
Abstract: The unit of analysis is defined by the properties of the system that distinguish it from other systems on the same level of reduction (or scale of magnitude / complexity), and by how the system is distinguished from other levels of reduction. The strength or robustness of relations between agents is determined by a variety of factors. In organisations, institutional, administrative and other structures and strictures define relations, in addition to agent behavior. An organisation may consist of one or more systems, while a system is not necessarily an organisation. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Conditional Discriminations: Conceptual Issues and New Findings |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Randle A |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: John A. Nevin (University of New Hampshire) |
Abstract: Performance in conditional discriminations such as matching-to-sample and signal detection is affected by reinforcement and by the stimuli defining the task. Many recent results can be explained by a theory which assumes that probabilities of attending to the stimuli depend on overall reinforcement but are independent of the properties of those stimuli. Nevin will review the theory and its application to various paradigms including delayed matching-to-sample (DMTS). Three new studies with pigeons as subjects will be presented. Odum, Ward, Jimenez-Gomez, Shahan, and Nevin will report that DMTS accuracy is higher but less resistant to change in a condition with differential outcomes but lower reinforcer probabilities, challenging previous findings relating both accuracy and resistance to change to reinforcement. Ward and Odum will describe studies showing that resistance to change of accuracy depends on the stimulus modality as well as reinforcer probability, challenging their independence. Davison will report both local and molar analyses of the effects of differential reinforcement in relation to the difference between conditional stimuli that challenge the interpretation of some terms in the theory of attending. Conceptual and empirical questions raised by these studies will lead to changes in theoretical assumptions and prompt future research on conditional discriminations. |
|
Overview of Theory and Conceptual Issues. |
JOHN A. NEVIN (University of New Hampshire) |
Abstract: In conditional discriminations such as matching to sample (MTS), reinforcement for a response to a comparison stimulus depends on the value of a preceding sample stimulus. A theory of conditional-discrimination performance suggests that when a reinforcer is presented, it strengthening effects depend on the similarity of the sample and comparison stimuli and that accuracy depends on the probabilities of attending to those stimuli, which are directly related to reinforcement. The theory accounts for the accuracy of discrimination, its resistance to change, and the allocation of choices in relation to reinforcer ratios, and with remembering construed as a form of attending, it may be extended to accuracy in delayed matching to sample (DMTS). Although it explains many archival findings, the theory does not account for the effects of differential outcomes, to be presented by Odum et al; for the effects of stimulus modality, to be presented by Ward and Odum; or for the interdependence of theoretical parameters when the difference between sample stimuli is varied, to be described by Davison. These new results may suggest ways to conceptualize the behavioral processes underlying conditional discriminations more effectively. |
|
Persistence of Accuracy and Response Rate in Delayed Matching-to-Sample with Differential Outcomes. |
AMY ODUM (Utah State University), Ryan D. Ward (Utah State University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), John A. Nevin (University of New Hampshire) |
Abstract: The Differential Outcomes Effect is a robust phenomenon in which performance in conditional discriminations is superior when different outcomes follow correct choices of different comparisons than when non-differential outcomes follow choices. Performance with different outcomes is superior even when the overall rate of reinforcement for correct choices is lower than with the same outcomes. This experiment investigates the persistence of responding maintained by differential and non-differential outcomes. Four pigeons were trained in a multiple schedule where key pecking produced delayed matching-to-sample (DMTS) trials on variable-interval (VI) schedules. Reinforcer probability for correct matches was .1 following S1 and .9 following S2 in Differential Outcomes (DO) component, and .9 following both in the Same Outcomes (SO) component. Under baseline conditions, accuracy of the conditional discrimination was higher and declined less steeply with delay in the DO component. Response rates during the VI were similar or higher in the SO component. With the introduction of standard disruptors like extinction and pre-feeding, response rates during the VI and matching accuracy were both relatively more persistent in the SO component with the higher overall reinforcement rate, despite the higher level of accuracy in the DO component. |
|
Stimulus Dimension and Resistance to Change of Conditional Discrimination. |
RYAN D. WARD (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Recent data suggest that conditional-discrimination accuracy is more resistant to change in a high-reinforcement probability context than in a low reinforcement-probability context. The present experiments assessed whether this outcome depends on the nature of the sample stimuli. Five pigeons responded under a multiple schedule of conditional-discrimination procedures. In one component, correct choice responses were reinforced with a high probability (.8), while in the other component correct choice responses were reinforced with a lower probability (.2). The sample stimuli in Experiment 1 were temporal durations (2 and 8 s) while in Experiment 2 the sample stimuli were different key colors. In Experiment 1, there was no systematic difference in resistance to change between the high and low reinforcement probability components. In Experiment 2, resistance to change of color-matching accuracy was greater in the high reinforcement-probability component that in the low reinforcement-probability component, replicating previous results. These findings suggest the nature of the sample stimuli may affect resistance to change in conditional-discrimination procedures. |
|
Conditional Discrimination at Three Levels of Stimulus Difference: Implications for Theory. |
MICHAEL C. DAVISON (University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
Abstract: Six pigeons were trained on a simple conditional discrimination. Reinforcer ratios for correct responses were varied across conditions at each of 3 levels of conditional-stimulus differential. Many sessions of data were collected for each condition, allowing both extended and local analyses of choice. Control by differential reinforcement increased as stimulus differential decreased both at the local and extended levels in a series of different analyses. The data pinpoint problems in current quantitative formulations, and define the direction of future developments. |
|
|
|
|
Contributions of the Basic, Applied, and Conceptual Analysis of Behavior to Headsprout Program Design |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
America's Cup AB |
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: T. V. Joe Layng (Headsprout) |
CE Instructor: T. V. Joe Layng, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will address how all aspects of the scientific study of behavior are utilized to build effective instructional programs. Though often thought of as applied work, designing effective instruction requires the application of experimentally derived principles from the laboratory, the application of useful techniques from applied settings, the direct experimental controlanalysis of behavior, and the interpretation and analysis of complex behavioral relations. Symposium participants will address a fundamental area important to Headsprout's success, and discuss the contribution of basic, applied, and conceptual analysis in each of the areas described. |
|
Basic, Applied, and Conceptual Behavior Analysis Contributions to Instructional Content Analysis. |
MARTA LEON (Headsprout), T. V. Joe Layng (Headsprout) |
Abstract: The conceptual treatment of language and other aspects of behavior, as provided by Skinner, Wittgenstein, & Goldiamond, are crucial to Headsprout’s discovery of what is needed to be taught and how one might approach teaching it: a content analysis. The process by which we analyze the repertoires, contingencies, etc. involved in programming the acquisition/development of an intellectual or affective repertoire will be described and the ramifications for a more thorough contingency analytic approach to instructional design discussed. |
|
Basic, Applied, and Conceptual Behavior Analysis Contributions to Instructional Design and Development. |
MELINDA SOTA (Florida State University and Headsprout), T. V. Joe Layng (Headsprout) |
Abstract: Instructional design at Headsprout draws directly from the literature of instructional design, with special emphasis on the contributions of Susan M. Markle and Philip W. Tiemann. Both their approaches to content analysis and instructional design inform the work done at Headsprout. Their foundation is in turn supplemented by a direct application of the laboratory investigation of errorless programing and transfer, selective attention, the analysis of alternative stimulus control topographies, psychophysics, instructional & abstractional control as described by Goldiamond (1966), and concept analysis, among others. How these coalesce to produce instructional strategies will be described and the implications for a comprehensive analysis of behavioral instruction discussed. |
|
Basic, Applied, and Conceptual Behavior Analysis Contributions to User Testing. |
APRIL HEIMLICH (Headsprout), Hirofumi Shimizu (Headsprout), Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout) |
Abstract: User testing, also known as formative evaluation, at Headsprout occurs with one student at a time for extended periods of time. The similarities to the conditions often found in the operant laboratory are not coincidental. The goal of user testing is to provide experimental control–analysis data as a basis for program revision in order to provide the targeted guidance of learner behavior. Not only are program elements tested, but also the results may provide insights in the relationship of behavior to its environment. This of course overlaps the laboratory. Where it diverges from the laboratory is in its goal of providing procedures that as rapidly and effectively as possible build a repertoire to a target. These similarities and differences provide the topic of discussion for this presentation. |
|
Basic, Applied, and Conceptual Behavior Analysis Contributions to Program Implementation. |
JENNIFER D. CLAYTON (Headsprout), Brian Walton (Headsprout), Deborah Anne Haas (Headsprout), Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout) |
Abstract: Careful program implementation is critical to the success of any instructional program. In the case of Headsprout's programs this includes the learner's behavior, the teacher (or parent's) behavior, and the behavior of those who may have an impact on the success of the program, including principals, reading coordinators, lab mangers, technical support staff, etc. No matter how well designed a program is, the role of these individuals cannot be overlooked if the the program is to be successful. This presentation will describe Headsprout's approach to encouraging the behaviors required to ensure a good implementation. This approach includes, a commitment to a simple easy-to-use program, carefully constructed job aids and user guides, proactive customer support, training & just-in-time professional development, and an ongoing contingency analysis that assumes that all stake-holder behaviors are sensible operants that are a function of the current alternative sets of contingencies operating to select those behaviors. Implementation strategies designed in accord with this approach will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Enhancing Quality of Life among People with Severe Disabilities and Their Support Staff |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Elizabeth DE |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Dennis H. Reid (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center, Ltd.) |
CE Instructor: Dennis H. Reid, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will present three studies on behavioral applications for enhancing quality of life among people with severe disabilities and their support staff. The first study will describe a systematic procedure for using verbal reports of support staff to identify indices of happiness and unhappiness among nonvocal adults with autism, and then observational and choice procedures to validate the reports. Results indicated the procedures reliably identified happiness/unhappiness indicators among adults with autism who lacked conventional means of expressing their emotions. The second study will describe a means of assessing nonpreferred work tasks among support staff, and then altering the tasks by pairing them with preferred activities to make the tasks more desirable. Results indicated the behavioral pairing procedures enhanced the preferred nature of disliked tasks among all four participating staff. The third study will describe a means of maintaining desired work behavior among staff by focusing on enhancing the self-reinforcing nature of the staffs appropriate work performance. Overall, results of three studies indicate how behavioral procedures can be applied in socially important areas such as quality of life that are often considered to be outside of the realm of applied behavior analysis. |
|
Identifying and Validating Indices of Happiness and Unhappiness among Nonvocal Adults with Autism. |
LINDSEY P. LATTIMORE (J. Iverson Riddle Center), Marsha B. Parsons (J. Iverson Riddle Center), Dennis H. Reid (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center, Ltd.) |
Abstract: An area of recent interest in behavior analysis is identifying indices of happiness among people with severe disabilities who cannot readily express the private states of happiness and unhappiness. This investigation evaluated use of behavioral indices of happiness developed in research with people with severe cognitive disabilities as a means of identifying happiness indices among people with severe autism in addition to cognitive disabilities. Following results showing the measures to inconsistently reflect the private state of happiness, a behavioral assessment procedure was evaluated specifically for adults with autism who have unique challenges with displaying emotional or affective behavior. The procedure, relying on opinions of familiar support staff, was validated by observing reported happiness and unhappiness indices during situations reported to promote the two types of indices respectively, and then providing choices of activities that occasioned happiness and unhappiness indices. Results indicated that participants consistently chose activities that were accompanied by happiness indices over activities accompanied by indices of unhappiness. These results suggest the behavioral assessment strategy reliably identified valid indicators of happiness and unhappiness, which in turn could be used to promote more happiness among adults with autism. |
|
Enhancing Quality of Staff Work Life: Making Disliked Job Tasks More Preferred. |
CAROLYN W. GREEN (J. Iverson Riddle Center), Dennis H. Reid (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center, Ltd.) |
Abstract: A procedure for making disliked work tasks more preferred for direct support staff was evaluated with four staff in a residential facility. Initially, staff preferences for specific work tasks that constituted their primary job duties were assessed through systematic preference assessments involving ratings and rankings of the tasks. Subsequently, the most nonpreferred task for each staff person was altered by pairing the task with preferred activities of each staff person. Results of a multiple probe design involving repeated preference assessments (staff ratings and rankings of work tasks) indicated the pairing procedure was accompanied by increased preferences for previously disliked work tasks for each of the participating staff persons. For two of the staff persons, the two most nonpreferred tasks became highly preferred following the pairing procedure. Results are discussed regarding means of enhancing one aspect of quality of work life among direct support staff, and the implications of improved work life on staff retention and overall service provision. |
|
Living Quality Lives: A Methodology for Maintenance. |
MARTIN THOMAS IVANCIC (J. Iverson Riddle Center) |
Abstract: Direct contingencies used in training work skills to support staff may include a stimulus control that is inappropriate for maintaining acquired behavior outside of the presence of the staff supervisor. This presentation will describe research showing how indirect contingencies, that involve staff contact with appropriate work behavior outside the moment of its occurrence, can function to maintain newly trained work skills. Such contingencies (e.g., privately written comments, publicly posted comments, modeling, and talking about the behavior out loud) can increase staff contact with information about appropriate responding outside the presence of the supervisor. Supplementing training with indirect contingencies may not only promote maintenance of behavior change but also self-reinforcement through what is commonly referred to as personal or shared pride about work performance. Results of a multiple baseline design support such an interpretation by showing maintained staff performance using indirect contingencies. Results are discussed in regard to using indirect contingencies to impact desirable work performance and enhance staff quality of work life overall. |
|
|
|
|
Establishing Capacity for an RTI Model in the Inland Empire through Graduate Student Research |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
America's Cup C |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Gretchen Jefferson (Quality Behavioral Outcomes) |
Discussant: Mack D. Burke (Texas A&M University) |
CE Instructor: Gretchen Jefferson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: School psychology trainers rely on collaboration with community schools to provide authentic field experiences to promote meaningful outcomes for candidates. As education administrators consider the assessment practice alternatives offered in IDEA 2004, school psychology candidates also serve as a resource for training educators, developing and managing student assessment data, and providing micro and macro level evaluations of student achievement outcomes. The findings from student research collaborations between the Eastern Washington University School Psychology Masters Program and area schools are presented in this symposium. The three studies presented support the utility of CBM in educational decisions in a rural elementary and middle school and an assessment of the degree to which educators utilize these data in daily practice. Replication studies of CBM Reading, Math Computation, and Written Expression quarterly performance as predictors of statewide achievement test performance in Washington State were conducted for elementary and middle schools in the same rural district. Results indicate that CBM was a significant predictor of performance on the Washington Assessment of Student Learning (WASL), with CBM Reading the most significant determinant of WASL success. The final study indicates that educators utilize CBM data regularly in screening and inclusion decisions and progress reporting situations. |
|
CBM as a Predictor of WASL Performance for Rural Fourth Grade Students. |
MICHELLE MACE (Eastern Washington University), Gretchen Jefferson (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Greg Swartz (Deer Park School District) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether Curriculum-Based Measurement (CBM) performance predicted Washington Assessment of Student Learning (WASL) performance for Grade 4 students in a rural Inland Northwest elementary school. Participants included 673 Grade 4 students who were administered CBM Reading, Math Computation, Written Expression, and Spelling measures in Fall, Winter, and Spring of the 2003-2004 and 2004-2005 school years and who were administered the WASL in the Spring of those same years. Linear regression analyses indicated that CBM Reading, Math Computation, and Written Expression measures predicted performance on the corresponding WASL subtests. Chi-square analyses determined CBM cut scores for passing status on each WASL subtest. Findings are discussed in the context of current federal legislation mandating adequate academic progress for all students. |
|
CBM as a Predictor of WASL Performance for Rural Middle School Students. |
SARAH REIBER (Eastern Washington University/Sunnyside School District), Gretchen Jefferson (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Greg Swartz (Deer Park School District) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to assess whether Curriculum-Based Measurement (CBM) performance predicted student performance on the Washington Assessment of Student Learning (WASL) for 360 seventh-grade students attending a rural middle school in the Inland Northwest. Linear and logistic regression analyses indicated that CBM Reading (WRC), Math Computation (CD), and Written Expression (CWS) measures were significant predictors of WASL Reading, Math, and Written Expression performance, respectively, during fall, winter, and spring quarters of the academic year. The predictive relation between CBM Written Expression (CWS) and WASL Writing was the strongest during each quarter. |
|
Educator Perceptions of the Utility of CBM Normative Data. |
JAMIE PETERSON (Mead School District), Gretchen Jefferson (Quality Behavioral Outcomes), Anna Fritts (Spokane Public Schools), Greg Swartz (Deer Park School District) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the extent to which general and special education teachers from three inland northwest schools understand Curriculum-Based Measurement (CBM) applications, use CBM norm data, and desire further training about the application of CBM data to make educational decisions for general and special education students. A cross-sectional survey design, yielding the frequency distributions and corresponding percentages of each answer, indicated that a significant percentage of teachers across these schools understand CBM applications and are regularly utilizing CBM normative data in classroom decision-making. In addition, the majority of teachers would be interested in receiving further training to learn how to use CBM in various ways to benefit their students. |
|
|
|
|
Expanding the Clinical Behavioral Realm: Behavioral Practices in Non-Behavioral Settings |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Edward C |
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kenneth R. Huntley (Chapman University) |
Discussant: Donald A. Jackson Jackson (Nevada Mental Health & Developmental Services) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has a long history of being interested in and improving the human condition along with offering a effective alternative to more mainstream psychological interventions. Only lately, however, has it started venturing into a range of topics that have historically been considered primarily clinical in nature. Clinical behavior analysis has started the process of utilizing behavioral principles with a range of clinical issues, including anxiety, depression, and schizophrenia. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Functional Analytic Therapy are just two examples of how behavior analysts are taking their skills and artfully applying them in clinical settings. The purpose of the present symposium is to present the way behaviorists continue to expand the behavioral realm by taking a functional approach to a diverse range of clinical issues. In doing so, these papers show both the effectiveness and utility of a behavioral approach across the gamut of clinical conditions. |
|
The Role of Behavior Analysis in Emergency Response to National Disasters. |
GINA M. PALLOTTA (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: The American Red Cross, a volunteer humanitarian organization, is a primary provider of emergency aid to victims of national disasters and acts of terrorism. The American Red Cross coordinated over 219,500 volunteers and provided over 800,000 mental health service contacts in response to the 2005 United States hurricane season. The current author established a children’s crisis counseling center within an American Red Cross service center in Mississippi. The service center provided emergency financial aid, food, clothing, medical care and crisis counseling to approximately 500 – 700 families a day in the weeks following Hurricane Katrina. This paper will review the National Center for PTSD’s Psychological First Aid treatment model for disaster survivors and offer training guidelines for behavioral interventions and the overall role of behavior analysis in emergency response to national disasters. |
|
Mental Illness and the Measurement of Private Events: A Behavioral Perspective. |
CRIS T. CLAY (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: This presentation will focus on the description of common behaviors that characterize the various symptoms exhibited by individuals who experience a major mental illness. Specific attention will be directed at those individuals who are diagnosed as experiencing bi-polar and or schizophrenic disease. The most common symptoms exhibited by individuals diagnosed with these two disorders of adaptation will be reviewed from a behavioral perspective. Specific attention will be focused on the description, definition and measurement of many behaviors identified as private events that appear to be precursors to problems of adaptation within the normalized community within this population. Further attention will focus on the medical model and clinicians who provide services to the mentally disabled in an effort to show how historical and current practices and beliefs continue to promote a failure to effectively treat those individuals with major mental health diagnoses. |
|
A Behavioral Examination of Working with Suicidal Patients. |
KENNETH R. HUNTLEY (Chapman University) |
Abstract: Suicidal behavior is perhaps the most difficult issue for psychologists and therapists to intervene in, both professionally and personally. A major reason for this is that suicide is one of the few fatal consequences of psychiatric illness. In one way or another, behavior analysts in clinical settings will have contact with patients who are thinking about and or have attempted suicide in some manner. Moreover, many of the practices and assumptions held by the mental health community are in conflict with research findings in the field of suicidology. The purpose of the current presentation is to highlight some critical clinical considerations in assessing suicide risk with an eye towards a more complete assessment and intervention with individuals who are suicidal. The conceptual relevance of these issues to the field of clinical behavior analysis will also be discussed along with implications for further research. |
|
|
|
|
Extensions of Functional Analysis Methodology |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Betsy A |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Brian A. Iwata, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Research presented in this symposium will illustrate methodological extensions of functional analysis procedures, including naturalistic (classroom) application and assessment of high-intensity and low-frequency problem behavior, as well as clinical extension to self-injurious behavior in a specific genetic disorder (Prader-Willi Syndrome). |
|
Evaluation of a Trial-Based Approach to Functional Analysis in Classroom Settings. |
SARAH ELIZABETH BLOOM (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Florida), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), Abbey Carreau (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Results of a previous study (Sigafoos & Saggers, 1995) suggested that a trial-based approach to functional analysis, which could be conducted in the classroom, might be a viable way to identify reinforcers that maintain problem behavior. However, due to the small N, the limited assessment conditions that were included, and the absence of a comparison with an acceptable standard, the generality of findings remains unclear. We evaluated a modified, trial based functional analysis (TBFA) by comparing its results with those of a more typical functional analysis in assessing problem behaviors exhibited by 10 students. Results indicated a 40%-70% correspondence rate (depending on how much data were taken during the TBFA) and suggest that the TBFA may be a viable assessment method when resources to conduct a standard functional analysis are unavailable. |
|
An Empirical Approach for Identifying Precursors to Problem Behavior. |
JENNIFER N. FRITZ (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Sarah Elizabeth Bloom (University of Florida), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (University of Florida), Carrie M. Dempsey (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Results of several studies have shown that some individuals engage in multiple problem behavior and that some topographies reliably precede the occurrence of others (i.e., the responses are hierarchically ordered members of a response class). The initial identification of “precursor” behaviors, however, has been based on caregiver verbal report or informal observations, which may be prone to errors due to poor reliability, inadequate sampling, etc. We evaluated an empirical method for identifying precursors to problem behavior based on the use of descriptive analysis, whose strength is the identification of correlational relations. We developed a standard set of definitions for 7 clusters of potential precursors that accommodated a wide range of response topographies (approximately 20) in addition to the participant’s target behavior and collected data on the occurrence of all topographies under varied naturalistic conditions. Based on results of conditional probability analyses, functional analyses were conducted on selected “precursor” topographies and subsequently on the target problem behavior. Results indicated that problem behaviors were, in fact, typically preceded by specific response topographies, which shared the same function as the problem behavior. |
|
Functional Analysis of Low-Rate Problem Behavior. |
NATALIE ROLIDER (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Erin Camp (University of Florida), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Problem behavior that occurs rarely presents a special challenge for both assessment and treatment. We evaluated a model for altering standard functional analysis conditions after initial results yielded undifferentiated, low-rate responding. Variables that may increase low-rate behavior were identified and systematically manipulated during social-reinforcement sessions. (a) Noncontingent attention and tangible items were delivered to peer confederates during sessions while the participant was ignored (combined establishing operations). (b) Consequences were delivered for longer durations (enhanced reinforcer characteristics). (c) Participants were given access to attention and preferred tangibles during the escape interval of demand conditions (combined contingencies). (d) An additional manipulation involved conducting longer sessions (increased exposure to contingencies). Functional analysis sessions were conducted until differentiated rates of responding were observed in one or more of the modified conditions. In some cases, a further analysis of the idiosyncratic variables influencing participants’ responding was conducted. Results are discussed in terms of implications for the treatment of problem behavior that occurs at low rates. |
|
Functional Analysis of Self-Injurious Behavior in the Prader-Willi Syndrome. |
PAMELA L. NEIDERT (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Florida), Jessica L. Thomason (University of Florida) |
Abstract: It has been noted that individuals with Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS) often engage in self-injurious behavior. The most commonly reported form of SIB is skin picking (Dykens & Shah, 2003). In the current study, we established the prevalence, frequency, and severity of SIB in individuals with PWS by way of a structured questionnaire sent to all providers registered with the National Prader-Willi Syndrome Association of the USA. Second, we conducted experimental analyses to identify the functional characteristics of SIB in a sample of PWS individuals. Results are discussed in terms of form and function of SIB in individuals with PWS, as well as the implications these findings have for treatment development. |
|
|
|
|
Going Beyond Initial Implementation: A Discussion of Possible Features that Foster Sustainability of Effective Practices |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
America's Cup C |
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Teri Lewis (Oregon State University) |
Discussant: Mack D. Burke (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Schools are expected to increase academic skills of their students within a socially supportive and a safe environment (e.g., Lewis & Sugai, 1999; Taylor-Greene et al., 1997). However, schools are experiencing reductions in resources that impact availability of personnel and materials and increase class size. One response is for schools to adopt a systems approach to addressing discipline that utilizes data for efficient identification of student needs, practices that facilitate effective support for students, and systems that enable staff to implement changes with fidelity and sustainability. The purpose of this article is to discuss the characteristics that enable intervention implementation to sustain overtime. The first presentation will provide a conceptual framework for sustainability. The other two presentations will present features of an existing state-wide model and then how these might be applied to create a system to support the students with the most intense behavioral needs. |
|
Some Emerging Characteristics of Sustainable Practices. |
RANDY KEYWORTH (Wing Institute), Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute), John E. States (Wing Institute) |
Abstract: In recent years it has become common for behavior analysts intervening at systems levels to speak about developing sustainable programs. To date, there has not been much research addressing issues of sustainability. In part, some of the difficulty with conducting research on sustainable practices is that we have no common operational definition for sustainability. It seems that we all know it when we see even if we cannot define it. The function of this paper will be to offer some defining features of sustainable programs. The features will be drawn from the research literature and from the analysis of cultural practices. Some of the defining features of sustainable practices are: (1) practices that maintain over time (2) practices that are multigenerational (3) practices that are operated with existing financial and staffing resources. The requirements that behavior maintain over time and are multigenerational are similar to characteristics of a cultural practice. It will be suggested in this paper that an analysis of cultural practices may assist behavior analysts design sustainable systems in educational and other service settings. |
|
Building an Infrastructure to Support Large-Scale Sustained Implementation. |
SUSAN BARRETT (Sheppard Pratt Health System), Teri Lewis (Oregon State University) |
Abstract: Schools are continually being asked to “do more with less,” (OSEP, 2000). New district, state, and federal initiatives are presented to schools annually. At the same time resources to implement these initiatives are strained or diminishing. Schools cannot afford to create and maintain individual school programs for each new initiative that is presented to them. Similarly, schools must not work harder and longer. Instead, they must look for “sameness” or overlapping targets and practices so resources (e.g., materials, personnel, time) are used effectively and efficiently. The purpose of this article is to describe a model for adopting and sustaining proactive school-wide discipline at a statewide level that illustrates implementation across the nine key features identified by Sugai et al. (2005). First, the management structure at the state, region and school level will be presented, including training and on-going technical assistance. Second, outcomes from current implementation efforts will be presented. Finally, issues around expansion and sustainability as well as lessons learned will be discussed. |
|
Scaling up Function-Based Support: A Model for Sustaining Effective Practices. |
CARIE L. ENGLISH (University of South Florida), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon), Teri Lewis (Oregon State University), Monica Bounds (Bethel School District) |
Abstract: Functional assessment and functionally-derived interventions have been demonstrated to be effective for decreasing problem behavior and increasing pro-social skills. To date however, most demonstrations of successful implementation have been conducted by trained researchers or clinicians or by parents or educators under close supervision of trained behavior analysts. While such methods of implementation result in important changes for the individuals receiving services, they are not effective for building capacity for implementation of function-based approaches within a larger system, such as a school or school district. In this presentation we delineate a model for building capacity for successful implementation of function-based support across an entire school district. We delineate methods for identifying individuals who will receive training, strategies for training, and methods used for evaluating outcomes. A focus is on ensuring that the system is effective, efficient, and sustainable. |
|
|
|
|
Instructional Design in Behavior Analysis: What's New? |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Ford AB |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium provides an update, including demonstrations and data, on 18 of the most recent and exciting instructional design projects occurring in our field. Many areas of interest will be represented including higher education, staff development, instructional design for children, design methodology, and dissemination of good instructional design. |
|
Instructional Design Methodology. |
BRADLEY G. FRIESWYK (BGF Performance Systems, LLC.), Matthew L. Porritt (Western Michigan University), Carl V. Binder (Binder Riha Associates), Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC.) |
Abstract: Topics will include instructional designer as content expert, incorporating active responding in screencasts, measuring interactivity with opportunity multipliers, and measuring learning efficiency. |
|
Instructional Design in Staff Development. |
JOHN W. ESHLEMAN (Optimal Instructional Systems), Jessica M. Ray (University of Central Florida), Vicci Tucci (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.) |
Abstract: 3 computer-based teaching systems will be demonstrated, with supporting data. |
|
Instructional Design Dissemination, Instructional Design for Children. |
RICHARD E. LAITINEN (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.), Richard K. Fleming (University of Massachusetts Medical School), John E. Humphrey (Cedar Rapids Schools) |
Abstract: Topics will include analyzing the contingencies of dissemination, influence, acceptance, and sustainability; an online course for parents of children with autism, and the effects of Headsprout Early Reading on kindergartners' reading performance. |
|
|
|
|
Measurement Issues in Interventions for Toddlers with Autism and Their Families |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Elizabeth F |
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: John R. Lutzker (The Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Direct observation of parent-child interactions is an integral component of effective parent training programs. The evaluation methods employed by service providers during interventions are intended to facilitate meaningful treatment outcomes. Methodological variations have been investigated with many populations; however, few studies have addressed methods within the context of parents and their toddlers with autism. The purpose of this symposium is to present three methodological studies that explore efficient, reliable and informative ways to gather information that should aid the intervention process. Each of the studies was conducted within the Family Connections Project (FCP), an intervention program for toddlers with autism and their families. The first study (Laino, et al) analyzes the comparability and efficiency of varying durations of observations periods throughout the course of treatment in both home and clinic settings. The second study (Broome, et al.) builds on previous literature addressing methods to quantify quality of life indicators by developing a multilevel data system to evaluate “happiness” in parents and children. The final study (Besner, et al.) explores methods to measure “learn units” within naturalistic and parent delivered teaching interactions. John Lutzker, a noted expert in behavioral parenting programs, will discuss the methods and results of each of the studies. |
|
The Comparability and Efficiency of Varying Assessment Durations Employed in a Parent-Toddler Intervention Program. |
KATHLEEN S. LAINO (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas), Amanda C. Besner (University of North Texas), Andrea Newcomer (University of North Texas), Nicole Suchomel (University of North Texas), Allison Jones (University of North Texas), Nicole Zeug (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Research with toddlers with autism and their parents has primarily focused on demonstrating treatment effectiveness. Effectiveness is typically assessed by evaluation of directly observed samples of behavior before, during and after intervention. Durations of the sampling, or assessments periods, reported in the literature vary from 1 min. to 1 hr. Given the potential for dramatic and important behavior change , the window of opportunity in early childhood, and the time and costs of data collection and analysis, it would be useful to understand the limitations and strengths of varying lengths of assessment periods. This presentation describes a research study that examined various durations (1m, 5m and 10m) of direct observation during a parent-training program. Continuous ten-minute samples were collected throughout baseline and intervention and in home and clinic settings. These samples were broken down into 1 minute, 5 minute and ten minute blocks. Target parent and child skills were then analyzed using the different sampling periods across all experimental conditions and behaviors. The results are discussed in the context of comparability, utility, and efficiency. Implications for the design of parent training programs for at risk populations are discussed. |
|
Measures of Happiness in Behavioral Parent Training Programs. |
JESSICA LESLIE BROOME (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas), Andrea Newcomer (University of North Texas), Nicole Suchomel (University of North Texas), Allison Jones (University of North Texas), Nicole Zeug (University of North Texas), Amanda C. Besner (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Research suggests that parents of children with autism experience higher stress levels than parents of typically developing children. It has been suggested that naturalistic parent education programs may reduce parental stress. Most of the literature in this area has relied on parental reports and has focused on decreasing stress rather than increasing alternate feelings, such as happiness. Happiness is considered a quality of life indicator. An emphasis has been placed on the importance and usefulness of multileveled assessments to evaluate happiness. This present study was designed to investigate a series of “happiness” measures within a data-based program designed to enhance the quality of life between toddlers with autism and their families. Video taped assessments were used to collect direct measures of behaviors thought to be indices of parental happiness or stress (e.g., smiles, depreciating comments). Independent judges were asked to rate parent and child affect after viewing randomly presented video clips of target and control families. The parent’s verbal behavior was also recorded throughout the training program and pre and post parental goals and descriptions were documented. Results are discussed in the context of skill changes during the intervention and how those changes relate to the multilevel happiness assessments. |
|
Identifying a Learn Unit: Direct Observation and Social Validity Issues in Autism Parent Training Programs. |
AMANDA C. BESNER (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas), Nicole Zeug (University of North Texas), Nicole Suchomel (University of North Texas), Jessica Leslie Broome (University of North Texas), Kathleen S. Laino (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: A learn unit is defined as a three-term contingency. This contingency consists of a teacher response (antecedent) a student response (behavior) and another teacher response (consequence). These three components are linked together in that each component should be responsive to the other components. Learn units have primarily been measured in academic or school settings. In these settings learn units have been shown to be positively correlated with increases in correct student responses. It follows that measurement of learn units may be useful in other settings, such as the home and community, or with other behaviors, such as play and social skills. Measurement under different conditions requires adaptation of previous definitions. The purpose of the current investigation was to determine if, using a modified definition, a learn unit can be reliably and consistently measured during naturalistic teaching by parents who are targeting play, social and communication skills in their toddlers with autism. Of particular interest is the relationships between rates of learn units and desired family responding throughout the course of intervention. Specific responding evaluated within the context of learn unit frequency included parent and child progress on IFSP goals and parental and independent judge reports of social validity. |
|
|
|
|
New Advances in Behavioral Activation for Depression |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Edward D |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Andrew Busch (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Behavioral Activation began with Lewinsohn’s notion of activating clients to produce response-contingent positive reinforcement and recently has been revitalized and expanded. This symposium will present new theory and research on Behavioral Activation (BA). First, Alex Czarnecki will present on efforts to develop a clinical measure of activation: the Behavioral Activation for Depression Scale (BADS). Second, Laura Rusch will present data on a newly developed adaptation of BA for the treatment of depressed Latinos. Third, Rachel Manos will present on the potential of Functional Analtyic Psychotherapy to enhance BA through the in vivo application of BA techniques. Finally, Laura Turner will present data on a uniquely designed study of this combination treatment to target interpersonal relationship difficulties. |
|
Using the Behavioral Activation for Depression Scale (BADS). |
ALEX CZARNECKI (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Andrew Busch (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Laura C. Rusch (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Recently, the psychotherapy research community has devoted a considerable amount of attention to the use of Behavioral Activation (BA) as a treatment for depression and two randomized controlled trials have supported its efficacy. This presents an obvious need for a system for measuring the degree of activation in clients over the course of BA as a way for clinicians to assess treatment progress and for researchers to examine mechanism of change. This paper presents new data on the BADS, a self-report scale developed previously for that purpose. The BADS has four empirically derived subscales: activation, avoidance/rumination, social impairment, and work/school impairment that attempt to assess the behavioral function as well as the form of these constructs.. In the current study the BADS was administered to 200 depressed outpatients and community members. We present additional data on the psychometric properties of the BADS (confirmatory factor analysis) and also present several individual cases to demonstrate how the BADS can be used by behavior analysts to assess change graphically. |
|
A Culturally and Linguistically Adapted Version of Behavioral Activation for Latinos: Preliminary Findings. |
LAURA C. RUSCH (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Andrew Busch (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Azara Santiago-Rivera (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Little formal research on the treatment of depression in Latinos exists. Behavioral Activation may be a particularly appropriate treatment for Latino depression, as it targets the complex environmental stressors experienced by this population with a simple, pragmatic approach. It may also be effective at retaining Latino clients in treatment. Many scholars have recommended a behavioral approach for the treatment of Latino depression, but it has only been tested in one early study. Furthermore, no attempts have been made to tailor a behavioral approach to the unique needs of this population and specifically to target premature termination. This paper presents the development of BA for Latino depression and preliminary data from a randomized controlled trial comparing this treatment to treatment as usual in a Latino community clinic. |
|
Making Behavioral Activation More Behavioral: Enhancement with Functional Analytic Psychotherapy. |
RACHEL MANOS (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Andrew Busch (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Laura C. Rusch (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Laura Beth Turner (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Behavioral Activation (BA), a psychotherapeutic treatment for depression, has recently received much attention in the psychotherapy research community. This treatment focuses on increasing engagement in goal-directed activities and decreasing avoidance and social withdrawal. Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) is a broadly applicable treatment that focuses on improving interpersonal behavior through therapist natural, contingent responding to problems and improvements as they occur in the therapeutic relatioship. FAP was designed to be applied adjunctively and several features of these two treatments suggest that a combination treatment is theoretically consistent and promising. First, both are contextual treatments that involve ideographic assessment in order to identify relevant target behaviors. Second, the framework of FAP allows for the application of the BA model in vivo, creating in session activation assignments. Finally, the BA homework assignment structure can be utilized to encourage generalization of improved in vivo behaviors to the client’s daily life. Thus, enhancing BA with FAP should make BA more behavioral and more effective. |
|
An Application of FAP Enhanced Behavioral Activation (FEBA) to Non-Clinical Relationships Difficulties. |
LAURA BETH TURNER (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Rachel Manos (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Laura C. Rusch (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Behavioral Activation (BA) is an empirically supported treatment that seeks to increase active engagement with the environment and decrease ineffective avoidance behaviors. Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) is behavioral treatment that focuses on interpersonal relationships and therapist natural, contingent responding to problems as they occur in the therapeutic relationship. FAP Enhanced Behavioral Activation (FEBA) is a combination of these treatments that has the potential to create powerful and lasting changes in interpersonal relationship difficulties. This paper presents preliminary data on FEBA as an approach to improve relationship difficulties. Participants were randomly assigned to either have one member of the couple receive 8 50-minute sessions of FEBA relationship coaching or to be placed in a waitlist control group. Prior to and following treatment, the couple engaged in a prompted conversation about relationship difficulties and physiological measures of arousal were collected. Pre- and post-treatment physiological arousal and questionnaire data comparing control and treatment groups will be presented. This innovative design allows for a test of generalization of improvements from the member of the couple attending coaching to the member who did not attend. |
|
|
|
|
New Developments and Data from STARS and Behavior Analysts, Inc. |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Elizabeth B |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
Discussant: James W. Partington (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Pamela G. Osnes, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior Analysts, Inc. (BAI) provides behavior analysis services to families and school districts in the San Francisco Bay areas. BAI uniquely utilizes B.F. Skinner's verbal behavior conceptualization to assist in the development of the verbal repertoires of individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. This symposium will describe the new procedural implementations and tracking systems at BAI and its STARS School, with exemplary data presented. |
|
STARS School: Acquisition and Generalization Programming in Sessions and Beyond. |
JOEL VIDOVIC (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Kanako Yamamoto (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Gwen Dwiggins (The Ohio State University), Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe the services provided at the Strategic Teaching and Reinforcement Systems (STARS) classroom of Behavior Analysts, Inc., a non-public school that serves children with autism. Included will be processes by which the Assessment of Basic Language and Learner Skills-Revised (ABLLS-R) is administered within the context of a dynamic classroom environment, is used to develop IEP goals, and the data collection system which is used to track student progress. A description of STARS' increased emphasis on instruction in the natural environment will be provided, with examples provided regarding the process by which instruction is integrated between 1:2 teaching sessions and instruction in more naturalistic settings to include generalization programming within the context of initial skill instruction. |
|
Parents: Start Teaching and Reinforcing Today (START)! |
JULIA H. FIEBIG (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
Abstract: Start Teaching and Reinforcing Today (START) is the parent education division of Behavior Analysts, Inc. START is designed to facilitate parent participation through session observations, structured teaching exercises, and homework strategies. Parents receive initial instruction to use applied behavior analysis methods to address their children’s verbal and behavioral needs. In addition, they receive instruction in foundations of behavior analysis and basic verbal operants in a 16-session, 32-hr sequence that provides individualized instruction to meet their children’s and family’s needs. Homework strategies are outlined in QuickTips, the written curriculum accompanying the 16-session sequence. Data are collected on parent implementation of procedures and on the child’s verbal skills. |
|
School Consultation via STARS Model Classrooms. |
KATHLEEN MULCAHY (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Carmen Claire Martin (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Julia H. Fiebig (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), James W. Partington (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe the services provided by the Integrated Sites (IS) component of Behavior Analysts, Inc. IS oversees STARS model classrooms in the San Francisco Bay area by providing consultation on the use of the ABLLS-R and IEP development, behavior management, staff training, and other related services. This presentation will discuss the need for the strategic development of a sequence of classrooms in the public school setting designed to meet the multiple needs of children ranging in ages from pre-school to upper elementary school diagnosed with autism. The programs’ focus ranges from intensive programs emphasizing a verbal behavior model of instruction to teaching in small group settings and generalizing acquired skills to the natural environment. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - OBM Paper Series: Graduate Training to the Real World |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Emma C |
Area: OBM |
Chair: William B. Abernathy (Southeastern Louisiana University, Aubrey Daniels International) |
|
An Interdisciplinary Approach to OBM Training and Practice. |
Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM B. ABERNATHY (Southeastern Louisiana University, Aubrey Daniels International) |
|
Abstract: OBM undergraduate and graduate training and practice are often exclusively derived from the concepts and technology of applied behavior analysis. The speaker recommend an interdisciplinary approach to both training and practice that includes pertinent courses from business, Industrial/Organizatonal Psychology, Industrial Engineering and Systems Engineering. A proposed skill set and master's degree curriculum are presented and discussed. |
|
A Multidisciplinary Approach to Graduate Training in Organizational Behavior Management. |
Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM B. ABERNATHY (Southeastern Louisiana University, Aubrey Daniels International) |
|
Abstract: A new master's degree in Industrial/Organizational Psychology with a concentration in Behavior Systems Analysis is presented. The need for a multidisciplinary approach to OBM graduate training is explained with examples from the presenter's consulting experiences. |
|
Critical Factors for Making the Transition from Academics to the Real World: Experiences from the USA. |
Domain: Applied Research |
THOMAS E. BOYCE (Center for Behavioral Safety, LLC) |
|
Abstract: This paper will detail the presenter’s experiences making a transition from full-time faculty member at a University behavior analysis program to serving as President and Senior Consultant of an active and growing Behavior-Based Safety consulting firm. The presentation will address: a) the strengths and weaknesses of current academic training models, b) the relevance of OBM research questions to real-world problems and application, and c) how to effectively communicate behavioral principles on a large-scale to those who have little or no formal training in behavior analysis. Recommendations for those interested in a career in consulting will be offered. |
|
Critical Factors for Making the Transition from Academics to the Real World: Experiences from Sweden. |
Domain: Applied Research |
NED CARTER (Swedish Association of Local Authorities and Regions, Stockholm, Sweden) |
|
Abstract: This paper will detail the presenter’s experiences making a transition from a research position in Sweden to serving as senior administrative officer for an organization representing all Swedish municipalities and counties, who employ over 1,3 million persons. The presentation will address: a) the strengths and weaknesses of current academic training models, b) the relevance of OBM research questions to real-world problems and application, and c) how behavioral principles can be introduced to produce changes in cultural practices. |
|
|
|
|
|
Outcome Data from a Variety of Early Intervention Programs for Children with Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Douglas A |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Paul Coyne Coyne (Coyne & Associates, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Paul Coyne Coyne, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Outcome data from a several Early Intervention Programs for children with autism are presented: 1) Coyne et. al., discusses their ABA based in-home program serving children younger than three years old. Participants gained significantly more than controls; program duration (age when enrolled) was a better predictor of success than total service hours; 2) Weatherly and Mallot present their use of Organizational Behavior Management methods to analyze the effects of a pre-school ABA based autism program. They examined treatment at various levels affecting the children, the families, the staff at the autism school and the people involved with behavioral treatment. Areas of focus included: discrete trial teaching, maintenance of previously acquired skills, and family life; 3) Jonaitis presents 10 years of data from the Croyden Ave School Autistic Impaired Preschool serving children 2-6 years old. One goal was to prepare children for general education kindergarten using students from Western Michigan University; and 4) Youngbauer presents data from the North LA County Regional Center ABA intervention program. The program included an integrated process of parent information, parent education, use of several competent behavioral agencies, and monitoring of services. |
|
Outcome Data from an In-Home Early Intervention Program for Children with Autism Younger than Three Years Old. |
PAUL COYNE COYNE (Coyne & Associates, Inc.), Katherine Calarco (Coyne & Associates, Inc.), Len Levin (Coyne & Associates, Inc.), M. Alice Coyne (Coyne & Associates, Inc.) |
Abstract: Analysis of outcome variables (Bayley and Brigance) indicated that children receiving 12 hours per week of intervention scored significantly higher than control children at 35 months mean age. A multiple regression analysis was employed to answer the question of which better predicted performance at 35 months of age: program duration or total number of hours of intervention received. Regression results demonstrated that program duration is a better predictor of performance than total number of hours of intervention received, suggesting that early intervention is better. |
|
A Systematic Evaluation of a Preschool Autism Intervention: Child Performance, Staff Performance, and Family Life. |
NICHOLAS L. WEATHERLY (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The area of Organizational Behavior Management offers ways to analyze all levels of performance in a system to ensure continuous performance improvement. This presentation will apply this systematic evaluation method to a behavioral treatment program for preschool-aged children with autism. The evaluation systematically examines the treatment at various levels that involve the children, the families, the personnel at the autism school, and all people that are involved with the behavioral treatment. Areas of focus include the maintenance of previously acquired skills by preschool-aged children with autism, an analysis of a discrete trial training system, and the impact of skills acquired in the classroom on family life. |
|
An Evaluation of Overall Student Progress from Discrete Trial to Kindergarten in an Autism Preschool Program. |
CARMEN MAY JONAITIS (Croyden Avenue School/Kalamazoo Regional Educational Service Agency) |
Abstract: The Croyden Avenue School Autistic Impaired Preschool Program consists of 4 classrooms that serve children from 2-6 years of age. This is an early intervention program for children that have been diagnosed with Autism or Early Childhood Developmental Delay. The goal of the program is to educate young children with disabilities to the best of their ability through intensive early intervention in partnership with psychology students from Western Michigan University, and when possible, prepare children to participate in a kindergarten classroom with typically developing peers. Objective data collected over the 10 years that the program has been in operation was analyzed. Surveys were used to gather parent perceptions of the value of the AI Preschool Program. This outcome study will be used to evaluate the overall effect of the program on the success of the children who have participated. |
|
Outcome Data from the North Los Angeles County Regional Center ABA Intervention Program for Children with Autism. |
JOHN YOUNGBAUER (North Los Angeles County Regional Center) |
Abstract: In 2003, the North Los Angeles County Regional Center initiated an intensive ABA intervention program for children with autism. The program included an integrated process of parent information, parent education, competent behavioral agencies, and consistent monitoring of the services. The outcomes of the program are binary, that is, placement in a regular education classroom or special education class. About thirty-five percent of the children are now in regular education classrooms, however, educational placement was found to be a confounded variable often reflecting school district policies, politics, and advocacy efforts. |
|
|
|
|
Participatory Community Research and Effective Dissemination: Experiences from Aging and Long Term Care Research |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Molly AB |
Area: DEV/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: R. Mark Mathews (University of Sydney) |
R. MARK MATHEWS (University of Sydney) |
LINDA A. LEBLANC (Western Michigan University) |
BETH A. D. NOLAN (University of Pittsburgh) |
LEILANI FELICIANO (University of California, San Francisco) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has a long history of developing effective intervention technologies in research contexts. However, maintenance of effects beyond the initial experimental implementation can prove difficult. This panel will discuss the benefits of community driven rather than theory driven research projects. Examples of effective dissemination strategies (e.g., train the trainer model, environmental redesign, outreach to ethnically diverse communities) will be provided. Finally, panelists will present strategies that have been used to create and maintain programs in a range of community and long-term care settings after the researcher leaves. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Advice from the Recently Hired |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Betsy B |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Katherine R. Krohn (University of Tennessee) |
BECKY PENROD (Sacramento State University) |
GINGER R. WILSON (ABRITE, LLC) |
TIMOTHY M. WEIL (Florida State University, Panama City) |
Abstract: Members of this panel will provide information and advice on making the transition from graduate student to member of the professional community. Panelists represent a variety of different educational backgrounds and professional domains. This event is sponsored by the ABA Student Committee. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Perspectives on the Future of Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Randle B |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Marianne L. Jackson (University of Nevada, Reno) |
STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CYNTHIA M. ANDERSON (University of Oregon) |
THOMAS S. CRITCHFIELD (Illinois State University) |
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: As behavior analysis continues to grow, it is important to understand where the field is headed. To encourage dialogs on the development of the field, this panel will discuss the history of the field, current research and application trends, and the directions that the panel members feel are most important for the continued evolution of the field. This is a Student Committee-sponsored event. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research in Organizational Behavior Management |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Emma AB |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
CE Instructor: David A. Wilder, None |
Abstract: Four papers on recent research in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) will be presented. First, the effects of a process change, feedback, and a tiered incentive system on warehouse quality were examined. The next study examined the effects of individual daily feedback and the withdrawal of disincentives on delivery errors among transit drivers (n = 45) in a national furniture distribution company. The third study examined telephone customer service behaviors in a medical clinic setting. The fourth paper used a descriptive assessment to examine the variables responsible for poor employee performance in a restaurant. |
|
The Effects of Process Change, Feedback, and Incentive System on Quality. |
KRISTIN BERGLUND (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: It is a well known fact that errors result in wasted time and resources (both human and capital). This study examined the effects of a process change, feedback, and a tiered incentive system on warehouse quality. Subjects were employees at a national retail furniture distribution warehouse located in the South Eastern United States. Archival records of attributed error codes were analyzed and aggregated as the measure of quality. The first intervention constituted a process change during which employees were formed into teams of between 5-9 employees and received daily and weekly performance feedback. A second intervention implemented a tiered pay for performance system in addition to the feedback from the previous phase. Results indicated a reduction in errors during the intervention phases. |
|
The Use of Feedback and Disincentive Reversal to Decrease Delivery Errors. |
MARIA MIHALIC (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: Delivery errors result in a negative impact on customer service and often incur rework and redelivery costs. This study examined the effects of individual daily feedback and the withdrawal of disincentives on delivery errors. The participants in this study were transit drivers (n = 45) in a national furniture distribution company. Data was collected using archival data of the error codes which were compiled and analyzed by driver for each trip over a 6 month period segmented by the interventions. The first intervention implemented was individual feedback delivered daily to each driver on their error codes for the trips completed the previous day. Driver delivery errors decreased substantially over the intervention phases. |
|
Improving Telephone Customer Service Behaviors in a Medical Clinic Setting: A Follow-Up Study. |
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (Western Michigan University), Gregory J. Madden (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: As competition among health care providers increases, so does the importance of customer service. The quality of customer service affects the probability that customers will return to an organization. Appointment coordinators at a medical clinic were to provide exceptional telephone customer service. On an individual level, this included using a standard greeting and speaking in the appropriate tone of voice during the conversation. As a group, they were expected to answer every call received by their department. During a pilot study, an analysis suggested performance deficiencies resulted from weak antecedents, poor knowledge and skills, and weak performance contingencies. An intervention consisting of task clarification, goal setting, feedback, and performance contingent consequences was designed to improve these customer service behaviors. Results of the pilot study showed an increase in overall performance of four appointment coordinators. As an extension of the pilot study, similar procedures were carried out for all twenty full-time appointment coordinators at the clinic. The study employed an ABA reversal design with maintenance observations. Overall performance of all participants improved for greeting and voice tone; variable results were obtained for answering phone calls. Future research should examine whether improvements in customer service behaviors impact customer satisfaction and customer behavior. |
|
Antecedent-Based Descriptive Analysis and Improvement of Employee Performance. |
KIMBERLEY L. M. ZONNEVELD (Florida Institute of Technology), James L. Squires (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Amanda A. M. Fixsen (Florida Institute of Technology), Erica Hess (Florida Institute of Technology), Kristen Rost (Florida Institute of Technology), Ryan Curran (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: An antecedent-based descriptive analysis was used to identify the variables correlated with customer greeting and upselling by employees in a restaurant. The probability of greeting and upselling was calculated in the presence and absence of various antecedent events such as the sound of a door chime, the presence of more than 3 customers in line, the presence of a manager, more than two employees working, and more than one employee working on the production line. Greeting and upselling were as rare in the presence of the antecedent events as in their absence, suggesting that systematic manipulation of these variables would have little direct effect on the target performances. An intervention examining the separate effects of task clarification, visual prompts, and graphic feedback was then evaluated using a combination multiple baseline and reversal design. Although all interventions improved performance over baseline, the delivery of graphic feedback was most effective for both greeting and upselling. |
|
|
|
|
Research and Instructional Implications for the Functional Independence of Primary Verbal Operants for Early Speakers |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Elizabeth C |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Yemonja Smalls (Elim Christian Services) |
Abstract: The purpose of this symposium is to present instructional implications for the functional independence of primary verbal operants based on research findings. Research on primary verbal operants suggests that mands, tacts, and intraverbals are functionally independent. The instructional implication for such research is that, without intervention, teaching one function does not necessarily establish a separate function. However, recent research suggests that particular tactics can be used to simultaneously establish verbal operants. In this symposium, we present four applied studies on the functional independence of primary verbal operants and research-based tactics to simultaneously establish mand, tact, and intraverbal functions for early speakers. Williams presents research comparing verbal and noverbal antecedents when teaching tacts to children with developmental disabilities. Ross presents research examining the functional independence of pure and impure tacts for early speakers. Helou presents research on the use of an instructional tactic, multiple exemplar instruction, to simultaneously establish pure and impure tact functions. Giordano presents research on the use of an instructional tactic, multiple exemplar instruction across establishing operations, to simultaneously teach mand and tact functions. Data presented in this symposium confirm the functional independence of mands, tacts, and intraverbals and suggest instructional implications for early speakers. |
|
Instructional implications of two procedures to study the generalization of tacting actions in children with autism. |
GLADYS WILLIAMS (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje, SL), Jose Julio Carnerero (Centro Al-Mudaris, Cordoba), Luis Antonio Perez-Gonzalez (Universidad de Oviedo, Spain) |
Abstract: One of the challenges that verbal behavior specialists encounter when teaching the nonverbal child with autism is to discover the best conditions that would facilitate generalization of a tact repertoire. This intervention compared the effects of two procedures on the generalization of a tacting repertoire in several children with autism. In one procedure the verbal antecedent stimulus “What is she doing?” appeared together with a person performing an action; in the other procedure, the antecedent stimulus was just the presence of the person performing the action, but the verbal antecedent was not presented. Results indicated that in order to obtain generalization of tacting actions, it was necessary to learn to tact other actions without the verbal antecedent as well as learning to tact the action with the verbal antecedent. |
|
Effects of Pure and Impure Tact Instruction on Tact Acquisition and Generalization for Preschoolers. |
DENISE E. ROSS (Columbia University Teachers College), Leila Farshchian (Stepping Stones, Fairlawn's Autism Program), Domenica Bassora (Fairlawn Public Schools), Allison Pahlck (Fairlawn Public Schools) |
Abstract: Two experiments were conducted to test the functional independence of pure and impure tacts for four preschoolers with diagnoses of autism. Using a changing conditions design with probes, pure and impure tact instruction were counterbalanced across participants during tact training; participants’ tact responses were then probed under the untaught antecedent and during tests of generalization. Results showed that impure tact instruction required fewer learn units to criterion than pure tact instruction for all participants, and that the three participants with more fluent verbal behavior emitted tacts without errors to the untaught antecedents. Generalization probes showed no differences between pure and impure tact instruction. Experiment 2 was a systematic replication of Experiment 1 with the three participants who showed no differences in the first experiment, but a Spanish antecedent was used to control for instructional history with the antecedent. Results showed that pure tact instruction required fewer learn units to criterion than impure tact instruction for two participants, and two participants emitted tacts without errors in the untrained condition. Generalization probes showed no differences between pure and impure tact instruction. Results suggest that differences between pure and impure tacts might be attributed to participants’ instructional histories. |
|
Multiple Exemplar Instruction to Establish Pure and Impure Tact Responses for Early Speakers. |
YASMIN J. HELOU-CARE (Columbia University Teachers College), Dr. Shira A. Ackerman (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this paper is to present research findings from an experiment designed to evaluate the effects of multiple exemplar instruction on the acquisition of pure tacts (tacts under nonverbal antecedent control) and impure tacts (tacts under verbal antecedent control). Participants were three early speakers who could not emit listener and speaker responses to a single stimulus during pre-instructional probes. The intervention was multiple exemplar instruction, and it consisted of rotating learn units across opportunities to emit match, selection, pure tact, and impure tact responses to target stimuli. Post-instructional probes with novel stimuli showed that participants acquired pure and impure tact responses without additional intervention. Results suggest that multiple exemplar instruction across speaker and listener repertories may be an effective tactic to establish pure and impure tacts for early speakers. |
|
Multiple Exemplar Instruction across Establishing Operations to Teach Mands and Tacts. |
KRYSTL GIORDANO-PADILLA (Columbia University Teachers College), Dr. Shira A. Ackerman (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: This experiment investigated the effects of multiple exemplar instruction on the transfer of establishing operations across mands and tacts. Participants were two 4-year old preschool children with developmental delays. Investigators used a delayed, counterbalanced multiple probe design across participants and experimental probes to test the emergence of untaught responses following multiple exemplar instruction and the teaching of one repertoire. Both students demonstrated significant improvements when the untaught functions were probed after multiple exemplar training. Results suggested that multiple exemplar instruction across mands and tacts was effective in teaching participants to transfer establishing operations across mands and tacts. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Behavior Analysis: Bringing the Corporate University to Human Services |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Mohsen AB |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Daniel Gould (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Chris Hakala (Western New England College) |
CE Instructor: Daniel Gould, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The corporate university, a contemporary educational model designed to maintain an expert workforce, brings higher education opportunities into the workplace. In this model, on-site credit-bearing courses allow employees to acquire additional academic degrees and certifications. Increasingly, agencies offering behavioral services are developing programs of research and professional development that allow them to assume scholarly functions beyond housing courses. The three papers included in this symposium illustrate human service agency contributions to higher education. Topics addressed include (a) establishment of a laboratory to increase graduate students verbal fluency with behavioral principles and procedures, (b) development of a model for providing supervision required for certification that integrates classroom learning and work experiences, and (c) establishment and integration of a Ph.D. program in ABA in a human service agency. |
|
Establishing Verbal Fluency with Basic Principles of Behavior. |
MAEVE G. MEANY-DABOUL (New England Center for Children), Karen E. Gould (The May Institute, Northeastern) |
Abstract: The Verbal Fluency Laboratory (VFL) was developed to assist students in a graduate program for applied behavior analysis to acquire conversational fluency with behavioral principles and procedures. The goals of the VFL are to increase verbal fluency among prospective behavior analysts using a definition of fluency based on reasoning and generalization rather than speed, and to develop an effective teaching method based on learning through dialogue. Throughout their first two terms in the graduate program, students meet individually with teaching assistants. During these meetings, they engage in a 10-15 minute structured discussion based on assigned readings. Occasional probe questions require the students to either perform certain logical operations such as answer an either/or question or to generalize information. Following each discussion, the student and teaching assistant complete a questionnaire in which they rate the student’s fluency-related behaviors. A brief 3-item oral quiz based on the assigned material follows. Videotapes of the discussion allow study of both the methods for creating dialogue and the student’s fluency. |
|
A Supervision Model to Meet BACB® Certification Requirements. |
MYRNA E. LIBBY (New England Center for Children), Pamela M. Olsen (New England Center for Children), Jennifer Long (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: This paper presents a model for integrating Supervised Independent Fieldwork into a human-services agency, following The Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s new Experience Standards. The model includes two components: (a) six semester-length modules covering a variety of applied topics derived from the Task List, and (b) three Applied Research Placements. The modules, which are designed to give all students common experiences, include readings and additional activities that are completed in the clinical setting. Modules are structured to allow group supervision by a BCBA. A second component, Research Placement, allows students to implement applied research projects under the one-to-one supervision of a Board Certified Behavior Analyst® and to explore individual interests. |
|
Doctoral Training in ABA: Western New England College and New England Center for Children Collaboration. |
DENNIS J. KOLODZIEJSKI (Western New England College), Daniel Gould (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The New England Center for Children (NECC) and Western New England College (WNEC) have collaborated to offer a post-master’s degree Ph.D. program in Applied Behavior Analysis beginning in Fall 2007. The 3-year program will be offered on site at NECC. Courses will be taught by a combination of NECC and WNEC faculty. Research will be conducted at NECC under the supervision of senior clinical staff and WNEC faculty. In this presentation, we discuss the mechanisms for establishing an advanced degree program on-site at a human services agency, as well as some advantages and disadvantages of a service-agency based doctoral program. |
|
|
|
|
The Development of a Behavioral Treatment Team within a Large Special Educational Organization: Lessons Learned |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Elizabeth G |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Richard M. Foxx, Ph.D. |
Chair: Richard M. Foxx (Pennsylvania State University) |
JEFFREY S. GARITO (Lancaster-Lebanon Intermediate Unit 13) |
JONATHAN W. IVY (Lancaster-Lebanon Intermediate Unit 13) |
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (Lancaster-Lebanon Intermediate Unit 13) |
RICHARD M. FOXX (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: This presentation will discuss the development of a team of Masters level behavior analysts within a large public special educational service agency. The behavioral team was designed to: 1) treat individuals with severe problem behaviors across a number of diagnostic categories; 2) build behavioral capacity within the agency by providing staff and parent training in behavior analysis; 3) work with the various school districts who had contracts with the agency; and 4) ensure that treatment gains were maintained once responsibility was transferred from the behavior analysts to the classroom personnel. This discussion will specifically focus on describing the behavior treatment team model and methods of effectively incorporating behavior analysis into a public educational agency. Several successful treatment cases also will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
The Impact of Caregiver Involvement in Experimental and Descriptive Analyses |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Annie AB |
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Eric Boelter (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: John A. Northup (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Caregivers have been used as therapists within experimental analysis methodology (e.g., Cooper et al., 1990, Northup et al., 1991) and as data collectors within descriptive analyses. The current collection of papers highlights the importance of including caregivers within the analysis of problem behavior while also discussing some unique challenges that occur when caregivers are asked to participate in highly technical assessments. First, John Huete, Paticia Kurtz, and Michelle Chin present data showing how the use of caregivers as therapists within functional analyses with young children can alter rates of problem behaviors when compared to analyses conducted with unfamilar therapists. Next, Nathan Call, Karen Rader, and Katherine Powers discuss the challenge of maintaining procedural integrity when caregivers are used as therapists within a functional analysis. These authors present data showing a procedural alteration that increased caregiver integrity. Finally, Katherine Powers, Michael Kelley, Jane Morton, and Jeb Jones present data showing a low level of correspondence between descriptive analyses conducted by caregivers and more formal experimental analyses, and provide information on methods for training caregivers to improve this correspondence. In summary, these papers discuss relevant issues in the inclusion of caregivers in the assessment of their children’s challenging behaviors. |
|
Therapist Effects on Functional Analysis Outcomes with Young Children. |
JOHN M. HUETE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle D. Chin (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: While the research literature strongly supports functional analysis (FA) methodology (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) as the most valid means of identifying factors that maintain severe behavior problems, research examining FA with very young children is limited. One potential caveat of FA methodology with young children is the use of unfamiliar persons to conduct assessments. It is well known that young children alter their responses in the presence of unfamiliar persons (Ainsworth, Blehar, & Waters, 1978). Therefore, using unfamiliar persons to conduct FAs with young children may impact the outcomes of those FAs. Indeed, recent studies have demonstrated that rates of and maintaining variables for problem behavior differed as a function of using familiar or unfamiliar persons in analog FAs (English & Anderson, 2004; McAdam. DiCesare, Murphy, & Marshall, 2004; Ringdahl & Sellers, 2000). These studies, however, did not focus on very young children, for whom developmental factors may play a key role in FA outcomes. The current presentation will summarize the FA outcomes for 5 children, ages 2 – 5 years. For each participant, analog functional analyses were conducted with hospital staff and caregivers separately conducting sessions. Data will be presented that further support the impact of therapist familiarity on FA outcomes. These results will be discussed in relation to the consideration of developmental factors in the conduct of FA methodology. |
|
Increasing Procedural Integrity with Parents as Therapists during Brief Functional Analyses. |
NATHAN CALL (The Marcus Institute), Karen Rader (Louisiana State University), Katherine V. Powers (The Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: One manner in which functional analysis methods have been adapted for use in outpatient clinics has been to have care providers serve as therapists (Northup et al., 1991). By including care providers, assessments may be completed in less time because their presence may function as discriminative stimuli. A potential drawback of using care providers as therapists is that they may not always implement assessment procedures with high integrity. The current study attempted to evaluate the usefulness of a simplified brief functional analysis methodology that manipulated only the antecedent variable in each test condition, in an effort to increase procedural integrity by care providers. Results of the simplified functional analysis were contrasted with those of a standard brief functional analysis that manipulated both antecedents and consequences. Data were examined for consistency of functional reinforcers identified as well as differences in procedural integrity across type of assessment. Interobserver agreement data were collected for greater than 20% of sessions and always exceeded 80% agreement for all dependent variables. Results of the two assessment methodologies matched with respect to the reinforcers identified to be maintaining problem behavior, and care providers were able to maintain higher integrity with the simplified functional analysis. |
|
An Evaluation of Correspondence Between Caregiver Descriptive Analysis and Experimental Analysis. |
KATHERINE V. POWERS (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University), Jane Morton (University of Georgia), Jeb Jones (The Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Experimental analyses have been shown to be more effective for treatment selection than basing intervention on either descriptive analyses or arbitrarily selected treatments (Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003). Previous research has also evaluated the extent to which non-experimental data collection procedures may aid in determining the function of problem behavior (Anderson & Long, 2002; Mueller, Sterling-Turner, & Scattone, 2001; Tang, Kennedy, Koppekin, & Caruso, 2002). In the current study, we arranged for caregivers to collect antecedent-behavior-consequence data for occurrences of problem behavior. Next, we conducted experimental analyses of problem behavior and evaluated the extent to which the results of the analyses provided similar information. Results suggested that parental reports were correlated at low-to-moderate levels with experimental analyses. Finally, we initiated training with caregivers to improve identification of potential antecedents that evoke and consequences that maintain problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Theoretical Issues in Verbal Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 PM |
Elizabeth A |
Area: VBC |
Chair: Sam Leigland (Gonzaga University) |
|
Identifying Controlling and Mediating Verbal Units within Ongoing Conversation. |
Domain: Applied Research |
GENAE HALL (Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services), Robert G. Vreeland (Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services) |
|
Abstract: Skinner (1957) proposed that mands benefit the speaker, whereas the other verbal operants primarily benefit the listener. This suggests a functional distinction between verbal operants achieving specific reinforcement (i.e., “controlling”) versus those reinforced by events occurring contingent on the reinforcement of controlling relations (i.e., "mediating"). Both Salzinger (1991) and Donahoe & Palmer (1994) noted the difficulty in identifying verbal units in a complex utterance. To assess whether controlling versus mediating functional categories could be reliably identified, two dyads of verbally fluent adults were videotaped discussing ethical dilemmas that may arise in behavioral consultation. The first five minutes from each session were transcribed from the videos and organized into one-minute segments. Utilizing both transcripts and videos, the first author acted as primary scorer and the second author as reliability scorer on randomly-selected sessions. Inter-observer agreement for verbal units per se was 96.7% for Dyad 1 and 91.7% for Dyad 2. For controlling versus mediating verbal relations, agreement was 94.9% for Dyad 1 and 83.3% for Dyad 2. These preliminary results are encouraging in that it was possible to obtain high reliability on complex verbal units as well as controlling and mediating functional categories. Theoretical implications of these findings will be discussed. |
|
Developing Verbal Units and the Verbal Operant: "Words and Rules" versus the Operant. |
Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN H. MABRY (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill) |
|
Abstract: In linguistics rules are applied to the arrangement of formal units, such as words. In Skinner's 1957 functional analysis units were seen as 'verbal operants' which included not only the physical behavior but also the circumstances of its 'emission'. In this functional analysis a physical unit could not be studied in isolation from its relation to its controlling variables.; the size of the unit was not important so long as it was: "… under independent control of a manipulable variable."
Since 1973, those studying the early development of children's speech have come to a similar position to the above through the following route:
It was noticed that the so-called 'first words' were often indistinct and only interpretable from the specific context; many utterances were large "unanalyzed" chunks having only a prosodic resemblance to speech.
Some chunks were specific to situations, and consequences like Skinner's 'elemental verbal operants'.
Segmentation into 'words' was often gradual and the child continued to emit earlier 'chunks' as observed in both 'dyadic' and isolate speech (crib-talk)
Finally they have proposed that adult grammar-syntax emerge from this continued 'buildup-breakdown'.
Analysis of adult intraverbals, to training units for autistic persons and second language acquisition will be presented. |
|
Fifty Years Later: Projected Areas of Development and Advancement in the Science of Verbal Behavior. |
Domain: Applied Research |
SAM LEIGLAND (Gonzaga University) |
|
Abstract: Fifty years after the publication of Skinner’s Verbal Behavior, some possibilities for the future of Skinner’s “science of verbal behavior” are considered. Specifically, certain areas of development or advancement are examined which might be of special importance to the expansion and influence of the functional analysis of verbal behavior. One critical task for the influence of the field, for example, involves the removal of an obstacle; namely, the remarkably persistent and wholly inappropriate influence of Chomsky’s polemic of 1959. Strategies for neutralizing this influence will be discussed. In looking at the future advancement of the field, a case will be made (with illustrative examples) for broadening the domain of verbal behavior research to include a variety of complex verbal phenomena, the study of which is either dominated by other fields or has yet to begin. Skinner’s original work provides an important framework for the analysis of verbal behavior, but there is still room for, and a need for inductively oriented, empirically based research programs that transcend specific interpretive or theoretical treatments. Such programs, under the guidance of the practices of radical behaviorism and effective behavior-analytic methodology, might provide additional lines of development and progress for the analysis of verbal behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Towards Comparing Treatments and Treatment Components |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Elizabeth H |
Area: AUT |
Chair: April M. Sullivan (York University) |
|
Developmental Trajectories of Young Children with Autism Enrolled in an IBI Program: What the ABLLS Can Tell Us about Their Progress. |
Domain: Applied Research |
APRIL M. SULLIVAN (York University), Adrienne M. Perry (York University), Nancy Freeman (Surrey Place Centre), James Bebko (York University) |
|
Abstract: The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills (ABLLS; Partington & Sundberg, 1998) is a detailed language/learning curriculum and assessment tool. It is widely used among educators of children with autism and can be a useful supplement to standardized assessment tools by providing a more fine-grained analysis of skill acquisition. However, the ABLLS has not been standardized on typical children and traditional psychometric properties, such as reliability and validity, have not been established. This presentation outlines a three-part study. The first study explores developmental trajectories on the ABLLS for 15 typically developing children between the ages of 4 and 48 months. The second part explores the inter-rater reliability and convergent validity (with standardized measures) of the ABLLS among a sample of 8 preschool children with autism. Finally, the third part of this study uses growth curve analyses of ABLLS data, in addition to standardized measures of cognitive and adaptive functioning, to explore the developmental trajectories of children with autism enrolled in the publicly-funded IBI program in Ontario. Data will be presented for 30 preschool-age children with autism who have been enrolled in IBI programming for at least one year. |
|
A Further Analysis of the “Discrete Trials” of Autism Programs. |
Domain: Applied Research |
AMY CRYE (Spectrum Center), Whitney S. O'Keefe (Spectrum Center) |
|
Abstract: The incidence of Autism Spectrum Disorder continues to rise. With this increase, the number of parents educated in the efficacy of applied behavioral analytic programs as the treatment of choice for children on the spectrum has also grown. Disagreements between these parents and school districts involving treatment selection and implementation have resulted in litigation. Choutka, Doloughty, and Zirkel (2004) provided a systematic analysis of case law from 1989-2001 of the variables leading to court decisions. In their paper they identified three primary variables significant in determining outcomes: effectiveness of the witness, documentation of progress, and Individualized Education Program elements. The current paper reviews case law from the last five years and attempts to further analyze the three variables identified by Choutka et al. as well as other variables for case outcomes. These additional variables include specifically identifying the professional credentials of the expert witness, the type of program offered by district, and whether description of program components (ABA vs discrete trial) affects outcome. Lastly, this paper addresses the implications of case decisions, the potential need for changes in federal and state guidelines for best practices, and how correct implementation of these practices is monitored. |
|
A Comparative Analysis of Discrete Trial Training, Natural Environment Training, and Relationship Development Intervention: Can We Reach a Treatment Compromise? |
Domain: Applied Research |
MAE R. BARKER (University of Florida), Kim D. Lucker Greene (Behavior Management Consultants, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: This presentation will compare three instructional modalities for teaching students with autism: discrete trial training (DTT), natural environment training (NET), and Relationship Development Intervention (RDI). We will specifically look at how these approaches may facilitate verbal behavior and illustrate with video clips each approach. Such a comparative analysis is especially useful considering recent updates to the ABLLS (Partington & Sundberg, 1998) that permit a more fine-tuned assessment of verbal behavior. As our field becomes more sophisticated in assessing VB, we must also become more skilled as to how we teach verbal behavior. This presentation will compare DTT, NET, and RDI and discuss how these 3 approaches may be used in combination to establish comprehensive verbal repertoires in children with autism. |
|
|
|
|
|
What Stimuli Comprise an Equivalence Class? |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Del Mar AB |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center) |
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Sidman (2000, JEAB) suggested that class-specific outcomes and responses can become members of an equivalence class. This symposium will discuss that issue and present data from work with pigeons, typically developing adults, and students with developmental disabilities. Urcuioli and Vasconcelos tested for acquired equivalence between sample stimuli after pigeons were trained on many-to-one matching. Their data suggest that determining whether responses become part of the class is not straightforward. Using a procedure developed to use defined responses as samples in a matching task (Lionello-DeNolf & Urcuioli, 2003; JEAB), Braga-Kenyon and Lionello-DeNolf provide mixed evidence that responses become members of a class. After training, at least 2 adults passed some tests for class membership, but failed others. Finally, Shimizu trained developmentally disabled students using a differential outcomes procedure in which correct choices in a matching task were followed by the presentation of a third stimulus prior to reinforcement. His data suggest a more efficient training method for applied settings in which equivalence develops after training on 1 conditional discrimination rather than the typical 2. These data provide mixed support for Sidman’s assertions. While class-specific outcomes were shown to become class members, the same was true for responses only under certain conditions. |
|
Within-Class Differences in Sample Responding Can Preclude Acquired Sample Equivalence Pigeons’ Many-to-One Matching. |
PETER URCUIOLI (Purdue University), Marco Vasconcelos (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Pigeons do not show an acquired equivalence between a sample stimulus consisting of a particular pattern of responding and a visual sample even though both occasion the same, reinforced comparison choice (Urcuioli et al., JEAB, 2006). Unlike other many-to-one training procedures, however, this paradigm also requires pigeons to respond differently to the samples within each common-comparison class. If this within-class difference is responsible for the lack of acquired equivalence, acquired equivalence should also fail develop between visual sample stimuli that occasion the same reinforced choice if their associated sample-response requirements differ. I will present results that confirm this prediction along with other results showing that different arrangements of within- versus between-class sample-response contingencies can produce acquired equivalence-like effects. The data indicate that testing for response membership in acquired equivalence classes is not a straightforward proposition, at least with pigeons. |
|
Inclusion of Differential Responses in Equivalence Classes. |
PAULA RIBEIRO BRAGA-KENYON (New England Center for Children), Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center) |
Abstract: We investigated whether differential responses to stimuli can become members of an equivalence class. Adult participants were trained on a computer touch screen to make 2 distinct responses (FR and DRL) to color stimuli. Then, they were trained to match form stimuli to color comparisons with a common response (FR 1) to all stimuli. Finally, participants were taught to make both responses to a single (white square) stimulus in a modified mixed-schedule task (cf. Lionello-DeNolf & Urcuioli, 2003; Urcuioli et al., 2006, JEAB). This procedure allows DRL and FR responses to serve as samples in a matching task without the addition of differential exteroceptive stimuli. Participants were given 3 tests to determine class membership; no reinforcement was given in test. Test 1 presented the form stimuli; responses were recorded and categorized as either class-consistent or class-inconsistent. Tests 2 and 3 presented DRL and FR as samples followed by either form or color comparisons, respectively. Preliminary data from 2 participants indicate high class-consistent responding (80 – 100%) on matching tests and mixed results on form – response tests. These data provide evidence for the inclusion of responses in equivalence classes. |
|
How to Apply Basic Finding of Equivalence Research to Instructional Design? |
HIROFUMI SHIMIZU (Headsprout) |
Abstract: Ideas to apply equivalence technology to instructional design will be discussed by first describing findings using a differential outcomes training procedure and then by presenting applications of the procedure and by showing data from an ongoing project design to build vocabulary. While there is much basic research about equivalence, applications of those findings are rare. When scientific technology becomes widespread, procedures are efficient and easy to be implemented, and users don’t even notice the use of the technology. One way to apply equivalence technology to applied settings is a differential outcome procedure. Here, a subject learns to select stimulus B conditionally upon stimulus A. Right after the selection and before the delivery of a reinforcer, stimulus C is presented as a differential outcome. Stimulus C is a neutral stimulus and doesn’t serve any function including a conditional discriminative stimulus, discriminative stimulus, or reinforcer. Typically, subjects are required to learn two conditional discriminations (AB and BC) to establish equivalence classes. Using the differential outcome procedure, it may be possible to train just one discrimination if the differential outcomes (the C stimuli) join the equivalence classes. If this is true, the theory would help us to design efficient instruction. |
|
|
|
|
The Neurobiology of Alcoholism: A Dysregulated Neuroadaptational View. |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Douglas C |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Utah State University) |
GEORGE KOOB (The Scripps Research Institute) |
Dr. George F. Koob, Ph.D. is Professor and Chairman of the Committee on the Neurobiology of Addictive Disorders at The Scripps Research Institute and Adjunct Professor of Psychology and Psychiatry and the Skaggs School of Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences at the University of California, San Diego. An authority on addiction and stress, his research interests include the neurobiology of emotion, with a focus on the theoretical constructs of reward and stress. He has made contributions to our understanding of the anatomical connections of the emotional systems and the neurochemistry of emotional function. His current research is focused on exploration of the neurobiological basis for the neuroadaptation associated with drug dependence and stress. He has published over 630 scientific papers, is the United States Editor-in-Chief of the journal Pharmacology Biochemistry and Behavior, Director of the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA) Alcohol Research Center at The Scripps Research Institute, Director of the Pearson Center for Alcoholism and Addiction Research, and Consortium Coordinator for NIAAA's multi-center Integrative Neuroscience Initiative on Alcoholism. His awards include being honored as a Highly Cited Researcher from the Institute for Scientific Information, and the Distinguished Investigator, Mark Keller, and Tharp Awards from the Research Society on Alcoholism. |
Abstract: Addiction has been conceptualized as a chronic relapsing disorder with roots in impulsivity and compulsivity, and neurobiological mechanisms change as the individual moves through the stages of the addiction cycle. Animal models of excessive drinking include binge models and models that focus on interactions with stress and dependence and include abstinence-induced drinking, drinking following abstinence and withdrawal, and drinking during protracted abstinence in animals with a history of dependence. Key neurochemical elements involved in reward and stress within a basal forebrain macrostructure termed the extended amygdala are hypothesized to be dysregulated in addiction to convey the vulnerability for compulsive drug intake. During intoxication, elements in the extended amygdala are activated. During the development of dependence, the reward systems become compromised, but there is also dysregulation of the brain stress systems such as corticotropin releasing factor, and norepinephrine and neuropeptide Y. In addition, critical neurocircuitry in the basal forebrain for cue-induced reinstatement are providing clues to the neurobiological basis of craving. Neurocircuitry involving separate components for craving, reward deficits, and compulsivity provide a heuristic framework for the study of individual differences in the vulnerability for addiction. |
Target Audience: none |
Learning Objectives: none |
|
|
|
|
Tutorial: Domestication of the Silver Fox and its Research Findings |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Douglas B |
Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: William D. Timberlake (Indiana University) |
ANNA KUKEKOVA (Baker Institute/College of Veterinary Medicine, Cornell University), Lyudmila N. Trut (Institute of Cytology and Genetics of the Russian Academy of Sciences) |
Dr. Anna Kukekova, Ph.D. a Research Associate at the Baker Institute for Animal Health, Cornell University, is studying genetics of simple and complex traits in canids. Her main research interests include canine genetics and evolutionary genetics of behavior.
Kukekova graduated from St. Petersburg State University, Russia in 1993 and received a Ph.D. from the Institute of Cytology of the Russian Academy of Sciences in 1999. She came to Cornell University in 1999 as a postdoctoral fellow to work with Drs. Acland and Aguirre on the genetics of eye disorders in dogs. In 2001, she became involved in the study of domestication in silver foxes. Kukekova, et al., have demonstrated that canine microsatellites can be used for genetic studies in foxes and developed the first meiotic linkage map of the fox genome using such markers. Together with collaborators at the Institute of Cytology and Genetics and at Cornell University, Kukekova implemented a new quantitative method for assignment of fox behavioral phenotypes. Analysis of these behavioral phenotypes in relation to genotypes in the powerful sets of fox experimental pedigrees have allowed the mapping of genetic loci implicated in fox behavior. |
Abstract: The farm-bred silver fox (Vulpes vulpes) has been subjected to strong selective breeding for docility for about 45 years at the Institute of Cytology and Genetics of the Russian Academy of Sciences. It is believed that during early domestication, all animals were challenged by the same evolutionary situation that is produced by selection pressure on the specific behavioral traits that facilitate adaptation to humans. This event is considered as a key mechanism of morphological transformation of domestic animals. As a result of the selection for the capacity to be tame, a strain of foxes with behavioral responses to humans analogous to those of the domestic dog has been produced. It is remarkable that the morphological characters of domestication have been acquired along with doglike behavioral patterns. Developmental shifts and neurohormonal changes in the domesticated foxes have been demonstrated. The strong heritability of tame behavior has been confirmed in experimental pedigrees among foxes. A rigorous system for measuring behavior as a truly continuous variable has been implemented. The availability of mapping tools developed for the canine genome has enabled the development of a fox meiotic linkage map and thus the mapping of loci influencing these behavioral phenotypes in the fox genome. |
|
|
|
|
#200 Poster Session - AUT |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
1. A Review of Interventions to Reduce Challenging Behavior in School Settings for Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NATASHA BERETVAS (The University of Texas at Austin), Wendy A. Machalicek (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (University of Tasmania), Giulio Lancioni (University of Bari) |
Abstract: This review evaluates research on the treatment of challenging behavior in school settings for students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Electronic database searches were carried out to identify studies published between 1995 and 2005. Twenty-six studies were identified. A variety of procedures were implemented in these studies to decrease challenging behavior in classrooms. These procedures were classified into four groups: (a) antecedent manipulations, (b) change in instructional context, (c) differential reinforcement, and (d) self-management techniques. The results of these studies indicated that all four classes of procedures were generally effective in reducing challenging behavior. These results are discussed in relation to four issues: (a) the characteristics of the participants, (b) assessment procedures carried out prior to intervention, (c) the feasibility of classroom treatment, and (d) the social validity of intervention procedures. Surprisingly, the effectiveness of a procedure did not seem to be related to completion of a prior functional behavior assessment. Also, the reported measures of social validity in the studies reviewed here have elicited positive reports from stakeholders, but the utility of these measures, as they have been conceptualized, is questioned. The findings of this review suggest future research directions that are also examined. |
|
|
2. Examination of Microswitch Activation In Identifying Potential Auditory Reinforcers in Children with Developmental Disabilities. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GLENN M. SLOMAN (University of Florida), Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin, Madison), Maureen Conroy (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Systematic examination and relative ranking of preference has been conducted widely to incorporate stimuli into analysis and treatment paradigms. As the assessment of preference of stimuli range from activities, edibles, and tangible items, little research has been conducted to identify stimuli of an auditory nature. Two children diagnosed with developmental disabilities participated in a single stimulus assessment to determine auditory preference. Furthermore, format was evaluated to determine the utility of using a microswitch to assess preference under a single stimulus presentation. Identification of auditory stimuli may have important treatment implications for intervening with behavior from stereotypy to compliance. |
|
|
3. Use of Differential Reinforcement to Reduce Inappropriate Vocalizations across School Settings for Students with ASD. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STACEY M. MCINTYRE (Behavioral Directions, LLC), Jane M. Barbin (Behavioral Directions, LLC) |
Abstract: In the present study, the effects of differential reinforcement were assessed in the treatment of inappropriate vocalizations for two participants with autism spectrum disorders in different school settings. With the introduction of Differential Reinforcement of Low rates of behavior (DRL), an 86% reduction in inappropriate vocalizations occurred for participant #1 who received instruction within a self-contained special education classroom. For participant #2, an initial decrease in inappropriate vocalizations occurred with the introduction of the DRL treatment; however, a 78% reduction was achieved with the addition of Differential Reinforcement for Alternative behavior (DRA) to the treatment package. Participant #2 accessed the general education curriculum in a typical classroom setting. For both participants, classroom teachers were trained in the implementation of the treatment plan along with data collection procedures. Based on the results of this study, differential reinforcement procedures can be successfully applied by instructional staff in both special and general education classroom settings to reduce problem behavior. |
|
|
4. The Treatment of Severe Aggression in an Adolescent with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (Pennsylvania State University, Harrisburg), Richard M. Foxx (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: This study describes the successful treatment of severe aggressive and destructive behaviors emitted by a 13-year-old boy with autism. A treatment package consisting of a high density of reinforcement, token economy, differential reinforcement, response cost, overcorrection, and physical restraint was implemented in a self-contained classroom in a school for children with developmental disabilities. The treatment effectively decreased problem behaviors to at or near-zero levels and treatment gains have been successfully maintained for over one year. In addition to a decrease in problem behavior, significant gains in levels of communication and academic instruction were made. |
|
|
5. DRA Procedure for Encopresis for a 13-Year-Old Boy with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
YASAMAN DIANAT (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
Abstract: A DRA plus response cost procedure was implemented by the parents of a 12 year old boy diagnosed with Autism and Epilepsy in order to address encopresis. Baseline data indicated the boy would eliminate in areas other than the toilet, such as the backyard, or his pants, when he was at home at least once per day, seven days per week. Once the DRA procedure was implemented, eliminations outside of the bathroom reduced to 3-4 times per week. At this point, a response cost procedure was implemented and reduced the behavior to zero accidents per month. The fidelity of implementation was consistent. The procedure was implemented for 5 months. Follow-up reports by parents indicate that encopresis does not occur, even 5 months after the procedure was no longer in place. |
|
|
6. Proactive DRO Treatment to Decrease Disrobing Behavior in an Adult with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HAROLD MAHECHA (Eden II Programs), Frank R. Cicero (Eden II Programs), Michael Porcelli (Eden II Programs) |
Abstract: The purpose of this case study is to demonstrate the effectiveness of a DRO intervention in addressing the disrobing behavior of a 27 year old male with Autism attending an ABA based day training program. The participant in this study had a long history of displaying multiple compulsive behaviors however one of his most challenging compulsions involved the frequent removal of clothing items (shirt, pants, underwear and shoes). Through the use of a functional assessment it was determined that this particular behavior was maintained by an internal sensory drive however it could at times be used by the participant as an escape mechanism.
At the beginning of the treatment the individual was taught to correctly identify the pictures representing “shirt” and “pants” through functional communication trials. Once the participant mastered the symbols, training sessions were conducted where the individual was required to drape the shirt on his shoulders for a period of ten seconds. Upon successful completion of the trial, the individual was immediately reinforced with a preferred edible and then allowed to remove the shirt. After completing two trials with 100% accuracy, the steps were gradually increased until the individual was able to fully wear his shirt for the required ten seconds. Once all these steps were achieved, staff moved the participant to 20 second trials and continued to increase the time of the trials by 10 seconds until he reached 3 minutes. When the three minutes were reached, the DRO became a full day session. The data taken during this treatment showed that the DRO was successful in drastically reducing the disrobing behavior during program hours. |
|
|
7. Evaluating the Use of Differential Reinforcement of Incompatible Physical Activity to Reduce Stereotypic Teeth Grinding in a Child with Autism and Cerebral Palsy: A Case Study. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH MCCURDY (Autism Behavior Consultants), Erica R. Roest (Autism Behavior Consultants), Heidi Glesne (Autism Behavior Consultants), Helen Donnelly (Autism Behavior Consultants), Naoise Tobin (Autism Behavior Consultants), Amy Jamba (Autism Behavior Consultants), Nickie Lau Lau (Autism Behavior Consultants; California State Univ), Moira Smith (Autism Behavior Consultants) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to reduce stereotypic teeth grinding in a 6-year-old boy with autism and cerebral palsy. The child was reinforced for chewing gum, as it is a behavior that is incompatible with grinding teeth. The gum chewing also provided physical exercise to his mouth and jaw. This study also discusses the long-term benefit physical exercise has on maintaining lower rates of teeth grinding. |
|
|
8. Using DRL to Decrease Maladaptive Behaviors in a Six-Year-Old Child with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STACI MIZOKAMI (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
Abstract: A changing-criterion design was implemented using DRL procedures to decrease the maladaptive behaviors of a 6-year-old child with Autism. The maladaptive behaviors were all attention maintained and included behaviors such as tormenting the family cat, spitting, cursing, and throwing objects, and the like. Baseline data revealed that the child engaged in these maladaptive behaviors at least 8 times per day. Using DRL procedures, the frequency of inappropriate behaviors across her day was gradually decreased to zero levels. A response-cost procedure was also used when the maladaptive behaviors occurred. |
|
|
9. A Case Study Examining a Self-Management Procedure with a Child Diagnosed with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER A. CASTELLANOS (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele R. Bishop (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The purpose of this case study was to teach a child with autism to recognize and monitor his own behavior, specifically crying. Crying frequently occurred during in home sessions and at school. A self-monitoring intervention with a response cost component was implemented at home and at school. If the child cried during home training sessions he marked his data sheet and paid one token from his token economy. In addition, the child was taught to label whether or not he cried during specified time intervals. Reinforcement, in the form of one token, was delivered for correctly labeling his behavior during the previous interval. Prompts from the tutors to complete the tasks of setting the timer, marking the data sheet, and collecting a token were gradually faded as the child acquired these skills. Being able to correctly tact one’s own behavior may be an important component of changing that behavior. After he has learned to tact his behavior he can then learn when crying is appropriate and inappropriate, and also learn how to prevent his own crying. |
|
|
10. Implementation of a Self-Management Program to Reduce the Occurrence of Challenging Behaviors in a Child with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ELISHA M. VILLANUEVA (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to analyze the effectiveness of a self-management program in reducing the occurrence of challenging behaviors in an 8-year old child with autism. Alternate behaviors were identified to replace the occurrence of challenging behavior. The child was systematically trained to self-evaluate both the alternative and the problem behaviors. A different behavior was selected for self-management per teaching routine. The child was taught to self-monitor the specified behavior within the target routine and report performance to an instructional assistant at naturally occurring transitions. Data was collected on the accuracy of self-evaluation as well as the occurrence of the target behavior and the absence of challenging behavior. Results of the intervention indicate that the self-management program was effective in reducing challenging behavior and increasing alternative replacement behavior. |
|
|
11. Using FCT and Differential Reinforcement to Decrease Pica in a Child with Autism in a Classroom Setting. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DEBORAH A. NAPOLITANO (University of Rochester), Lisa A. Blaakman (Monroe #1 BOCES), Lori B. Kohl (Monroe #1 BOCES), Heather M. Vallese (Monroe #1 BOCES), David McAdam (University of Rochester) |
Abstract: Pica is an eating disorder often seen in persons with developmental disabilities. Although behavioral interventions have been shown to be effective, few interventions have been evaluated in naturalistic settings (McAdam et al., 2004). The purpose of this study was to replace the pica of a 6-year-old boy with autism with a functionally equivalent communication response in a classroom setting.
This study used a changing criterion design. Initially, preferred food items were placed on the floor. The Sd “don’t touch” was delivered and the latency to reaching for the food items was recorded (0 seconds). Next, the participant was told the “rules”, the food items were placed on the floor, and a timer was set for 1 second. The Sd “don’t touch” was delivered. When the timer went off, the participant was prompted to vocally request appropriate food items. The duration (up to 30 minutes) and the distance between the adult and the child were systematically increased. Reliability data were recorded for 60% of sessions and was 100%.
Data indicated that FCT and differential reinforcement reduced pica and increased vocal communication for the participant, in his classroom. These results demonstrate that functional communication can replace pica in a naturalistic setting. |
|
|
12. The Effects of Reinforcement and Extinction on Compliance during Transitions in a Preschool Setting. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALICIA A. RICHARDS INGIOSI (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project), Rebekah L. Houck (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project), Mary Shore (SPIN/Elwyn) |
Abstract: In a preschool classroom with instruction guided by the analysis of verbal behavior, a student engages in noncompliant behavior when directed to transition from a preferred setting to a lesser preferred setting. The purpose of this study is to demonstrate a procedure to decrease the amount of time spent in transition and to decrease the frequency of problem behaviors occurring simultaneously. We compared the effects of two strategies frequently used to gain compliance during transitions: a reinforcement alone condition and a reinforcement plus extinction condition. Previous research demonstrated that reinforcement plus extinction yielded a higher frequency of compliance. This study addresses the question: Does reinforcement plus extinction have a greater effect on compliance during transitions as compared to reinforcement alone? Baseline data includes the initial instruction and graduated assistance prompting after five minutes. Measurements during treatment phases will include duration of transition and frequency of problem behavior. Treatment data will be collected. |
|
|
13. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Pica: Training Exchange of Inedible Items. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JEB JONES (The Marcus Institute), Katherine V. Powers (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University), Jane Morton (The Marcus Institute), Crystal Gremillion (The Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Pica, defined as the ingestion of inedible objects, is often treated by providing access to competing stimuli (Piazza, et. al, 1998). That is, providing noncontingent access to alternative, preferred stimuli to individuals who engage in pica may compete with consuming inedible objects. In the current study, we exposed pica to functional analysis conditions, and results suggested that pica was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Treatment consisted of exposure to noncontingent access to competing items, which reduced pica to low-to-zero levels. Finally, we reinforced exchanging inedible objects with access to competing stimuli. Results suggested that training for exchanging items was successful across 3 objects (leaf, pencils, and paper), and levels of pica were maintained at low levels. |
|
|
14. Idiosyncratic Functions: Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behaviors Maintained by Access to Ritualistic Behaviors. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE LYNN HAUSMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ellen Farrell (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Camille Mongeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Ritualistic behaviors are commonly observed in children diagnosed with autism and are included as part of the diagnostic criteria for the disorder. These ritualistic behaviors may occur frequently and interfere with daily activities such as academics or self-care tasks. Intense bursts of problem behavior may also arise when these ritualistic behaviors are blocked or restricted. In the current investigation, functional communication training (FCT) and extinction were evaluated as a treatment for problem behaviors surrounding the blocking of ritualistic behaviors in a 9-year old girl. Through a mands assessment, it was determined that the client would engage in problem behavior to gain access to rituals (propping open doors). The client was taught to communicate for access to ritualistic behavior using a picture card and engaging in the vocal response, “My way, please.” Upon communicating, the client was allowed to prop open the door. Data were collected on the rate of problem behaviors, as well as the rate of appropriate communication. It was determined that FCT and extinction were an effective treatment component to reduce rates of problem behaviors associated with the blocking of rituals to near zero. Reliability data were collected for one third of sessions and averaged above 80%. |
|
|
15. Decreasing Problematic Behavior in Children with Autism through a Self-Monitoring Cost Response System. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE KARREN (St. Cloud State University), Colby Anderson (St. Cloud State University), Rachel D. Russell (Able Developmental Clinic), Sara White (Binghamton University) |
Abstract: Three children with autism were taught to decrease problematic behaviors using a self-monitoring cost response system. Two males and one female, ranging in age from six to nine, participated in the study. The target behaviors varied for each subject but included protest behaviors as well as stereotypical behaviors. Each participant wore a wristband from the time they woke to when they went to bed at night. A set number of tokens, referred to as strikes for male subjects and charms for the female subject, were placed on a wristband/bracelet each morning. Each time the target behavior occurred the subject was instructed to remove a strike/charm. At the end of each day, if the subject had one or more strikes left, a reward was earned. For all three children, the reward earned was access to 30 minutes of a novel movie watched with family members. The study employed a multiple baseline across subjects and staff. The results indicated significant decreases in target behaviors for all subjects. Both short-term and long-term maintenance gains were in evidence. |
|
|
16. The Effect of a Visual Schedule on the Bruxism of a Nine-Year-Old with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AISLING A. ARDIFF (The Saplings School), Lorna Hogan (The Saplings School) |
Abstract: The author investigated the effect of introducing a visual daily schedule on the bruxism of a young girl. The girl was noted to engage in routining behaviours and it was postulated that allowing the girl prediction and control of her environment might reduce her anxiety levels and associated bruxism. |
|
|
17. The Use of Cognitive-Behavioral Strategies, Restricted Attention, and Response Cost to Decrease Challenging Behavior in a Student with Asperger's Syndrome. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
HESTER BEKISZ (The Genesis School), Mary Ellen McDonald (Eden II Programs/The Genesis School), Sofi Michalakis (The Genesis School), Steve Reed (The Genesis School), Lewis Mazzone (The Genesis School) |
Abstract: The current case study examined the use of a variety of cognitive-behavioral strategies, restricted attention and response cost to decrease challenging behavior (inappropriate language, inappropriate laughter, eloping, destruction of materials and non-compliance) in a student with Aspergers Syndrome. Specific proactive strategies used included: schedules with choices, self-monitoring of behavior, strategy checklists, point system with token menu and relaxation techniques. Specific reactive strategies included: restricted attention (attention was provided in relation his academic tasks and not in relation to preferred topics) and response cost (schedule did not allow for preferred activities to be chosen). Prior to intervention the behavior was variable and although some of the targeted behaviors occurred at low rates due to the nature of the behavior and the inclusion setting the student attended the behavior warranted treatment. When intervention was introduced there was a gradual reduction in inappropriate laughter and an immediate reduction in the remaining target behaviors. |
|
|
18. Use of Matched Stimuli to Reduce Stereotypic Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
VIRGINIA S. WONG (Hawthorne Country Day School), Amy J. Davies Lackey (Hawthorne Country Day School), Christine Montalto (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Abstract: Previous research (Piazaa, Adelinis, Hanley, Goh, & Delia, 2000) demonstrated that providing access to items that matched the hypothesized sensory consequences of aberrant behavior was more effective than simply selecting any stimuli. The purpose of this research was to extend their findings by examining the effects of matched stimuli to decrease stereotypic behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. Preference assessments were used to identify items that matched the hypothesized sensory consequences of the stereotypic behavior. |
|
|
19. Treating of Noncompliance and Aggression in an Adult with Autism: The Effectiveness of a Task Board and “Choices,” within a Group Home Setting. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NIALL JAMES TONER (Eden II Programs) |
Abstract: The purpose of this investigation was to examine the effectiveness of a reinforcement procedure to decrease noncompliance and aggression. A thirty-three year old male with autism was the sole participant in this study. He was living in the group home one year prior treatment. A single-baseline design was used to examine the effects of the treatment procedure within the residence. Frequency data were collected for all sessions in the residence and community outings. It was recorded on an hourly basis with various experimenters. In the baseline condition, there were no treatment procedures present. During the treatment condition, a task board and choices were integrated into his schedule. The treatment session started upon daily arrival to the residence for the task board but choices were in constant use. The task board with various chores, goals, and activities was dictated by the participant. Choices were integrated into the task board and to all aspects of daily living. These treatment procedures were implemented solely in the group home and on group home outings. Results showed a significant decrease in episodes of noncompliance and aggression within days of treatment and maintained minimal episodes over a six month period. |
|
|
20. Non Contingent Access to Changing Clothes to Decrease Urination Accidents in an Adult with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GINAMARIE C. FORLENZA (Eden II School for Autistic Children, Inc.), Anthony Mauro (Eden II Programs) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of non contingent access to changing clothes in decreasing incidences of urination accidents in an adult with autism within his day treatment program. A 40 year old male who had frequent incidences of urination accidents within his day treatment program participated in this study. Baseline was taken for one month and the frequency of urination accidents averaged three times per week. During the treatment period this participant was provided with non contingent access to a variety of clothing in which to change into as well as a “change clothes” exchange card for requesting to do so. During the first week, if an independent request to change clothes was not made a minimum of every thirty minutes, one was prompted. Within the first month of treatment the average incidence of urination accidents decreased to once per week, and decreased to zero within the second month. Throughout the following four months the average incidence remained at zero as the treatment plan continues to remain effective in decreasing the incidence of urination accidents in this adult male with autism. There are no data to reflect the frequency of clothing changes per day, however staff within the participants classroom report observations of diminishing frequency and an approximate average of once per day. |
|
|
21. Systematic Desensitization to Increase Tolerance of Previously Aversive Stimuli in a Six-Year-Old Boy with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JANE KIM (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
Abstract: Systematic desensitization techniques were used with a 6-year old boy with autism to gradually increase his ability to tolerate use of the air conditioner. A social story was used as a priming tool prior to the desensitization training, as well as to prompt coping behaviors such as deep breathing and self talk during implementation of the program. The occurrence of challenging behavior (e.g., verbal protests, crying, yelling, attempting to turn off the air) was recorded. The duration of exposure was systematically increased by short intervals as the participant displayed 2 or fewer incidences of challenging behavior within the specified interval. This procedure was implemented three times a day for approximately 8 weeks. At completion of the intervention, the participant was able to tolerate use of the air conditioner for up to 30 minutes. Desensitization procedures were generalized to additional settings across multiple trainers. |
|
|
22. Training Grandparents to Implement Interventions to Decrease Disruptive Behaviors. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KARA BERNIER (BEACON Services), Katie Marshall (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Previous research has indicated that parents can be trained to effectively implement behavioral interventions. Little similar research has been done with extended family members (e.g., grandparents). Many families of children with autism have difficulty participating in events involving extended family. The present study evaluated the effectiveness a multiple component treatment package that was implemented by a grandparent. The participant was a five-year old girl who displayed disruptive behaviors (crying, screaming, bolting, flopping, and self injurious behaviors) on neighborhood walks. During baseline, the child exhibited high rates of disruptive behaviors throughout the ten-minute walk. During the intervention, the child’s grandmother was trained to implement a multiple component treatment package that included an extinction procedure, the use of a visual schedule, and contingent positive reinforcement for appropriate behaviors. Results indicated that disruptive behaviors decreased and the child displayed appropriate behaviors while walking in the neighborhood with her grandmother. |
|
|
23. Using Latency to Approach for Comparing Stimuli Preferences for Students with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TODD FRISCHMANN (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Several procedures have been developed to identify and compare stimulus preferences for individuals with developmental disabilities. These procedures are often used to select reinforcers for effective behavioral interventions. Typical assessment formats include single-stimulus (SS), paired-stimulus (PS), and multiple-stimulus (MS) presentations. The PS and MS formats compare an individual’s selection of stimuli presented in an array, thereby providing a measure of preference differentiation that cannot generally be obtained in a SS format. However, the PS format can be time-intensive for caregivers to complete, and the MS format is limited in the number and size of stimuli that can be reasonably presented in an array. Both of these formats can be problematic for some individuals with scanning or selection deficits. In this study, the latency of approach to various stimuli presented in a SS format was recorded and subsequent consumption noted. The differences in latency measures were compared to the preference differentiation obtained from a multiple-stimulus-without-replacement (MSWO) assessment. Preliminary results indicated that measuring approach latency to stimuli in a SS format yielded similar preference differentiation as the MSWO format. |
|
|
24. Assessment and Treatment of Escape-Maintained Aggression: The Use of Self-Monitoring Techniques for a Student with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JANA HOROWITZ (Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Rutgers University), Melissa Ortega (Rutgers University), Alexandra M. Vlahogiannis (Rutgers University), Tina Zorrilla Rivera (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabil), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center) |
Abstract: Self-monitoring has been used to decrease aberrant behavior and increase on-task behavior in both typical children and children with developmental disabilities (Koegel & Koegel, 1990; Mithaug & Mithaug, 2003; Shabani, Wilder, & Flood, 2001). However, assessment methods for determining the appropriateness of self-monitoring protocols are lacking. In the current investigation, a 12-year-old female with autism was referred for treatment of her aggressive behavior. A functional analysis revealed that she exhibited increased rates of aggression during work sessions in which demands were externally-imposed (e.g., by a teacher), while she exhibited zero rates of aggression during work sessions in which demands were self-imposed. To decrease staff demands and increase the student’s independence in work sessions, a self-monitoring system that allowed her to monitor both her academic skills and her aggressive behavior was implemented and evaluated using a reversal design. This assessment data was used to develop a treatment that incorporated self-monitoring and choice in her behavior plan, which resulted in an 80% in aggression. Results are discussed in terms of effective assessment for behavior likely to respond to an intervention using self-monitoring. |
|
|
25. Self-Management and Time-Out to Decrease Challenging Behaviors. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HELENA L. MAGUIRE (Melmark New England), Marijke P. Callahan (Melmark New England), Jessica Surette (Melmark New England), Tiffaney M. Esposito (Melmark New England/Northeastern University), Kimberly L. Mayer (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Self-management procedures such as relaxation training have been researched extensively as a means to teach adaptive behaviors to children and adults with special needs. Relaxation skills such as sitting, deep breathing, and muscle relaxation are taught as an alternative to interfering behaviors that are observed to occur prior to more severe challenging behavior. These challenging behaviors include loud vocalizations, property destruction, self-injury or aggression.
In this study, one participant that was eleven years of age and diagnosed with autism and severe language impairment was taught to engage in specific relaxation skills. In the first phase, practice trials were conducted when the child was not displaying any defined targeted challenging behaviors such as loud vocalizations, self-injury or aggressions. In the second phase, the participant was prompted to relax when defined target behaviors occurred. Additionally, time out procedures were used in conjunction with relaxation procedures in an effort to decrease aggressive and self-injurious behaviors.
This study utilized a multiple baseline design conducted across the school and residential setting. The dependent measures that were assessed were the following: frequency of operationally defined antecedent behaviors; frequency and duration of operationally defined tantrum behaviors; frequency of initiated use or requests to use the specified relaxation strategies. The intervention used was the implementation of a modified sequence of motor arm movements and deep breathing at a designated area.
Initial data collected demonstrates a significant decrease in antecedent and tantrum behaviors across both settings through the use of relaxation procedures as well as an increase in adaptive behaviors such as initiations of requests to relax. Additional data will continue to be collected. |
|
|
26. Reducing Automatically Reinforced Aberrant Behaviors in a Child with Autism, Using a Positive Procedure: A Case Study. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GLADYS WILLIAMS (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje, SL), Monica Rodriguez Mori (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje, SL), Jaqueline Marilac Madeira (Universidad de Oviedo, Spain), Manuela Fernandez Vuelta (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje,) |
Abstract: Many children with autism display atypical or aberrant behaviors. These behaviors are often maintained by automatic reinforcement, hence the difficulty to treat them. The purpose of this study was to see the effect of a positive interaction in an eight year old non-vocal child with autism who displayed spitting, regurgitating and vomiting throughout the day. The intervention consisted of reinforcing one minute whole intervals of appropriate behavior during the entire work time in the classroom. During the intervention the aberrant behaviors were ignored. The data showed that the intervention was effective, reducing all three behaviors to zero levels. |
|
|
27. Pivotal Response Training on Symbolic Play Behaviors of a Preschool Child with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HUA FENG (National Changhua University of Education), Chia-cheng Chung (National Changhua University of Education) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effect on symbolic play behaviors of preschool child with autism by giving pivotal response training. A single–subject experimental design of multiple probes design across behaviors was used in the study. The independent variable of this study was pivotal response training. The dependent variables of this study were the improvement of three kinds of single symbolic play behaviors , three kinds of complicated symbolic play behaviors and spontaneous symbolic play behaviors. Questionnaires and interviews of the parent and teachers were used to collect the data for social validity.
The study showed positive gains on the single symbolic play behaviors, complicated symbolic play,and the spontaneous symbolic play behaviors. The parent and teachers all favored and agreed at the importance of symbolic play training and the treatment outcomes. |
|
|
28. The Development of a Coin Equivalence Curriculum for Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER E. FINN (The New England Center for Children), Krista Smaby (Las Lomitas School District), Betty Kao (Spectrum Center), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Procedures derived from the stimulus equivalence literature have been used to teach spelling, reading, math, U.S. geography, etc. The purpose of this study was to test a curriculum sequence to effectively teach two six-year-old boys with autism to identify money. The proposed sequence included relations that were directly taught (baseline relations) and novel (derived) relations that were tested. Trained relations included selecting the coin (e.g., a dime) in response to its spoken name (e.g., “dime”), selecting the printed price (e.g., $0.10) in the presence of the actual coin and in response to the spoken price (e.g., “ten cents”). Tested untrained relations included selecting the coin in the presence of its printed price and in response to its spoken price, selecting the printed price in response to the spoken name, and labeling the coin and printed price. IOA was collected for at least 39% of the sessions and was 100%. For one of the participants, seven untrained relations emerged after training. For the other participant, four untrained relations emerged, while others had to be directly trained. The proposed curriculum facilitated mastery in minimal time. Future studies should replicate the results with additional participants while expanding the curriculum by teaching constructed responses. |
|
|
29. Caregiver Conducted Functional Analysis to Determine the Function of Inappropriate Touching. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROL DEPEDRO (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: This study describes the use of an analogue analysis to determine the functional relationship between inappropriate touching in a child with autism and specific programmed consequences (Iwata, et al). A 3 ½ year old child with autism, who exhibited inappropriate touching, was observed during four different analogue conditions. The results of this analysis indicated that the attention condition resulted in the highest levels of inappropriate touching. The results, also suggests that inappropriate touching or attempts to touch may be being maintained by sensory stimulation. The results of this assessment of function were be used to develop a treatment procedure that resulted in reductions in the frequency of inappropriate touching. |
|
|
30. Teaching Young Children with Autism to Self-Monitor through the Use of a Behavior Contract. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTEN A. RAE (Therapeutic Pathways, Inc.), Cathy Eschete (Therapeutic Pathways, Inc.) |
Abstract: Behavioral contracts were used to teach and provide feedback to young children diagnosed with autism to increase targeted desired behavior. In addition, it provided a structured and systematic format for contingent delivery of behavior specific praise and tangible reinforcement for staff working with these children. First, each child was taught to identify and label 2D pictures that would be used as rules for their contract using discrete trial format. Mastery criteria were 80% correct responses across three staff members. Staff then implemented the behavior contract through self-monitoring and token reinforcement to further teach the child to discriminate between examples and non-examples of targeted behavior. Behavior targets and contracts were individualized based on each child's needs. |
|
|
31. Establishing Textual Control over Independent Play Schedules via Relational Training. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HEEJEAN G. YANG (The New England Center for Children), Heather E. Finn (The New England Center for Children), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: A common intervention for promoting independence of children with autism includes teaching them to follow a picture activity schedule depicting play activities. Over time, the pictures can be replaced by printed words, so the child learns to follow a written schedule. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of conditional discrimination training in the establishment of textual control over an independent activity schedule, as well as to evaluate the transformation of function of members of the same equivalence class. Two 5-year old children diagnosed with autism participated in the study. A multiple-baseline design across two 3-activity sets was used to evaluate the effects of establishing textual control over play behaviors. A pre/posttest design was used to assess emergent stimulus relations. Both participants demonstrated transfer of stimulus control from pictures to texts. Therefore, conditional discrimination/relational training seemed to be a viable method to establish textual control over independent play of children diagnosed with autism. Results from emergent relations tests also suggested that children “comprehended” the words/text. |
|
|
32. An Analysis of Gaze Shifts in the Context of Joint Attention. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTA SMABY (The New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center) |
Abstract: Deficits in joint attention are characteristic of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). The purpose of this study was to assess gaze shifts in the context of joint attention, specifically to evaluate if children with ASD displayed a deficit in looking back and reestablishing eye contact with a familiar adult following a correct response to an experimenter’s gaze shift compared to their typically developing peers. Results indicated that the children with ASD who were assessed looked back at the familiar adult in 3.5% of opportunities in a discrete trial setting and 8.3% of opportunities in a play setting. Their typically developing peers looked back at the familiar adult in 55.5% of opportunities in a discrete trial setting and 20% of opportunities in a play setting. IOA on looking back ranged from 95 to 100%. Children with autism looked back at the familiar adult less frequently than their typically developing peers. A behavioral interpretive analysis suggests that the observed deficit may be due to insensitivity to the naturally occurring, socially mediated consequences that effectively strengthen and maintain the behavior in typically developing children. |
|
|
33. Teaching Object Imitation to a Child with Downs Syndrome and PDD-NOS Dual-Diagnosis Using a Naturalistic Behavioral Approach. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE ZEUG (University of North Texas), Amanda C. Besner (University of North Texas), Andrea Newcomer (University of North Texas), Nicole Suchomel (University of North Texas), Allison Jones (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas), Sarah Ewing (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Imitation is an important skill lacking in most children with autism. The current study is a systematic replication of Ingersoll and Schreibman (2006) who taught young children with autism reciprocal object imitation. The study employed a multiple-baseline design across four toy sets to demonstrate the effectiveness of the naturalistic technique in increasing object imitation in a 24-month-old child with a dual diagnosis of downs syndrome and PDD-NOS. Collateral gains in other areas, such as joint attention, and play complexity were also assessed. The results are discussed within a context of intervention goals and teaching formats for toddlers with autism. |
|
|
34. Can Children with Autism be Taught to Respond to and Initiate Joint Attention? |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NOZOMI NAOI (Keio University, Japan), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University, Japan) |
Abstract: We examined the controlling variables for responding to joint attention bids (RJA) and initiating joint attention (IJA) in children with autism. Behavioral assessment of RJA and IJA was conducted with 11 children with autism. The results of behavioral assessment of RJA showed that children with verbal skills had the ability to respond correctly to joint attention bids, but nonverbal children were less responsive. Following RJA training, responding to pointing, and head and gaze were effectively trained and generalized to responding to the gaze alone. In behavioral assessment of IJA, the target objects were presented in the location where the child could see but the adult could not, and the emergence of joint attention behaviors was assessed. The results demonstrated that children with autism showed some ability to initiate joint attention provided with an appropriate situation. The results of IJA training demonstrated that using child’s preferred materials as target, more frequent and functional joint attention behaviors were emitted following training. We also measured cerebral responses to joint attention in children with autism prior to and post behavioral intervention using Near-Infrated Spectroscopy (NIRS) and examined the effects of behavioral intervention on brain function. |
|
|
35. The Relationship between Eye Contact, Joint Attention, and Functional Verbal Behavior in Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HITOMI KUMA (Keio University, Japan), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University, Japan) |
Abstract: Hitomi Kuma(Keio university) and Jun-ichi Yamamoto(Keio University)
The present study aimed to examine that the relationship between eye contact, joint attention and functional communication and evaluated the effect of the behavioral intervention on preverbal and verbal response in children with autism. In baseline, we evaluated children’s behavior by Early Social Communication Scales (Mundy, et al, 2003) as assessment. Participants were consisted of 11 children with autism and 4 typically developing children. As results, the positive correlation with language score and joint attention score were showed. The rate of verbal response with eye contact had negative correlation with language score in children with autism. The result suggested that the functional verbal behavior with spoken language was replaced with eye contact response. Eye-contact and vocal utterance would have equivalent function. These results indicated that joint attention is needed in the development of verbal behavior, though the eye-contact response is not necessary in the extension of functional verbal behavior. We discussed that various kinds of responses (eye-contact, pointing, leading, touching, and speaking) should be focused and taught in progress of the intervention program. |
|
|
36. The Learning Efficacy of Joint Attention on Preschool Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
YU-CHING HUANG (National Changhua University of Education), Hua Feng (National Changhua University of Education) |
Abstract: This study investigated the efficacy of joint attention teaching for children with autism. Three preschool children with autism participated in this study. A multiple probes design across behaviors of single-subject experimental design was implemented. The independent variable was joint attention teaching. The dependent variables were the percentage of learning and generalized outcomes. And the questionnaires for social validity. The consequences of the study were as follows:
Joint attention teaching 1) increases the percentage of response to showing, pointing, and gazing; 2) increases the percentage of coordinated gaze shifting and protodeclarative pointing; 3) maintains and generalizes the outcomes; and 4) makes positive changes noted by parents and teachers of preschool children with autism. |
|
|
37. The Effects of the Picture Exchange Communication System on Head-Hitting of Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
YI-WEI HSIN (The Ohio State University), Tsung-Han Ho (The University of Texas, Austin), Ta-Yen Wang (Taipei Municipal University of Education) |
Abstract: The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS), serves as an effective intervention to replace or supplement insufficient communication skills, is one of augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) systems. The primary interest of PECS is to minimize difficulties with communication skills on children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). In spite of the logical design of PECS and its foundation in applied behavior analysis, few studies investigated if PECS could concurrently reduce the self-injurious behaviors by increasing communication skills.
This study examined the effects of PECS on reducing self-injurious behaviors of children with autism. Three autistic children with head-hitting behavior participated in the study. All participants were diagnosed with severe autism and placed into special education classrooms in two elementary schools. Multiple baseline across subjects design was used in this study. The content of PECS was based on the functional analysis at the pre-intervention stage aiming at identifying the variables to maintain their head-hitting. Results showed that two of the participants reduced their head-hitting using PECS as alternative to satisfy their needs, while the other did not Limitations and suggestions for future studies are discussed. |
|
|
38. Comparison of Data Collection Methods in Intensive Early Behavior Therapy for Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LISA BARSNESS (Minnesota Early Autism Project), Jennifer Bozosi (Lovaas Institute) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts and practitioners providing intensive early behavior therapy to children with autism typically collect data on objectives through the use of more traditional continuous event recording (trial by trial) or time sampling (first trial probe) procedures. Both procedures are compared to assess whether "first trial probes" can provide an accurate representation of percentage correct responding (measured by continuous event recording). This poster will expand upon our original pilot data by comparing data from an increased number of sessions and will include a measurement of interobserver reliability. |
|
|
39. Reducing Severe, Aggressive Behaviors in a Seven-Year-Old Boy with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SANDRA CAZARES (Autism Behavior Consultants; California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to reduce severe, aggressive behaviors of a seven year-old boy in both the home and school setting. Aggressive behaviors serve as a function of escape and task avoidant behavior. The child will be taught to memorize and practice appropriate coping skills indicated on a rule card. Spontaneous implementation of appropriate coping skills versus the display of aggression will be reinforced using reinforcement menus. This case study explores the effectiveness of the rule card on a child who has had limited exposure to aba intervention. |
|
|
40. Intensive Behavioral Intervention for Young Children with Autism: A Review and Critique of Large-Scale Outcome Studies. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL SUMNER (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele R. Bishop (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been scientifically proven to effectively treat autism and for this reason is the treatment of choice for young children with autism. Support for this statement comes mainly from studies that remediate specific behaviors such as dressing or toileting, however, and not from studies that focus on more global or comprehensive outcomes such as improved academic, intellectual or social outcomes. Were ABA to pursue research of that sort, it would be in a far better position than it is currently to support the claim that it is the treatment of choice for young children with autism. This project looks at whether or not ABA proves itself to be the treatment of choice for young children with autism from the few outcome studies that exist. |
|
|
41. Teaching Children with Autism to Follow Eye Gaze: A Response Shaping Program. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN MILLER (Foundation for Autistic Childhood Education and Support), Matthew Tritto (Foundation for Autistic Childhood Education and Support) |
Abstract: Joint attention refers to the ability of children to coordinate attention between social partners and events or objects (Mundy et al., 1986.) One of the key behaviors of joint attention is the ability to follow the eye gaze of another person. Following the eye gaze of another person is a behavior that allows for sharing and gathering information. Previous research has established the lack of joint attention behaviors as an early indicator of autism (Mundy et al., 1986,) and thus a skill deficit needing to be addressed in many children with autism.
In a pilot study, a response shaping procedure was developed to teach two children with autism who did not follow the gaze of an adult to do so. This procedure will be applied to an additional two children with autism. Data will be collected indicating the level of the program, and at each step of the program whether the child followed the gaze or did not follow the gaze of the adult. A summary of the results and conclusion will follow. |
|
|
|
|
#201 International Poster Session - CSE |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
42. Effects of Contingent Outcomes and Changes in Group Membership on Distribution of Groups Earnings in an Experimental Metacontingency. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Basic Research |
RICARDO CORREA MARTONE (University of North Texas), Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas), Thomas Anatol Da Rocha Woelz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The concept of metacontingency represents one attempt to formulate a unified conceptual framework for behavioral and cultural change. Metacontingencies describe contingencies between 1) recurring interlocking behavioral contingencies of two or more individuals resulting in an aggregate product and 2) an external selecting environment. These cultural level contingencies are purported to result in stability or change in the interlocking behavioral contingencies, and thereby evolution at the cultural level. In these experiments, 4 people play a game on a computer screen. Players decide individually how much to invest. Totaled, the individual investments represent the group’s investment. The computer then requests the group to choose a row on a 7x7 matrix made up of plus signs and minus signs. The intersecting cell between the computer’s choice and the group’s choice determines the group’s payoff. Finally, the participants decide how they are going to distribute the group’s earnings. The product of this discussion (equal or unequal distribution) determines the payoff in the next cycle. At some point during the experiment, each player is replaced by a naive player. Preliminary results suggest the metacontingency between the product of the IBC’s and the subsequent payoff functions to produce IBC’s that generate the selected product. |
|
|
43. The Effects of Resource Availability and Storage Capacity on Recurring Cooperative Interlocking Behavioral Contingencies. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Basic Research |
ANA BARBARA NEVES (University of North Texas), Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas), Thomas Anatol Da Rocha Woelz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: We first conducted a systematic replication of “An experimental analysis of Harris’s Cultural Materialist: the Effect of various Modes of Production on metacontingencies” (Ward, 2006) and found similar results. Follow up experiments examine the effects of resource availability and storage capacity on recurring cooperative interlocking behavioral contingencies. Cooperative behavior is defined as sharing resources with other participant. Eight college students, participating in dyads work for beads they can trade for money at the end of the experiment. In each trial, one of a deck of cards is presented, indicating the number of resources each participant has access to. Participants may store tokens for a prescribed number of trials, or put them in the bank (from which they cannot be retrieved but do count toward payment for participation). Participants must use a minimum number of resources to continue earning. When a participant has no resources to fulfill participation requirement, s/he can no longer continue in this cycle. When both participants fail to fulfill participation requirements, this cycle ends and a new cycle begins. A parametric factorial single-subject design will be used to assess the effect of each IV and any interaction in their effects. Historical effects will also be examined. |
|
|
44. The Research Practices of Positive Behavior Support. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
MITCH FRYLING (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno), Ainsley McPherson (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Research and practice in the area of positive behavior support (PBS) has received much attention in recent years. Of particular interest has been the relationship of PBS to ABA. This poster will display data from an evaluation of research in the Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions. Variables of interest include the use of caregivers, natural environment settings, follow-up measures, studying generalization, program evaluations, and the citation of JABA. |
|
|
45. Child Sexual Abuse Primary Prevention with Low-Income Brazilian Students. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA DA GRAÇA SALDANHA PADILHA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Maria Cristina Antunes (University Tuiuti of Paraná), Lucia C. A. Williams (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: This paper presents a study aimed to evaluate a child sexual abuse primary prevention program, strengthening: a) the discriminative behaviors of sexual abuse risk signs, b) the assertive behaviors needed to discourage potential sexual offenders, c) the behaviors of scape and avoidance of risk situations and d) the behaviors of reporting the abuse and seeking help. Low-income students (21 male and 21 female), aged 11 to 15 years, of a rural school situated in Southern Brazil participated of the study. The 10 sessions involved social skills training, discussions on sexuality, discrimination of abusive situations, and self-protection skills training. A self administered questionnaire was applyed to assess knowledge of topics covered during the program: pre and post intervention, and 21 months after the first one. T Test was applyed in a “30 points scale” to compare results among three waves of data collection. A significant increase was found in second application scores (mean = 27.97), as compared to first ones (mean=23.04) Follow-up results indicated lower scores (mean=25.61), but still significantly higher than entry point data. Present results point out to the feasibility of school prevention of child sexual abuse for the Brazilian reality, still on demand for research in such area. |
|
|
46. Gender Differences on Infidelity in a Southern Brazilian City. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA DA GRAÇA SALDANHA PADILHA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Maria Cristina Antunes (University Tuiuti of Paraná) |
Abstract: This study aimed to analyze gender differences on conjugal infidelity in a brazilian city. A self administered questionnaire was applyed in 300 men and women, aged 25 to 45, married at least for 5 years. A sistematic sampling was applyed to randomize people from eight regions of the Curitiba city – Brazil. SPSS 8.0 was applyed to analize gender differences (Chi-square and T test). Sample was composed by 52% of women and 48% men; age mean 36.7 year; 88% white; 62% Catholics; 27,7% undergraduate level and 44% high school level; mean time of marriage 12.3 years. We found significant differences on: men betray because biological factors; betrayal is socially stimulated for men; virtual sex is betrayal; to desire someone is betrayal; infidelity person must to attend psychotherapy. Data analysis reveals that 25% of women and 45% of men were unfaithful. Men said that were unfaithful to find new kind of pleasure, to adventure, to feel young and to take a physical desire. Women said that where unfaithful to revenge their partner. We found gender differences that reveal gender norms to infidelity behavior. |
|
|
47. Is Enrichment Really Enriching? A Systematic Method of Evaluating Enrichment Items. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The importance of enrichment activities for captive animals has been widely recognized in zoos and captive settings. However, there is a need for tools that guide the implementation and effectiveness of the enrichment. The purpose of this posteris to show a systematic method to evaluate enrichment items for captive animals. The method includes an observation system including measures on the location of the animals in the enclosure, their position, concurrent activities, attention, stereotypic behavior and also includes several different enrichment schedules. The evaluation system was also tested on different species in the zoo to test its generality and sensitivity to different enclosures and species. Results pending. |
|
|
48. Relation between Suicidal Ideation and Patterns of Addiction in Mexican Adolescents. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
NORMA COFFIN (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Maria de Lourdes Jimenez Renteria (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: In recent investigations in Mexico, more depressive adolescents have been reported showing depressive symptoms, manifested as sadness, emptiness, indecision, suicidal ideation, suicidal attempts and suicide acts (Casullo, 2003). The World Health Organization (WHO, 2004), considers that suicidal ideation represents 1.4% of morbidity. In this study, suicidal ideation is taken as “any idea of committing suicide, or the desire of taking away the own life” (Amezcua, 2003). Along with drug consumption, Flores (2005), mentions that depression is a risk factor for addiction, since it causes emotional emptiness, which derives in belief of welfare through the use of drugs. In the present study, knowledge of relation between suicidal ideation and addiction in Mexican adolescents was the main goal. Two surveys Casullo, 2003 & Silva, 2004), were applied to 1075 adolescents, both sexes, with an age interval of 11-16 yrs. Findings showed that from adolescents who presented high suicidal ideation, 50% reported drug use (alcohol, tobacco, and other); those who reported mild suicidal ideation, also reported drug use. Relation between suicidal ideation and drug use was found, showing that the stronger the ideation, the more use of drugs. |
|
|
49. An Epidemiological Study of Suicidal Ideation in Mexican Adolescents. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
NORMA COFFIN (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Arturo Silva Rodríguez (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Maria de Lourdes Jimenez Renteria (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: Suicidal behavior is conceived as the concern or action, oriented to cause the self’s death in a volunteer way. Such behavior includes suicidal ideation, suicidal attempt and suicide. Thus, suicidal ideation is defined as any idea which involves the act of committing suicide or the desire of taking away the own life (Amezcua, 2003). According to Apter (2001), the risk factors for committing suicide are: a psychiatric disorder, depression, mental disorders as bipolar behavior, use of alcohol or other drugs, as long as other behavior problems as alimentary disorders (anorexia or bulimia).Overholser (2003) states that some of the predictor factors for suicidal conduct, are: high levels of stress, divorce or parents’ split, and permanent negative perceptions of life events. In the present study, the major goal was to know the prevalence of suicidal ideation in adolescents of Mexico from rural or urban communities. More than 2 000 secondary students were surveyed (Scale of Suicidal Ideation, Casullo, 2003), in 2005-2006; age interval was from 11 -16 yrs., both sexes. Prevalence knowledge permits design more effective interventions and development of prevention programs. In Mexico, rates of suicidal ideation have become more present in new generations. |
|
|
50. Reducing Environmental Tobacco Smoke and Cigarette Litter in Outdoor Settings on a University Campus. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
NATHAN C. HAHN (Southern Illinois University), April S. Worsdell (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Outdoor smoking not only exposes people to harmful environmental tobacco smoke, but it also produces unsightly cigarette litter. In an attempt to deter outdoor smoking, a Midwestern university enacted a policy to discourage smoking within 7.62 m of campus building entrances. This study was designed to examine compliance with the existing policy, as well as to examine the effects of two antecedent interventions for improving compliance with the policy and decreasing cigarette litter. Four campus locations were selected. The first antecedent intervention involved removing existing cigarette receptacles and replacing them with a receptacle situated 8.23 m from the building entrances. During the second intervention, a sign was placed at the border of the smoke-free area, and smaller signs were posted on the inside of building doors. Baseline observations revealed a consistent number of smokers in violation of the policy. When the first intervention was implemented, reductions in smoking were observed across all sites. Further reductions in smoking were noted when the signs were added, and in some cases, smoking was eliminated within the smoke-free zone. In addition, these interventions resulted in a higher proportion of cigarette litter being placed inside receptacles as opposed to being deposited on the ground. |
|
|
51. Core Values in Behavior Analysis. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Akershus University College), Jon A. Lokke (University of Oslo), Gunn Lokke (University College of Ostfold, Norway) |
Abstract: We wanted to study which values are defined as essential for behavior analysts in Norway. The survey has been sent out to behavior analysts in the field, students at different levels, bachelor and master students, at different universities. We have used a modified version of the Values Survey by Bailey (2006). Results will be presented and possible differences from the US will be discussed. |
|
|
52. Social Validity in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELLE LISE LAFRANCE (Florida Institute of Technology), Renee Reagan (Florida Institute of Technology), Carelle A.D. Harris-Fortune (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Historically, it has been suggested that very little research has been conducted which takes social validity into account as a primary measure. The current study examined the behavior analytic literature to determine whether this is true. A review of the literature was conducted, beginning with all articles published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis from 1981 through 2005. A coding system was used to identify which articles included measures of social validity and which did not. Further, each article reviewed was coded according to 1) the type of data collected on social validity (i.e., informal vs. formal methods), and 2) the eligibility and need of a social validity measure for that study. Interobserver agreement was collected on at least 25% of articles, and averaged 85% agreement. Results suggest that there is a dearth in the amount of data taken on social validity in the behavior analytic literature; this will be discussed in terms of the importance of this measure for researchers and clinicians in the field. |
|
|
53. From Feral to Friendly: Shaping “Tameness” in Felines. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELA DRAKE (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: In most animal shelters, feral (wild) felines that are relinquished to the shelter are subsequently euthanized. The development of a procedure for “taming” feral and fearful felines has the potential to save lives. This research demonstrates the effectiveness of a shaping procedure using positive and negative reinforcement for “taming” feral and fearful felines. Taming includes training a feline to allow people to approach it, training the feline to approach people, and training the feline to allow people to pet it. The participants included feline subjects of any breed or sex that were less than 6 months of age. The findings revealed that shaping was an effective method for taming the subjects in this study. Future research should focus on developing a training video for shelters to use. This procedure should be extended to adult feral and fearful felines and investigate possible uses with wildlife rehabilitation. |
|
|
54. Graphic Crime Scene Evidence Functions as an Establishing Operation Potentiating Harsher Sentences. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory |
DAVID E. GREENWAY (University of Louisiana, Lafayette), Matthew Ian Isaak (University of Louisiana, Lafayette) |
Abstract: Police and witness statements regarding a murder were read to one-hundred and twenty-six subjects. Judge's instructions were read to one-half of subjects, while one-half of subjects completed questionnaires. One-half of each of these two groups were shown 90 pictures of the crime scene, the victim, and the autopsy. Verdict and sentence forms were taken after the oral evidence was presented, and after the photo presentations. The photo presentations were associated with a greater probability of guilty verdicts with death sentences. Judge's instructions exerted no effects. Results are discussed in the context of graphic crime evidence as establishing events potentiating harsher sentences and limiting the effective rule-governance of the Judge's instructions. |
|
|
55. Comprehension and Retention of Risk Information. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Basic Research |
FRANK HAMMONDS (Troy University), Wendy Donlin Washington (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Often, people engage in risky behavior despite exposure to information about the risk. For example: smoking, failing to wearing seatbelts, and eating saturated fats are all associated with health risks, but remain prevalent behaviors in our society. Insufficient retention and comprehension of risk information may contribute to the failure to avoid behaviors that increase health risks. In a previous study, we presented risk information as relative risks, prevalence rates, probabilities, or a log scale value. The results indicated that prevalence rates were best understood and remembered by the participants. The log scale presents information in the simplest manner, but unfamiliarity with this method probably contributed the lack of retention of the risk information. Increased exposure to the log scale could result in it becoming the most effective means of communicating risk, as indicated by its success in rating earthquake strengths. In an ongoing study, participants receive detailed instruction about the four methods of presenting risk. Information retention is tested before and after instruction. The results will inform about the best strategies to communicate risk information. |
|
|
56. Eating Disorders and Obesity Ambulatory: A Brazilian Service. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
DENISE C. HELLER (Univeristy Tuiuti do Parana), Talita Lopes Marques (n/a) |
Abstract: Eating disorders prevalence had increased in the last years because of the social female obsession for leanness. These psychopathologies affect either rich or poor population, specially young girls. Obesity had also increased in the entire world and it’s a public health problem. The treatment of these pathologies is expensive and difficult in Brazil. In order to promote a care service for poor population it was created in a Brazilian private university, in 2003, the Eating Disorders and Obesity Ambulatory. This service offers low-cost multidisciplinary intervention (psychological and nutritional) for Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia Nervosa, eating disorders not otherwise specified and Obesity. Young women from 13 to 26 years old basically form the people who come for eating disorders treatment. For the treatment of obesity the majority are women (40 years old or more). Most of the clients are students or poor people. All the treatment is individual, weekly, with familiarly intervention when requested. About 50% of the patients finish the treatment with good results. This is a pioneer service in Brazilian universities and because of the prevalence of these psychopathologies is so important. More researches are suggested. |
|
|
57. Body Image Improvement Program: An Experimental Intervention in a Fitness Center in Brazil. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
TALITA LOPES MARQUES (n/a), Denise C. Heller (Univeristy Tuiuti do Parana) |
Abstract: Nowadays women are almost obligated to embrace cultural values about the glories of thinness that makes them feel dissatisfied with their weight, shape and self. One of the ways to lose weight is to exercise at fitness centers. The present study describes a program of 10 weeks that intended to improve the self-perception of the body image and its acceptance. The group was formed by 15 women from 16 to 45 years old that exercises regularly (tree times a week minimum). Most of them presented an unreal self-image, negative body image and looked for impossible body changes. 26,66% presented inadequate eating behaviors. The subjects discussed during the program were: body perception, eating behavior, body image, beauty patterns trough the times, cultural representation of food in Brazil, achievable goals, goal changes, self-esteem, self-confidence, life quality. In the end of the program the participants could percept an improvement of their acceptance of their body with improvement of body image and increasing of self-esteem. Programs like this should be adopted by fitness centers because it helps improving self-perception of body image and can help people to adopt a healthier life style, preventing eating disorders and improving body image. |
|
|
59. Frequency of Exercise and the Value Ratio. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHEN C. BITGOOD (Jacksonville State University), Layla Abby (Jacksonville State University), Donna LePrell (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: The role of exercise in maintaining good health is beyond dispute. The major problem is that many (if not most) people do not exercise at the frequency, duration, or intensity recommended by experts. Behavior analysis suggests that operant principles may help understand the lack of behavioral control for exercise behavior. The magnitude of both positive and negative reinforcement may be key in this regard. Positive reinforcers should include the benefits of exercise such as reducing stress, maintaining or losing weight, etc. On the other hand, avoidance behaviors such as lack of time, fear of injury, discomfort/pain, etc. are also likely to play a role. When both positive and negative reinforcement are combined, the mathematical nature may be an important consideration. If there is a simple additive relationship (exercise choice = magnitide of positive reinforce + magnitude of negative reinforcers), then one might predict that both positive and negative reinforcers have approximately equal weight. However, temporal discounting and optimal foraging theories suggest that the relationship is a ratio of positive reinforces/negative reinforcers. This mathematical relationship places more importance on the denominator (avoidance factors) than on the numerator (positive reinforcement). Two survey studies tested the assumption that frequency of exercise is influenced more by avoidance than by benefits as predicted by a ratio of reinforcer magnitude/avoidance magnitude. University students rated a list of positive and negative factors associated with exercise and the averages used to assess the best predictor of exercise frequency. The findings generally supported a ratio rather than an additive function when positive reinforcement and negative reinforcement is combined. |
|
|
60. Simplified Habit Reversal and Self-Monitoring as a Treatment for a Behavior Analyst with Nail Biting: A Case Study. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN C. WASANO (Quality Behavioral Outcomes) |
Abstract: The services of a behavior analyst are often sought in order to build the skills and achievements for a variety of individuals. Behavior analysts often utilize instructional and environmental modifications in order to produce significant improvements in human behavior through skill acquisition as well as the reduction of various types of problem behavior. Occasionally, these services are utilized on fellow behavior analysts to address similar needs. The purpose of the present study was to (a) evaluate the use of the Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF) and data collected via direct observations in identifying the function of the nail biting for a behavior analyst and (b) report on the effectiveness of the resulting treatment package that included a self-monitoring system and a simplified habit reversal (SHR) procedure consisting of awareness training, competing response training and social support. |
|
|
61. A Single-Subject Application of FAP Enhanced Behavioral Activation (FEBA) to Non-Clinical Relationship Difficulties. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA BETH TURNER (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Rachel Manos (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Laura C. Rusch (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Nicole A. Roberts (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Behavioral Activation (BA) is a well known treatment for depression seeking to actively engage individuals in their lives and to resist avoidance. Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) is another treatment focusing on interpersonal relationships and therapist in-vivo contingent responding to client behavior. FAP Enhanced Behavioral Activation (FEBA) is a combination of these two treatments and is applied to relationship difficulties. To study this treatment, couples of at least 6 months were recruited through undergraduate classes. Participants chose one member of the couple to receive 8 50-minute sessions of relationship coaching (i.e., FEBA). Prior to and following treatment, both members of the couple completed self-report measures of emotion, psychological distress and relationship functioning, and were measured on physiological arousal during a conversation with each other’s romantic partner. Session by session data from one member of the couple along with pre- and post-treatment physiological arousal and questionnaire data from both members will be presented. This innovative design allows for a test of generalization of improvements from the member of the couple attending coaching to the member who did not attend. |
|
|
62. Behavioral, Attitudinal, and Decision-Altering Effects of Aggressive Videogames on Young Adults. |
Area: CSE; Domain: Basic Research |
DEREK SZAFRANSKI (Western Michigan University), Kent D. Smallwood (Western Michigan University), Scott Latour (Western Michigan University), John Ceglarek (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Each year, interactive video game technology becomes more and more advanced, offering more lifelike environments, immersive experiences, and realistic situations in which the player must decide how to act. As a result of these technological advancements, the violent content in video games has become increasingly realistic and graphic. Unlike the passive viewing experience of television, video game players are adopt roles in which they initiate actions and direct the progression of video game experience. In these active roles, they may engage in and are rewarded for violent acts against fictitious video game characters or other online players. To date the few (approximately 10) more recent studies of the impact of videogame play on aggressive behavior and attitudes still have several shortcomings, mostly in their choice of dependent measures. The purpose of this investigation was to build off of the small research base related to effects of violent video games on behavior, attitudes, and physiology by adopting several dependent measures that have not used in previous studies, including realistic behavioral simulations, computer simulations of aggression, and vignette-based measures of aggressive attitudes. This study is a methodological refinement and extension of work done by Smallwood, Fuqua & Dagen (2005), which itself improved upon the methodologies employed by other studies, such as Anderson & Dill (2000), Deselms & Altman (2003) and Sheese & Graziano (2005). |
|
|
|
|
#202 Poster Session - DDA |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
63. A Demonstration of Discriminated Responding between Simultaneously Presented Communication Cards. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research |
ERIC BOELTER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) is a treatment component frequently used to reduce problem behavior by replacing it with an alternative but functionally equivalent behavior (Carr & Durand, 1985) such as touching a picture card. Within communication systems developed for individuals with communication deficits, multiple stimuli are often presented simultaneously in a choice format. To communicate effectively using these systems, individuals must demonstrate discriminated responding between these stimuli. In the current study, following a demonstration of the effectiveness of FCT using a single communication card, we taught an 8-year-old boy diagnosed with Severe Mental Retardation and Cornelia de Lange Syndrome to mand for a high, a medium, and a low preferred toy item by touching corresponding cards. He was trained separately to respond on each card. He was then presented the cards simultaneously while provided noncontingent access to one of the toy items. The item available noncontingently was altered within reversal and multielement designs. The results showed that the boy responded most often on cards that were not associated with the item provided noncontingently, suggesting discriminated responding. Problem behavior remained at zero to near zero rates throughout this evaluation. |
|
|
64. Correspondence between Stimulus Preferences and Progressive Ratio Break Points in Individuals with Developmental Disabilities. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MEAGAN GREGORY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa J. Allman (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Prior research has shown reasonable correspondence between preference level, determined via stimulus preference assessments, and reinforcer strength indexed by response allocation on concurrent schedules. However, other studies have shown that these differences are not necessarily meaningful when absolute response rates on simple ratio schedules are used to compare stimuli of varying preference levels. This study examined whether preference levels correspond to a different measure of absolute stimulus value: amount of responding supported by a reinforcer as determined via progressive ratio schedules. The analyses involved a) comparing progressive ratio break points for stimuli of high, moderate, and low preference and b) determining whether changes in stimulus preference, as a function of time and exposure, were mirrored by changes in break points. Interobserver agreement on stimulus selection and break point values was over 95% across 6 participants. The results revealed moderate correspondence between preference level and break points for stimuli at the far ends of the of the preference hierarchy, but less sensitivity to differences among similarly ranked stimuli. Changes in preference value were generally reflected by changes in break points, although there was an overall tendency for break point values to increase regardless of the direction of change in preference level. |
|
|
65. Assessing Self-Injurious Behavior (SIB) during Feeding for a Child with Profound Disabilities and Visual Impairments. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
LAUREN LLOYD WITHHART (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Developing effective behavioral treatments for clients with severe disabilities and visual impairment often requires modification to the standard assessment procedures. One such modification was that of Paclawskyj & Vollmer (1995) who determined that a modified stimulus choice assessment was better than a preference assessment when identifying reinforcers for visually impaired clients. In the current case study, additional modifications were necessary during the functional analysis.
In the current study, assessment of SIB during mealtime was evaluated for a child with profound mental retardation, severe SIB and visual impairments. A forced choice stimulus preference assessment for edible items was conducted prior to the functional analysis to identify preferred edibles. In order to replicate situations in the client’s natural environment, additional functional analysis conditions were added including: a food presentation condition consisting of presenting 1 bite of food every 5 seconds with escape for SIB and a tangible condition in which preferred food was presented contingent on SIB. One additional modification was that SIB was the only target inappropriate mealtime behavior (not batting at the spoon or expulsions, etc.). The results suggest that SIB was maintained by escape from feeding demands and bite presentation. Inter-rater agreement was 100% across 65% of the sessions. |
|
|
67. Multiple-Respondent Anecdotal Assessments for Behavior Disorders: An Analysis of Interrater Agreement and Correspondence with Treatment Outcomes. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ROXANNE L. WOLF (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Jessica Hobbs (University of North Texas), Heather A. Moore (University of North Texas), Larisa Maxwell (University of North Texas), Curtis J. Harris (University of North Texas), Bryan S. Lovelace (University of North Texas), Lauren A. Cherryholmes (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The current study was designed to further evaluate the usefulness of anecdotal assessments. The goal of this study was to evaluate the overall agreement between multiple respondents on the primary function of aberrant behavior using the Motivation Assessment Scale and the Functional Analysis Screening Tool (FAST) and, if agreement occurred across respondents, to assess the effectiveness of treatment based on the outcome of the anecdotal assessments. Results of this study showed that anecdotal assessments were able to identify the general maintaining contingency for two participants. However, for one participant it was not able to identify which socially mediated variable (attention or tangible) maintained the aberrant behavior. |
|
|
68. Measuring Outcomes of Behavioral Treatment Using the Aberrant Behavior Checklist (ABC). |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELLE L. GUREGHIAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute/University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Theodosia R. Paclawskyj (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The Aberrant Behavior Checklist (ABC; Aman & Singh, 1986) is an empirically derived scale that measures idiosyncratic, maladaptive behaviors for individuals with developmental disabilities and mental retardation. Divided into five sub-scales, I) Irritability, II) Lethargy, III) Stereotypy, IV) Hyperactivity and V) Inappropriate speech, the ABC was originally designed to measure changes in behavior due to psychotropic drugs. In the current study, we examined the possibility that the ABC could be sensitive to behavioral treatment alone. Pre- and post-treatment ABC scores were examined for 24 patients with developmental disabilities in an outpatient clinic who received behavioral treatment for severe behavior problems. Results indicated that the change in pre- and post-test scores for each sub-scale were clinically significant (p<.01) with the exception of inappropriate speech, which was significant at p< .05. The greatest decrease in scores was in the Irritability and Hyperactivity subscales. Additionally, within each subscale, the percentage of scores in the clinically significant range dropped by at least 50%. Results are discussed in terms of implications for measuring outcomes of behavioral versus psychiatric treatment. |
|
|
69. The Use of Non-Contingent Reinforcement without Extinction to Treat Aggressive Behavior Occasioned by Blocking Sleep. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SALLY D. GRAVES (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Heather Jennett (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) has been found to be an effective treatment component for a wide range of problem behaviors (Roscoe, Iwata, & Goh 1998). In the current study, the participant was a 15-year-old male diagnosed with moderate Mental Retardation and admitted to an inpatient facility for the assessment and treatment of aggressive behavior. Experimental analyses indicated that aggressive responses were exhibited when the participant was interrupted or blocked from sleeping. A treatment consisting of NCR was conducted in order to alter the motivating operation for sleeping behavior and, as a result, decrease aggressive behavior occasioned by blocking sleep. After achieving a clinically significant reduction in aggressive behavior, NCR thinning was conducted and academic demands were systematically introduced in order to facilitate generalization. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected for at least 33% sessions and averaged above 80% for all responses. |
|
|
70. Using Augmented Simplified Habit Reversal in the Treatment of Tourette’s Disorder in an Individual Diagnosed with Severe Mental Retardation. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN RUSCITTI PURINGTON (St. Cloud State University), Kayla Jean Davidson (Glenwood Resource Center), Steven L. Taylor (Glenwood Resource Center) |
Abstract: Simplified habit reversal has been found to be of limited effectiveness without the use of augmentative procedures. We investigated the efficacy of a simplified habit reversal treatment combined with augmentative procedures to eliminate the occurrence of vocal and motor tics. The participant was a 40-year-old woman diagnosed with Down syndrome, severe mental retardation, and Tourette’s Disorder. A functional analysis of vocal tics suggested vocalizations were sensitive to the level of environmental stimulation. A multiple baseline design was used. A simplified habit reversal treatment consisting of awareness training, competing response training, and social support was implemented. Augmentative procedures were then implemented to increase treatment efficacy. The effectiveness and limitations of these augmentative procedures are discussed. |
|
|
71. Choice and Work Performance in Mentally Retarded Adults (II). |
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research |
GIOVANA ESCOBAL (Federal University of São Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Federal University of São Carlos) |
Abstract: The aim of the present study was to investigate the effects of a novel work task and work support on mentally retarded preference. Choice was investigated with and without environmental work support and work performance was assessed as a function of conditions chosen. Four mentally retarded adults first learned to criterion a novel work task with and without environmental work support. The environmental support displayed containers to place its different components and was designed to provide immediate feedback, to increase or maintain the rate of work response and to prevent errors during the task routine. Next, the subjects worked individually either under multiple schedules or under concurrent-chain schedules according to a multiple-element baseline design. When the multiple schedules condition was on, the components were either presence or absence of environment support, quasi-randomly distributed. In the concurrent-chain schedules condition it was used a FR-1, on the first link, and either one of the presence-absence of environmental support condition, on the second link. The results showed a preference for work support condition; the time spent to task completion and average number of errors performing the task decreased. The results also suggested that the preferred conditions engendered more motivation to work. |
|
|
72. Validating Conditioned Reinforcers through Preference Assessment. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH J. KELSEY (Northeastern University), Daniel Gould (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: This study investigated a method for establishing and validating conditioned reinforcers. A paired-stimulus preference assessment was conducted with 4 edible items for an adult participant with developmental disabilities. After determining a stable preference hierarchy, a reinforcer assessment was done to validate preference assessment results. Novel (unconditioned) tokens were then substituted in the preference assessment for the highest- and lowest preferred edibles. Next, token training was conducted. One token was paired with the highest-preferred stimulus and the other token was paired with the lowest-preferred. Token training in sessions of 20 pairings per stimulus and brief preference assessments with tokens and edibles alternated until the preference hierarchy with tokens matched that obtained in the initial preference assessment. The token was assumed to be established as a conditioned reinforcer when it was selected with the same relative frequency (i.e., had the same rank) as the edible it replaced. A reinforcer assessment was then conducted using high and low preference edibles and tokens. Results indicated that conditioned reinforcers were established, and that preference assessment methodology can be used to determine the optimal number of pairing trials needed to establish conditioned reinforcers. |
|
|
73. Effects of Choice of Task Sequence in Picture Activity Schedules. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE APOSTOL (Crossroads - New England), Daniel Gould (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The effects of choice of task sequence were evaluated in 3 participants diagnosed with autism and seizure disorder. On-task behavior, problem behavior, and inappropriate behavior were assessed across choice- and no-choice conditions using an alternating treatment design. During the choice condition, the participant selected task order of 4 or 6 activities in their picture activity schedules. During the no-choice condition, the experimenter yoked the task sequence to the preceding choice session. Novel tasks were used during a generalization phase. Results showed that on-task and on-schedule behavior was higher during the choice condition relative to the no-choice condition for all participants, and this effect was maintained across novel tasks. Results also showed that problem behavior was lower during the choice condition relative to no-choice condition for 2 participants, and this effect was maintained across novel tasks. These results suggest that providing choice-making opportunities increases appropriate behavior and decreases problem behavior and is a viable option for use in practice. |
|
|
74. Effects of Toy Play Skills on Occurrence of Problem Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement: Preliminary Findings. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLY M. VINQUIST (University of Iowa), Anuradha Dutt (University of Iowa), Jason M. Stricker (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), Jeffrey R. Luke (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: A functional analysis and a series of preference assessments were conducted with two participants with mental retardation who engaged in severe problem behavior. Functional analysis results suggested that problem behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. A differential reinforcement treatment in which access to preferred toys was made contingent on the completion of an adaptive response was implemented for both participants. Data were collected on problem behavior across baseline (noncontingent access to toys) and treatment (DRA) conditions for one year. In addition, task analysis data were collected on individual play skills during free operant preference assessments across the same time period. For Steven, problem behavior decreased across treatment and baseline conditions with a collateral increase in play skill and appropriate object manipulation. For Nadia, problem behavior decreased across treatment conditions but continued to occur at high levels during the baseline conditions. Toy play data show little or no changes in item manipulation or individual toy play skills. These preliminary results suggest that improvements in toy play skills may increase the likelihood that a participant engages in appropriate play behavior rather than problem behavior during free operant play conditions. |
|
|
75. Analysis of Task Prompting Strategies during Functional Communication Training. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JAY W. HARDING (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), Muska Ibrahimovic (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of two prompt strategies for presenting work tasks within a functional communication training (FCT) program. The participant was a 4-year-old boy diagnosed with autism who displayed problem behavior maintained by negative reinforcement. Assessment and treatment procedures were conducted in the child’s home with his mother serving as therapist. Treatment data were evaluated within a reversal (ABCBC) design. Inter-rater agreement was assessed across 30% of all sessions and averaged 97%. During FCT, the child was required to point to a picture in a book and then touch a microswitch to request a break to “play.” In the first FCT condition (B), his mother made a verbal request and modeled pointing to a designated picture two times, and then removed her hand. If the child did not comply, his mother used hand-over-hand assistance. During the second FCT condition (C), his mother made a verbal request and modeled pointing two times, but then left her finger next to the designated picture. Results showed similar levels of problem behavior and independent manding across the two conditions, but a higher level of independent task completion during the second FCT condition. |
|
|
76. Reducing Challenging Behaviors Using Behavioral Contracting. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TATE MCGHEE (Pinellas Association for Retarded Children), Kimberly M. Smith (Pinellas Association for Retarded Children) |
Abstract: This intervention took place in the home setting and adult day training program of this individual. This intervention was used with a verbal, twenty-one-year-old individual who is diagnosed with mental retardation and Down’s syndrome. This individual exhibited aggression towards others (ATO), aggression towards property (ATP) and unauthorized access to tangibles (UAT). To reduce the frequency of these challenging behaviors, behavioral contracting was used to increase his use of appropriate social skills as an alternative to challenging behaviors. Data was collected on the frequency of challenging behaviors, as well as the percentage of points earned. |
|
|
77. Functional Communication Training with Participants Diagnosed with a Behavior Disorder. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
RUSSELL LANG (University of Texas, Austin) |
Abstract: Seven studies of functional communication training (FCT) with participants with a behavior disorder (BD) diagnosis were reviewed to summarize, participant characteristics, study methodology, and effects of treatment. The results indicate that FCT has been studied within the BD population most often with boys between _ and _ years of age and that limited additional information in regards to ethnicity, severity of diagnosis, or other individual participant characteristics is unknown. The majority of research has been completed utilizing __________ research designs. The majority of study procedures were implemented by ________ in _________ settings. Finally, available research indicates that the use of FCT with children with a BD diagnosis is _____. |
|
|
78. Interval Recording for Duration Events: A Re-Evaluation. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA M. COLBY (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Henry S. Roane (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Joanna Lomas (The Marcus Institute), Lisa N. Britton (Spectrum Center) |
Abstract: In two experiments, events that were recorded using continuous duration recording (CDR) were rescored using 10-s partial interval (PIR), 10-s momentary time sampling (MTS) and 20-s MTS. Results of experiment 1 showed that data paths generated by each interval method produced conclusions about functional control that were similar to those based on CDR when using reversal designs; however, for multielement designs, 10-s PIR was prone to showing differentiation between data paths that was not evident with CDR. Results of experiment 2 showed that both 10-s and 20-s MTS yielded data paths on behavior-behavior relations (e.g., covarying responses) that were consistent with CDR whereas 10-s PIR produced some behavior-behavior patterns that were not. In both experiments, 10-s MTS generated data paths that were nearly identical to the respective CDR data paths. The implications of these findings for researchers and clinicians are briefly discussed. |
|
|
79. Validation of Behavior Analytic Instructional Design for an On-Line Course in Psychology of the Exceptional Child. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES C. SANTOYO (Central Missouri State University), Duane A. Lundervold (Central Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Instructional design components (remediation, self-paced) of an online course in Psychology of the exceptional child was examined using a quasi-experimental design with two sections of students (N = 70). Multidimensional assessment of teaching effectiveness included : (a) objective measures of student learning outcomes; (b) student ratings of teaching, and, (c) student ratings of study behavior. Results of T-test (pre-post test scores) indicated significant change (p < .05) in student learning outcomes. Mastery-based instructional design components were strongly and positively associated with post test performance. Self-reported study behavior was a moderating variable in approximately 30% of the sample. Results suggest that behavior analytic instructional design components produce high levels of student satisfaction and performance for online courses. |
|
|
80. Training Parents to Treat Noncompliance in Children with Developmental Disabilities Using Guided Compliance. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE BENNETT (University of Washington Autism Center), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Noncompliance with parental directions is a critical target for children with developmental disabilities for several reasons including the frequency of the problem and the impact that noncompliance has on caregivers. Three decades worth of research have shown the effectiveness of guided compliance with children with developmental disabilities; however, only a few studies have examined the effects of parent-implemented three-step guided compliance with this population (Handen, Parrish, McClung, Kerwin, & Evans, 1992; Smith & Lerman, 1999; Tarbox, Wallace, & Penrod, 2003). Three children with developmental disabilities and one primary caregiver for each child participated in the present study. Parents were trained in three-step guided compliance (i.e., command, gestural prompt, and physical prompt) via a PowerPoint® presentation with embedded video models. They rehearsed the procedure with a confederate until mastery and then implemented it with their child. Results showed that following parent training, all three parents implemented the procedure with a high degree of treatment integrity. The physical prompt step was the most difficult to implement. Children’s compliance levels increased drastically from baseline for 2 of the 3 children. Recommendations regarding the content and format of computerized instruction and clinician-delivered parent training of the guided compliance procedure are discussed. |
|
|
81. Using Competing Stimuli to Treat Self-Injurious and Other Problem Behavior in a Young Adult with Cornelia de Lange Syndrome. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KOREN BOGGS (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Several studies have employed competing stimulus assessments to identify items that appear to compete with reinforcement maintaining problem behavior. The present study examines the effects of using noncontingent access to empirically-identified competing stimuli to treat self-injurious and other problem behavior. A functional analysis of self-injurious behavior, aggression, and disruptions exhibited by a young adult with Cornelia de Lange Syndrome revealed that problem behaviors were at least partially maintained by automatic reinforcement. In a related finding, it appeared that problem behaviors and in-session sleeping co-varied under similar low-stimulation conditions. Consequently, a competing stimulus assessment was conducted to identify items associated with high levels of engagement, low levels of problem behavior, and low levels of in-session sleep. Three competing stimuli were identified and subsequently provided noncontingently in a treatment evaluation conducted in several contexts. Results of the treatment evaluation support the hypothesis that noncontingent access to stimuli which presumably compete with the functional reinforcer (i.e., sensory stimulation) effectively reduces both rates of problem behavior as well as levels of in-session sleep. Interobserver agreement was assessed for at least 33.3% of sessions and reliability coefficients (i.e., exact agreement, duration-per-interval) were at least 80%. |
|
|
82. Preference Assessment: Principle and Practice. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID GELLER (University of South Florida), Kenneth G. Winn (Agency for Persons with Disabilities) |
Abstract: Best practice in the development of behavior intervention plans includes conducting preference assessments. As described in the ABA Position Statement on the Right to Effective Behavioral Treatment (1989), the consumer of behavior analytic services has a right to effective treatment. In order for effective behavior change to be accomplished in an efficient or timely manner, the behavior change mediator must know what items or activities are likely to function as reinforcers for the client. Thus, it is critical that thorough preference/reinforcer assessments are conducted prior to implementing the behavior change plan. However, a thorough assessment is not enough. The putative reinforcers must be available for delivery following appropriate client behavior, and direct contact staff must be trained on, and discriminative stimuli available to occasion, that appropriate delivery. 25 behavior plans were reviewed and very few were found to reference the preferred items within the behavior change procedures. Data are presented to describe the extent to which preference assessment is translated into the contingent delivery of effective reinforcers. |
|
|
84. Concurrent Operants Assessment of Functional Reinforcers for Problem Behavior. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER L. BREDTHAUER (The Marcus Institute), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (The Marcus Institute), Joanna Lomas (The Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Challenges faced by clinicians include problem behavior that is either too dangerous or does not occur at a rate sufficient for direct assessment via functional analysis. In situations such as these, alternative assessment formats that do not require the occurrence of problem behavior may be beneficial. In the current study, the relative influence of social positive and negative reinforcement was examined within a concurrent operants arrangement. Children with autism and other developmental disabilities were presented with a series of choices that systematically varied the availability of attention, access to preferred tangible items, and escape from demands. Preference for social reinforcers was examined by associating single or combined reinforcers with different sides of a room and measuring time allocated to each side. Choice combinations were examined within a reversal design and were compared to results of a functional analysis (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman & Richman, 1982). Interobserver agreement data were collected for at least 20% of all sessions for each participant and always exceeded 80% agreement. Idiosyncratic results were obtained for each participant and are discussed in terms of clinical applications as an alternative to functional analysis for low rate or other problem behavior that cannot be assessed directly. |
|
|
|
|
#203 International Poster Session - EAB |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
85. Conditioned Taste Avoidance Induced by Wheel Running is Inhibited by Pre-Exposure to Novel Food Tastes. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
W. DAVID PIERCE (University of Alberta, Canada), Donald C. Heth (University of Alberta, Canada) |
Abstract: Rats were given differential exposure to three distinct and novel foods. One of these foods was exposed for 7 days; another for 2 days, and the last was not exposed. Next, half of the rats received six daily sessions in which a compound of the three flavors was followed by opportunities to run in wheels. The other rats received the food compound but without wheel running. On the next day, all rats were given a choice among the three food flavors presented concurrently in separate dishes. When the compound food had been followed by wheel running, rats ate little of the food given no pre-exposure, more of the food given 2 days of pre-exposure, and considerably more of the food given 7 days of pre-exposure. In comparison, rats that did not receive an opportunity to run ate equal and moderate amounts of the three foods. The results suggest that pre-exposure to a food’s taste produces latent inhibition that interferes with conditioned taste avoidance produced by pairing a taste (CS) with wheel running (US). |
|
|
86. Discriminative Control of Choice Behavior in Humans. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ROBERT W. ALLAN (Lafayette College), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York), Patricia A. Moss-Lourenco (The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Abstract: College students were exposed to two different pairs of concurrent VI VI schedules with schedule pairs discriminated by different colors. Choice behavior consisted of tapping on either the "z" or "p" key of a computer keyboard and reinforcer deliveries were simulated by animated coins falling from one of two boxes at the top of the computer monitor to boxes below. The delivery boxes changed colors either between or within sessions. Each session was 10 minutes in duration. The results showed that discriminated undermatching can be easily obtained and maintained with this procedure and that in these conditions, human choice behavior resembles animal undermatching obtained over many sessions. |
|
|
87. A Brief Opportunity to Run Does Not Function as a Reinforcer for Mice Selected for High Daily Wheel-Running Rates. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TERRY W. BELKE (Mount Allison University), Ted Garland, Jr. (University of California, Riverside) |
Abstract: Mice from replicate lines selectively bred based on high daily wheel-running rates run more total revolutions and at higher average speeds than do mice from non-selected control lines. Based on this difference it was assumed that selected mice would find the opportunity to run in a wheel a more efficacious consequence. To assess this assumption, selected and randomly bred control mice were exposed to FR 1 schedules where a lever press produced a brief (i.e., 90 s) opportunity to run in a running wheel in one condition and a longer (i.e., 30 min) opportunity in another condition. Results showed that a brief opportunity to run was an effective consequence for maintaining lever pressing in control, but not selected mice. In fact, randomly bred control mice responded more readily for both brief and longer reinforcer durations. Selected mice, in contrast, were more likely to respond for an opportunity to run when it was of a longer duration. In sum, high wheel running rate mice that are putatively “addicted” to running were less likely to respond for an opportunity to run than randomly bred mice. |
|
|
88. The Matching Law and Division I Basketball. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JENNIFER L. HITT (Illinois State University), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University), Larry Alferink (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: The matching law describes situations involving a choice between 2 responses. Close approximations of the matching law’s predictions have been observed under a number of laboratory and real world situations, including athletic performance in sporting events. T. Vollmer and J. Bourret (2000) found that shot selection in basketball closely followed the predictions of the generalized matching equation. We attempted to extend their findings to the 2004 NCAA Division I teams by using the matching law to compare the performance of the top 30 and the bottom 30 ranked teams. We obtained season statistics for each team. The generalized matching law provided a very good account of the performance of all 60 teams. In general, teams displayed a tendency towards undermatching. However, the top 30 teams had higher slopes and greater bias for 3-point shots than did the bottom 30 teams. In addition, the matching law accounted for more of the variance for the top 30 teams than was true for the bottom 30 teams. These results suggest that the matching law captures performance factors that distinguish between higher and lower ranked teams. Further exploration could extend the present study to other years, other teams and to conference tournaments. |
|
|
89. A Behavioral Study of Counterfactuals. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ARELI MORANDO (University of Guadalajara), María Antonia Padilla Vargas (University of Guadalajara), Mayra Hernández (University of Guadalajara), Enyola Rodríguez (University of Guadalajara), Laura Barba (University of Guadalajara), Jose E. Burgos (Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento - University of Guadalajara) |
Abstract: A counterfactual is an assertion that expresses an alternative state of affairs that is different from a certain factual state. This paper describes a first behavioral approach to this kind of assertion. A risky choice task was designed with the Aurora Toolset, part of the Neverwinter Nights computer game. Thirty-nine participants were first given three trials where they were instructed to have a virtual alter-ego fight a monster for gold pieces that were going to be exchanged for points in a course at the end of the experiment. Unbeknownst to the participants, the probability of vanquishing these monsters was 0.0, so all participants experienced failure in these trials. Participants were then given a choice between an easy monster for less gold and a harder monster for more gold. Unbeknownst to the participants, the probabilities of vanquishing the monsters were 1.0 for the easy and 0.0 for the hard. About 75% of the participants chose the hard monster. Participants then received a descriptive feedback, a descriptive feedback with a counterfactual, or a descriptive feedback with a rule, and a second choice of the same kind. The overall risk level decreased to 31%, but no significant differences were observed among the groups. |
|
|
90. Functional Analysis of the Training and Evaluation of the Correspondence between Verbal and Non-Verbal Behavior. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HORTENSIA HICKMAN (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Diana L. Moreno (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Ma. Luisa Cepeda Islas (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Olivia Tena (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Patricia Anabel Plancarte Cansino (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: Traditionally the study of the correspondence between the verbal and the non verbal behavior has been fundamental for the interpretation and study of stimulus equivalence and conditional discrimination. The great majority of the works in the field of conditional discrimination and/or equivalence have focused on the study of, for example, the reports post-session, analysis of protocols and the description of general rules of performance, among others. Nevertheless in the great majority of the works verbal behavior is used as supplementary measure more than a direct one, that is, mainly it is evaluated and is not trained, even though the importance of the correspondence between verbal and non verbal behavior is emphasised for the establishment of complex relations. The present work proposes a method in which different possibilities of training are described to establish the correspondence between verbal and the non verbal in tasks of conditional discrimination and/or stimulus equivalence. |
|
|
91. Speed Transfer and Class Mergers via Conditional Discriminations: Differential Transfer Training with One or Two Class Members. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ABDULRAZAQ A. IMAM (John Carroll University) |
Abstract: Eleven participants in four experiments demonstrated two independent groups of three three-member equivalence classes, one with and one without a speed contingency. Each participant then experienced transfer training and testing. During transfer training, either only one A-stimulus (with fast (Experiment 1) and slow (Experiment 2) contingencies), or two A-stimuli (with differential slow-fast contingencies on classes 1 and 3 (Experiments 3 and 4)) from the speed classes served as sample for the A-stimuli from the non-speed classes. Transfer test involved the remaining non-speed class members presented in the same session as training blocks (Experiments 1-3) or in separate testing sessions (Experiment 4). Test results showed undifferentiated changes in latencies of the non-speed class members (Experiments 1-3), and more differentiated changes consistent with class membership (Experiment 4). The results implicate discrimination of contingencies in engendering better differentiation of class membership. |
|
|
92. Establishment of Stimuli Classes of Letters through a Procedure of Errorless Simple Discrimination without Reversion. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DANIEL CARVALHO DE MATOS (Catholic University of São Paulo), Maria Amalia Andery (Catholic University of São Paulo) |
Abstract: The present research consisted of the “prompt delay” procedure to check the emergence of stimulus classes in normal children. The research occurred in a classroom where only the experimenter and a child remained. The stimuli were letters and their rotations.9 children (aged 4 to 6) with difficulties to differentiate between pair of letters graphically similar and their rotations (b-d, n-u, p-q and rotations in 270 degrees and B-D, N-U, P-Q and rotations in 180 degrees) were used. The procedure consisted first of a pre-test (MTS) to check if the children could not differentiate between the letters and their rotations. Later, the selected children passed through a training session. The training was conducted with simple simultaneous discrimination trials with the letters mentioned above and their rotations. After this, the participants passed through a test (MTS) to check the emergence of a stimulus class composed by letters and another composed by forms (rotations). Then, a pos-test was utilized to check if the children’s repertoire had improved. In the end, the results expected should be the successful emergence of the stimulus class composed by real letters so the children could already differentiate them. The data are still being collected. |
|
|
93. Self-discriminated responses as members of equivalence stimulus classes. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANNA BEATRIZ QUEIROZ (Catholic University of São Paulo), Maria Amalia Andery (Catholic University of São Paulo) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was: (1) to establish the control of two (typing) responses as SD or conditional stimuli over a second response of choice between stimuli in a MTS task, (2) to verify if the typing responses became members of equivalent stimulus classes, and (3) if other stimuli of the equivalent classes would have discriminative functions similar to these responses . Seven adults participated in the study. On Phase 1 subjects were trained in a MTS task (stimuli relations AB and BC), then tested for the emergence of two stimulus equivalence classes (1 and 2) with three arbitrary stimulus in each one. On Phase 2 typing RFV or UJM on a computer became the stimuli controlling the choice of stimuli B1 or B2. On Phase 3 it was tested if (a) the typing responses became members of the equivalence classes established on Phase 1 and (b) if stimuli (C1 and C2) – which had not been present on Phase 2 - acquired discriminative functions similar to the typing responses. Results showed that: equivalence classes were established for all participants on Phase 1; the typing responses assumed discriminative/ conditional functions, controlling the choice between two arbitrary stimuli on Phase 2; the typing responses became members of the equivalence classes; and members of the equivalence classes not present on Phase 2 assumed discriminative functions. Discussion highlights these findings and the consistency of the results. |
|
|
94. Access to Others: Player Points in the Prisoner Dilemma Game. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PEDRO FALEIROS (Universidade de São Paulo/UNIARARAS/Universidade Metodista de Piracicaba), Martha Hübner (Universidade de São Paulo), Raquel Zacharias (UNIARARAS), Viviana Ferrante (UNIARARAS), Adriana Leme (UNIARARAS), Juliana Mesquita (UNIARARAS), Raquel Deperon (UNIARARAS) |
Abstract: In the prisoners dilemma game, a cooperative response occurs when the player is reciprocal with the other; a delator response is when the player punishes the others response. The objective of the study was to verify if the access of the others player points could influence the choice of the cooperative response. The strategy of the game was “tit for tat”, where reinforcers were delivered for the reciprocity of the opponent in the next trial. Seventeen university students were participants in a computer tit for tat game. One session of 100 trials were conducted. The participants were divided in three groups. In Group 1 the access was only to ones own points; in Group 2 the access was to ones own points and to the other in all trials; in Group 3 the access was to ones own points and to the others just in random trials. All participants in Group I cooperated during sessions, replicating data from previous studies. In Group 2 five participants cooperated and just one emitted delator response. In Group 3 just one participant cooperated. The access of others player points seems to increase the grade of the discrimination of the others player reciprocity |
|
|
95. An Evaluation of Escape Maintained Aggressive Behavior. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELLE ELISABETH EDMONDS (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Jennifer L. Tessing (AdvoServ) |
Abstract: The present study examined various factors contributing to aggressive behavior during divided attention conditions within a functional analysis. Specifically therapist preference, attention provided by high-preferred therapist, the presence of high-preferred therapist, and the removal of low preferred therapist were examined. The participant was an eleven-year-old male diagnosed with Impulse Control Disorder and Mental Retardation – NOS. Functional Analysis conditions using high preferred vs. low preferred therapists were then compared. Results indicated that aggression is escape maintained, specifically from attention provided by low-preferred therapists. |
|
|
96. Responding on a Variable Ratio Schedule with Counter: Operant-Respondent Interactions. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ZANE FERGUSON (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Robert W. Allan (Lafayette College) |
Abstract: When a response counter is added to a fixed ratio schedule, post-reinforcement pausing (PRP) increases in duration. This may be due to the combined effects of the operant ratio schedule arrangement and a respondent temporal signaling function by the response counter. The purpose of the present study was to attempt a dissociation of these effects. A computer touch screen presented a dot stimulus near the left edge which moved to the right for each accurate peck, progressing toward a terminal stimulus location where the next response produced food. Each session consisted of 40 reinforcers. The study employed an ABA design. Four pigeons were exposed to VR schedules with a signaled terminal location (TL) as a baseline. In Phase 2, the TL was removed, thereby eliminating the signal properties of the counter. Phase 3 returned to baseline conditions. No accuracy or rate effects were found. PRP, which varied predictably as a function of ratio requirement in the presence of the TL, did not vary when the TL was excluded. As a result, PRP become the prominent dependent measure. A possible interpretation of the operant-respondent interaction underlying the post-reinforcement pausing phenomenon in ratio schedules is offered. |
|
|
97. Comparison of Discounting Parameters Obtained through Different Adjusting Procedures: Bisection and Up-Down. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
THOMAS ANATOL DA ROCHA WOELZ (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The study compared delay discounting in adult humans using two different methods of adjustments. Both methods used hypothetical choices of monetary amounts. One involved adjustments using a fixed sequence of ascending or descending amounts, the other used a bisection algorithm in which the changes in amounts varied as a function of the subjects' choices. Two magnitudes of delayed reinforcer were used: $1,000 and $10,000. We used a within subject design to compare indifference curves and discounting measures across the two adjusting procedures. Twenty four subjects were divided in two groups and exposed to the procedures in opposite order, to account for sequence effects. Results from within subject comparisons showed no systematic differences between procedures. However, the group initially exposed to the bisection algorithm procedure presented slightly more discounting overall. We conclude that if there are differences in discounting between the fixed-sequence procedure or the bisection procedure, those differences are small. |
|
|
98. All Washed Up: An Applied Behavior Analysis Program to Increase the Retention and Return Rate of Towels in a Student Recreation Center. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
RAYMOND O. SACCHI (Washington State University), Thomas A. Brigham (Washington State University), Holly Denice Shockley (Washington State University), Benjamin L. Lawson (Washington State University), Ryan Sain (Washington State University), Samantha Swindell (Washington State University) |
Abstract: The Student Recreation Center (SRC) at Washington State University loses thousands of towels every year due to patron inadvertent or intentional pilfering. The cost of replacing the towels runs in the thousands of dollars annually. Two forms of towel amnesty were developed to induce patrons to return the towels, The first condition consisted of two weeks of a towel amnesty consisting of a large receptacle placed in front of the SRC entry with a sign announcing the Towel Amnesty Program, asking patrons to return SRC towels collected at home. After a two week interval, the Amnesty Plus condition was introduced for 2 weeks. It consisted of the same receptacle and position but with a sign informing patrons that they would receive a raffle ticket for each towel returned. The winners of the raffle received free enrollment in a popular university recreation class. The recreation classes are very popular and should entice patrons to return the towels they retained in the past. Results showed that Amnesty Plus significantly increased the number of returned towels. The number of SRC patrons was controlled during the analysis to prevent any possible confound for number of patrons using the facility during the given intervention. |
|
|
99. Haloperidol and Naltexona Didn't Change the Time Allocation. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
FRANCISCO JUSTINIANO VELASCO (Sigma Alimentos Noreste, S. A. de C. V.), Carlos F. Aparicio (University of Guadalajara) |
Abstract: In the present work it was used a haloperidol dose (0.16 mg/kg) and a naltrexona dose (3 mg/kg) on rats behavior in a choice situation. The experimental situation had eight reinforcement alternatives which were controlled by a concurrent schedule. The alternatives were separated by barriers of 110 centimeters high. Four reinforcement alternatives offered food pellets according to a variable interval schedule of 300, 600, 1400 and 700 seconds; same schedule was used in the other four alternatives to provide sucrose pellets. Results of line base shows that rats were sensitive to the reinforcement contingencies: They choose and responded on the alternatives that offered a high reinforcement frequency, same as those ones that offered sucrose pellets and on alternatives that required a smaller cost for obtaining food. Results indicate that the rats under the haloperidol decrease the emission of the instrumental behavior but they didn't change the preferences showed in base line. Under the naltrexona, rats didn't decrease the emission of instrumental behavior; neither drugs changed the time allocation. |
|
|
100. Satiation, Habituation, and Elasticity: An Economic Analysis. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
AMANDA L. ZANG (Illinois Wesleyan University), James D. Dougan (Illinois Wesleyan University) |
Abstract: Demand elasticity is defined as a change in the consumption of a commodity as a function of the price of that commodity. As prices rise, consumption will generally fall. When substitutes are readily available, consumption will fall relatively quickly – that is, demand will be highly elastic. When substitutes are not available, consumption falls relatively slowly – that is, demand is inelastic. A recent experiment in our laboratory examined the relative roles habituation and satiation in the demand elasticity for food when alternative (substitutable) food was offered. In the first phase of the experiment, rats responded for food on a series of Fixed Ratio (FR) schedules. In a second phase, rats were given pre-feedings prior to each session, with the caloric content of food equivalent to what they would have normally consumed during a session. The food used during these pre-feedings was either of the same type or of a different type than what was normally earned during the session. Demand dropped off much more quickly (i.e., it was more elastic) when the pre-feeding involved the same type of food earned during the session. The present project replicated the earlier experiment using Variable Interval (VI) schedules. Both experiments suggest that habituation is an important factor in demand elasticity. |
|
|
101. Signal Effects on Preference in Two Choice Procedures. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALANA DULANEY (Santa Clara University), Robin Hepworth (Santa Clara University), Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University) |
Abstract: The present study compared the effects of two choice procedures with pigeons as subjects. In one procedure, a concurrent chains schedule presented subjects with a choice between two alternatives. One alternative was associated with a fixed-time 30-s terminal-link schedule of reinforcement and the other was associated with a fixed-time 60-s terminal-link schedule of reinforcement. In the second procedure, subjects were also given a choice between two alternatives. However, both terminal-link delays were fixed-time 60-s schedules but only one resulted in reinforcement. In both procedures, subjects were exposed to both non-differentially signaled terminal-link delays and differentially signaled terminal-link delays. When the delays were non-differentially signaled (by a white light in the terminal links), choice proportions were .50. Preference (measured by relative response rates during initial links) was .92 for the fixed-interval 30s schedule in the concurrent chains procedure and .95 developed for the reinforced chain in the equal delays procedure. The change in preference from non-differential to differential condition suggests that how delays to reinforcement are signaled can have a powerful impact on choice behavior. |
|
|
102. The Aesthetics of Interteaching: Does Introduction Method Affect Performance? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH A. DALIANIS (James Madison University), Nicole A. Capik (James Madison University), Sherry L. Serdikoff (James Madison University) |
Abstract: Interteaching is an instructional technology based on the principles of behavior analysis. Multiple studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of interteaching, showing higher test scores following interteaching as compared with more traditional course formats (e.g., lecture). Additionally, many students report that they enjoy interteaching. However, a sizable number of students report that they do NOT like interteaching, which could reduce the likelihood that instructors will use the technique. In this study, we will examine three different ways of introducing interteaching in the classroom to determine whether introduction method affects acceptability and interteaching performance. In one condition students view a videotape of a high quality interteaching discussion. In a second condition, students receive a brief lecture reporting empirical evidence that supports the efficacy of interteaching. In the third condition students receive directions on how interteaching works. To the extent our data suggest that one introduction method improves performance and acceptability compared to the others, instructors should consider introducing interteaching in this manner to reap the most benefits from the technique. |
|
|
103. Differential Reinforcement of the Eye Traveling Speed: A Preliminary Study. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SHO OTAKI (Keio University, Japan), Haruka Takeshita (Keio University, Japan), Naoki Kamiya (Keio University, Japan), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University, Japan) |
Abstract: Eye movement (or saccade) has been used in cognitive science as a useful measure of what participants are doing when conducting experimental tasks whereas its use in operant conditioning has been less explored. The aim of this study was to examine whether eye traveling speed (fast or slow) could be differentially reinforced in a search task. Trial started with a presentation of a fixation point that placed in the center of the screen. When the participant made a response to the fixation, eight Arabic numbers appeared on a perimeter around the fixation stimulus. Participants were required to press numbers in ascending order (from 1 to 8) using a mousse-clicking. A score was given when eye traveling speed was faster than 40 deg / s after each clicking in a training block (rapid condition), whereas it was given when eye traveling speed was slower than 40 deg / s in the other training block (slow condition). Results showed that mean eye traveling speed was significantly faster in the rapid condition than that in the slow condition, suggesting that eye traveling speed can perhaps be differentially reinforced. No obvious pattern of eye traveling speed was observed within a session. |
|
|
104. The Effects of Fixed Ratio Values on Concurrent Mand and Play Responses. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HAVEN BERNSTEIN (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Bruce L. Brown (Queens College), Peter Sturmey (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Three children diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disabilities emitted a high rate of mands and a low to zero rate of appropriate play when the two responses were reinforced on concurrent FR 1 schedules. When mands were reinforced on an FR 10 schedule and play responses were concurrently reinforced on an FR 1 schedule, play responses increased. Two participants’ mands decreased but were maintained, and the third participant’s mands increased. All participants undermatched. The implications of the use of choice procedures for clinical settings are discussed. |
|
|
105. How a Contingent Auditory Marker Signal Affects Learning when a Delay to Reinforcement is Present. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MICHELE STONE (University of California, San Diego), Shawn R. Charlton (University of California, San Diego) |
Abstract: Previous research suggests that presence of a marker signal after a correct response may enhance learning. The present investigation explored whether an auditory marker signal delivered contingent on a correct response can bridge a delay to reinforcement. A visual match-to-sample task and an auditory marker signal with Carneaux pigeons were used. Eight birds were placed in four different conditions. All birds were given a visual match-to-sample task. In the experimental conditions there was a 5 second delay to reinforcement after the correct response. In the signaled condition, this delay was preceded by an auditory signal when the correct response was given; in the unsignaled condition, no signal was given. In the long-delay conditions, the method was the same; however, the delay was lengthened to 15 seconds. After five days above 90% correct, or 30 days maximum, the condition was switched. The control birds had no delay and no signal. Results indicate that the signaled condition demonstrated much faster learning and retention than the unsignaled condition. This evidence suggests that there are situations where learning can be enhanced by the addition of a marker signal after a correct response. Results will be discussed in terms of clinical implications and future research. |
|
|
106. Repeated Acquisition and Resistance to Change of Rule Governed Self-Control as a Function of Rule Completeness. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LUISA FERNANDA CANON GUERRERO (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Research examining the effectiveness of rules varying along different dimensions on the acquisition and maintenance behavior under different schedules of reinforcement has indicated that specific and complete descriptions of the contingencies produce appropriate schedule behavior. However, these findings may not be replicated when contingencies are more complex. The contingencies involved in the assessment of impulsivity versus self-control tend to be much more complex than those prevailing in simple schedules of reinforcement. Self-control may be induced as rule following, and studies manipulating specific rules, have shown contradictory results of rule effectiveness on the acquisition of self-control. It seems possible that a point may be reached where contingency descriptions become too elaborate to control behavior effectively. The purpose of the present study is to evaluate the relative effectiveness of different levels of rule specificity manipulated systematically, on the repeated acquisition and resistance to change of rule governed self-control in a between groups design coupled with within-subject manipulations. |
|
|
107. Effects of Listening and Talking on a Categorization Task in Three to Four-Year-Old Children. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALEJANDRA MARQUEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara), Emilio Ribes Iñesta (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Abstract: We present data on one experimental study in order to identify the influence of different linguistic modes (listening and talking) on the adjustment to categorization criteria. Twelve children between 3 and 4-years-old participated and were assigned randomly to 1 of the 3 groups (2 experimental and 1 control). They had to solve a categorization task similar to Klein´s (1959). Children had to classify several objects according to the material they were made of (plastic, metal, wood, and mixed plastic-metal and wood metal materials). Phases of the study included: a) pretest, b) 2 sessions with the experimental task using listening or talking accordingly with the experimental group, c) 1 test session of free categorization, d) 2 more sessions with the experimental task (listening or talking), e) posttest, and f) 1 intra-modal transfer session. Data were analyzed in terms of children’s comprehension of the categorization criteria along with the cognitive outcomes (attending, reproducing, and assignation) that they attained using different linguistic modes. |
|
|
108. Response and Time Allocation on Concurrent Variable-Interval Schedules of Signaled and Unsignaled Reinforcement. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JEFFREY J. EVERLY (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: A common view of behavior maintained by concurrent variable-interval (VI) VI schedules is that under well-controlled conditions, response ratios will match reinforcement ratios (Baum, 1974). The present research explored an alternate assumption that concurrent VI VI schedules engender a “stay/switch” response pattern, in which almost exclusive allocation of behavior to the more frequently reinforced (rich) alternative is only interrupted when a reinforcer becomes available at the less frequently reinforced (lean) alternative (Houston & McNamara, 1981). A stay/switch response pattern can only occur if the availability of reinforcement at the lean alternative can be discriminated. An attempt to engender a stay/switch response pattern was accomplished by exposing pigeons to a variety of concurrent VI VI schedules where each VI schedule was presented twice; once with signals accompanying available reinforcers at either the rich or lean alternative, and once with no signaling of reinforcers. In conditions where the availability of reinforcement was signaled, most of the behavior was allocated to the unsignaled alternative. Although the results violate assumptions about the stay/switch response pattern, they suggest that reinforcement of switching is an important determinant of the allocation of behavior on concurrent VI VI schedules. |
|
|
109. The Use of a Matching-to-Sample Task to Train Say-Do-Describe Non-Correspondence. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIA ELENA RODRIGUEZ PEREZ (University of Guadalajara), Mario Lopez Islas (University of Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Risley and Hart (1968) introduced correspondence training procedures in order to promote correspondence among what a person says, does and describes he has done. A second-order matching-to-sample task was modified to include correspondence training. Therefore, 24 participants were exposed to the matching task using three different screens: (1) self-instructions, where the matching array was described to participants and they had to choose a text indicating the stimulus he was going to use as a correct matching response, (2) matching, where participants chose a correct matching response, and (3) descriptions, where participants had to choose a text describing his matching response. Feedback was delivered in such a way that non-correspondence among screens was favored. Participants tended to choose texts and matching responses in order to fulfill the prescribed feedback. Results from this research are compared with results obtained in a previous experiment favoring say-do-describe correspondence.
*Risley, T. R. and Hart, B. (1968). Developing correspondence between the non-verbal and verbal behavior of preschool children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20, 235-242. |
|
|
|
|
#204 Poster Session - EDC |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
110. Corrective Reading: Improving the Reading Skills of Struggling Middle School Urban Learners. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER D. YAWN (The Ohio State University), Temple S Lovelace (The Ohio State University), Yi-Wei Hsin (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Many poor minority urban students are not proficient readers. Moats (2000) estimated that as many as 60-70% of poor minority children read below grade level. Middle school students are expected to be skilled readers. However, many students have not been effectively instructed in reading skills during elementary school. These students often struggle to decode and comprehend the typical textbooks that are required in middle school. In other words, students are unable to learn from reading. For the middle school learners who are poor readers, school can be frustrating. Many of these learners lose interest in academic tasks and many engage in inappropriate behaviors during instruction.
This study was conducted in an urban middle school in a high poverty area of a large city. The students in the school were predominately African Americans. Teachers identified the two participants as struggling readers. Initially, the participants were assessed at 2nd grade reading level. SRA Corrective Reading DI curriculum was used to instruct the participants in decoding skills, fluency, and comprehension. Utilizing the DI curriculum, participants made significant gains over the course of four months. The participants improved their basic reading skills and became more confident about their academic abilities. |
|
|
111. The Effects of a Prevention-Based Supplemental Corrective Reading Program with At-Risk Urban Learners. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ANGELLA HARJANI SINGH (The Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Students in high poverty areas are at a greater risk for reading failure compared to their more affluent peers, and are in higher need for early and systematic instruction. The study investigated the effects of a supplemental Corrective Reading direct instruction method on the decoding skills of urban students who were identified as being at-risk for reading failure. Three fifth-grade students, three fourth-grade students and three third-grade students received 30 minutes of supplemental decoding instruction five days a week for 12, 14 and 16 weeks respectively. A multiple baseline across subjects design was used to analyze the effects of the instruction on phoneme segmentation (PSF), and nonsense word fluency (NSF) of the target students. Results indicate that all students made noticeable gains in both PSF and NSF as a result of the intervention. These gains were confirmed through administration of standardized reading tests. The results confirm the efficacy of the Corrective Reading program on the essential decoding skills of at-risk learners. Limitations and implications for practice and directions for future research are discussed. |
|
|
112. The Effects of the Reading Mastery Program on Children at Risk for Low Beginning Reading Achievement. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TYLER JACK (Eastern Washington University), Kathleen Marie Waldron-Soler (Eastern Washington University), Kurt Stellwagen (Eastern Washington University) |
Abstract: Effective, efficient, supplemental reading instruction is critical to the success of at-risk students. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of short-term, supplemental reading instruction using the Reading Mastery program with first graders at risk for low reading performance. Three students at-risk for low beginning reading achievement participated in the study. Using a multiple baseline across subjects design, learners received 9 to 12 weeks of daily instruction with the Reading Mastery, Classic Edition program. The Dynamic Indicators of Basic Early Literacy Skills (DIBELS) Oral Reading Fluency and Nonsense Word Fluency subtests were used to monitor the effects of daily instruction with the Reading Mastery program. Pre- and posttest date were also collected on the learners using the Woodcock Johnson-Third Edition Tests of Achievement (WJ-III ACH) Basic Reading Skills Cluster (Letter-Word Identification, and Word Attack subtests). Results showed that all learners made significant gains in oral reading fluency and letter-sound correspondence skills as measured by DIBELS. Further, all learners made significant gains in decoding words and nonsense words as measured by the WJ-III ACH. Results are discussed in terms of the implications for effective supplemental reading instruction and the need for future research. |
|
|
113. Direct Instruction Reading: Effects of the Reading Mastery Plus Curriculum on Children with Developmental Disabilities. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
RYAN M. ZAYAC (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Research on reading by children with mild to moderate mental retardation was virtually nonexistent prior to the late 1960s because of an emphasis on other types of skills and the general belief that these children could not learn (Conners, 1992). Early research suggested that this belief was misguided; it showed that behavioral techniques could be powerful in teaching a basic sight-word vocabulary to these students (Brown, Huppler, Pierce, York, & Sontag, 1974; Brown & Perlmutter, 1971). Since that time, much of the instruction and research on reading by children with mild to moderate mental retardation has focused on sight-word approaches (Conners, 1992). However, the development of Direct Instruction programs has led to an examination of teaching reading using a phonics approach. The current study examined the effects of the Reading Mastery Plus program on children with developmental disabilities. |
|
|
114. Effects of a Reading Racetrack on Sight Word Reading Fluency of Urban Elementary Students with Disabilities. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CUONG (KEN) LUU (The Ohio State University), Madoka Itoi (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Reading is the basis for learning. Failure to read fluently will impede students’ performance in all school subjects and will continue to affect their performance later in life. This presentation reports the findings from a study that used a multiple baseline across participants design to determine the effects of a reading racetrack intervention on sight word reading fluency of elementary students with disabilities in an urban setting. A reading racetrack is a drill sheet with a sketch similar to an automotive racetrack. The racetrack is divided evenly into 28 cells, where each cell is used for a single word inscription. The intervention consisted of one-minute timings using the reading racetrack to promote fluency, error correction, and student self-recording. Additional reading fluency measures were collected for generalization. |
|
|
115. A Comparison of Response Modes on Letter Naming Rates of English-Language Learners. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
DONNA MARIE GILBERTSON (Utah State University), Janie Maxfield (Utah State University), John Hughes (Utah State University) |
Abstract: For the increasing number of English language learners (ELLs) who are learning English reading skills, interventions that address the effects of linguistic demands experienced by ELLs are required to help these students become effective readers. An alternating treatments design was used to compare the effects of two language-based response modes on acquisition and retention rates of letter naming performance (LNP) by six kindergarten ELLs performing below the average letter naming level and slope of other ELL classmates. With equal amounts of practice opportunities, ELLs practiced by orally reading printed letters (see/say) or practiced by pointing to a printed letter that was orally read to them (hear/point). The see/say intervention practiced printed letter sounds to enhance oral reading competence. Alternatively, the hear/point intervention confirmed a non-verbal recognition of oral letter sounds to increase attention and information processing of oral and printed letters prior to an oral LNP assessment. The see/say intervention was moderately more effective on LNP rates than the hear/point intervention for all ELLs on the acquisition assessment and for 4 of the 6 ELLs on the retention assessment. Results are discussed in terms of efficiency and effectiveness when making decisions about selecting and implementing responsiveness to intervention assessments that support ELLs. |
|
|
116. Improving Reading Fluency in Adults Who Have Low Literacy Skills. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA D. FREDRICK (Georgia State University), Amy C. Scarborough (Georgia State University), Daphne Greenberg (Georgia State University), Victoria Burke (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: Fluency is one of the five essential components of effective reading instruction, and although it has been studied extensively with children it has not been addressed with adults who have low literacy skills and are learning to read. One effective strategy for improving children’s reading fluency is repeated readings. When young children participate in repeated readings they typically read to either the teacher or another child in the class. We examined the impact of repeated readings with adults whose word reading skills were at the 3.0 to 5.9 grade level and who were receiving Direct Instruction Decoding and/or Comprehension in an adult literacy program. We modified the repeated readings strategy so that the adults practiced reading aloud, but not to another person. The adults began with passages at their reading level and recorded the number of times they practiced each passage until they reached mastery which was set at a 40% improvement in the number of correct words read per minute (CWPM). On average there was a significant increase in CWPM read on the first read of the last passage compared to the first read on the first passage although the passages increased in difficulty. |
|
|
117. Visual Goal and Progress Stimuli and Their Affects on Students' Reading Fluency Growth Rates. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID E. FORBUSH (Utah State University), April Rose Lockwood (Utah State University), Linsey Gleed (Utah State University) |
Abstract: “National longitudinal studies show that more than 17.5 percent of children in U.S. schools will encounter reading problems in their first three years of schooling” (National Reading Panel Progress Report, 2000). In the book Preventing Reading Difficulties in Young Children, Snow, Burns and Griffen identify obstacles that account for the majority of early readers’ problems. A primary obstacle identified is difficulty understanding and fluently applying the alphabetic principle or sound symbol code, which over time results in significantly reduced reading fluency levels. One method supported by the National Reading Panel (NRP) for increasing fluency rates among readers is completion of repeated oral readings. Repeated oral reading have been found to show clear improvements among students across age and reading levels and appear to be most pronounced for poor readers. The NRP recommends that repeated readings be coupled with guidance and feedback but do not provide specific direction on either. Preliminary investigations suggest that feedback in the form of visible goal and jump stickers on reading stimulus materials positively affect students’ reading fluency rates. The purpose of this poster session is to display and describe the application and outcomes of these interventions for poor readers. |
|
|
118. The Impact of Offering Rewards when Assessing Students’ Reading Fluency: A Between-Subjects Experimental Comparison. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN C. BEGENY (North Carolina State University), Scott P. Ardoin (University of South Carolina), Kristina Groce (North Carolina State University), Hailey Krouse (North Carolina State University) |
Abstract: Using rewards to increase motivation and improve academic performance has been a long-standing practice in most US classrooms. There is more ambiguity, however, when one considers using rewards during educational assessment. For instance, most standardized test protocols do not recommend using specific reward systems (including specific feedback about performance), unless there is a specific need to do so (e.g., student compliance with the assessment would not occur unless a motivational system is used). Yet, both theory and research suggest that using incentives may motivate individuals to perform their best, which would better represent a person’s “true” score on a test. This study examined the impact of using a reward system when evaluating students’ oral reading fluency (ORF). Seventy-nine students were divided into two groups, with one group (reward group) receiving a reward for increased reading performance on the final ORF assessment, and the other group (control) not receiving an opportunity for a reward. Findings revealed notable improvements in words read correctly and incorrectly per minute for the reward group, but statistically significant differences were found only with words read incorrectly per minute. Results will also be reported with respect to using “reward-based” ORF scores to predict end-of-grade test scores, and limitations and future research directions will be presented. |
|
|
119. Improving Oral Reading Fluency and Retelling Comprehension of Students with Native American Heritage through the Use of Repeated Readings and Precision Teaching Measurement Approaches. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (The University of South Dakota), Brittany S. Schreurs (The University of South Dakota), Heather A. Niebuhr (The University of South Dakota), Paul Malanga (Arlington Developmental Center) |
Abstract: Students of Native American heritage are at high risk for academic failure due to a variety of cultural, ethnic, historical, and language differences. A recent report claimed that close to 60% of those children of Native American decent were not making adequate annual yearly progress in the areas of reading and math based upon criteria set for the federal No Child Left Behind Act. This study sought to evaluate not only the effect of repeated readings and Precision Teaching approaches on oral reading fluency with two elementary students enrolled in a highly diverse elementary school, but it also evaluated the effects of retelling comprehension with these students. The combination of repeated reading procedures and Precision Teaching measurement systems for improving oral reading fluency of students at-risk for academic difficulties is resulting a robust intervention system for use in the schools (Sweeney, Ring, Malanga, & Lambert, 2003). The effectiveness of these procedures were successfully used with students with learning disabilities (Tiegen, Malanga, & Sweeney, 2001), with high school students with severe emotional and behavioral disorders (Devine, 2004), with an adult described as functionally illiterate (Sweeney, Omness, Janusz, & Cooper, 1992). Similar procedures were used with linguistically diverse students (Bolich & Sweeney, 1996), students enrolled in English Language Learner Programs (Sweeney, in press), as well as in the general education classroom (Sweeney, et al., 2003). Unfortunately, only a few studies evaluated the additional variable of comprehension as related to the effectiveness of implementing repeated reading procedures and Precision Teaching measurement systems (Sweeney, 1992) and no studies have focused on the effectiveness of these interventions with students of Native American decent. |
|
|
120. Effects of Two Supplemental Writing Interventions on Fourth and Fifth Grade Students’ Written Expression. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MADOKA ITOI (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University, Newark) |
Abstract: This presentation reports the findings from two studies that examined the effects of supplemental writing instruction on the written expression of 4th and 5th grade students who struggle with writing fluency and quality. In the first study, researchers examined the effects of self-graphing number of words written on total number of words written, number of correct word sequences, and number of correct punctuation marks using a multiple-baseline design across three participants. In the second study, researchers used a multiple baseline across skills design to examine the effects of supplemental direct instruction writing lessons. The specific writing/grammar skills were measured with weekly skill probes, and curriculum-based measures were used as generalization measures. Implications for practice and future research will be shared. |
|
|
121. Effects of Two Self-Mediated Interventions on the Writing of High-Achieving Urban African American First Graders. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
TEMPLE S LOVELACE (The Ohio State University), Jennifer Tsvetkoff (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University, Newark), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: African American students are underrepresented in gifted education. Teaching high achieving minority students in the early grades self-mediated writing strategies could enhance the likelihood they will be identified for gifted education. Research indicates that improving the fluency and vocabulary of written expression will positively affect it qualitatively (Minner et. al., 1989). This study examined the effects of self-counting and synonym lists on increasing the length and quality of writing. Five high-achieving urban African American first grade students participated in this study. Results demonstrate that different interventions increased scores for different students, supporting differentiated instruction for high-achieving students. Four out of five students a) averaged more different words, b) averaged more total words, and c) had no meaningful difference in rubric scores in each intervention. |
|
|
122. The Effects of Writer Immersion and Responses of a Reader on the Writing Effectiveness of Students with Academic Delays. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
YASMIN J. HELOU-CARE (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Abstract: A multiple probe design across participants was used to test the effects of writer immersion and the responses of a student reader on the technical and functional writing skills of two 9 year old female participants and four 9 year old male participants classified as learning disabled and speech and language impaired. The participants were selected for participation in this study due to their high percentage of structural errors in writing and low levels of correct responding for functional writing tasks. The dependent variables consisted of the structural components of the participant's writing and the effectiveness that the writing had on the behavior of the reader. The independent variable consisted of writer immersion in which all communication is completed in written form for a certain period of time, written corrections to structural errors, and the reader’s ability to complete the described task with the writer observing in order to determine that the writer’s behavior was effective. Results for the study showed that writer immersion and the student reader functioned to increase the functional description written by the participants. In addition, written corrections to structural errors functioned to increase the percent of correct structural components. |
|
|
123. Use of Copy, Cover, and Compare with Middle School Students: A Further Replication. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
THOMAS FORD MCLAUGHLIN (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University), Stephanie Quinlan (Gonzaga University), Gary Johnson (Spokane Public Schools), Susan Poindexter (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The correlation between spelling and school success generates the urgency for focused spelling instruction for adolescence with disabilities. The purpose of this study was to determine the effectiveness of using copy, cover, and compare for spelling words with two male middle school students with disabilities. The effectiveness of using copy, cover, and compare was examined using a multiple baseline single case design. The outcomes indicated an increase in correct spelling of words. The present case report replicates our previous research with middle school students with disabilities. Further research should investigate the areas of maintenance of spelling skills using copy, cover, and compare. |
|
|
124. Preparing Students for College Entrance Exams: Findings of a Targeted Intervention Conducted within a Three-Tiered Model of Support. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
KATHLEEN L. LANE (Vanderbilt University), E. Jemma Robertson (Vanderbilt University), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University), Robin J. Parks (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: With the reauthorization of IDEA, positive behavior support has become a required supports that schools must address. Yet, the majority of research has been conducted on primary and tertiary prevention efforts, with little attention to secondary prevention efforts - particularly in high schools. This study examined outcomes associated with participation in a program, Preparing for the ACT, designed to enhance student peformance (N=126) on the ACT college entrance exam. Resutls of descriptive analysies revealed that academic peformance in the previous year was significant in predicting post-intervention practice scores. Yet, behavioral performance from the previous academic year was not significantly associated with practice test scores. Further, students' post-intervention scores were significant in predicting actual ACT scores. However, only in the case of the English subtest were academic and behavioral performance predictive of English scores. Results of a quasi-experimental design used to compare actual ACT performance for students who did and did not participate in the intervention suggested improved performance for students who did participate in the program as evidenced by positive effect sizes, an increase in the percentage of students who met the district target scores, and school mean scores that exceeded state mean scores. |
|
|
125. The Effect of Using Classwide Student Tutoring Teams in Middle School Science Classes. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
GREGORY F. HARPER (State University of New York, Fredonia), Barbara Mallette (State University of New York, Fredonia), Lisa Greenauer (Silver Creek Central School District) |
Abstract: Content specific learning is heavily dependent on vocabulary development (Alvermann & Phelps, 2002; Vacca & Vacca, 2005). Students seem to struggle with the quantity of vocabulary and the content that is presented in physical science classes (Lockheed, 1990; Carnine & Carnine, 2004). As a result, science teachers need to explore instructional strategies that will positively impact the vocabulary development of their students.
Classwide Student Tutoring Teams (CSTT) was implemented in two 8th grade science courses for a ten-week period. CSTT, a team-based adaptation of Classwide Peer Tutoring for secondary-level students, is designed to increase opportunities to respond and provide positive practice for errors. CSTT was implemented two days per week. Teams followed a structured procedure to practice critical science vocabulary for twenty minutes, using a teacher-generated study guide. Three sections of 8th grade science classes served as controls.
It is expected that CSTT groups will perform higher than control groups on weekly science vocabulary post-tests. In addition, we expect students to rate CSTT favorably and to indicate that the science teacher should continue to use CSTT for learning science vocabulary. |
|
|
126. Behavioral Assessment of Skill Development in Youth Soccer. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MANOEL RODRIGUES-NETO (The Ohio State University), Phillip Ward (The Ohio State University), Robert Smith (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Behavioral assessment may be used as a measure of performance or skill acquisition and to assess coaching behaviors, its antecedents and effects on young athletes. Thus, behavioral assessments of players performances and outcomes may be useful tools for coaches and the athletes towards following up on skill acquisition, development or enhancement. Literature has reported research on behavioral assessment with coaches’ and professional athletes’ sporting behaviors concerning skill enhancement and optimizing performance. However little work has been reported with of youth development. Youth sport does not just represent an important means for the acquisition and development of social, coordination, and physical skills, but also opportunities for children to enjoy, learn and understand the game and its intricacies. The present study assessed the learning of the positioning skills by young soccer players of different skill levels. The results showed that the skill level (i.e. low, medium, and high) did not account for differences in performances on the positioning skills, but it influenced on the number of opportunities each player had to demonstrate each skill. Additionally, the results corroborated the idea that good individual performances of the positioning skills influence the outcome of the play for the team. |
|
|
127. The Development, Implementation, and Initial Findings of a School-Wide Positive Behavior Support (SWPBS) Program in a Rural High School in East Tennessee. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LEIA D. BLEVINS (East Tennessee State University), James J. Fox (East Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: This poster will report the initial and 2nd year follow-up data on a successful application of SWPBS in a rural high school of 1,200 students. The school leadership team identified three classes of positive behavior (cooperation, responsibility, and respect). These target behaviors were then identified, defined, and reviewed with students. A token reward system, MoBucks, was developed and implemented which incorporated the school mascot (Cherokee Indians). Data collected included office daily referrals, suspensions, expulsions, the number of MoBucks distributed by each faculty member and the behavior class for which the ticket was awarded. Outcome data indicated that compared to the year prior to the SWPBS program’s implementation, there was a 20% reduction in office daily referrals, a 30% reduction in suspensions, and a 60% reduction in expulsions. The present study appears to confirm the positive effects of school-wide indices on challenging behaviors (office referrals, suspensions, expulsions). The poster will outline Cherokee High School’s “MoBucks” program, discuss SW team processes, and results of the first year data collection. The data provide further support for SWPBS as a best practice in addressing the school-wide need for effective discipline practices and development of systems for the positive socialization of students. |
|
|
128. The Impact of Administrative Support on the Stress, Burnout, and Attrition of Teachers of Students with E/BD. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
EDWARD J. CANCIO (Northern Illinois University), Jesse W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Finding qualified special educators to teach students with emotional and behavioral disorders (E/BD) is perhaps one of the most challenging endeavors in all of special education (American Association for Employment in Education, 2004; Katiyannis, Zhang, and Conroy, 2003). Teacher attrition is a major contributor to special education personnel shortages. George, George, Gersten, & Grosnick (1995) reported higher attrition rates among teachers of students with emotional and behavior disorders (E/BD) more than teachers in other disabilities. Many factors contribute to the serious shortage of teachers of students with E/BD, including stress and burnout (Zabel & Zabel, 2001). But no factor has been documented in the literature more than administrative support (Boe, Barkonic, & Leow, 1999; George et al., 1995).
This poster session will summarize the results of a survey conducted with a stratified sample of 300 teachers of students with E/BD. The sample consisted of respondents from elementary, middle school/junior high, high school, alternative elementary, alternative middle school/junior high, and alternative high school E/BD programs. The purpose of the study was to determine: (1) what are the different types of administrative support provided to E/BD teachers? (2) what types of administrative support do teachers of students with E/BD consider important? and (3) how does administrative support impact teacher satisfaction, school commitment, and intent to stay in teaching? The results of the study indicated that: (a) the most important support that teachers received was emotional, followed by appraisal, followed by providing resources; (b) the teachers did not receive administrative support to a large extent and that this support was not necessary in performing their duties; and (c) there was not a difference in the type of support they received based on their setting or grade level. The implications of this study for providing administrative support to teachers of students with E/BD will be discussed. |
|
|
129. Project CREATE: A Response to Intervention Model to Identify Students as Emotionally Disturbed. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CLAYTON R. COOK (University of California, Riverside), Sage Thornton (University of California, Riverside), Ramon B. Barreras (University of California, Riverside) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic methods and principles represent key aspects of educational service delivery models. One such model is response to intervention (RTI). Although RTI is primarily mentioned with regard to the identification of learning disabilities, it has recently been offered as a means to systematically deliver behavioral supports and identify students as eligible for special education services under the category of emotionally disturbed (ED). The purpose of this presentation is to describe a project, Project CREATE, that was undertaken to develop a problem-solving model of educational service delivery that is sensitive to the needs of students with social, emotional, and behavioral problems. The presentation will address specifically how an RTI method based on progress monitoring data is used as the basis for determining (a) appropriate educational services and (b) eligibility for special education services under the category of ED. Attendees will also be shown preliminary results from an ongoing evaluation of Project CREATE in elementary schools from a large urban school district. Discussion topics will center on issues related to an RTI approach for identifying students as ED (i.e., resource allocation, legal issues, treatment integrity, functional assessment, and behavior interventions). |
|
|
130. The Integral Intervention in the Academic and Social Problems of Students with Migrant Parents. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
MARCO WILFREDO SALAS-MARTINEZ (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Esperanza Ferrant Jimenez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), María del Pilar Gonzalez Flores Flores (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Luis Rey Yedra (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Laura Oliva Zarate (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Dinorah Leon Cordoba (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Angelica Rivera Vargas Vrgas (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Andree Fleming-Holland (University of Veracruz, Mexico) |
Abstract: The authorities and teachers of junior and high schools of Xalapa, Veracruz, México have manifested its concern for the behaviors problems of students with emigrant parents. These problems are translated among others in negative attitudes or rejection toward the activities academic, low school achievement desertion, violent and depresive behaviors, etc. Before this situation a group of psychologists of the University of Veracruz, elaborated and implemented a program whose purpose was to contribute with directors, teachers and 50 students of junior and high schools, to the resolution of the problems that they presented. The research involved carrying-out descriptive and experimental, through the implementation of workshops with teachers, parents and adolescents on the following topics: avoiding sexual risky bahaviors, identification and implementation of protective factors against the drugs adictions, improving family human development, increasing habit of studies, improving self-esteem and identification and treatment of behaviors problems of adolescents. The results indicated that the objectives of each program were reached. |
|
|
131. Tools to Facilitate Behavioral Interventions in the General Education Setting. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
LEAH C. GONGOLA (Kent State University), Jennifer Sweeney (Kent State University) |
Abstract: A number of special education teachers are equipped during their undergraduate studies with the knowledge needed to implement behavior analysis in the classroom. However, general education teachers are not given the same knowledge base; yet current inclusion policies expect them to teach children with special needs. Moreover, general educators are expected to teach students with behavioral needs often without the necessary tools. As behaviorists we need to focus on marketing to general educators (Fowler, 1994). This paper presents strategies to market behavioral techniques to general education teachers. Specific tools of focus are Token Economies and Response Cost systems. These are beneficial behavioral strategies that can be used in the general education setting to increase or diminish behaviors. Both systems are versatile and feasible within the general education setting. Providing general educators with these behavioral protocols may help to increase productivity in their classrooms while working on specific target behaviors. We are aware that these techniques are not new to behaviorism. However, it is important that behaviorists are aware of the needs of general educators and how they can facilitate best practices to meet the needs of all children. |
|
|
132. Expanding Behavior Analysis' Role in Contemporary Teacher Preparation Programs. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
LAWRENCE J. MAHEADY (State University of New York, Fredonia), David Pomerantz (State University of New York, Buffalo), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) requires that contemporary teacher preparation programs must provide evidence of their candidates' impact on student learning. Yet what types of evidence can be collected, how much data are required, and how this evidence is linked to candidate practice remain unanswered questions. This poster session will describe findings from three distinct preparation programs, two in special education and one in general education, in which behavior analysis practices were implemented with general and special education teachers and their impact on student learning was assessed. Data were collected through the use of teacher work samples, data-based case studies, and applied teaching projects as a routine part of teacher candidates' preparation programs. Candidates implemented direct instruction, response cards, and a variety of peer-mediated instructional strategies and assessed their effects on either pre-post tests or ongoing measures of student performance. The use of these data to support candidates’ instructional competence and to link their practice and student learning will be described. |
|
|
|
|
#205 International Poster Session - TBA |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Manchester |
|
133. Behavioral Computer Workshop. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
MEHREEN ARSHAD (Western Michigan University), Hui Ling Loh (Western Michigan University), Steven J. Pitts (Western Michigan University), Ariel Grosshuesch (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: To instruct students in the appropriate software so that they will be able to master and utilize it not only in BATS but in their careers as well.
To provide the education and training of software and computer programs necessary to develop skills for use in real world applications as well as a final thesis. |
|
|
134. Self-Management System. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREA M. RAU (Western Michigan University), Breanne K. Crooks (Western Michigan University), Courtney Fox (Western Michigan University), Matthew T. Brodhead (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The mission of the Self-Management System is to help undergraduates complete the assignments from their classes using behavioral technology, and ultimately, to help them learn the tools of self-management to generalize those behaviors to their everyday life. |
|
|
135. Intermediate Autism Practicum. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
KATIE MICHELLE RELPH (Western Michigan University), Christina Jean Vestevich (Western Michigan University), Susan M. E. Bills (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Graduate students with experience in system management, course presentation, and supervision of graduate and undergraduate students over discrete-trial techniques for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders.
Undergraduate students with additional experience and supervision over discrete-trial implementation for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders, who are trained and knowledgeable for admission into the advanced practicum level experience. |
|
|
136. Advanced Autism Practicum. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE HOFFMEISTER (Western Michigan University), David Slade (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Advanced Autism Practicum is to produce undergraduate students with higher level behavioral techniques and skills in working with children diagnosed with autism. |
|
|
137. Behavior Analysis Training System. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTA GABRIAU (Western Michigan University), Alaina Nichole Clark (Western Michigan University), Tara Elizabeth Adams (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The mission of the Behavior Analysis Training System is to facilitate the improvement of the quality, accuracy, and timeliness of the overall system. This is accomplished by improving performance within and across all subsystems. Improved performance will be obtained through increasing system accomplishments, minimizing the number of and responding in a timely manner to disconnects, and improving the quality and accuracy of system products. |
|
|
138. Professional Psychology Practicum. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALLISON RAE BARRAND (Western Michigan University), Zachariah T. Dugger (Western Michigan University), Kyleen Kym Gray (Western Michigan University), Clarissa S. Barnes (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The mission of the Professional Psychology Practicum is to give graduate students the opportunity to obtain licensure and further develop their competence of working in an applied setting so they can contribute to the well being of society. |
|
|
139. Graduate Student Instructor Performance Management and Training. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID EISENHART (Western Michigan University), Erin Carey (Western Michigan University), Amanda Donner (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The mission of the GSI system is the production and systematic training of graduate students with an above average ability to teach the principles of behavior and manage the performance of undergraduate students through the explicit use of behavior analysis as well as the performance management of Graduate Student Instructors’ preparation and instruction. |
|
|
140. Graduate Record Exam System. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
DEANNA NIEMIEC (Western Michigan University), Callie Amanda Simms (Western Michigan University), Danielle Williams (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: “The GRE course is designed to help students study for the Graduate Record Exam (GRE) and prepare for graduate school using performance management techniques. We monitor student performance, provide deadlines and specify point contingencies to help ensure students spend time studying for the GRE. Our goal is to provide guidance and relevant materials to inform students about the GRE and graduate school application.” |
|
|
141. Language Facilitation Training System. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
ROBBIE J. BALDUS (Western Michigan University), Erin Carey (Western Michigan University), Lauren S. Morrell (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The mission of the LFT system is the production and maintenance of an environment, including settings, personnel and materials, which support the continued facilitation and acquisition of language, including the use of signs, symbols and verbal behavior, in a preprimary classroom at the Croyden Avenue School. |
|
|
142. The Behavior Systems Analysis Project. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALLISON R. MUELLER (Western Michigan University), Woan Tian Chow (Western Michigan University), August F. Holtyn (Western Michigan University), Elizabeth Saur (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Behavior Systems Analysis Project (BSAP) is a companion class for the Advanced Applied Behavioral Psychology course. It is two credit hours and focuses on the practical application of systems analysis. Students assist a variety of managers and businesses with significant system changes and improvements, while developing and using the skills associated with the six steps of Behavior Systems Analysis. Through participation in BSAP, students are able to demonstrate exemplary capability in the application of these skills. |
|
|
143. Behavioral Research Supervisory System. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA ANN IRISH (Western Michigan University), Kendra S. Priest (Western Michigan University), Brooke L. Gieber (Western Michigan University), Catrina C. Litzenburg (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the Behavioral Research Supervisory System is to complete monitoring of student’ performance on task completion. This allows for the students to complete their tasks in a timely manner and improve projects and work on honors theses over the course of the semester. |
|
|
144. Pre-Practicum. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
BLAKE GRIDER (Western Michigan University), Kristin M. Hustyi (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Pre-Practicum is a course designed to familiarize undergraduate students with proper discrete trial procedures. The course prepares students for a practicum working with children diagnosed as autistic or developmentally disabled. We have found that a brief training course the semester prior to their introduction into the practicum better prepares students than training during their first week of the practicum.
The Pre-Practicum course is designed to provide information about discrete trial procedures and slowly introduce practicum students to it through the use of hands-on activities. The five week course concludes by spending time working directly with children under the supervision of one of the current practicum students. |
|
|
145. Behavior Analysis Training System: An Evaluation of Behavioral Academic and Career Counseling. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
TAMINA A. STUBER (Western Michigan University), Daniel Lee Shafto (Western Michigan University), Lisa LeVasseur (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: We provide quality counseling services to undergraduate psychology majors so they have the knowledge needed to achieve their professional and academic goals and society at large can benefit from the services they provide. |
|
|
146. Continuous Quality Improvement for Instructional Technology. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
STEVEN CELMER (Western Michigan University), Emily Bruen (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Continuously improving and updating teaching technology to facilitate the learning of behavior analytic principles and concepts. |
|
|
147. Applied Assessment of Quality and Efficacy, Using Point Contingencies within a Behavioral Analysis Training System. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
BROOKE L. GIEBER (Western Michigan University), Jessica Irish (Western Michigan University), Kendra S. Priest (Western Michigan University), Catrina C. Litzenburg (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this research is to determine if the quality and efficacy of research and development projects can increase within the Behavioral Analysis Training System (BATS), specifically dependent upon point contingencies placed on the second-year master students at Western Michigan University. Second-year master students have the primary responsibility of supervising and mentoring the first-year master students; thus providing the first year students with relevant and effective techniques for their research and development project, as well as supervising the undergraduate BATS students. Currently, there are no contingencies that are substantial enough to control the proper supervision roles of the second-year masters students, in addition to ensuring that both the graduate and undergraduate students involved in the BATS program are performing at optimal levels. Point contingencies, corresponding with assigned tasks will be developed in order to provide a quantitative measurement for assessment of the quality of the undergraduate research projects. With the point contingencies established there will be adequate procedures for analyzing and interpreting undergraduate projects and how the overall progressive improvement of BATS can benefit from these contributions. |
|
|
148. Dissemination of Behavior Analysis: Pragmatic Criteria for the Adoption of Strategies. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
TIMOTHY C. FULLER (University of Nevada, Reno), Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno), Erick M. Dubuque (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This poster outlines a number of strategies by which the field of behavior analysis has been or might be disseminated to different audiences. The steps through which these strategies might be implemented are addressed. The means by which significant barriers to the successful implementation of each of these strategies might be overcome are discussed. The aim of this presentation is to evaluate the advisability of undertaking various strategies in terms of their timeliness and potential to achieve long-term outcomes. |
|
|
149. Dissemination of Behavior Analysis: Interactions among Strategies Aimed at Different Audiences. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno), Erick M. Dubuque (University of Nevada, Reno), Timothy C. Fuller (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: In this presentation, we examine strategies for the dissemination of behavior analysis to particular audiences, showing how these strategies may interact with those aimed at different audiences. The aim of this presentation is to suggest that interactions of these sorts enhance the effectiveness with which audiences of different sorts may be impacted, arguing for the concurrent implementation of strategies having significant possibilities of interconnection. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Categorization |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Madeleine AB |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Ronald G. Weisman (Queens University) |
|
Visual Categorization in Pigeons: Comparing Rule Based, Information Integration, and Associative Models. |
Domain: Basic Research |
MARK E. BERG (University of Canterbury), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury) |
|
Abstract: Eight pigeons were trained to categorize Gabor stimuli (sine wave gratings with contrast modulated by a circular Gaussian filter) presented on a touch-screen LCD panel that varied in terms of frequency and orientation. In the rule-based condition, accurate performance depended only on frequency, whereas in the information integration condition both frequency and orientation were relevant. After baseline training in each condition, transfer tests were conducted with novel stimuli. Results showed that all pigeons were able to learn the baseline category discriminations, although individual differences in performance were evident. Analyses are reported that will compare predictions of rule based and information integration models for the transfer tests, as well as predictions of an associative model based on reinforcement learning that we propose. The major goal is to test whether pigeons’ categorization performance can be described in terms of a single system, in contrast to humans’ performance under analogous conditions which has interpreted as providing evidence for multiple systems of category learning (Ashby & Maddox, 2004). |
|
Teaching Concepts: Examples from Category Perception, Propagation, and Equivalence for the Natural Communication Signals. |
Domain: Basic Research |
RONALD G. WEISMAN (Queens University), Laurie Bloomfield (University of Alberta), Tara Farrell (University of Alberta), Marc Avery (University of Alberta), Christopher Sturdy (University of Alberta) |
|
Abstract: The most important perception is not that two things are different but rather that they are similar. The authors summarize progress in research on how songbirds (oscines) categorize their acoustic communication signals. Category perception for the learned songs and calls of oscines are well described by three rules: The exemplars of different vocal categories are more easily discriminable one from another than exemplars of the same vocal category. Vocal categorization transfers to novel exemplars of the same categories. Changes in outcome propagates back from novel to the original exemplars of a category demonstrating that songbirds are nearly effortless equivalence learners. Here we show that vocal communication is the conjoint adaptation of production and perception, so that the biacoustic features and auditory perception of note types and larger units such as songs and calls determine their categorization. Similarities to concepts in human speech are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Meta-Analysis of Single Subject Research |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Douglas B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University) |
WILLIAM R. SHADISH (University of California, Merced) |
Dr. William R. Shadish is Professor and Founding Faculty at the University of California, Merced. He received his bachelor’s degree in sociology from Santa Clara University in 1972, and his M.S. (1975) and Ph.D. (1978) degrees from Purdue University in clinical psychology. He completed a postdoctoral fellowship in methodology and program evaluation at Northwestern University from 1978 to 1981. His current research interests include experimental and quasi-experimental design, the empirical study of methodological issues, the methodology and practice of meta-analysis, and evaluation theory. He is author (with T. D. Cook & D .T. Campbell, 2002) of Experimental and Quasi-Experimental Designs for Generalized Causal Inference and ES: A Computer Program and Manual for Effect Size Calculation, co-editor of five other volumes, and the author of over 100 articles and chapters. He was 1997 President of the American Evaluation Association, winner of the 1994 Paul F. Lazarsfeld Award for Evaluation Theory from the American Evaluation Association and the 2000 Robert Ingle Award for service to the American Evaluation Association. He is a Fellow of both the American Psychological Association and the American Psychological Society, and a past editor of New Directions for Program Evaluation. |
Abstract: Meta-analysis has become an essential tool for summarizing large bodies of primary research literature in the social sciences. Among the many applications of meta-analysis is the determination of whether a given educational or clinical practice can be termed evidence- or research-based. With a few exceptions, however, evidence from single subject research has not been included in meta-analyses. The reason for this is primarily technological rather than ideological, that there is little agreement on optimal statistical methods for doing meta-analysis of single subject research, and that the methods for doing this kind of meta-analysis have not received the advanced statistical attention necessary to identify sampling distributions for pertinent effect size estimators, appropriate weights, homogeneity tests, and all the ancillary statistical methods such as fixed versus random effects models. This address will review the existing methodological literature on doing meta-analysis of single subject research, identify some of the key strengths and weaknesses of some of these methods, and discuss statistical developments that may improve those methods. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Giving Effective Oral Presentations |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Betsy B |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jessica B. Long (West Virginia University) |
DANIEL ADAM PH.D., BCBA-D (University of California, Santa Barbara) |
AMANDA N. ADAMS (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: The panelists will give advice on effective oral presentations, with a focus on presenting to multidisciplinary audiences, including professionals, students, paraprofessionals, and parents. The audience will be invited to ask questions and hold discussions with the panel members. |
|
|
|
|
The Professional Affairs Committee of ABA: The Work We Do |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Randle E |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer R. Zarcone (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
SUZANNE LETSO (Connecticut Center for Child Development) |
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Professional Education Resources and Conference Services) |
THOMAS L. ZANE (The Evergreen Center and The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis at The Sage Colleges) |
Abstract: The mission of the Professional Affairs Committee of ABA is to focus on the practice of behavior analysis, including certification, continuing education, code of ethis, practice standards, legislation and public policy, and all other issues important to the research and practice of behavior analysts. This meeting is to present the work of the PAC over the past year and solicit issues important to ABA members. |
|
|
|
|
A Closer Look at Reinforcement Contingencies within an Established Token Economy for the Treatment of Aberrant Behavior in Typically-Developing Adolescents in Residential Care |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Edward D |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Clint Field (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The analysis of reinforcement contingencies has a strong tradition in basic and experimental behavior analytic literature. This is not surprising given that such methodology focuses on the detection of variables that improve or influence the occurrence of behavior (desired or problematic). What is somewhat surprising is the relative paucity of applied research investigating some of these same factors in typically developing populations. Based on reviews of the literature, there appears to be a need for a closer look at reinforcement contingencies for typically developing individuals within naturalistic settings. The purpose of this symposium is to expose the audience to applied considerations of important variables influencing reinforcement contingencies that may contribute to the maintenance or treatment of problem behavior in typically developing adolescents. Several case studies investigating various component pieces of reinforcement contingencies will be presented. |
|
When Points Don’t Matter: Bridging the Conditioned Reinforcer Gap with Typically Developing Adolescents. |
STEPHANIE SPEAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Sarah E. Graves (Mississippi State University) |
Abstract: Three experimental analyses were conducted for three typically developing adolescents placed in a family style, group home setting. Each adolescent exhibited significant ongoing oppositional and maladaptive behaviors. Direct care staff gathered information concerning the target behavior from multiple sources. Indirect assessments were carried out using methods such as interviews and review of records and reports. Descriptive analyses were conducted by examining a log of daily behavior recorded by direct care staff via each youth's behavioral record. Based on this information, modifications were made to the youth’s typical reinforcement plan and an individualized experimental analysis was designed to evaluate the effectiveness of these modifications. The purpose of this presentation will be to present the outcomes of three experimental analyses that manipulated reinforcement contingencies in terms of the timing and types of reinforcement delivered. |
|
Not All Attention is Created Equal: Assessing the Reinforcing Value of Qualitatively Different Forms of Attention with Typically Developing Adolescents. |
REO NEWRING (University of Washington), Margaret Fitts (Girls and Boys Town) |
Abstract: Functional assessments were conducted for three typically developing adolescents placed in a family style, group home setting. Each adolescent exhibited significant ongoing oppositional and maladaptive behaviors. Direct care staff gathered information concerning the target behavior from multiple sources. Indirect assessments were carried out using methods such as interviews and review of records and reports. Descriptive analyses were conducted by examining a log of daily behavior recorded by direct care staff via each youth's behavioral record. Based on this information, a functional assessment team identified possible antecedents and functions of the adolescents' maladaptive behaviors and designed an individualized experimental analysis for each to determine the type of attention that was most reinforcing for each youth. The purpose of this presentation will be to present the outcomes of three experimental analyses that manipulated reinforcement contingencies in terms of the timing, type and quality of attention delivered following the target behavior. |
|
“But You Like This, Don’t You?”: Evaluating Preference and Reinforcement Assessment with Typically Developing Adolescents. |
JENNIFER L. RESETAR (Girls and Boys Town), Kristin Anderson (Girls and Boys Town) |
Abstract: Preference assessment surveys provide a quick and easy way to identify potential reinforcers for use in behavioral interventions. In a setting in which it is necessary to create effective behavioral interventions quickly in order to initiate change, an efficient method of identifying items that act as reinforcers is crucial. Three typically developing adolescents in a residential treatment facility participated. Each adolescent was exhibiting maladaptive behavior that led to him or her being placed in a respite program. All three adolescents completed a preference assessment survey typically used by the respite program. Next, a reinforcer assessment was performed using an item or items identified as highly preferred via the preference assessment survey. Items were determined to be reinforcers if they initiated a significant increase in target behavior. The purpose of this presentation will be to present the effectiveness of a preference assessment survey in identifying actual reinforcers for use in behavioral interventions with typically developing adolescents. |
|
When the Right Hand Doesn’t Know What the Left Hand is Doing: Investigating Behavioral Contrast and Behavioral Compensation with Typically Developing Adolescents. |
SEAN T. SMITHAM (Girls and Boys Town), Michael I. Axelrod (Girls and Boys Town) |
Abstract: Although contingency management is a necessary caregiver skill when treating disruptive behaviors, it is not always sufficient in meeting the challenges posed by the socialization demands of typically developing youth in naturalistic settings. Phenomena unrelated to direct reinforcement contingencies is a perplexing problem in addressing generalization of targeted behaviors. When behavior changes in opposite directions across two settings, this form of generalization is labeled behavioral contrast. There have been relatively few studies examining across-setting generalization and little is known about the phenomenon as it occurs in natural environments. Experimental analyses were conducted for three typically developing adolescents placed in a family style, group home setting. Each adolescent exhibited significant ongoing oppositional and maladaptive behaviors. Direct care staff gathered information concerning the target behavior from multiple sources. Direct and indirect assessments were conducted at home and school. The purpose of this presentation will be to present the outcomes of three experimental analyses that manipulated reinforcement contingencies in terms of setting - modifying the contingency in one but not the other setting. |
|
|
|
|
Abstinence Reinforcement Interventions in the Treatment of Drug Abuse |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Ford C |
Area: BPH/CSE; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Wendy Donlin Washington (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Steven R. Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc. and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Contingency management and specifically abstinence reinforcement contingencies have been successful in promoting drug abstinence across many drugs and for many populations. With roots in the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, abstinence reinforcement contingencies are designed to provide frequent consequences for engaging in drug use. This symposium will present data from human clinical trials demonstrating the effectiveness of abstinence interventions in cigarette smokers, unemployed methadone patients and in methamphetamine users. |
|
Technological Innovations in Behavioral Treatment for Cigarette Smoking. |
JESSE DALLERY (University of Florida), Steven E. Meredith (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Cigarette smoking is the largest preventable risk factor for morbidity and mortality in developed countries. The limitations of current interventions for smoking highlight the urgent need for innovative, powerful, and community-friendly treatments. Abstinence reinforcement therapy is one such treatment. To circumvent obstacles associated with frequent monitoring of smoking status (e.g., making twice daily visits to a clinic), we developed and tested an internet-based monitoring system to verify and reinforce smoking abstinence by breath carbon monoxide (CO) output. We found that patients were highly compliant with the treatment (over 97% of the 1,120 scheduled CO samples were collected), and that voucher reinforcement produced high rates of sustained abstinence in a group of high-risk, heavy smokers. To offset the costs associated with treatment, we have developed a deposit contract treatment delivery model. Four participants deposited a small fee, which they earned back contingent on evidence of abstinence. Compared to a control, no-deposit group, these participants showed equivalent rates of abstinence and compliance with the treatment. The results also suggest that the costs associated with treatment can be partly offset with a deposit contract, which could aid in the dissemination and sustainability of the intervention. |
|
Contingency Management for the Treatment of Methamphetamine Use Disorders: Efficacy and Optimization. |
JOHN M. ROLL (Washington State University) |
Abstract: Methamphetamine addiction is a growing public health concern in much of the United States. Developing effective treatments for this disorder has become an active area of research. This presentation will provide data from 4 completed trials and 2 ongoing trials designed to demonstrate the efficacy of contingency management approaches in the treatment of methamphetamine use disorders. The completed trials suggest that two common types of contingency management (voucher-based reinforcement therapy and variable magnitude of reinforcement procedures) are effective. Data form the two ongoing trails will provide information on the optimization of contingency management interventions for use in the treatment of methamphetamine use disorders. Specifically the trials are designed to examine the length of contingency management interventions and the reinforcement schedule employed in the interventions. Each of these clinical trials currently has in excess of 80 participants enrolled. |
|
Sequential Cocaine and Opiate Abstinence Contingencies in Methadone Patients Working in the “Therapeutic Workplace”. |
WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Todd W. Knealing (Briarcliff University), Mick J. Needham (Johns Hopkins University), Conrad J. Wong (University of Kentucky), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University) |
Abstract: Employment-based reinforcement is effective in promoting cocaine abstinence in unemployed community methadone patients. This study evaluates the effectiveness of employment-based reinforcement by sequentially promoting abstinence from cocaine and then opiates using a multiple-baseline design. Welfare recipients enrolled in community methadone treatment and using cocaine (N=83) were invited to attend a therapeutic workplace for 6 months. Urine samples were tested three days per week for opiates and cocaine. Participants could earn vouchers for attendance and productivity. Initially, there were no abstinence contingencies, but once attending work at least 15 days over 4 weeks, the participant was required to show evidence of recent cocaine abstinence to work each day and to maintain maximum base pay. After 3 weeks of cocaine-negative urine samples, participants were also required to show evidence of recent opiate abstinence to work and maintain maximum pay. The percent of cocaine negative urine samples increased significantly and abruptly under the cocaine abstinence contingency. Fifty participants initiated cocaine abstinence and were exposed to the opiate contingency and provided increased opiate negative urine samples more frequently. The results show that the sequential implementation of employment-based reinforcement can be effective in promoting cocaine and opiate abstinence in unemployed community methadone patients. |
|
|
|
|
Applied Research on Acquisition: Differential Effects Related to Generalization, Preference, and Rate of Acquisition |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Elizabeth H |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: James E. Carr (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The symposium will include four treatment comparison studies evaluating the effects of acquisition strategies used to target early learner and social skills among children with autism and spelling skills among typically developing elementary students. Findings are summarized in terms of differential effects on the rate of acquisition, measures of generalization, and treatment preference demonstrated by participants. The results of these investigations, collectively, have implications for the selection of effective teaching strategies in early intervention and early education. |
|
The Effects of Differential Reinforcement of Unprompted Responding on Skill Acquisition of Children with Autism. |
AMANDA M. FIRTH (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The common recommendation to reserve the most potent reinforcers for unprompted responses during acquisition programming, sometimes referred to as differential reinforcement of independent responding, has little published empirical support for its purported benefits (enhanced rate of acquisition, decreased likelihood of errors and prompt dependence). The purpose of the current investigation was to compare the delivery of high-quality reinforcers exclusively following unprompted responses (differential condition) with the delivery of high-quality reinforcers following both prompted and unprompted responses (non-differential condition) on the rate of skill acquisition for three children with autism. Participants were taught multiple pairs of target skills (picture sequencing, tacting, receptive identification) using a massed, discrete-trial preparation in conjunction with both differential and non-differential teaching procedures. Alternating treatments and reversal designs were used to evaluate the effects of both conditions on the rate of acquisition for each participant. Results demonstrate that the differential reinforcement procedure reliably produced skill acquisition whereas the non-differential reinforcement procedure did not. |
|
Differential Efficacy of Generalization Promotion Techniques on Acquisition Rates of Target Behaviors. |
GINA T. CHANG (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: The present study compared the acquisition rates of three teaching approaches that were designed specifically to promote generalization. The three generalization promoting procedures were multiple exemplar training, indiscriminable contingency training, and reinforced generalization training. Few studies have attempted to understand the differing effects of generalization strategies on acquisition rates, and none have compared the effects of strategies across children. This study measured acquisition as achieving 80% accuracy across two teaching sessions for the behavior. Generalization was measured as the transfer of the use of the acquired behavior into a natural environment. A multiple baseline design across and within participant and an alternating treatment design were used to compare which strategy had the highest rate of acquisition and was most effective in promoting generalization. Target behaviors were defined for four children with autism. Three children met acquisition of behaviors across all three target behaviors. All strategies promoted at least partial generalization. Rates of acquisition were variable across children. Results indicated that multiple exemplar training yielded the highest rate of generalization, while reinforced generalization was the least effect strategy for promoting generalization. |
|
Acquisition of Nonverbal Social Initiation Behavior in Low-Functioning Children with Autism: A Comparison of Natural and Artificial Reinforcement-Based Teaching Strategies. |
KARI BERQUIST (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: This study examined the acquisition of social initiations (e.g., greetings, sharing) in three low-functioning children with autism. Children were taught two different nonverbal social behaviors in which they initiated an interaction with another person. Modified Incidental Teaching Sessions (MITS), a Naturalistic Teaching Strategy (NaTS) that emphasizes the use of natural child chosen reinforcement, and Discrete Trial Training (DTT), that uses artificial and therapist chosen reinforcement, were used to increase children’s nonverbal social initiations. It was hypothesized that low-functioning children with autism would be able to acquire the target social behaviors; but that only the behaviors taught in the natural reinforcement based condition (MITS) would show generalization. An alternating treatment, multiple baseline design across participants was used. Interobserver agreement was above 95% for each child. Results suggest that all three children acquired their target social behaviors with either treatment (MITS or DTT); however, generalization and maintenance of target behaviors only occurred with behaviors taught in the natural reinforcement based condition (MITS). |
|
A Comparison of Two Spelling Strategies with Respect to Acquisition, Generalization, Maintenance, and Student Preference. |
TRACIE B. MANN (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Correct spelling is a learned performance, but effective and preferred procedures to develop accurate spelling in young children have not been described. We evaluated the effectiveness of two strategies for teaching spelling to 10 elementary students of typical development. In the traditional rehearse and test method commonly used in elementary classrooms, we gave students a list of ten words on Monday, they practiced spelling the words throughout the week, and then were tested on Friday. We also taught students to use the cover-copy-compare (CCC) method to practice their spelling words within a similar time frame. During CCC, we also taught students to say each phoneme of a word (“sound out”) as they practiced each word. Interobserver agreement was collected for 33% of sessions; agreement was 100% for all measures. A reversal design showed that CCC was clearly more effective for promoting acquisition of spelling words for five students, and for promoting generalization and maintenance for two students. No difference between conditions was observed with the remaining students. Nine of the ten students preferred CCC to rehearse and test. Implications for the design of an effective spelling curriculum are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Aspects of Providing ABA Services in Preschool and Homebased Settings |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Elizabeth F |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
|
Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention Survey: Results for 2006 Survey of Parents with Home Programs. |
Domain: Applied Research |
JACK SCOTT (Florida Atlantic University), Kyle Bennett (Florida Atlantic University), Bairbre Flood (Florida Atlantic University) |
|
Abstract: This presentation will share the results of the 2006 survey of parents who conduct home-based early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) programs for their young child with autism. The survey results provide data on a broad array of variables on home programs including hours and characteristics of staff training, salaries for teaching assistants and program supervisors, hours of intervention and parent assessment of program effectiveness. Also described are descriptive data on source of program funding, and an analysis of funding patterns by states and between countries. The role of the program supervisor including their credentials and parents' expectations in relation to credentials is explored. This version on the survey has provided greater depth in relation to the factors which motivated a family to select EIBI and which may continue to support their decision to provide this type of intervention for their child. Program costs exceed $50,000 per year on average in the US while showing some moderation in larger metropolitan areas. |
|
Outcomes of a Publicly-Funded Preschool Intervention: The St. Amant ABA Program in Manitoba, Canada. |
Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELA FAZZIO (St. Amant Research Centre), Angela Cornick (St. Amant Research Centre), Dickie C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Toby L. Martin (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre) |
|
Abstract: The St. Amant ABA Program – Preschool Services is a publicly funded home-based program offering 36 weekly hours of one-to-one teaching to children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders. Highly intensive and structured teaching programs focus on developing basic learning skills and skills in all areas of development, as well as modifying challenging behaviours. The preschool program is offered for a 3-year period; transition to group settings is planned in preparation for transitioning to school as early as the child has a minimum set of skills to be successful in that environment. The service is then delivered in both settings, home and preschools. The program curriculum is based on the Assessment of Basic Learning and Language Skills, the ABLLS. Mastery criteria and programming templates following the ABLLS skills have been developed for consistency across teams and clients. Outcomes are evaluated by normative and criterion measures administered at intake and yearly thereafter. Data are presented as group outcome per area of development / assessment tool (e.g., cognitive – Wechsler Scale; Development – Battelle Developmental Inventory, Language – Preschool Language Scale). Data will be presented for each outcome measure, including correlations among variables such as age at intake and scores at intake. |
|
|
|
|
|
Assessment and Treatment of Feeding Problems: Reinforcer Manipulations and Applications to Alternative Settings |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Edward C |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Gregory K. Reed (Howard University) |
Discussant: Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: This symposium will discuss a variety of issues related to the assessment and treatment of feeding problems, including the utility of home and community-based treatment approaches, food stimulus manipulations, and reinforcement-based intervention. |
|
The Effects of Bolus Size on Food Refusal and Aggression during Intensive Outpatient Treatment. |
DANIELLE N. DOLEZAL (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University), John M. Huete (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole B. Carman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: In the current investigation, we evaluated the effectiveness of varying amounts of food on the spoon (empty, ¼ spoon, ½ spoon, and full level spoon) during the treatment of food refusal and aggression displayed by a young boy in an outpatient setting. The participant was an eight-year-old boy diagnosed with cerebral palsy, moderate mental retardation, autism, and failure to thrive. He received his entire caloric intake via a gastrostomy tube. The results of a functional analysis suggested that his aggression and food refusal were maintained by escape from food presentations. Second, an analysis of bolus size within a treatment package that consisted of escape extinction and differential reinforcement of bites accepted indicated that higher rates of aggression and food refusal were associated with larger bolus sizes. Based on the bolus size analysis, we evaluated the use of a fading and bite interspersal procedure designed to reduce aggression and food refusal behaviors across home and clinic settings. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Feeding Disorders: Community-Based Applications. |
ANJALI BARRETTO (Gonzaga University), Margaret Armstrong (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: Research in the area of behavioral feeding disorders has primarily been conducted in center-based programs, which are limited to certain areas. However, given the prevalence of behavioral feeding disorders and the lack of center-based programs in certain areas it is necessary that such interventions be conducted by the child’s care provider in the natural setting. This study discusses the community-based assessment and treatment of feeding disorders conducted by the Gonzaga Center for Applied Behavior Analysis over the past 5 years. A case example conducted in the schools will be discussed. The participant was 10 years old and diagnosed with autism. The assessment and treatment were conducted in the classroom by the special education teacher. Treatment included differential reinforcement to increase variety of foods. Interobserver agreement was taken for 30% of the sessions. Results will be discussed relative to robustness of intervention, procedural integrity, and reinforcer identification. |
|
Manipulation of Positive Reinforcers in the Absence of Escape Extinction to Treat Feeding Problems in Children. |
MELANIE H. BACHMEYER (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Linda J. Cooper-Brown (University of Iowa), Brenda J. Engebretson (University of Iowa), Anuradha Dutt (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Feeding problems encompass a variety of behaviors that include food selectivity and inadequate food intake. Previous studies implementing treatments combining escape extinction and positive reinforcement procedures have showed that although escape extinction was an active variable, positive reinforcement was also associated with some beneficial effects. This study examined the effects of manipulating the quality of positive reinforcers in the absence of escape extinction to treat feeding problems in 2 children diagnosed with pediatric feeding disorders. For participant 1, the quality of preferred foods was manipulated to treat food selectivity by type. For participant 2, the quality of toys and attention was manipulated to treat inadequate food intake. For both participants, food acceptance increased when the quality of the positive reinforcer was increased even though escape from bites was available. Treatment gains were thus achieved without the use of escape extinction. Interobserver agreement was obtained during 30% of sessions with mean occurrence agreement of at least 90% for both participants. These data are discussed in relation to the effectiveness of manipulating positive reinforcement procedures to compete with negative reinforcement maintaining food refusal and the utility of using positive reinforcers as a viable treatment for some topographies of feeding problems. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Community Psychology: Making a Difference in Your Hometown |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Gregory AB |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: H. Allen Murphy (Florida State University, Panama City) |
CE Instructor: H. Allen Murphy, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Four papers will be presented to demonstrate the types of socially significant changes what may be made in a relatively brief peiod of time, 15 weeks, in community settings. |
|
An Evaluation of Antecedent Prompting on Proper Disposal of Smoking Items. |
LINDSEY OSBORN (Florida State University), Rosalind B. Bradley (Florida State University), Cassondra Gayman (Florida State University), Miste Miller (Florida State University), Akiko Yokoyama (Florida State University) |
Abstract: By implementing a positive sign contingency and evaluating treatment effects using an ABAB design, we were able to increase the disposal of smoking items in designated receptacles on a college campus. Therefore, this study served as a systematic replication of the findings of Mueller, Moore, Doggett & Tingstrom, 2000. |
|
Using Visual Prompts to Increase Consumer Compliance. |
CASEY BURGESS (Florida State University, Panama City), Christine Lamas (Florida State University, Panama City), Sally Denise Lee (Florida State University, Panama City) |
Abstract: Two different visual prompts were used to evaluate consumer compliance of returning shopping carts to the designated locations in the parking lot of a supermarket. Previous research had attempted to increase consumer compliance by using verbal prompts and having researchers interact with customers, which creates a false environment. The visual prompts were intended to increase compliance by enhancing the existing environment as approved by the store manager. The results indicate that the use of visual prompts was not sufficient to increase consumer compliance. |
|
Behavioral Community Psychology Project: Percentage of Identification Checks Completed at a Local Store. |
MEGAN DELEON (Florida State University, Panama City), Dianne E. Hughes (Florida State University/Brilliant Minds), Amanda L. Williams (Florida State University, Panama City), Alina Yurchenko (Florida State University, Panama City) |
Abstract: Identity theft is currently a major problem in the United States. Many believe that businesses should do their part to decrease this problem. One way to do this is to require employees to check identification for all purchases paid for via credit card. Using an ABAC design, we evaluated the effects of two different posted signed on identification checking behavior. Baseline consisted of near zero levels of ID checks. The results of the study showed that posted signs did slightly increase ID checking behavior; however, the presence of several other variables may have contributed to any actual behavior change. |
|
Bringing Behavior Analysis to Volunteerism: Improving the World through Blood Donation. |
TARYN M. MANDERS (Florida State University), Jessica M. Ludwig (Florida State University), Emily Alexandra Winebrenner (Florida State University), Ed Littleton (Florida State University), Sandra Rodgers (Florida State University) |
Abstract: There is a constant demand for blood donation. We conducted a behavioral analysis in this socially important area of volunteering. We analyzed the effects of posting signs on the number of donors at a local blood center. We then used donor satisfaction feedback and observational data to design interventions to improve interactions between donors and blood center staff. |
|
|
|
|
Behaviorally-Based Coaching |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Emma C |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Manuel A. Rodriguez (Continuous Learning Group) |
Discussant: Manuel A. Rodriguez (Continuous Learning Group) |
CE Instructor: Manuel A. Rodriguez, M.S. |
Abstract: CLG, a Behavioral Based Consulting firm, supports corporate wide initiatives towards achiving desired business results through behavior change. The methodology is grounded in the Applied Behavioral Sciences, working with leaders to effectively manage and maintain high levels of performance. The symposium will present three different client experiences on three different types of coaching (executive coaching and two different performance coaching designs). |
|
Rest in Peace: Coaching Support for Leaders of a Death Care Enterprise. |
FRANCISCO MANUEL GOMEZ (Continuous Learning Group), Manuel A. Rodriguez (Continuous Learning Group) |
Abstract: In early 2005, A US based organization comprised of business in death care (e.g., Funeral Homes, Cemeteries, and Crematoriums) engaged with CLG to deploy 3 strategic initiatives: Develop Satisfied Employees, Improve Customer Satisfaction, and Increase Revenue. Through CLG’s coaching support, the execution of these 3 strategic iniatives took CLG to several US states, including South Carolina, Texas, and Puerto Rico. What will be presented is the process, tools, and results from the engagement with this client. |
|
Coaching Coaches: Supporting a Corporate-Wide Initiative for Enabling Performance-Based Management. |
MANUEL A. RODRIGUEZ (Continuous Learning Group) |
Abstract: A retail organization in the Eastern United stated designed a strategic imperative to become a Organization Focused on Performance Management. There model for deploying and meeting this strategic objective was through integrating as a leadership practice the behavioral science through CLG’s Performance Based Leadership approach. To equip managers with this skill set, CLG was engaged to train internal capabilities to manage the transfer of knowledge of core ABA concepts and principles, and follow-up the training with coaching support for all levels of leaders. What will be presented is the methodology, deployment roadmap, and results of the engagement. |
|
Behaviorally-Based Executive Coaching at Bechtel Group, Inc. |
LAURA L. METHOT (Continuous Learning Group) |
Abstract: CLG’s behavior-based approach to executive coaching paid off for a global engineering-construction firm where our coaching tools worked hand-in-glove with 360 surveys to measurably improve executive feedback scores and to impact employee performance, organizational performance, and the bottom line. The good news is that our client was not in trouble. The firm understood behavioral science and the critical relationship of strategy-process-behavior to their bottom line. Our client’s 360s were performed by a personnel management firm that conducted high-quality web-based surveys which generated individual feedback reports. Missing was the robust follow-through that is essential to measur¬ably improving leadership skills. We applied CLG’s behavioral based coaching to establish these behaviors into reliable daily habits. Because of CLG’s policy of knowing our client’s people well—their strengths, weaknesses, specific jobs—we were able to provide a complete “performance coaching package.” Increases of 20-50% in 360 feedback scores were found for leaders participating in coaching compared to no increases observed for those not participating in follow-up coaching. Increases is leadership scores correlated with substantial improvements in the client’s bottom line measures (safety and cost effective performance) shown in a reliable trend across four consecutive years. |
|
|
|
|
Designing Comprehensive Academic Programs: Advances in Behavioral Education |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Cunningham C |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Discussant: Kimberly Nix Berens (Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.) |
Abstract: The current symposium will illustrate how an interdisciplinary approach to academic remediation can result in the design of more comprehensive programs. Using the science of behavior as a guide, related technologies such as Curriculum-Based Measurement and Direct Instruction can be used in combination with more behavioral methods, such as Precision Teaching, to more fully address the learning needs of a variety of students. The first presentation will illustrate how Curriculum-Based Measurement can be used to address long-term learning goals in the context of component skill buidling through Precision Teaching. the second presentation will exemplify how Direct Instruction and standard charting practices can be integrated during expressive writing instruction. The final presentation will show how concept instruction can be added to Precision Teaching strategies as a means of providing more comprehension math instruction. Presentations will be discussed in relation to areas for future research. |
|
Integrating Behavioral Education and Curriculum Based Measurement. |
CYNTHIA CARDENAS-COBB (Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.), Maria T. Stevenson (University of Nevada, Reno), Kimberly Nix Berens (Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.) |
Abstract: An overview of Curriculum Based Measurement with respect to how it has been utilized mostly in special education as a tool to monitor student progress, guide curriculum and instructional decisions. Specifically, the benefits of such an assessment tool for general education in conjunction with behavioral practices, Precision Teaching and Direct Instruction to enhance overall academic performance. A data based discussion will demonstrate the applicability of these teaching practices in a learning center model. |
|
The Evolution of a Corrective Writing Program. |
KENDRA L. RICKARD (University of Nevada, Reno & Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.), Kimberly Nix Berens (Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.) |
Abstract: Traditional approaches to writing instruction involve sentence diagramming and teaching rules for grammar usage outside of the context of the writing process. However, recent advances in writing instruction suggests that a more effective approach entails a combination of instructional techniques utilized in the process of writing itself. The current presentation will cover the evolution of an instructional process utilized in a learning center to teach students writing skills. Specifically, the three phases of instruction in teaching writing as well as the methods of measurement and assessment will be discussed in detail. Clinical data collected from students enrolled at the learning center will be shown. Future directions for research will be discussed. |
|
Targeting Concept Learning in a Precision Teaching Program to Promote Generalization. |
KERRI L. KAELIN (University of Nevada, Reno), Kimberly Nix Berens (Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.) |
Abstract: A traditional Precision Teaching program combines masterful performance with standard measurement. Additionally, Direct Instruction focuses on the form of the response and the stimulus, in particular, concept learning and curriculum sequence. However, Direct Instruction does not measure concept learning. At a learning center, academic programs unite mastery and measurement of Precision Teaching with Direct Instruction’s curriculum sequence and concept learning. Specifically, student performance during the instruction of novel math concepts was measured and evaluated with respect to mastery using the Standard Celeration Chart. A discussion regarding the implication of the results with respect to aggregate clinical data will be provided as well as potential directions for future research and investigation. |
|
|
|
|
Empirical Validation of Internet-Based Curriculum |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
America's Cup AB |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University, Japan) |
CE Instructor: Philip N. Chase, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current crisis in education recognized by a variety of reports, studies, and commentators could have serious long-term effects on children world wide. In response to this crisis a number of behavior analysts have targeted the empirical validation of curriculum for their research agenda. In particular, with recent advances in computer technology, there has been a strong interest in developing and evaluating internet curricula. Three examples are Headsprout, a program that teaches beginning reading, iLearn a middle school mathematics curriculum, and TeachTown, a program for autistic children. This symposium will present the current data and methods used to evaluate these programs. Emphasis will be given to descriptions of the how these programs have integrated single-subject methods with program evaluation methods, methods for evaluating teacher and other professional implementation, and more traditional random controlled studies to create a thorough method of empirical validation. |
|
An Evaluation of the Effectiveness of iLearn Math in Improving Math Achievement in Middle School. |
ROBERT L. COLLINS (iLearn, Inc.) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of iLearn Math in improving math achievement was evaluated in the sixth grade of a Title I middle school in a rural area of Georgia using a quasi-experimental design. The Experimental Group used iLearn Math as their only math instruction for the school year. The Control Group received their regularly-scheduled traditional classroom instruction. At the start of the year, there was no difference between the two groups on an experimenter-developed pretest. At the end of the school year, differences were assessed using scores on the Georgia Criterion Referenced Competency Test (CRCT) administered annually to all six-grade students in Georgia. For the iLearn Group, 87% of the students met or exceeded the standard on the CRCT vs. 65% for the Control Group. The state average was 74%. In addition, 28% of the iLearn Group exceeded the standard vs. 10% for the Control Group. |
|
Education and Treatment of Children with Autism Using Computer-Assisted Programs from TeachTown. |
CHRISTINA WHALEN (TeachTown) |
Abstract: Because of the numerous education options available for children with autism, many of which are not supported by research, the use of evidence-based practices is particularly important for this population. With recent advances in computer technology, there has been a strong interest in the use of computer-assisted instruction (CAI). Due to the unique characteristics and learning styles of children with autism, the interest and need for CAI is especially strong. TeachTown: Basics utilizes not only computer instruction and data tracking, but provides off-computer generalization activities and a communication system for the child’s team. Several research studies have been or are being conducted to assess the efficacy and expand this product. In addition, research is underway for the design of future products. Data from these studies will be presented along with a discussion of the importance of developing evidence-based technology for children with autism and the implications for designers and researchers. |
|
Headsprout Early Reading: Multi-Year, Multi-Site Measures of Effectiveness. |
DEBORAH ANNE HAAS (Headsprout), Janet S. Twyman (Headsprout), T. V. Joe Layng (Headsprout) |
Abstract: This presentation will first review the teaching routines used, the critical reading repertoires taught, and the formative evaluation data which shaped Headsprout Early ReadingR, a scientifically-based, empirically validated online early reading program. The presentation will then focus on data from the growing body of summative, or large scale, evaluations of the program. Data will be presented from empirically-based case studies, outcome measures from field use, multi-year evaluations, and perhaps of greatest importance, controlled research featuring unbiased group assignment. |
|
|
|
|
Generalization and Tools for Training Direct Care Staff |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Annie AB |
Area: DDA/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Valerie R. Rogers (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: There are many challenges associated with training direct care staff. Many non-profit organizations face such issues as high staff turnover, limited education, and a lack of resources. This symposium will seek to address some of these concerns by looking at generalization strategies and standardized training methods. Specifically, the first presentation will be comparing two generalization-promotion strategies with respect to two mutually exclusive staff skills. The second study will assess generalization of discrete trial procedure skills with one set of consumers to similar programs with respect to other consumers. The third presentation will look at how a generalized training technique can reduce ambiguity and maximize resources. Data to be collected may provide specific recommendations on the best methods to program for generalization and also provide standardized tools for training. |
|
Assessing Strategies of Programming for Generalization in Training Direct Care Staff. |
JEREMY E. RAFACZ (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Individual generalization-promotion strategies have been researched in the literature for almost 30 years with little direct comparison of specific strategies. While these strategies may promote generalization individually, the benefits of one strategy over another have not been adequately researched. Training direct care staff members using these strategies may increase the efficacy of training methods. Additionally, training methods incorporating these strategies may lower staff turnover rates, improve treatment quality, and reduce organizational costs. In order to develop a training package for direct care staff, the effectiveness of generalization-promotion strategies must be systematically assessed. Participants in this study will be direct care staff members at a clinical day treatment program for adults with developmental disabilities. Two generalization-promotion strategies will be compared across two mutually exclusive staff skills. Results will help determine the impact of each strategy on accurate treatment delivery and the acquisition of target staff skills. Research data is to be collected. |
|
Training for Direct Care Staff: Assessing Generalization across Consumer Behavior Programs. |
SHARLET D. BUTTERFIELD (University of Nevada, Reno), Valerie R. Rogers (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The training of staff in direct care settings usually includes extensive time and resources, especially due to high employee turnover rates, and can be particularly detrimental as a cost for nonprofit organizations. More specifically, a great deal of time is spent training and re-training staff on behavior programs that are nearly identical between clients. As such, strategies to increase training efficiency are warranted. The current study looks at whether or not providing feedback on performance related to a specific behavior program (i.e., discrete trial procedures) with two clients will generalize to similar programs with two other consumers. Participants in this study will be direct care staff members at a clinical day treatment program for adults with developmental disabilities. Participants will be measured on their performance with two consumers on discrete trial procedures and provided feedback. Data will then be collected on their performance with respect to two other consumers to assess for generalization of the skill to the other consumers’ programs. Data is to be collected, but if generalization is demonstrated, this could save time and resources for organizations. |
|
Training Staff to Use Normalized Interventions with Video Feedback and Self-Monitoring. |
MOLLY DAY (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This paper is given to highlight the importance of training staff how to implement incidental teaching procedures with young learners with autism. A method used for this purpose that utilizes videotaped feedback and self-evaluation will be presented together with outcome and social validity data. |
|
|
|
|
Morningside Academy: What's New? |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
America's Cup C |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy) |
CE Instructor: Joanne K. Robbins, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Morningside Academy teachers will present descriptions and data on a variety of development projects in our laboratory school. We will discuss assessment strategies for reading comprehension, oral reading fluency, and vocabulary; behavioral approaches to counseling; study skills; prompting question-generating; and improving number-writing fluency. |
|
Assessment: Reading Comprehension, Oral Reading Fluency, and Vocabulary. |
HEATHER GRADA DURBECK (Morningside Academy), Marianne Delgado (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy), Julian Gire (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Correlations between Robert Dixon et al’s reading comprehension program, “Reading Success: Effective Strategies for Reading Comprehension,” and the Iowa Test of Basic Skills test scores of Morningside students prior to and following a year of instruction will be discussed. Strategies of the reading program and other Morningside methods of reading instruction will be briefly reviewed. Data will be shared using the Standard Celeration Chart to analyze class-wide results for different levels of the program. This presentation will also discuss an evaluation of the effectiveness of video training for oral reading fluency inter-scorer agreement. Morningside Academy conducts weekly checks of Oral Reading Fluency using the DIBELS curriculum. In order to ensure inter-scorer reliability and accurate assessment information, a video training procedure, combined with written materials and immediate feedback was evaluated. Included participants were members of the assessment team; their results will be presented as will a brief demonstration of the video training procedure. Finally, our assessment presentation will discuss two methods of vocabulary instruction in a 7th grade reading curriculum: SAFMEDS flashcards and student-directed activities, using a weekly CBA to track application of vocabulary words in a 5-minute student free write. SAFMEDS instruction consisted of a 15-minute fluency session of teacher generated short definitions, tracked on a standard celeration chart. Student-directed methods consisted of giving students access to full dictionary definitions and the word in context and have them determine a correct definition, study of the denotation and connotation of words and informal and formal registers, exploration of different grammatical forms and related words, and having students create contextual examples. The CBA was a weekly free/write with a word bank of the instructed vocabulary words, scored across three dimensions: total words written, correct writing sequences, and number of vocabulary words used correctly. Growth on the curriculum-based assessment was tracked using a standard celeration chart. Data from a full school year of vocabulary instruction in a 7th grade literature curriculum will be presented and future curriculum decisions based on the data will be discussed. |
|
Adding a Clinical Component to a Middle School Curriculum: Problem Solving Planning System (PSPS). |
ADAM G. STRETZ (Morningside Academy), Marianne Delgado (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: One of the goals of Morningside Academy is to equip their students with a problem-solving model through behavioral analysis. This will be shown using data gathered through a PSP form and student generated tracking plans. Transactional Analysis is introduced to the students as a Psychology class and this instruction teaches the students the language and background they will need to take part in PSPS sessions. The sessions focus on student participation and planning in solving their own problems. These ‘problems’ are varied and can include: issues at home, issues at school, interpersonal issues, repeated areas of difficulty, etc. Students explore what is going well and what their concerns are. Eventually, a particular concern is isolated and a goal to change or improve that concern is stated. The advocate helps the student consolidate and summarize until a specific plan of action is in affect that both the student and the advocate believe will potentially accomplish the student’s stated goal. |
|
Fluent Thinking Skills: Becoming an Active and Engaged Reader in a Content Course. |
MEGAN KNIGHT (Morningside Academy), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Fluent Thinking Skills refers to a composite-level performance that teaches learners to actively become responsible for obtaining important information from text in any content area. Students are taught how use titles, headings, and graphics to focus their attention on predicting and extracting relevant information before reading unfamiliar text. They also tap into their own prior knowledge to connect their experiences to the upcoming lesson. A system of sophisticated note-taking is used to organize questions, predictions, and answers. This approach to learning in a content class at Morningside has proven to be extremely powerful and rewarding, as it gives more responsibility to the learners themselves. |
|
Prompting Question-Generating Behaviors; Promoting Number Writing Fluency with Discrimination Training. |
JENNIFER REILLY (Morningside Academy), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy), Julian Gire (Morningside Academy), Erin Mitchell (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Learned helplessness seems to be a pitfall for many children with mild to moderate learning and developmental disabilities. As responsible educators we tend to accept sole responsibility for students failing to make significant academic gains, “If the student hasn’t learned, the teacher hasn’t taught.” While this statement may be true, we often underestimate the students’ role and responsibilities to problem solve and interact with instruction within the classroom. Transferring the responsibility from adult to child is one of Mark Ozer’s main premises when he defines Degrees of Responsibility. Ozer defines responsibility as continuing a dialogue between adult and child. This dialogue is further defined as the exchange of questions and answers between individuals. Skills in maintaining this dialogue are placed on a continuum and include the degree or level a child answers questions to the child generating questions independently. Ozer’s principle of Degrees of Responsibilities is the underlying concept used to operationally define target behaviors expected of students at Morningside Academy. By identifying and shaping the skills necessary to actively interact with instruction, these once failing students soon learn to become active participants in their learning and show dramatic improvement in their academic performance.
This presentation will also discuss handwriting difficulty, which can seriously impede a learner's ability to succeed in mathematics. Fluent writing enables the learner to focus on the conceptual or computation demands. Typical daily exercises at Morningside Academy include timed writing practice of the digits from 0-9. Those students who have high error rates were identified and offered a new intervention that required discrimination of well-formed from poorly-formed digits. A shaping process followed if digit production occurred in an inefficient manner. Once these behaviors were established, rate building in 0-9's continued. Data will be presented on the effects of this discrimination intervention. |
|
|
|
|
Neuroscience and Behavior Analysis: Relationships among Functional Systems |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Randle B |
Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Travis Thompson (University of Minnesota) |
Discussant: William D. Timberlake (Indiana University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has been largely concerned with public variables external to the organism that influence behavior. Endogenous factors have often been considered private, inaccessible and in some cases, hypothetical. The misunderstood relationships among biological and behavioral events have engendered counterproductive explanatory controversy leading to missed scientific opportunities. The potentially symbiotic interrelations are illustrated by acceptance of selection by reinforcement as the central organizing principle of all behavior, including complex human behavior, concepts such as stimulus control and conditioned reinforcement and their mediating biological counterparts, and integration of behavior-analytic and genetic and neuroscientific findings by means of simulation research. The concept of behavioral phenotype within basic and applied behavior analysis will also be examined. Of particular interest are behavioral phenotypes associated with functional disabilities as contrasts with typical development, providing opportunities to explore interactions with clinical/educational intervention procedures. Behavior analytic science must come to terms with genetic influences on behavior to complete its development. It will then be suggested that an organism’s integrated repertoire of operant behavior is a biological system, similar to other biological systems. Endogenous variables can serve as establishing operations, discriminative stimuli, conjoint neurochemical and neurophysiological mediating events and maintaining consequences within a functional analysis of behavior. |
|
Integration of Behavior-Analytic, Genetic, and Neuroscientific Findings by Means of Simulation Research. |
JOHN W. DONAHOE (University of Massachusetts, Amherst) |
Abstract: I review the sometimes misunderstood relation between behavior analysis and the other biological sciences, including Skinner's final comments on the subject. The potentially symbiotic interrelations are illustrated by (a) the acceptance of selection by reinforcement as the central organizing principle of all behavior, including complex human behavior, (b) behavioral concepts such as stimulus control and conditioned reinforcement and their mediating biological counterparts, and (c) the integration of behavior-analytic and genetic/neuroscientific findings by means of simulation research. Unfortunately, but understandably, many biological scientists have been misled by the dominant theoretical view in psychology--cognitivism. |
|
Behavioral Phenotypes in the Functional Analysis of Behavior. |
WILLIAM J. MCILVANE (University of Massachusetts Medical School) |
Abstract: Following on the recent completion of the Human Genome project and other advances in human genetics, there has been an accelerating search for so-called „behavioral phenotypes‰ associated with specific genotypes. Of particular interest are behavioral phenotypes associated with functional disabilities, general and specific, not only as informative contrasts to typical development but also because of their possible interactions with clinical/educational intervention procedures. Behavior analytic science, whether basic, translational, or applied, only rarely focuses explicitly on genotype-phenotype relationships in the analysis of behavior. There may be growing perils associated with inattention to this dimension of the scientific analysis of behavior, as my presentation will document. I will argue that behavior analytic science must come to more secure terms with genetic influences on behavior in order to complete its development ˆ roughly paralleling Skinner‚s argument regarding the relationship between behavior analysis and neuroscience. I will argue further that behavior analysts have within their science methods and perspectives that will help to advance and clarify thinking about behavioral phenotypes. In doing so, I will pose a number questions that behavioral scientists of all stripes can profitably ask themselves when "behavioral phenotype" is considered as an independent variable in the scientific analysis of behavior. |
|
Relations among Functional Biological Systems in Behavior Analysis. |
TRAVIS THOMPSON (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: This paper is proposes that an organism’s integrated repertoire of operant behavior has the status of a biological system, similar to other systems, like the nervous, cardiovascular or immune systems. Evidence is reviewed indicating that the distinctions between biological and behavioral events is often misleading, engendering counterproductive explanatory controversy. A good deal of what is viewed as biological (often thought to be inaccessible or hypothetical) can be made publicly measurable variables using currently available and developing technologies. Moreover, such endogenous variables can serve as establishing operations, discriminative stimuli, conjoint mediating events and maintaining consequences within a functional analysis of behavior and need not lead to reductionistic explanation. It is suggested that explanatory misunderstandings often arise from conflating different levels of analysis. Finally, it is suggested that behavior analysis can extend its reach by identifying variables operating within a functional analysis that also serve functions in other biological systems. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - New Methods in the Experimental Analysis of Relational Responding: New Tricks for Old Dogs! |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Del Mar AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
CE Instructor: Denis P. O'Hora, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The experimental analysis of relational responding is one the oldest areas in psychological science. The examination of relational responding grew out of philosophical debates in the late nineteenth century to become a hot topic in the early twentieth century. More recently, relational responding, in particular derived and arbitrary relational responding, has attracted much interest among behavior analytic researchers interested in complex cognitive phenomena. The four papers in this symposium present new methods for the experimental analysis of relational responding. The first paper summarizes the literature on responding in accordance with temporal relations and presents a novel empirical approach to investigating such performances. The second paper examines the role of derived relational responding in the enjoyment of computer games by using a game constructed to provide different levels of such responding at different levels of the game. The third paper employs a novel procedure to isolate different sources of contextual control in derived relational responding. Finally, the fourth paper exploits the phonological and orthographic properties of natural language words to elucidate sources of control in tests for stimulus equivalence. |
|
A Review of the Literature on Temporal Relational Responding: Isn’t it about Time? |
JOHN HYLAND (University of Ulster), Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: Previous research in the area of temporal relational responding has uncovered much about how patterns of human behaviour are controlled through relations between verbal and environmental stimuli. However, there has yet to be a detailed investigation into the nature of temporal relations and how they are implicated in the underlying processes of human cognitive behaviour. The current paper will assess the cognitive and behavioural literature on temporal relational responding in order to provide a detailed analysis of such responding. A novel experimental technique will then be outlined that will enable us to conduct this rigorous investigation and to identify possible methods of improving relational responding in adults and children. A detailed analysis of this kind will provide the explanatory tools to address a range of complex human behaviours, including grammatical control, relational reasoning, and temporal perception. |
|
What's in a Game? The Relational Properties of Computer Gaming Behaviour. |
CONOR LINEHAN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Seamus McLoone (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Tomás Ward (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: The current research applied a derived relations approach to understanding the role of complexity on enjoyment in on-line computer game-playing. Participants were exposed to nonarbitrary stimulus discrimination training designed to establish the functions of SAME and OPPOSITE for two arbitrary contextual cues. All participants then received training in the following four arbitrary relations: SAME/A1-B1, SAME/A1-C1, OPPOSITE/A1-B2, and OPPOSITE/A1-C2. A testing phase was then presented in which the relations SAME/B1-C1, SAME/B2-C2, OPPOSITE/B1-B2, and OPPOSITE/C1-C2 were tested. Level 1 of the game consisted of training to establish a clicking (save) response towards one stimulus (B1) and an avoidance (destroy) response towards another stimulus (B2) in the presence of the SAME contextual cue. Level 2 required participants to transfer the responses learned in Level 1, to the C1 and C2 stimuli in the presence of the SAME contextual cue, and in the absence of feedback. Level 3 was similar to Level 2, with the exception that responses were made in the presence of the OPPOSITE contextual cue. Level 4 required participants to respond to C1 and C2 stimuli in the presence of randomly alternating SAME and OPPOSITE contextual cues. Preliminary results suggest that enjoyment in online gaming can be understood at least partly in terms of derived relational responding. |
|
Contextual Control over Non-Arbitrary Relational Responding: Further Empirical Investigations. |
IAN T. STEWART (National University of Ireland, Galway), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Louise A. Mchugh (National University of Ireland, Swansea), Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
Abstract: This study replicates and extends a previous empirical model of the Relational Frame Theory phenomenon of Crel and Cfunc based contextual control. In Experiment 1, participants were trained to respond in accordance with relations of sameness and difference in the presence of two arbitrary shapes which were thus established as Crel cues for SAME and DIFFERENT relational responding respectively. Training using additional contextual cues was then provided in order to induce transformations of function along particular stimulus dimensions (e.g., size), thus establishing Cfunc control. Following this training, participants were then successfully tested for generalization of Cfunc control in which a novel Cfunc stimulus cue came to control transformation of function along a novel stimulus dimension. Experiment 2 demonstrated the generalization of Cfunc control to MORE / LESS relational responding. Participants were first trained and tested for MORE / LESS responding. They then successfully completed tests for Cfunc control over the transformation of function in accordance with MORE / LESS. The first phases of Experiment 3 were similar to those of the previous experiments except that nonsense syllables were employed as contextual cues. Participants were then provided with training for the derivation of equivalence relations between those cues and novel nonsense syllable stimuli. They were then exposed to MORE / LESS training and testing followed by a test for generalization of contextual control, as in Experiment 2; however, the contextual cues used in the final test phases were the stimuli in derived relations with the original contextual cues. The latter demonstration may represent an initial model of pragmatic verbal analysis, the process which RFT sees as central to human problem solving. |
|
The Effect of Sample-Comparison Interference and Comparison-Comparison Interference on Stimulus Equivalence Relations. |
DENIS P. O'HORA (National University of Ireland, Galway), Ian Thomas Tyndall (American College Dublin/National University of Ireland, Galway), Molly Loesche (University of Ulster) |
Abstract: The current study reports three experiments that examine the effect of incorrect comparisons in the disruption of equivalence relations. Each experiment in the current study included twenty undergraduate students as participants. Previous research has shown that sample-comparison similarity disrupts equivalence relations. Experiment 1 replicated this effect using phonological and orthographic similarity. Experiment 2 employed incorrect comparisons that were phonological and orthographic similar to correct comparison. Unlike Experiment 1, equivalence relations were not disrupted by such interference. Although lower rates of correct responding were observed in the presence of the similar comparisons, the relations were observed when interference was removed. Experiment 3 employed sample-comparison interference at different levels for specific equivalence relations (e.g., orthographic interference for C1-A1, phonological for C2-A2 and no interference for C3-A3) and preliminary results suggest that sample-comparison similarity disrupted only those relations exposed to interference. These results suggest that Sample-Comparison Interference and Comparison-Comparison Interference disrupt different behaviors, both of which are required to demonstrate equivalence relations. |
|
|
|
|
OBM Paper Series: Research in Behavioral Safety |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Emma AB |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
|
The Safety Observer Effect across Various Work Conditions. |
Domain: Applied Research |
ADRIENNE R. ROBEK (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Alicia M. Alvero (Queens College, City University of New York) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of the present study is to expand on the existing safety observer effect literature (Alvero & Austin, 2004; Sasson & Austin, 2005). Two experiments will be conducted and data will be recorded with a hidden video camera. Four undergraduate students will serve as participants in each experiment (n = 8). Experiment 1 will examine the effects of conducting safety observations on the safety performance of the observer and the effects of the participant’s awareness of observations by the experimenter. Participants will conduct safety observations on a confederate’s performance to assess the effects of conducting observations on the safety performance of the participant observer. Throughout the experiment the experimenter will conduct direct observations of the participant to assess the effects of direct observations on the safety behavior of the participant.
Experiment 2 will examine (a) the effects of conducting safety observations on the safety performance of the observer when working alongside a peer, (b) the effects of both direct and indirect observations on safety performance, and (c) the effects of reinforcement on safety performance. ABC within-subject designs will be employed in both experiments. Phase C will be staggered across groups of behaviors. |
|
A Comparison of Momentary Time Sampling Procedures Across Various Interval Lengths on Ergonomic Safety Performance. |
Domain: Applied Research |
ALICIA M. ALVERO (Queens College, City University of New York), Eva Rappaport (Queens College, City University of New York) |
|
Abstract: This study compares the accuracy of momentary time sampling when observing and recording ergonomic safety behaviors performed while working on a simulated assembly line task. A comparison was completed by observing the participants on a 1-second continuous interval, which represents “true” safety performance. The data were then analyzed using momentary time sampling in 90, 120, 165, 195, 210, 240 & 300 second intervals to examine the effects of interval length on the accuracy of observations. |
|
Behavioral Mechanisms of Safe Posture. |
Domain: Applied Research |
SIGURDUR OLI SIGURDSSON (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
|
Abstract: Recent research in the area of occupational safety for the lone worker at computer workstations has demonstrated that postural variables can be amenable to improvement through OBM techniques. This talk will briefly cover the various behavioral mechanisms proposed in the research literature as being responsible for behavioral change, and then focus on a behavioral account that emphasizes that role of discrimination, feedback and motivative operations. Kinesthetic stimuli associated with safe posture need to be accurately discriminated from stimuli associated with at-risk posture by workers. Feedback on the accuracy of posture discriminations may be needed in order for workers to reliably assess how appropriate their posture is at any given time. When workers can accurately discriminate between the kinesthetic stimuli associated with safe and at-risk posture, the potential of stimuli associated with good posture to function as reinforcers needs to be considered. Motivating operations that may increase the reinforcing effectiveness of certain kinestethic stimuli will also be discussed. |
|
Increasing Safety while Using Agriculture Equipment. |
Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA L. PORTERA (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
|
Abstract: The present study examined the impact of behavioral skills training on operation safety of agricultural equipment. Unskilled tractor operators were observed engaging in basic tractor operation following viewing of a manufacture operation video which accompanied the purchase of a midsize compact utility tractor. Following observation of numerous unsafe observations, each operator underwent a sequence of behavioral skills training to improve safe tractor operation. Significant changes in behavior were observed, suggesting that behavioral safety has promising utility in the under-researched field of agriculture. With farm accidents a leading cause of death in the United States, the present investigation has considerable implications for the future of behavioral safety. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - On the Development of Higher-Order Thinking: Shaping More Complex Behavioral Repertoires |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Betsy A |
Area: DEV/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Discussant: Margaret E. Vaughan (Salem State College) |
Abstract: This symposium involves three talks related to the development of more complex behavioral repertoires – higher order thinking. Commons’ Model of Hierarchical Complexity will be discussed in relation to the development of learning processes for undergraduate students. Pear’s talk will focus on the use of a modified Bloom’s taxonomy for evaluating course-related questions and student’s answers; and Crone-Todd’s talk will analyze both approaches, and attempt to relate them to a verbal behavior analysis and to shaping. This talk is expected to be useful for those interested in development, teaching, and learning. |
|
Implications of the Model of Hierarchical Complexity for Learning and Teaching of College Students. |
PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State College), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: In 1998, Commons and colleagues (e.g., Commons & Miller, 1998) presented a behavioral-developmental model for stages of development. In this Model of Hierarchical Complexity three characteristics are identified: 1) stage of development is accounted for by differences in the hierarchical complexity of tasks that people can do correctly; 2) development within a task sequence in one domain (e.g. mathematics) can and often proceeds relatively independently from development in other domains (e.g. writing or interpersonal understanding); and 3) an additional theory proposes specific transition steps in transition between stage, from rejecting or abandoning a strategy that worked at a previous order of complexity, to trying out new strategies in non-systematic ways, and finally to acquiring and using a new strategy. This process is related to shaping, as it involves successive approximations during transitions. These three characteristics of the theory will be illustrated with examples from undergraduate and graduate students solving tasks in different domains. |
|
Using Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction to Increase Students' Higher-Order Thinking. |
JOSEPH J. PEAR (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Most educators agree on the necessity of teaching higher-order or critical thinking in their courses. However, there appears to be little agreement on how best to do this. One approach is a to use a question-and-answer method in which both the questions and the answers are scored according to the levels of Bloom's taxonomy and the instructor attempts to move the students from the lower to the higher levels. A method called Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction (CAPSI) incorporates this approach along with a peer-review mastery system of learning. A quantitative analysis of the levels of students' answers on Bloom's taxonomy will be conducted to determine whether higher-order thinking increases throughout CAPSI-taught courses. A descriptive analysis will also be conducted on the answers to specific questions and the feedback students give and receive on answers to higher-level questions. The data, which are to be collected, are expected to indicate that CAPSI is a highly effective method for increasing higher-order thinking by students. |
|
The Development of Higher-Order, Complex Thinking Behavior. |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Delta State University) |
Abstract: The development of higher-order thinking involves various degrees of complexity in verbal behavior terms. Recent work in this area has focused on the use of Bloom’s taxonomy to specify the levels of thinking in CAPSI-taught courses, and to specifically target and reinforce more complex behavioral repertoires on the part of undergraduates. A quantitative analysis of course-related questions and student answers, which compares both a modified Bloom’s taxonomy and Commons’ Model of Hierarchical Complexity, will be provided. Discussion will focus on the relationship between the taxonomy and the model, and on the relationship to Skinner’s verbal behavior. Further, the application of shaping procedures will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
International Panel - Professional Development Series: On Aspects of Applied Internships in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Randle D |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amanda C. Adcock (University of North Texas) |
MARTA LEON (Headsprout) |
ROBERT T. PEYTON (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
NATALIE B. JACOME (Murdoch Developmental Center) |
KATHERINE V. POWERS (The Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Most job indexes predict that the behavioral services field will continue to grow over the next ten years. While this is great news for those working in the field, it suggests a growing challenge to students about to graduate and enter the job market. Specifically, it suggests that the plague of graduates with excellent educations and little-to-no practical experience will continue to spread. In order to help slow this epidemic and to educate ABA’s student members on the opportunities that are available to them while working on their degrees, the panelists will discuss their experiences with applied internships from both a student and a professional perspective. This is a Student Committee-sponsored event. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Behavioral Economics and Delay Discounting |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Randle A |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Chad M. Galuska (University of Michigan) |
Abstract: This symposium will highlight recent advances in, and relations between, the research areas of behavioral economics and delay discounting. In the first presentation, Madden and colleagues will integrate behavioral economics with delay discounting in describing an animal model of gambling. Differences in gambling between high- and low-impulsive rats will be examined. In the second presentation, Myerson and colleagues will examine how future gains and losses are discounted; specifically, they will argue that hyperboloid discounting, and not differences in discounting rates associated with reinforcer magnitude, determine the preference reversals often observed in choice between delayed outcomes. In the third presentation, Yankelevitz and colleagues will describe their recent work on token economies in both pigeons and people. Token earning will be dissociated from token utilization, and Yankelevitz will describe how both species adopt an earning-utilization strategy that minimizes the overall unit price of the commodity. Finally, Galuska and colleagues will assess rhesus monkeys’ demand for a number of drugs of abuse. Galuska will describe the strengths and weaknesses of a novel procedure designed to generate drug demand functions within a single session. Together, these presentations demonstrate the usefulness of behavioral economic and discounting procedures in shedding light on the determinants of complex and socially relevant behaviors. |
|
Behavioral Economics, Impulsivity, and Empirical Findings From an Animal Model of Gambling. |
GREGORY J. MADDEN (University of Kansas), Patrick S. Johnson (University of Kansas), Nathaniel G. Smith (University of Kansas), Adam T. Brewer (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Mazur's (1987) hyperbolic discounting function predicts that high-impulsive individuals will prefer reinforcers obtained from gambling-like schedules of reinforcement more than will low-impulsive individuals. This prediction was tested using Wistar rats characterized as either high- or low-impulsive based on a choice assay. The animal model pits gambling-like RR schedules against FR schedules. Choosing to gamble results in reduced income because the price of the RR reinforcer exceeds that of the FR reinforcer and rats were given a fixed response income. Impulsivity selections have been completed and the gambling assay is underway. |
|
Preference Reversals with Losses. |
JOEL MYERSON (Washington University), Leonard Green (Washington University), Daniel D. Holt (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Sara J. Estle (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire) |
Abstract: People who choose a larger, later gain over a smaller, sooner gain when considering outcomes far in the future will often reverse their preference as these alternatives become closer in time. This finding, which is contrary to a normative economic account of intertemporal choice, is predicted by the hyperboloid discounting of delayed gains. The present study demonstrates that an analogous phenomenon occurs with delayed losses. Because larger and smaller losses were discounted at equivalent rates, in contrast to the magnitude effect found with delayed gains, the present findings provide strong support for the idea that preference reversals in choice between delayed outcomes occur because of the hyperboloid shape of the discount function rather than because of a magnitude effect. |
|
Reinforcer Accumulation: A Cross-Species Analysis. |
RACHELLE L. YANKELEVITZ (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida), Christopher E. Bullock (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Both pigeons’ and humans’ decisions about how much of a commodity to earn before utilizing it are influenced by the amount of work associated with earning and utilizing. In the present study, pigeons’ and humans’ responses on the left (token-production) key resulted in presentation of a token in the form of a stimulus light according to a fixed-ratio (FR) schedule. After one token was earned, the right (exchange-production) key became available. Thus, subjects could choose to accumulate multiple tokens before exchanging them for another reinforcer (mixed grain for pigeons, 30 s video clips for humans) or to exchange immediately after tokens were earned. The FR requirements on the token-production and exchange-production keys varied systematically across conditions. Pigeons accumulated tokens with greater frequency and magnitude at higher token-production and exchange-production ratios, and choices conformed more to minimization of unit price (responses per reinforcer) when deviations from minimization were most costly. Humans minimized unit price under nearly all ratio combinations. In a subsequent experiment, humans accumulated fewer tokens and less often when a probabilistic token-loss contingency was imposed on earning certain tokens. The results show that accumulation by both pigeons and humans is a function of token-production and exchange-production work requirements. |
|
A New Procedure to Rapidly Assess Drug Demand in Rhesus Monkeys. |
CHAD M. GALUSKA (University of Michigan), Gail Winger (University of Michigan), Steven R. Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc. and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), James H. Woods (University of Michigan) |
Abstract: The rate at which drug consumption decreases with increases in price is referred to as elasticity and may correspond to abuse potential. In our laboratory, rhesus monkeys self-administer drugs (via an intravenous catheter) by lever-pressing. In our traditional procedure, the price of the drug is held constant within a session and manipulated across sessions. The purpose of this study was to generate a demand function within a single session. Sessions were divided into five 30-minute components. The fixed-ratio requirement to produce a drug injection increased across components (10, 32, 100, 320, and 1000). Different doses of cocaine, methohexital, remifentanil, fentanyl, ethanol, and the non-drug reinforcer aspartame were investigated. With few exceptions the rank-order of drugs in terms of elasticity was similar using both the traditional and within-session procedures. Within-session demand functions obtained with the ultra-short acting remifentanil were similar to those obtained traditionally. When larger doses and longer-acting compounds were investigated, however, within-session demand functions were more elastic than those obtained traditionally. These results suggest that drug accumulation across components may affect demand, limiting the usefulness of the within-session procedure. Despite this limitation, this rapid demand assessment procedure may prove useful in investigating how drug demand changes on a daily basis during addiction, physical dependence, and withdrawal. |
|
|
|
|
Sharpening our Behavior-analytic Concepts: Ethics, PBS, and "Everything" |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Cunningham AB |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University) |
|
The Roots of the Behavior Analysts’ Code of Ethics: From Hippocrates to the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. |
Domain: Theory |
CARL CONKLIN (University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas) |
|
Abstract: Nowhere is there a comprehensive history of events that preceded and led to the formation of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) and subsequently to the BABC Guidelines for Responsible Conduct. However, many articles describing the history of behavior analysis focus on specific events or time periods. Johnson and Shook (1987), for example, provide an account of the 15-year history leading to the development of a state-level behavior analyst certification program but a comprehensive history is lacking. History is important because it provides the background that defines where we came from and the basis of understanding why we are where we are today. By being aware of the history of our professional ethics, coupled with our commitment to the human condition and the field of behavior analysis, we will better understand the current environment of the field. This paper provides that historical background for professional behavior analysts, students of behavior analysis, and those in related fields. |
|
Everything You Know About Behavior Analysis Is Wrong. |
Domain: Theory |
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: 1. You can’t reinforce or punish organisms.
2. You don’t express things.
3. Penalties aren’t extinction.
4. You don’t extinguish escape behavior by turning off the shock.
5. The shock in an escape contingency isn’t an SD.
6. The cue in cued avoidance isn’t an SD.
7. You don’t extinguish avoidance behavior by turning off the shock or buzzer.
8. Traditional differential reinforcement doesn’t shape behavior in the natural environment.
9. Sr =/= CS.
10. Not all contingencies have SDs.
11. The operandum isn’t the SD.
12. You can’t differentially reinforce other behavior (DRO).
13. Schedules of reinforcement suck.
14. Gambling has nothing to do with VR schedules.
15. Applied behavior analysts do DRL wrong.
16. Respondent conditioning is just operant conditioning in drag.
17. Paychecks don’t reinforce working.
18. Procrastination has nothing to do with failure to delay gratification.
19. Without religion, we atheists would flush the world down the toilet.
20. Stimulus generalization is usually irrelevant to transfer of training and maintenance.
But, these are just my humble opinions; and I might be wrong, though probably not.
(For more info, go to http://www.dickmalott.com/behaviorism/notes/youknowwrong/) |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis and Positive Behavior Support: Is There Really a Difference? |
Domain: Theory |
JANET A. BUTZ (Collaborative Autism Resources & Education), Stephen B. Mayville (Odyssey Charter School), Chris Holcomb (Odyssey Charter School), Carie L. English (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health) |
|
Abstract: There is a strong debate in the literature and among professionals concerning the use of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Positive Behavior Support (PBS). The presenters have identified some of the differences in the two approaches to behavioral support. Traditional behavior approaches primarily focus on changing the student's behavior and use strategies that target behavior reduction or elimination. Conversely, PBS has a broader focus and uses strategies that modify the context in which behavior occurs and the goal is to replace problem behavior with a functionally equivalent behavior using multi-component interventions.
Case studies will be provided detailing how a team utilizing the PBS process addressed problematic behaviors in two students with challenging behaviors. The same students were also observed by a behavior analyst who developed treatment plans. The two approaches used for addressing problem behavior in each student will be compared and contrasted.
The ultimate goal of this session is to allow professionals to develop an appreciation regarding the commonalities we share in relation to our beliefs about behavior as well as develop an understanding of the philosophical differences we may encounter as we work together to improve the quality of life of our clients in a socially meaningful way. |
|
|
|
|
|
Some Macro and Micro Issues in Instructional Methodology for Children with Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Douglas A |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Alan E. Harchik (The May Institute) |
Discussant: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Alan E. Harchik, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Teachers, instructors, and parents of children with autism seek to find the most effective instructional methodologies. This involves examining the smallest intricacies of the instructional session (e.g., prompting, reinforcement, pacing) as well as the many of the larger, broader issues, such as those involved in choosing the content of the instruction (e.g., language, social skills, play, community). In this symposium, the authors present examples of research that look at both of these aspects of educational programming for this population. The first two papers compare different prompting protocols within one-to-one instructional discrete trial training sessions. Weinkauf et al. built upon their past research to develop, and now examine, a prompting procedure that combines beneficial features from both a simultaneous and delayed prompting protocol. Leaf et al. compared the effects of a simultaneous prompt with another type of delayed prompt called a no-no-prompt. Finally, Alai-Rosales describes a methodology to help us determine what to teach during these instructional sessions. By identifying, and then incorporating, behavioral cusps into our choice of skills to teach to children, we may be more likely to maximize the benefit for children with autism. Sigrid Glenn will comment on the papers. |
|
The Use of Prompting Strategies to Teach Skills to Children Diagnosed with Autism. |
KEVIN P. KLATT (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Sara M. Weinkauf (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Julie A. Ackerlund (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Corey S Stocco (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Jennifer Lynn Bechtold (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Claire Anderson (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Nicholas Vanselow (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Carrie Haessly (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire) |
Abstract: Recent research has shown that both the simultaneous prompting and the constant prompt delay procedures can be used to teach skills to children with autism. The simultaneous prompting procedure involves the teacher providing an immediate prompt on all teaching trials, whereas the constant prompt procedure requires the teacher to give the child an instruction, followed by a prompt to help the child respond correctly, and then the prompt is faded across trials until the child responds independently. Data presented last year showed children with autism learned skills in less trials with the constant prompt delay, but made less errors with the simultaneous prompt procedure. The purpose of the current research is to investigate whether a procedure that combines features from both the simultaneous prompt and constant delay can be used to teach new skills, and whether the new procedure will result in learning in fewer trials and with fewer errors than either the simultaneous prompt or constant prompt delay procedures. |
|
An Evaluation of Prompting Systems in Determining Effectiveness with Children with Autism. |
JUSTIN B. LEAF (University of Kansas), Amanda Tyrell (University of Kansas), Brandon McFadden (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This study compared two different methods of prompting that have been reported to be effective in two-choice discrimination learning tasks. One method, simultaneously prompting, involves prompting the child, immediately following an instruction, to the correct choice for an entire teaching session. A second method, no-no-prompting, gives the child opportunities to respond without any prompts, but, if the child makes two errors in a row, the teacher prompts the correct response. Daily probes assessed if the participant could respond without any prompts. Three young children with autism were taught receptive language skills and rote math skills. Both types of prompting procedures were used with each child using different sets of words or addition problems comparable in difficulty within a multi-probe experimental design. The two methods were compared in effectiveness as indicated by the number of teaching trials and the durations of teaching sessions required for children to reach a mastery criterion. |
|
The Study of Behavioral Cusps in Programs for Children with Autism and Their Families. |
SHAHLA S. ALA'I-ROSALES (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: In this presentation we will describe the concept of a "Behavioral Cusp" (any behavior change that brings the organism’s behavior into contact with new contingencies that have even more far-reaching consequences), discuss its importance for young children with autism, and provide a brief review of methodologies that have been suggested to study Behavioral Cusps. We will then present a description of our family intervention program, The Family Connections Project (FCP). The mission of FCP is to produce meaningful and generative behavior changes in young children with autism and their family members. The measurement systems we will describe are our first attempts to identify Behavioral Cusps, if and when they occur, during the course of our intervention. Data will be presented and discussed in the context of logistical issues, technological supports, experimental design, and social validity. |
|
|
|
|
Strategies that Fit: Identifying Efficient Interventions to Support Children with Autism, Families, and Staff |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Elizabeth G |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Nanette L. Perrin (Early Childhood Autism Program, Community Living Opportunities, Inc.) |
Discussant: Shannon Kay (The May Institute) |
CE Instructor: Nanette L. Perrin, M.A. |
Abstract: When working with children, we should always be looking for empirically supported strategies to enhance our effectiveness. Improving the accessibility of effective strategies is often the first hurdle. In the first two presentations, we will provide information on sharing the technology of functional behavior assessment found in the empirical literature, first to teachers and then to families. The third presentation will present information about empowering parents in effective intervention strategies to help . The first presentation will be a multiple baseline design across teachers at varying grade levels. This data-based presentation will address the effects of knowledge dissemination on effectiveness of behavior plans. The second data-based presentation will assess the effects of a curriculum to teach parents to develop intervention plans. The third presentation will present a review of parent education literature and summarize the parent education strategies utilized as part of an intervention program for young children with autism and its effects on their families. |
|
Empowering Teachers across the Grades to Complete Functional Behavior Assessment. |
STEPHANIE THORNE (Early Childhood Autism Program, Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Amanda Tyrell (Early Childhood Autism Program, Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Nanette L. Perrin (Early Childhood Autism Program, Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Diane Bannerman Juracek (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas), Jamie D. Price (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.) |
Abstract: Empirical evidence suggests functional behavior assessment (FBA) is a necessary component in the creation of effective behavioral interventions. IDEA 2004 requires the use of FBA for behaviors that impede the learning of students (IDEA, 2004). Concurrently, it appears that some educators in the public school system continue to have limited knowledge of FBA procedures. The primary goal of this study is to consider a more cost effective and time efficient alternative to training public educators in behavior analysis. This presentation will describe a study examining the effectiveness of teaching FBA through school in-services, community-based trainings, independently accessed on-line modules, and self-administered quizzes. Through a multiple-baseline across participants design, pre- and post-tests of knowledge of FBA components, accuracy in the completion of competing behavior diagram will be assessed(O’Neill et al., 1997), testing scores from on-line modules will be tracked, as well as fidelity measures throughout their sessions on the implementation of FBA data will be collected. The participants will include special education staff at the elementary and high-school level as well as undergraduate students completing a practicum at the preschool level. The implications of these findings will be discussed and follow-up data will be reported as well. |
|
Increasing Family Self-Sufficiency to Assess the Functions of Child Problem Behavior and Develop the Fix. |
DIANNE BANNERMAN JURICEK (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Amy McCart (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Enabling family members to assess the functions of challenging behavior and develop and implement successful intervention is an important, but difficult endeavor. Families don’t always have access or funding for professional services and having behavior analysts in the home is burdensome. This study assesses the effectiveness of basic training package to teach parents to use applied behavior analysis to develop effective behavior support plans for their children. The curriculum includes sections on how behavior works, a simplified functional behavior assessment, and a simple behavior support plan format with data collection procedures. A scenario test is used to assess acquisition and an interview and observation tool was developed to assess parents’ ability to use the information to develop and implement a successful behavior support plan. A case study with outcome and social validity data will be presented. Though not all families are inclined to gain an understanding of their child’s behavior and develop and implement effective intervention, some families are motivated to do so and should be able to access support towards self-sufficiency. |
|
Toddlers with Autism: Effective Parent Training. |
KATE LAINO (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas), Amanda C. Besner (University of North Texas), Nicole Zeug (University of North Texas), Andrea Newcomer (University of North Texas), Nicole Suchomel (University of North Texas), Allison Jones (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: With the advent of more refined screening instruments, the detection of autism is occurring at younger and younger ages. Early detection frequently leads to early intervention. Because parents are the primary change agents in the lives of infants and toddlers, early intervention programs should involve parent training and support. The purpose of this presentation is to provide a review of the literature on parent training programs for families with infants and toddlers with autism. A description of intervention training goals, measures, training procedures, evaluation methods, outcomes and social validity will be provided. Finally, a data based description of one training program, The Family Connections Project (FCP), for parents of infants and toddlers with autism will be presented. The mission of FCP is to enhance the quality of relationships between toddlers with autism and their families. The FCP description will include an overview of family assessment strategies, IFSP development, teaching procedures, training procedures, data-based decision making strategies and social validity approaches. Outcome data from several families will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Applied Behavior Analysis to Pre-Service Teachers |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Mohsen AB |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Robert L. Morgan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Teachers are often faced with the need to design, implement, and analyze behavior intervention plans. Before teachers can manage behavior interventions, they must be well-versed in applied behavior analysis research, functional behavior assessment, and positive behavioral support procedures. In the context of special education teacher training programs, knowledge and skills in behavior analysis sometimes compete with training requirements in other areas (e.g., delivery of instruction, assessment). In this symposium, presenters will describe methods for teaching applied behavior analysis research and applications to preservice teacher trainees. In the first presentation, Allen-Williams and Alexander will describe incorporation of behavior analysis content into various courses and preservice teachers’ feedback on their level of preparation at Weber State University. In the second presentation, Stenhoff will describe a one-semester course and application opportunities at University of Kentucky. In the third presentation, Morgan and Vasquez will describe a two-semester sequence of courses and school-based applications at Utah State University. Finally, Williams will describe infusion of behavior analysis research and applied projects into undergraduate and graduate courses at Gonzaga University. The symposium will present various ways to address the challenge of providing preservice teachers with the knowledge and skills needed to manage behavior interventions in school settings. |
|
Infusing Applied Behavior Analysis into Non-Traditional Courses: Foundations and Applications. |
NATALIE ALLEN-WILLIAMS (Weber State University), Melina Alexander (Weber State University) |
Abstract: As two new tenure-track professors at a university where courses specific to Applied Behavior Analysis are not offered, the presenters have been challenged to educate our students in the principles of ABA. The presenters have incorporated teaching ABA principles and developing student research skills in classes that previously lacked this component; specifically the classroom management course. In this course students are taught how to implement action research in their practicum and student teaching experiences. We oversee these projects that reinforce ABA principles. Along with this we have incorporated ABA principles in our foundations and reading courses, two courses which previously did not contain any content related to the specifics of ABA. The presenters will describe how ABA principles have been infused and provide student feedback on how these efforts have impacted their skills. |
|
Methods of Teaching a One-Semester Behavior Analysis Course without an Applied Setting Experience. |
DONALD M. STENHOFF (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: Ideally while undergraduate students are taught new information and skills there should be multiple opportunities for those students to practice applying the knowledge and skills with feedback in the classroom and in applied settings. This is especially important for students who are initially learning principles of behavior and behavior change methods. Despite the importance of using the knowledge and skills in applied settings, this is not always possible due to the structure of undergraduate education programs. For example, some schools may not have practicum experiences available and only provide a one semester course of Applied Behavior Analysis. Thus, it is important that the activities and assignments during the course approximate experiences that are relevant to those found in applied settings. Additionally, due to the constraints of a one semester only ABA course, it becomes imperative to identify the knowledge and skills students will need across a variety of professional settings. The purpose of this presentation is to describe an ABA one-semester course at the University of Kentucky. The presenter will discuss the intricacies and activities used to compensate for limited exposure to and direct application of ABA principles and methods. |
|
Methods for Teaching a Two-Semester Sequence of Behavior Analysis Courses with School-Based Applications. |
ROBERT L. MORGAN (Utah State University), Eleazar Vasquez, III (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Under certain conditions, special education teachers conduct functional behavior assessment (FBA) and FBA-based interventions in school settings. Tasks involve direct observation, data collection, analysis of contextual variables, hypothesis generation and testing regarding the function of the behavior, identification of alternative behaviors aligned with function, programming of antecedent events and reinforcing consequences, and analyzing data. Preservice teachers need to be taught to perform these functions at a high level of proficiency. At a pre-service level, special education trainees at Utah State University are introduced to single-case behavior analysis research, then conduct FBA and FBA-based interventions in a two-semester sequence of school-based experiences. Students carry out applications in schools. Each semester, preservice teachers participate in practicum classrooms for 6 hours per week, providing opportunities to carry out the FBA-based interventions as well as other projects. This presentation will describe the courses, school-based applications, sample students and target behaviors, and intervention outcomes. Examples of FBA-based interventions conducted by preservice teachers will be presented. |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis and the Special Education Teacher Training Programs at Gonzaga University. |
RANDY LEE WILLIAMS (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: This presentation will summarize how Applied Behavior Analysis is taught and interwoven into the undergraduate and graduate programs in special education teacher preparation at Gonzaga University. Students master precise definitions and diagrams of the basic principles of learning and data-based procedures based on those principles. All faculty use the same definitions throughout the entire programs. All faculty use data-based effective college teaching techniques, such as written study questions, frequent assessment over small units of material, retake opportunities to demostrate mastery, guided notes, and response boards. Additionally, Gonzaga students complete at least four applied research projects (two during student teaching) in which the Gonzaga students teach socially significant behaviors to children or adults with disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
The Behavior Analyst - Alone Again, Naturally: Forging Alliances in the Community |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Molly AB |
Area: DEV/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Noel A. Crooks (Florida International University) |
EMILY BRANSCUM (Behavior/Solutions International) |
JENNIFER D. RUSSELL (Ideal Behavioral Services, Inc.) |
DEBORAH LEE SAFKO (Infinite Personal Possibilities) |
TARA M. SHEEHAN (Florida International University) |
Abstract: The principles and theories of behavior analysis have been successfully applied in the community as evidenced by the significant improvements in the quality of life of many of the consumers we serve. Given these valuable contributions, it is clear that there is an on-going need for dialogue to facilitate a more successful partnership between the behavior analysts and the caregivers, service providers, and state agencies that coordinate the supports of persons with disabilities. What seems to be missing is a general framework that efficiently communicates the integration of our professional values and ethical guidelines with the practical needs of the consumer. To help promote the work of the practicing behavior analyst to a much broader audience, this panel will provide a series of vignettes illustrating successful relationships that have been forged in the community while implementing behavior analytic treatment strategies that have been successfully trained and executed by parents, extended family members, other direct caregivers, and teachers within the home, school and community settings. In addition, future directions with regards to an interdisciplinary approach to treatment interventions while preserving the integrity of our fundamental scientific assumptions are also addressed. |
|
|
|
|
The Direct and Collateral Effects of Extinction and Punishment |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Madeleine CD |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Rachel H. Thompson (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Continuing advances in functional analysis and reinforcer assessment technologies have improved our ability to design effective, reinforcement-based interventions. Nevertheless, research shows that reinforcement programs are, under some conditions, ineffective without extinction and/or punishment. In addition, unprogrammed extinction and punishment contingencies appear to control human behavior under naturally occurring conditions. Thus the delineation of the effects of extinction and punishment is necessary for effective practice and a more complete understanding of human behavior. This set of papers examines the direct and collateral effects of extinction and punishment under applied conditions and in a more basic preparation. Participants included a child with developmental disabilities, undergraduate students, and typically developing preschool children. Collectively, results illustrate (a) the benefits of combining extinction and punishment, (b) the effects of extinction on appropriate and previously reinforced responses, and (c) that common teaching procedures can have unintended punishing effects on child behavior. |
|
Resurgence of Infant Caregiving Responses. |
JENNIFER LYNNE BRUZEK (University of Kansas), Rachel H. Thompson (University of Kansas), Nicole M. Cotnoir (The Columbus Organization) |
Abstract: Participants were exposed to experimental conditions designed to simulate infant caregiving. Data collectors recorded the duration of simulated caregiving responses (e.g., rocking a baby doll), and interobserver agreement was assessed during a minimum of 30% of all sessions with a mean agreement of above 90% for all participants. The purpose of this study was to determine if a previously reinforced caregiving responses would reemerge when a second caregiving response was placed on extinction (i.e. resurgence). At the start of each session, a recorded infant cry was presented. Under conditions of negative reinforcement (Sr-), targeted caregiving responses terminated the cry, which was re-presented only if the target response failed to occur for 3 consecutive s. Under extinction conditions, the cry was presented for the duration of the session, independent of responding. The order of experimental conditions was: Sr- (response A), extinction, Sr- (response B), extinction. The final extinction condition was considered the resurgence test. Resurgence, an increase in response A when response B was placed on extinction, was observed with 5 out of 7 participants. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Attention Maintained Problem Behavior: A Comparison of Punishment with and without Extinction. |
ANNA E. CHIRIGHIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Research suggests that punishment is often necessary to treat severe behavior problems such as self-injury and aggression (Wacker et al., 1990, and Hagopian, et al., 1998). Extinction has been shown to be important for reinforcement-based interventions (Zarcone et al., 1994, and Shirley et al. 1997). The current study empirically examined the effects of punishment in the presence and absence of extinction on the destructive behaviors of one child. The participant was included in the study if the functional analysis identified adult attention as maintaining behavior problems and if reinforcement-based interventions were ineffective. The results indicate that punishment was more effective when combined with extinction. |
|
An Analysis of the Reinforcing and Punishing Effects of Common Preschool Teaching Strategies. |
NICOLE HEAL (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This study highlights the unexpected behavioral processes which may control behavior during teaching situations with young children. The efficacy of three strategies that varied in teacher directedness for teaching color- and object-name relations was assessed in a multielement design for one student. Strategy I consisted of an exclusively child-led play period in which praise was provided for correct responses. Strategy II was similar except that teacher prompts to vocalize relations and error correction in the form of model prompts were provided. Strategy III incorporated the same procedures as Strategy I except that a brief period of teacher-initiated trials was arranged; these trials involved the use of time delay between questions and prompts, tokens for correct responding, and back-up activity reinforcers. The child’s preferences for the different strategies were also directly assessed. Interobserver agreement was collected for 35% of sessions and was 97% or higher for all measures. Strategy III was most effective in promoting the acquisition of the color- and object-name relations and was the most preferred. In addition, we observed that embedded teacher prompts punished child interactions with relevant objects during Strategy II. Implications for designing embedded teaching procedures will be discussed. |
|
An Analysis of the Direct and Indirect Effects of Blocking the Aggressive Play of Preschoolers. |
TARA A. FAHMIE (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Aggressive toy play is commonly observed in early childhood classrooms, and acceptable strategies to address this problem behavior have not been articulated in the research literature. The current study sought to determine the direct and indirect effects of blocking aggressive toy play on aggression as well as preferences among toy items. Initially, we identified two sets of toys that were highly preferred (HP) and correlated with aggressive play (e.g., dinosaurs and action figures) and two sets of toys that were less preferred (LP) and not correlated with aggressive play (Legos and ponies) for a boy of typical development. A three-component multiple-schedule design was then used to assess the direct and indirect effects of a blocking procedure on interaction and aggressive play with these toy items. Interobserver agreement was collected on at least 60% of sessions, and mean agreement was 95%. Our results showed that blocking aggressive play with preferred toys decreased aggressive toy play, promoted more appropriate play, and did not result in aggression with other toys or at later points in time when aggression was not blocked. Plans to determine the generality of these effects are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
The Observational System of Instruction: Extending the Observational Repertoire to Address Complex Verbal Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
America's Cup D |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Grant Gautreaux (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Recently, components of the Observational System of Instruction have been implemented and its effects tested on a variety of behaviors such as intraverbal responding, self-monitoring and direction following. Observational learning repertoires have been identified as a necessary component for success in the general education classroom. The importance of this research has implications for individuals who are at risk for entering special education and for those students returning to lesser restrictive environments. To extend this research, several experiments are reported here and the results are discussed in terms of implementing OSI as a classroom procedure as well the effectiveness of systematic component application. These procedures were used to test the effectiveness of the system (and it’s components) on higher order verbal operants such as problem solving, naming, and sophisticated content specific repertoires of middle school students who demonstrated little evidence of having an observational repertoire. |
|
The Effects of Implementing Components of the OSI on Observational Learning, Naming, and Speaker-Listener Exchanges. |
DARCY M. WALSH (Columbia University Teachers College), Grant Gautreaux (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Abstract: A counterbalanced multiple probe design across participants was implemented to test the effects of implementing components of the OSI in comparision to implementing the entire system. Middle school students were screened to determine the extent of their observational learning repertoires and those noted with deficits in these areas were selected for the study. Results are discussed in terms of the effects on the targeted repertoires such as observational learning, naming, direction following, and conversational skills. |
|
A Peer-Yoked Contingency's Effects on Observational Learning and Naming. |
MINDY BUNYA ROTHSTEIN (Columbia University Teachers College), Grant Gautreaux (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of a peer-yoked contingency on student acquisition of naming and observational learning repertoires. Four male middle school students were participants during the experiments. Three of the students were target participants and the fourth was not targeted for the study. The participants did not possess a naming repertoire and two of the participants also lacked an observational learning repertoire. A delayed multiple probe design across participants was used to determine the effects of a peer-yoked contingency on naming and observational learning repertoires. The results are discussed in terms of mean score comparison via pre and post peer yoked contingency probes. |
|
Testing the Effects of Component Application of the OSI on the Acquisition of Higher Order Operants. |
DR. SHIRA A. ACKERMAN (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Abstract: Three experiments were conducted to test the effects of 3 different observational learning methods on naming repertoires, observational learning repertoires and the acquistion of new operants. The observational learning group contingency games in Experiment I provided the means for all students to move to new levels of verbal capability and acquire new operants more efficiently. Two exposures of observational learning in Experiment II and III allowed all participants to acquire new operants across Science and Social Studies content areas. |
|
The Effects of the Observational System of Instruction on the Acquisition of a Problem Solving Repertoire. |
GRANT GAUTREAUX (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Abstract: We studied the direct and collateral effects of implementation of the Observational System of Instruction on middle school students with a history of disenfranchisement. The Observational System of Instruction consists of arranging yoked contingencies with paired students and also requiring those students to peer monitor responses of others emitted during group instruction and peer tutoring. A game board was designed to have the yoked pair compete against the teacher in scripted lessons. A seperate schedule of reinforcement was in place to teach monitoring behavior. Pre and Post instructional probes were administered to measure the acquistion of a problem solving repertoire for math problems upon exposure to peers using a problem solving alogorithm. Results are discussed in terms of the acquisition of the target academic content and the collateral behaviors leading to the expansion of an observational learning repertoire and the impact on pedagogical design. |
|
|
|
|
Transitioning Children with Autism from a Specialized Behavior Analytic Setting to a Less Restrictive Environment |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Elizabeth DE |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
CE Instructor: Meredith L. Garrity, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Children with pervasive developmental disorders are often provided services in a specialized setting outside of a typical school district placement. This referral is most often related to significant behavioral concerns that cannot be treated appropriately in self-contained classrooms within the district. However, with the goal of a least restrictive environment, an out-of-district placement strives to reduce the inappropriate behavior to a stable level and when possible, provide a user-friendly behavior support plan that can be implemented by public school teachers. Three clinical cases will be presented illustrating various issues associated with a return to district. The first presentation will highlight the initial stage of stabilization of a myriad of highly disruptive behavior such as aggression, noncompliance, dropping to the ground, and screaming for a high functioning 11-year-old girl diagnosed with autism. The second presentation will focus on the next step of selecting and teaching specific skills required for a student with ADHD and PDD-NOS to function effectively in middle school. Finally, the third presentation will address coordination with a school district regarding selecting goals to address the unique needs of a four-year-old boy diagnosed with PDD who exhibits high rates of vocal stereotypy in an integrated preschool classroom. |
|
Reduction of Disruptive Behavior. |
MEREDITH L. GARRITY (The May Institute) |
Abstract: Inappropriate behaviors such as screaming, noncompliance, aggression, and dropping to the ground serve as an obstacle for maintaining a child in a less restrictive setting within the public school system. The available resources in a within district placement such as a self-contained classroom or collaborative school may be insufficient to provide the level of expertise or intensity of clinical services appropriate to address significant behavioral concerns. Additionally, such behaviors are often disruptive to the learning of other students. A high functioning 11-year-old girl diagnosed with autism was referred for disruptive behaviors exhibited both in the home and school setting. Functional assessments indicated behaviors with multiple functions, primarily that of gaining attention and escaping from demand. A token economy consisting of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) and a response cost was designed according to student preferences, and the contingencies conveyed to the student via a social story. Targeted behaviors were then introduced into the token program sequentially. Discussion will focus on home and school coordination as well as the creation of parent- and teacher-friendly behavior support plans with the final goal of transition to a less restrictive setting taken into account from the initial referral. |
|
The Impact of Skill Deficits on a Successful Transition to a Public School Setting. |
JAIMIE L. HOOVER (The May Institute) |
Abstract: A ten-year-old boy dually diagnosed with Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder and Pervasive Developmental Disorder-Not Otherwise Specified was referred from his public school system following a failure to improve with the implementation of a physical restraint plan, multiple medication changes, and finally several psychiatric hospitalizations. He was admitted into an intensive behavior analytic program for children ages five to 14 with pervasive developmental disabilities after he had been withdrawn from all psychotropic medication. Initially evaluated with 1:1 staffing, this level of support was quickly faded. Inappropriate behaviors observed included noncompliance, aggression, and drops to the ground. During baseline, these behaviors averaged in occurrence between three and five times per day. A token program was introduced which included differential reinforcement of other behavior in concert with response cost and resulted in a rapid reduction of these inappropriate behaviors to near zero rates. This reduction allowed for further analysis of skill deficits regarding potential obstacles to transitioning back to a less restrictive setting. Discussion will focus on how to select and then prioritize skills for a child with multiple diagnoses in order for the student functioning effectively in a public school setting. |
|
Reduction of Stigmatizing Behavior before a Transition to District. |
KATHERINE GILLIGAN (The May Institute) |
Abstract: Children with disabilities who are placed in an out-of-district classroom often exhibit a myriad of problem behaviors. When these behaviors are prioritized for reduction, stereotypy often falls to the bottom of the list because it is rarely a dangerous behavior. However, in a general education environment, vocal stereotypy can be a behavior of high priority for teachers because of its potential disruption to the classroom environment. Students with disabilities who would otherwise be able to participate in general education classes may be served out of district due to their stereotypic behavior. This study addresses vocal stereotypy in a four-year-old boy with a diagnosis of Pervasive Developmental Disorder. Although the initial referral indicated only a failure to exhibit progress, further consultation with the district revealed a concern about the rates of vocal stereotypy and the student’s ability to participate in general education classes. In order for the student to successfully return to the within-district placement, rates of vocal stereotypy would need to be reduced and the treatment procedure able to be implemented by those without training in behavior analysis. Results and strategies for implementation in a regular education classroom will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior at Fifty: Past, Present, and Future |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Douglas C |
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates) |
CE Instructor: Mark L. Sundberg, Ph.D. |
Panelists: JOHN L. MICHAEL (Western Michigan University), A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), TERRY J. KNAPP (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
Abstract: Fifty years ago B. F. Skinner published the book Verbal Behavior. The book contains behavioral analyses of the most complex aspects of human behavior such as language, private events, thinking, epistemology, memory, and logical and scientific verbal behavior. In many respects, the core of Skinners radical behaviorism is presented in this book. The members of this panel will discuss the significance of Verbal Behavior in terms of past contributions and controversies, its current usage, and its potential for the field of behavior analysis. |
JOHN L. MICHAEL (Western Michigan University) |
Dr. Jack Michael was born in 1926 in Los Angeles. He entered the University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA) in 1943 as a chemistry major, served two years in the army, and returned to UCLA in 1946. He obtained a B.A., M.A., and Ph.D. at UCLA, finishing in 1955. As a graduate student, his main interests were statistical methodology, physiological psychology, and learning theory. During his first teaching job (in the Psychology Department at Kansas University), he was much influenced by reading B. F. Skinner's Science and Human Behavior, and since then has been primarily involved in teaching behavioral psychology; at Kansas University, the University of Houston, Arizona State University, and Western Michigan University. At Houston in 1957, as a result of influence by the rehabilitation psychologist, Lee Meyerson, Dr. Michael began to apply Skinner's behavior analysis in the areas of mental retardation, mental illness, and physical disability. During the next several years, as behavior modification went through a period of rapid expansion, Dr. Michael contributed with his teaching, writing, and public presentations. At Arizona State as a result of contact with Fred S. Keller, he became interested in college instructional technology from a behavioral perspective. Most recently, he has been concerned with the technical terminology of behavior analysis, basic theory regarding motivation, and verbal behavior.
He contributed to the founding of the Association for Behavior Analysis in 1974 and served as president of that organization in 1979. In 2002 he received the ABA Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis, and the American Psychological Association Division 25 Don Hake Award for research that bridges the gap between experimental and applied behavior analysis. He is author of a laboratory manual and a number of articles and chapters dealing with basic and applied behavior analysis. He retired from Western Michigan University in 2003. |
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Dr. A. Charles Catania began his career in behavior analysis in fall 1954, when he enrolled in Fred Keller’s course in introductory psychology at Columbia. That course included a weekly laboratory on the behavior of rats, and Catania continued working with rats and pigeons and other nonhuman organisms over subsequent decades. In Spring 2004, having closed down his pigeon laboratory the previous summer, he celebrated his half century of animal lab activity with a classroom rat demonstration in a learning course. He regards the study of nonhuman behavior as essential to our understanding of verbal behavior, because verbal behavior is necessarily supported by a nonverbal scaffolding. That lesson too came from Columbia, where, as a senior, Catania took a seminar on verbal behavior jointly taught by Fred Keller, Nat Schoenfeld, and Ralph Hefferline. Ever since, Catania has been addicted to the field of verbal behavior, teaching courses in it whenever possible. One function of his text, Learning, is to integrate the topics of nonverbal and verbal behavior, which have too often been given separate treatments. |
TERRY J. KNAPP (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
Dr. Terry J. Knapp is Professor of Psychology at the University of Nevada, Las Vegas. His interest in B. F. Skinner’s book, Verbal Behavior, stems from the 1960s, when he was in speech-communication and completed a Master’s thesis on “Communication and Privacy: A Critical Explication of B. F. Skinner’s Analysis.” After Knapp stopped being critical, he took up Skinner’s analysis and sought his doctoral degree under the late Willard Day because of Day’s contributions on the topics of privacy, verbal behavior, and behaviorism. |
|
|
|
|
Wherefore Experiential Exercises? Critical Perspectives on their Clinical Utility |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Edward AB |
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Gareth I. Holman (University of Washington) |
JONATHAN W. KANTER (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
BARBARA S. KOHLENBERG (University of Nevada School of Medicine) |
WILLIAM C. FOLLETTE (University of Nevada, Reno) |
ROBERT J. KOHLENBERG (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Clinical experiential exercises – i.e., structured tasks aimed at eliciting clinically relevant behavior – are a controversial part of 3rd wave behavior therapies. This panel will discuss several aspects of the controversy, including: How do Functional Analytic Psychotherapy and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy differ in their use of exercises? What is an appropriate rationale for an exercise? When are exercises counter-therapeutic? How do exercises shift the context of the therapeutic relationship? How do behaviors shaped in exercises generalize (e.g., when are exercises arbitrary)? Why do people have such strong responses – positive and negative – to exercises? What is required of the therapist or instructor who facilitates experiential work? When are exercises more effective than other therapeutic techniques? Panelists will present a range of opinions – from supportive to highly skeptical – on the clinical utility of experiential exercises. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Research in Non-University Settings |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Betsy B |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jason C. Vladescu (Central Michigan University) |
WILLIAM V. DUBE (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center) |
DANIEL GOULD (New England Center for Children) |
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: Panelists from three agencies will talk about their research in non-university settings. Attendees will be invited to ask questions and join in the discussion. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Behavior Analysis and Cognition |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Madeleine AB |
Area: EAB |
Chair: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
|
Taking the Map out of the Tolman’s Cognitive Map—and the Cognition Too. |
Domain: Basic Research |
HEATHER M. ANSON (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: Textbook authors and others often cite a variety of Edward Tolman’s works from the 1930s as proof of the existence of “cognitive maps”—a mental mechanism for way-finding. The conceptual validity of the cognitive map concept is rarely challenged. And it is clear that few of those who cite Tolman’s work have bothered to read it or look for other studies that might challenge it. In this context, our laboratory has undertaken a reanalysis of some aspects of Tolman’s place learning research, specifically examining the role of stimulus-class formation in accounting for the behavior of rats in the maze. We will show that the cognitive map concept is not necessary to account for Tolman’s observations. In our work, the critical elements of the maze are replicated using concurrent chains schedules, and the paths taken by the rats can be accounted for in terms of responsible probabilities relative to immediate stimulus functions. We will also expand on these ideas to discuss how behavior analysts might approach a variety of “cognitive” issues without making inferences about hypothetical cognitive processes. |
|
A Spatial-Memory Task Controlling Odor Guided Choices. |
Domain: Basic Research |
FELIPE CABRERA (Universidad de Guadalajara), Alejandro Corujo (Universidad de Guadalajara), Francois Tonneau (Universidad de Guadalajara), Tara K. Ferrigno (None) |
|
Abstract: Most of the spatial-memory tasks developed in animals have the pitfall of control variables such as the odor of the pathways followed by the subjects in past trials. In such studies where the animals avoid to return into places where the food was eaten in previous trials (e.g. win-shift strategy), there is the problem if the animal’s choice is guided by some odor-signal of himself during precedent trips, or his choice is made despite of such pathway’s odor. In the present experiment, seven hamsters were tested in a spatial-memory task where eight bottles containing food were located at equidistant places from the center of a circular platform. These eight bottles were in a circular open-field arena and the floor of the apparatus was rotated 90º counter clock wise just when the last piece of food was available. At this time, subjects could select the bottle containing the food, or the place where the bottle was. Results showed that the hamsters choose most frequently the place where the bottle was located than the bottle itself. This finding supports the argument that the memory of places visited is a factor for the win-shift strategy to obtain food. |
|
Simple Schedules of Reinforcement and the Serial Reaction Time Task. |
Domain: Basic Research |
NATASHA A. BUIST (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand), Maree J. Hunt (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand), David N. Harper (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand) |
|
Abstract: Similarities in response patterns on simple schedules of reinforcement have been cited as evidence for shared basic learning principles across species. However, the behavior of adult humans on simple schedules often differs from that of non-human animals. Studies that have examined patterns of responding generated by preverbal humans suggest that it is adults' ability to verbally mediate their behavior that is responsible for these differences. A task where participants are unable to make verbal rules provides a way of testing this hypothesis. The Serial Reaction Time task (SRT) has previously been used in the cognitive literature to assess implicit and explicit aspects of sequence learning. Implicit learning is similar to learning in the absence of verbal mediation as defined in the behavioral literature. The utility of this task to assess learning in the absence of verbal mediation on simple schedules was assessed. Results indicated that reinforcement influenced responding on the SRT. However, only some aspects of responding showed similarities to the characterstic patterns previously identified in the non-human animal literature. These included changes in response latencies and some characteristics of the distribution of responding across the interreinforcement interval. |
|
|
|
|
|
Promoting Behavior Analysis in the Media |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Randle E |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: John Austin (Western Michigan University) |
E. SCOTT GELLER (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) |
PAUL CHANCE (Seaford, DE) |
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University/Florida Association for Behavior Analysis) |
AMY SUTHERLAND (Freelance Writer) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are very poor at communicating what we do in the media. With this panel of expert authors and public speakers we hope to share some ideas of how we as behavior analysts might better present our field to the culture. |
|
|
|
|
Standards of Evidence across Areas of Practice |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Douglas B |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Teri Lewis (Oregon State University) |
Discussant: Robert H. Horner (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: N/a |
|
Standards of Evidence for Prevention Research |
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe the development of the standards of evidence of the Society for Prevention Research (SPR). SPR created the standards in response to concerns that numerous federal agencies were identifying “research-based” programs, but standards for such a designation were lacking. A task force of prevention scientists therefore created standards that we believed would give greatest weight to programs that had been shown in multiple experimental evaluations to affect an important public health outcome. The standards recognize both randomized controlled trials and interrupted time-series designs. This presentation will discuss the importance of both of these types of designs and will indicate the influence that these standards appear to be having on efforts to identify empirically supported practices. |
Dr. Anthony Biglan has been conducting research on the development and prevention of child and adolescent problem behavior for the past 23 years. His work has included studies of the risk and protective factors associated with tobacco, alcohol, and other drug use (e.g., (Biglan & Smolkowski, 2002; Biglan, Duncan, Ary, & Smolkowski, 1995), high-risk sexual behavior (e.g., Biglan et al., 1990; Biglan, Noell, Ochs, Smolkowski, & Metzler, 1995), and anti-social behavior (Biglan, 1995). He has conducted numerous experimental evaluations of interventions to prevent tobacco use both through school-based programs (Biglan, Severson, Ary, Faller, Gallison, Thompson, Glasgow, & Lichtenstein, 1987) and community-wide interventions (Biglan, Ary, Smolkowski, Duncan, & Black, 2000). He has also performed evaluations of interventions to prevent high-risk sexual behavior (Metzler, Biglan, Ary, & Noell, 2000), antisocial behavior (Barrera, Biglan, Ary, & Li, 2001), and reading failure (Gunn, Biglan, Smolkowski, & Ary, 2000). During the 2000-2001 school years, Dr. Biglan led a team of scholars in a review of what is known about the development and prevention of youth problem behaviors. A book summarizing the evidence and defining next steps for research and practice is forthcoming (Biglan, Brennan, Foster, & Holder, 2005). |
|
The National Standards Project: Standards of Evidence in Autism |
SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (National Autism Center/May Institute) |
Abstract: The number of unproven treatments offered for autism spectrum disorders (ASD) proliferates. The National Standards Project was developed in response to this urgent need for information. The National Standards Project is a collaborative effort to systematically review educational and behavioral treatment research involving individuals under the age of 22 in order to determine the strength of evidence supporting these approaches. In this way, parents and educators can weigh the quality and quantity of research supporting an intervention into their decision-making.
This presentation will use the National Standards Project as a backdrop for discussing the importance of (a) transparency in developing evidence-based guidelines, (b) organizing the literature in a meaningful way for consumers, (c) receiving input from a broad range of professionals representing multiple theoretical orientations, and (d) using a continuum to describe strength of evidence so that consumers understand the quantity and quality of research available for the large number of interventions they are likely to be offered. In addition, integrating the value of evidence-based practice and research findings with clinical judgment and patient values will be addressed. |
Dr. Susan Wilczynski is the Executive Director of the National Autism Center. In this role, she oversees the National Standards Project, updates public policy makers about evidence-based practice related to educational and behavioral interventions, develops assessment clinics specializing in the evaluation of children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders, and establishes the parent education and professional training agenda of the National Autism Center.
Dr. Wilczynski has authored numerous articles on the treatment of autism spectrum disorders. Prior to her position at the National Autism Center, she developed and directed an intensive early intervention program for children with autism spectrum disorders at the Munroe-Meyer Institute. She has held academic appointments at the University of Southern Mississippi and the University of Nebraska Medical Center. Dr. Wilczynski holds a joint appointment with May Institute, where she serves as Vice President of Autism Services. She is an adjunct professor at the University of Nebraska Medical Center. Dr. Wilczynski is a licensed psychologist and a board certified behavior analyst |
|
A Review of the What Works Clearinghouse |
WILLIAM R. SHADISH (University of California, Merced) |
Abstract: The What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) was established in 2002 by the U.S. Department of Education's Institute of Education Sciences to provide educators, policymakers, researchers, and the public with a central and trusted source of scientific evidence of what works in education.
The WWC promotes informed education decision making through a set of easily accessible databases and user-friendly reports that provide education consumers with high-quality reviews of the effectiveness of replicable educational interventions (programs, products, practices, and policies) that intend to improve student outcomes. To do this, the WWC uses standards for reviewing and synthesizing research. The WWC is currently conducting systematic reviews of existing research, and producing intervention and topic reports. A Technical Advisory Group (TAG) composed of leading experts in research design, program evaluation, and research synthesis works with the WWC to ensure the quality and integrity of its efforts. The TAG helps establish and validate the standards for reviewing research, informs the methodological aspects of the evidence reviews, and provides guidance to the WWC contractors.
This paper will describe the standards for acceptable evidence developed for the WWC and discuss the rationale for these standards. |
Dr. William R. Shadish is Professor and Founding Faculty at the University of California, Merced. He received his bachelor’s degree in sociology from Santa Clara University in 1972, and his M.S. (1975) and Ph.D. (1978) degrees from Purdue University in clinical psychology. He completed a postdoctoral fellowship in methodology and program evaluation at Northwestern University from 1978 to 1981. His current research interests include experimental and quasi-experimental design, the empirical study of methodological issues, the methodology and practice of meta-analysis, and evaluation theory. He is author (with T. D. Cook & D .T. Campbell, 2002) of Experimental and Quasi-Experimental Designs for Generalized Causal Inference and ES: A Computer Program and Manual for Effect Size Calculation, co-editor of five other volumes, and the author of over 100 articles and chapters. He was 1997 President of the American Evaluation Association, winner of the 1994 Paul F. Lazarsfeld Award for Evaluation Theory from the American Evaluation Association and the 2000 Robert Ingle Award for... |
|
|
|
|
Evolutionary Theory is the Proper Framework for Behavior Analysis. |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Douglas C |
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: William M. Baum, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University) |
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis) |
Dr. William M. Baum received his B.A. in psychology from Harvard College in 1961. Originally a biology major, he switched into psychology after taking courses from B. F. Skinner and R. J. Herrnstein in his freshman and sophomore years. He returned to Harvard University for graduate study in 1962, where he was supervised by Herrnstein and received his Ph.D. in 1966. He spent the 1965-66 academic year at Cambridge University, studying ethology at the Sub-Department of Animal Behavior. From 1966 to 1975, he held appointments as post-doctoral fellow, research associate, and assistant professor at Harvard University. He spent two years at the National Institutes of Health Laboratory for Brain, Evolution, and Behavior. Dr. Baum accepted an appointment in psychology at University of New Hampshire in 1977 and retired from there in 1999. He currently has an appointment as Associate Researcher at University of California, Davis and lives in San Francisco. His research concerns choice, molar relations in reinforcement, foraging, and behaviorism. He is the author of a book, Understanding Behaviorism: Behavior, Culture, and Evolution. |
Abstract: Like contemporary psychology, behavior analysis developed with the framework of nineteenth-century associationism, which ignored evolution. With minor exceptions, behavior analysis has failed to re-orient itself in the light of modern evolutionary theory. Instead, behavior analysts have adopted an oversimplified view of the dependence of behavior on evolution in which some behavior is set aside as given and other behavior is regarded as modifiable. The result has been a paucity of concepts and over-reliance on conditioning and reinforcement. To grasp the true significance of evolution, one must understand that all behavior depends on genetic inheritance. The reason is that, whether we are talking about cockroaches or humans, behavior exists to promote fitness. It is modifiable by environmental factors only in ways and by means that genes permit or encourage. The explanation and modification of behavioral phenotypes depends on illuminating the effects of natural selection and the effects of environmental factors in development. Genes that promote and constrain development often allow phenotypic flexibility, but within limits imposed by the mechanisms resulting from natural selection. This point may be illustrated by a series of examples. One conclusion is that the events called reinforcers may be understood in the light of natural selection, as phylogenetically important events that do much more than reinforce. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Choice I |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Randle A |
Area: EAB |
Chair: John R. Smethells (Central Michigan University) |
|
Reinforcer Magnitude Effects on the Dynamics of Choice: New Data Analysis. |
Domain: Basic Research |
CARLOS F. APARICIO (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), William M. Baum (University of California, Davis) |
|
Abstract: Local effects of individual reinforcers on response and time allocation are well documented in the study of choice. Yet, the combined effects of probability and magnitude of reinforcement on preference remain uncertain, probably due to the complexity and duration of the methods used to manipulate these variables with stationary behavior. The present study used choice behavior in transition to investigate within session changes in probability of reinforcement, and between session’s changes in magnitude of reinforcement. The magnitude of the reinforcer was manipulated across seven components of reinforcer. In phase A, regardless of the ratio of reinforcers associated to two levers, the left lever provided larger reinforcers than the right lever. In phase B these conditions were reversed, the reinforcer on the right lever was four times larger than the reinforcer on the left lever. At a molar lever of analysis, preference was described well by the generalized matching law. Local analyses showed that the most recently obtained reinforcers had substantially larger effect on preference than that caused by recently obtained reinforcers. The fact that larger reinforcers produced larger and longer preferences, is consistent with the idea that the variables controlling choice have both short- and long-term effects. |
|
A Critical Appraisal of Contemporary Approaches in the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior. |
Domain: Basic Research |
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
|
Abstract: Much contemporary research in the experimental analysis of behavior has emphasized quantitative treatments of data, for example, the generalized matching law in concurrent schedules and quantitative models of responding on concurrent chain schedules. However, a critical appraisal of this research indicates much of the influence over it is derived from S. S. Stevens, rather than Skinner. The heavy influence of Stevens is ironic, given Skinner’s longstanding and generally bitter dispute with Stevens over the nature of scientific procedure and data formulation. It appears that many researchers in the experimental analysis of behavior either didn’t recognize the differences between Skinner and Stevens, or if they did recognize the differences, simply dismissed them, rationalizing that Skinner could be safely disregarded because he didn’t adhere to time-honored canons of respectable scientific inquiry in traditional psychology, such as might be represented in Stevens. An important question is whether the experimental analysis of behavior would be more advanced had researchers not adhered to Stevens’ approach. |
|
|
|
|
|
Models of Service Delivery for Families with Children with Autism: From Early Identification to Parent Education |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Elizabeth G |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Daniel Adam Openden Ph.D., BCBA-D (University of California, Santa Barbara) |
Discussant: Daniel Adam Openden Ph.D., BCBA-D (University of California, Santa Barbara) |
Abstract: The literature suggests that intervention for children with Autism Spectrum Disorders should begin as early as possible, involve families, and be delivered in natural settings and environments. First, this presentation will outline a model for early identification of, and family support for Autism Spectrum Disorders. The three components of this model will be presented along with data-based findings. The first component focuses on outreach to pediatricians to facilitate earlier identification of children at risk for the disorder. The second component details screenings for ASD and the third component describes the implementation of a Family Support Package for those children indicating a high risk for developing ASD. Next, a model for disseminating empirically supported treatments will be presented. The training model was evaluated with a randomized clinical trial and showed significant differences between the treatment and waitlist control groups at post-test on fidelity of implementation, elevated expressions of positive affect, responsivity to opportunities for language, and functional verbal utterances. The results are discussed in relation to their implication for utilizing a group parent education workshop format to train parents with children with autism. |
|
Effectiveness of a Group Parent Education Workshop Intervention for Multiple Families of Children with Autism. |
DANIEL ADAM OPENDEN PH.D., BCBA-D (University of California, Santa Barbara) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine, through a randomized clinical trial under real world conditions, the efficacy and effectiveness of training a group of parents of children with autism spectrum disorders within a group parent education workshop. Thirty-two parents of children with autism were matched by their fidelity of implementation of PRT intervention procedures scores and then randomly assigned to either a treatment or waitlist control group. Following participation in a four day workshop, significant differences between the treatment and waitlist control groups at post-test were found on fidelity of implementation, elevated expressions of positive affect, responsivity to opportunities for language, and functional verbal utterances. The data suggest the efficacy and effectiveness of a group parent education workshop for training parents with children with autism as one component of a comprehensive intervention plan. |
|
First S.T.E.P.: A Program Description of a Screening Project for Young Children at Risk for Autism or Developmental Delays. |
NICOLETTE NEFDT (University of California/Autism Research & Training Center), Robert L. Koegel (Koegel Autism Center, University of California), Lynn Kern Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara), Sharon Elmensdorp (Koegel Autism Center) |
Abstract: The early identification of children with autism has important implications for early intervention and behavioral outcomes. Research suggests that children may be reliably identified before the age of 36 months and that those children receiving earlier intervention have better long term outcomes. This presentation describes the development of a model for community-based early identification and family support for autism spectrum disorders. Several components of the project will be discussed along with data-based findings that were evaluated within the context of rigorous statistical analysis and multiple baseline designs. The first component focuses on outreach to pediatricians to facilitate earlier identification of children at risk for the disorder. Data collected from pediatricians after trainings suggest an increase in pediatrician awareness about the early indicators of autism spectrum disorders. The second component details screenings for autism spectrum disorders in a community-based setting and the third component demonstrates the implementation of a Family Support Package for those children indicating a high risk for developing autism spectrum disorders. Data collected since the implementation of the screening project suggests that this is an effective model for the early identification of children with autism spectrum disorders and an effective means of referring children for early intervention services. |
|
|
|
|
Staff Development in Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Annie AB |
Area: DDA |
Chair: Andrew M. Syvertsen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
|
Evaluation of Materials, Instruction, and within Session Feedback to Increase Staff Choice-Offering Behavior. |
Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREW M. SYVERTSEN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robert J. Alexander (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), David A. Pyles (Behavior Change Systems, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of three interventions on the choice-offering behavior of staff in a large state-operated developmental facility. We used a multiple-baseline across subjects research design to examine the effectiveness of introducing new materials, giving pre-session instruction along with a job aid, and within session feedback/coaching. The data show that the within session feedback/coaching was most effective in producing increases in the choice-offering behavior of the subjects. The study also examined the beneficial effects of the interventions on resident choice-making. Follow up data show that subject’s choice-offering behavior was maintained up to “eight weeks” after completion of the study. |
|
Transforming Behavioral Assessment and Support Plan Procedures at a Residential Facility for Adults. |
Domain: Applied Research |
PAUL W. HEERING (Rplus), Kail H. Seymour (Rplus) |
|
Abstract: In order to increase the quality of functional assessments and behavior support plans at a developmental center, a standardized Excel program, interview/data collection worksheets, and a training curriculum were created to enable psychology staff to complete functional assessments. In February 2006 the new assessment and support plan system was fully implemented. A quasi-random sample of assessments and plans were examined eight months after implementation. Comparisons were made between documents prepared before (Group A) and after (Group B) the implementation of the Excel program/training curriculum. Of the sample collected, functional assessments existed for 7 of 19 plans in group A and for 19 of 19 plans in group B. The assessments in group A contained 19% of necessary components while the assessments in group B contained 94% of these components. Standard practices and current residential facility procedures call for using these functional assessments as the foundation for behavior support plans. Data regarding the quality of the behavior support plan components will also be presented. Timelines and specific procedures of systemic changes will also be presented and explained. |
|
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior with Children with Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Elizabeth C |
Area: VBC |
Chair: Kimberly Vogt (David Gregory School and Columbia University) |
|
The Effects of Reciprocal Peer Tutoring as a Tactic for Increasing Verbal Operants in a Generalized Setting. |
Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY VOGT (David Gregory School and Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
|
Abstract: The current study utilizes reciprocal peer tutoring as a possible tactic to increase verbal operants in a generalized setting. Proceeding baseline, a multiple probe design was used to determine if reciprocal peer tutoring along with a yoked reinforcement contingency would increase verbal behavior for the participants in a play setting. Two groups of students, a total of four children, participated in this study. All of the students have a diagnosis on the autistic spectrum and are in self contained preschool classrooms. Results can not be reported as of yet because the study is still in progress. |
|
Verbal Behavior for Young Children with Autism. |
Domain: Applied Research |
ANN PATE (Children's Specialized Hospital) |
|
Abstract: This paper describes the verbal behavior program at Children's Specialized Hospital in Mountainside, New Jersey. Children's is the largest pediatric rehabilitation hospital in the U.S. and serves 1000 children with autism per year in its outpatient clinics. The verbal behavior program was started for children with autism and is part of the conventional early intervention program serving young (birth to 3 years) children with developmental delays. This verbal behavior program uses all the usual ABA techniques as well as teaching children to mand for reinforcers using sign language. It has been instrumental in teaching many young children with autism to become vocally verbal. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applications and Utility of Brief Experimental Analysis of Academic Performance |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
America's Cup D |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
Discussant: Matthew Burns (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Children who are struggling to succeed academically can benefit from individualized academic interventions because different children learn in different ways. Like behavioral interventions, academic interventions should be selected based on the results of an individualized prescriptive assessment, such as brief experimental analyses. The use of brief experimental analyses (BEA) of academic performance holds promise for the response to intervention (RTI) movement taking place in K-12 education. The RTI model provides for early identification and instructional intervention when a student’s progress monitoring data show insufficient level and growth of academic performance. The premise of RTI is that practitioners intervene early and effectively, thereby preventing some children from needing segregated special education services. Three studies will be presented that describe application of BEA procedures with Kindergarteners through 3rd graders across early literacy, oral reading fluency, and written expression skills. The effects of the individualized academic interventions identified for the subjects will be demonstrated with progress monitoring data. The studies will be discussed in terms of their utility in an RTI model and future directions for research. |
|
Brief Experimental Analysis of Early Reading Interventions. |
ANNA-LIND PETURSDOTTIR (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Kristen McMaster (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: The study investigated how brief experimental analyses (BEAs) could be used to identify effective interventions for Kindergartners not responding to classwide evidence-based early reading instruction. Participants were two girls and two boys, 5 to 6 years old, with the lowest performance level and/or growth slope in letter sound fluency (LSF) of at-risk participants in three classrooms. Interventions were tested within a multielement design in a hierarchy from least to most intrusive and students’ responses were assessed with two specific subskill measures and one curriculum-based measure of LSF. Interventions identified as effective in BEAs were implemented during supplemental tutoring sessions for 5 to 9 weeks. A multiple baseline design across participants showed large generalized intervention effects (average d = 5.2) on four general outcome measures of early reading skills. The results provide additional evidence of the treatment validity of BEAs and extend the current literature base on BEAs to include a younger group of participants, early reading interventions, and early reading measures. |
|
Reading Fluency: Prescriptive Assessment for Improved Outcomes. |
DANA WAGNER (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Kerry Bolman (St. Croix River Education District), Erin M. Holton (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Reading fluency is an important skill for children to aquire Children who fail to become fluent readers rarely catch up to peers’ achievement level (Juel, 1988). Later school and career success largely depend on fluent reading skills (Snow, Burns & Griffin, 1998). Several variables can influence the rate at which a child’s reading fluency develops. Clearly, not all children learn the same way; what is unclear is what intervention strategies to use with which children when they experience academic difficulties or fail to acquire reading fluency at an adequate rate. The present study examined the utility of a brief experimental analysis of instructional strategies on the reading fluency of school aged children. Effects were measured in terms of correct words read per min during the experimental analyses and on progress monitoring probes over time. The results show differential effects among conditions, over time and across participants on all measures. Interobserver agreement data ranged from 89-100 percent. The results are discussed as a potentially useful element of a response-to-intervention model of assessment and intervention. |
|
Brief Experimental Analysis of Written Expression. |
ZOILA GANUZA (University of Minnesota), Rachel London (University of Minnesota), Matthew Burns (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: The brief experimental analysis (BEA) procedure directly tests interventions to efficiently identify those that will likely be successful, but research has mostly focused on reading difficulties. The current study developed a BEA framework based on the five components of written expression. A second-grade male student with writing difficulties was the participant for the study. Based on writing samples it was determined that the student lacked in both production and mechanics, and a BEA was conducted in both areas. The result of the BEA and subsequent extended analyses, using a multiple baseline design, suggested that the BEA led to effective interventions for this child. These data are promising, but only suggest an assessment technology that requires additional research. |
|
|
|
|
Applying the Competent Learner Model in Preschool Settings |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
America's Cup C |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Daniel E. Hursh, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Settings for normally developing preschool children often serve some children who are not prepared to participate in all learning activities. The Competent Learner Model can prepare educators in these settings to arrange their environments to engage these naive learners. The CLM Course of Study integrates the best practices of Applied Behavior Analysis, Direct Instruction, and Precision Teaching. It coaches educators to mastery of applying these practices with their naive learners. Formative evaluation data from two such settings will be presented and discussed. These data will include Competent Learner Repertoire Assessments, Developmental Work Samples, and teacher decision making. |
|
The Relationship of Competent Learner Repertoire and Developmental Assessments. |
DANIEL E. HURSH (West Virginia University), Liyu Chen (West Virginia University), Reagan P. Curtis (West Virginia University), Bobbie Warash (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The Competent Learner Repertoire Assessments determine the strength of Competent Learner Repertoires. These repertoires include observer, listener, talker, reader, writer, problem solver, and participator skill sets. As young children develop normally these skill sets grow stronger and more generally applied. Over the course of two years the repertoire assessments and Developmental Work Sample assessments have been completed with three and four year olds at a University Nursery School. These data show a moderate correlation between these two assessments indicating a relationship between the behavioral indicators and the developmental milestones. |
|
The Competent Learner Model's Impact on Teacher Decision Making. |
BOBBIE WARASH (West Virginia University), Liyu Chen (West Virginia University), Reagan P. Curtis (West Virgina University) |
Abstract: An assessment of nursery school teachers' decisions regarding managing student behavior was conducted over the course of a number of months during which the two teachers completed the Competent Learner Course of Study. The teachers enter their decisions and rationale for those decisions into a log. These entries were then used as the basis for interviews of the teachers that inquired into their reason for those decisions. These data were then analyzed into categories to determine any impact the course of study may have had on their decisions and the reasoning behind those decisions. |
|
An Implementation of the Competent Learner Model in a Preschool and Day Care Setting. |
JAWANTEY K. MORRIS (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.), Suzanne H. Holman (Heritage Health Foundation, Inc.), Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The Competent Learner Model has an Implementation Accountability Process that cuts across four phases and identifies each of the action steps needed to assure for the implementation of the model as it is designed. A preschool, head start, day care setting in a low income region of a major metropolitan area completed the implementation of the Competent Learner Model across more than two years. The formative evaluation data, action planning process, and descriptions of changes in the behavior of both children and educators will be presented and discussed in terms of how the Competent Learner Model Course of Study influenced the operation of the setting. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior and Social Issues: Behavior Analysis, Biological Psychiatry, and the Treatment of Severe Behavior Disorders |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Douglas C |
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University) |
CE Instructor: Richard W. Malott, M.A. |
Panelists: RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University), MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago), KURT SALZINGER (Hofstra University), STEPHEN E. WONG (Florida International University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis, once a promising and widely used approach in the understanding and treatment of severe behavior disorders, has been obscured by the rise of biological psychiatry and its biomedical model of mental illness that prioritizes psychotropic drugs as the treatment of choice. The current hegemony of biological psychiatry stems less from reliable empirical data and much more from ideological, political, economic, and disciplinary sources of social and fiscal control. The panelists will discuss this thesis, analyze the ramifications of it, and offer suggestions for increasing the visibility and impact of behavior analysis in the social response to severe behavior disorders. The panelists are drawn from the contributors to a forthcoming issue of Behavior and Social Issues devoted to a discussion of the relative obscurity of behavior analysis in the treatment of severe behavior disorders. |
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University) |
Dr. Richard W. Malott received his B.A. in Psychology at Indiana University in 1958 where he was privileged to study with James Dinsmoor. He received his Ph.D. at Columbia University in 1963 where he had the additional privilege of studying with William Cumming, W. N. Schoenfeld, and Fred S. Keller. And, like many before and after him, he frittered away a few years of his life doing research on schedules of reinforcement. He taught with the Kantorians at Denison University from 1963 to 1966. In 1966, he helped start the behavior-analysis program at Western Michigan University, where he continues to teach. At WMU, he also helped start an intro psych course that taught behavior analysis to 1,000 students per semester, with the aid of 500 lab rats and 100 Skinner boxes (1,000 lever-pressing rats per year). Now, his students only condition 230 rats per year, but they also do 130 self-management projects and provide 13,500 hours of training to autistic children each year.
Malott and his students have packaged their teaching/learning efforts in educational systems known as the Student-Centered Education Project (aka The First Fly-by-night Underground College of Kalamazoo), the Behavioral Social Action Program, and the Behavior Analysis Training System. Currently, every summer, he teaches the Behavioral Boot Camp, an intense 18-hour-per-week, 7.5 week, graduate-level, behavior-analysis seminar. He has been actively involved in teaching African-American students and international students behavior analysis and behavior systems analysis at the graduate level. He and his students developed and run the Behavioral Research Supervisory System, a performance-management system to help 30 B.A., M.A., and Ph.D. students per year complete their projects, theses, and dissertations with high quality and in a timely manner. In addition, he and his students developed and run the Behavioral Academic and Career Counseling service, a behavioral-systems approach to helping 100 students per year get into behavior-analytic graduate programs and get behavior-analytic jobs.
Malott helped start Behaviordelia (a publisher of behavioral comic books, etc,), the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABA), ABA’s Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group, ABA’s Education Board, ABA’s Behavioral Follies (previously known as the Behavioral Performing Arts), the ABA Social (previously known as the Behavioral Boogie), the Behavioral Bulletin Board on CompuServe, and the Notes from a Radical Behaviorist bulletin board in the Cambridge Center’s Behavioral Virtual Community (http://www.behavior.org). He wrote the newsletter and column Notes from a Radical Behaviorist and coauthored Principles of Behavior (the book previously known as Elementary Principles of Behavior.) He is now (and has been for many years) working on I’ll Stop Procrastinating when I Get around to It and Applied Behavioral Cognitive Analysis. He has presented in 13 countries and has received two Fulbright Senior Scholar Awards. Over the years, he has also worked extensively with multi-media presentations, from seven-projector slide shows to contemporary PowerPoint presentations, but always with jazz and rock and roll lurking in the background and art and behavior analysis sharing the foreground. |
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago) |
Dr. Mark A. Mattaini (M.S.W., University of Utah; D.S.W., Columbia University) is Associate Professor, Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois at Chicago, where he chairs the Community Health and Urban Development concentration and the human behavior division. He has also been on faculty at Columbia University and the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Dr. Mattaini is Editor of Behavior and Social Issues; author or co-editor of 10 books, including Finding Solutions to Social Problems: Behavioral Strategies for Change (with Bruce Thyer), Clinical Practice with Individuals, Clinical Intervention with Families, and Peace Power for Adolescents: Strategies for a Culture of Nonviolence; and author of over 75 other publications. He trained with Richard Stuart at the University of Utah in the 1970s, and earlier in his career worked in residential treatment, youth development, substance abuse, autism, and mental health settings. Dr. Mattaini was previously Director of Mental Health Programs for Tanana Chiefs Conference in Interior Alaska, and has particular expertise in the area of mental health treatment and community-level prevention work with indigenous populations. Currently, his research focuses primarily on violence prevention (in particular, the cultural analytic PEACE POWER strategy: www.peacepower.info), and elaborating the cultural analytic science underlying nonviolent social action. |
KURT SALZINGER (Hofstra University) |
Dr. Kurt Salzinger has been Senior Scholar in Residence at Hofstra University in Hempstead, NY. since January 2003. He was Executive Director for Science at the American Psychological Association from 2001 to 2003. He has been President of the New York Academy of Sciences, has served on the Board of Directors of the APA, and has been president of Divisions 1 (General Psychology) and 25 (Behavior Analysis) and of the American Association of Applied and Preventive Psychology. He also served on the Board of the Cambridge Center as the first Chairman of the Board from 1986 to 1988 and as a Board member from 1988 to 1991, then from 2004 to the present. He is author or editor of 12 books and over 120 articles and book chapters. The most recent book was edited by Rieber, R. W., and Salzinger in 1998: Psychology: Theoretical-Historical Perspectives. He has varied research interests, including behavior analysis applied to human beings, dogs, rats, and goldfish; schizophrenia; verbal behavior of children and adults; and history of psychology. He has both given grants (when a program officer at the National Science Foundation) and received them (when professor of psychology at Hofstra University and Polytechnic University of New York and Principal Research Scientist at the New York State Psychiatric Institute) for his own research. He received the Sustained Superior Performance Award from the National Science Foundation, the Stratton Award from the American Psychopathological Association, and the Most Meritorious Article Award from the Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry. In 2002, he was Presidential Scholar for the Association for Behavior Analysis. Kurt probably has contributed tremendously by bringing behavior analysis to national and international attention as well as to that of the broader scientific community. |
STEPHEN E. WONG (Florida International University) |
Dr. Stephen E. Wong Dr. Stephen E. Wong received his Ph.D. in psychology (Applied Behavior Analysis) from Western Michigan University. His early professional experience included positions as Research Associate with the Department of Psychiatry, University of California at Los Angeles, and program director and researcher in psychiatric hospitals and residential treatment centers in New Mexico, Florida, and Texas. In 1994, Dr. Wong returned to academia and took an appointment as Assistant Professor in the School of Social Service Administration at the University of Chicago. He is currently employed as Associate Professor in the School of Social Work at Florida International University in Miami, Florida. Dr. Wong has conducted numerous studies in applied behavior analysis teaching interpersonal and independent living skills to persons with severe and persistent mental disorders. He has served on many editorial boards including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Research on Social Work Practice, Ethical Human Psychology and Psychiatry, and Behavior and Social Issues, and he is currently on the governing board of Behavior Analyst Online. Dr. Wong has published widely in psychology, psychiatry, and social work journals and books. Some recent works are: Wong, S. E. (2006). Behavior analysis of psychotic disorders: Scientific dead end or casualty of the mental health political economy? Behavior and Social Issues, 15(2), 152-177.; Wilder, D. A., & Wong, S. E. (in press). Schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders. In P. Sturmey (Ed.), The handbook of functional analysis and clinical psychology. Philadelphia, PA: Elsevier.; Wong, S. E. (in press). Operant learning., and Pelaez, M., Gewitz, J. L., & Wong, S. E. (in press). A critique of stage theories of human development : A pragmatic approach in social work. The last two chapters both in B. A. Thyer (Ed.), Comprehensive handbook of social work and social welfare, volume 2: Human behavior in the social environment. New York: John Wiley and Sons. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Cusps in the Analysis of Behavioral Cusps |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Molly AB |
Area: DEV/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Discussant: Hayne W. Reese (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Rosales-Ruiz & Baer (1997) proposed the term cusp to identify changes in behavior that in turn make possible further behavior change. The behavior change can be simple or complex and is crucial to what can come next in the development of the individual. Its importance is derived from the fact that it transforms existing environments and opens new ones for new behavior change. The concept of the cusp has both practical and theoretical implications. It provides a logic for target selection in service delivery and suggests that behavior change itself is an important factor in the development of new environment-behavior interactions. The presentations in this symposium will illustrate behavioral cusp analyses in the context of service delivery, as they relate to the remote stimulus control of behavior and, finally, in our understanding of verbal behavior. |
|
Behavioral Cusps through the Spectrum: A Person-Centered Process for Establishing Pivotal Behaviors and Repertoires. |
GARNETT J. SMITH (University of Hawaii, Manoa) |
Abstract: Behavioral cusp analysis is arguably one of the most powerful social improvement procedures that stakeholders, parents and persons with ID may use to direct person-centered planning and positive behavioral support exchanges. Building new behaviors that so profoundly alter, displace, or transform personal behavioral repertoires that they render preexisting behavioral repertoires obsolete results in quality-of-life improvement that transcends that of the person with ID alone. For the past 5 years we have used the concept of behavioral cusps to demonstrate to a variety of change agents how life-altering transcendent social/behavioral outcomes may emerge from surprisingly modest behavioral or environmental exchanges. This presentation will describe several published case studies that illustrate the cusp effects across the spectrum of age and school/community settings. |
|
In Search of Behavioral Cusps: How Far Should We Go? |
SEBASTIEN BOSCH (California Unified Service Providers, LLC), Eric Maier (California Unified Service Providers, LLC) |
Abstract: Some changes in a single dimension of a stimulus may have important implications in opening new environments and new contingencies of reinforcement for children with few independent skills. The systematic increase in the distance between the source of verbal/non-verbal stimuli and the child-listener, resulting in remote stimulus control (e.g., control by the verbal stimulus /come here/ emitted at 10 feet and beyond), may have multiple benefits for the listener and the speakers outside of the training environment. A behavioral cusp analysis of remote stimulus control will be provided. |
|
Verbal Developmental Cusps. |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Abstract: Evidence from two decades of research on Skinner's verbal behavior theory and a new book in verbal development by Greer and Ross identifies a series of hierarchical verbal developmental cusps or verbal developmental capabilities. I shall provide a brief overview of these and studies isolating environmental factors that lead to the induction of those cusps. These higher order classes or higher order operants allow children to acquire new operants they could not acquire prior to the development of the capabilities or accelerate rates of learning in one or more realms of learning. The cusps incorporate the range of verbal developmental capabilities from those associated with early speaker and listener repertoires to those associated with advanced capabilities involving the joining of the speaker and listener within the individual. |
|
|
|
|
Establishing and Assessing Preferences for Social Interactions, Auditory Stimulation, and Community-Based Activities |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Elizabeth DE |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
CE Instructor: Thomas S. Higbee, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments have been demonstrated to effectively predict reinforcers for individuals with and without disabilities. Most of the research in this area, however, has focussed on the assessment of edible and tangible (e.g., toys, leisure materials) stimuli. Papers in this symposium will address the use of this technology to assess preferences for various types of social interactions, auditory stimulation, and community-based activities. |
|
Assessing Preferences for Community-Based Activities. |
TRACEY TORAN (New England Center for Children), Rebecca Maxfield (New England Center for Children), Elisse M. Battle (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Although pictorial paired-stimulus (PPS) preference assessments have been used to successfully identify edible and sensory reinforcers, their utility in accurately identifying preferences for community activities has not been explored. In this study, 2 individuals with developmental disabilities, ages 34-36, participated. Both participants had token reinforcement programs that allowed them access to additional community activities contingent on the absence of challenging behavior. Seven sets of PPS assessments were conducted with 6 community activities. During the PPS assessment, pictures of two community activities were randomly selected and placed in front of the participant, who was asked, “Where do you want to go?” No consequence was provided for pointing to one of the pictures. The percentage of opportunities each picture was touched was calculated, and preference hierarchies were developed. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were recorded in 75% of sessions across participants and assessments; mean IOA was 100%. Immediately after completing the PPS assessment, the participants traded in their tokens, and went to the community location of their choice. On 5 of 7 occasions, the participant traded in their tokens to access the item that ranked first on the PPS assessment, suggesting that PPS assessments may accurately identify preferences for community-based activities. |
|
An Evaluation of a Stimulus Preference Assessment of Auditory Stimuli for Adolescents with Developmental Disabilities. |
ERIN HORROCKS (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Previous researchers have used Stimulus Preference Assessment (SPA) methods to identify salient reinforcers for individuals with developmental disabilities including tangible, leisure, edible, and olfactory stimuli. In the present study, SPA procedures were used to identify potential auditory reinforcers and determine the reinforcement value of preferred and non-preferred auditory stimuli. The results from this study suggest that the paired stimulus procedure utilized was effective in identifying preferred and non-preferred auditory stimuli, as the contingent application of the identified auditory stimuli produced higher rates of correct responding than did non-preferred auditory stimuli for all participants. |
|
Assessment Protocol for the Identification of Preferred Socially Mediated Consequences. |
KRISTA SMABY (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often present with insensitivity to the naturally occurring socially mediated consequences that effectively strengthen and maintain behavior in typically developing children. This paper describes as assessment protocol designed specifically to identify relative preference for social consequences in children with ASD. Three preschool age children diagnosed with ASD participated. Different colored chips were used for each of four experimental conditions: Red for extinction, and blue, green, and yellow for social consequence conditions that evaluated tickles, head rubs, and praise, respectively.
The rate of passing a chip to the examiner was the dependent variable. Relative preference for three socially mediated consequences was assessed: tickle, head rub, and praise. Each session consisted of an Extinction condition immediately followed by a Social Consequence condition.
IOA ranged from 95 to 100% across conditions and subjects. The assessment procedure identified a preferred socially mediated consequence for each child and showed that the preferred consequence functioned as a reinforcer by the increase in response rate relative to the rate in the previous Extinction condition. Determining sensitivity to social consequences may allow the clinician to augment the acquisition of typical social behavior. |
|
Efficacy of and Preference for Schedules of Social Interaction. |
KEVIN C. LUCZYNSKI (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The present study systematically replicates and extends previous research (Hanley, Piazza, Fisher, Contrucci, and Maglieri, 1997) on the efficacy and preference for two different schedules of reinforcement, differential reinforcement of an alternative behavior (DRA) and noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), by evaluating their effects with typically developing children. Efficacy and preference were assessed using a concurrent-chains arrangement within a multielement design. Next, the effects of introducing a signaled delay into the DRA condition and yoking the frequency, amount, and temporal distribution of reinforcement to the NCR condition on efficacy and preference was evaluated. Interobserver agreement was collected on 76% of all sessions and averaged 97%. The results replicated the findings from Hanley et al. (1997) with participants preferring the DRA schedule in comparison to the NCR schedule. Preference shifts were also not observed when the delays to reinforcement were introduced. Implications for the use of reinforcement schedules with typically developing children are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Examination of Variables that Affect the Development of Interventions for Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Edward D |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University) |
CE Instructor: Michael E. Kelley, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A pediatric feeding disorder is diagnosed when a child consumes an insufficient volume or variety of foods to grow. In the treatment of these disorders, a number of procedures have been shown to be effective (e.g., escape extinction). However, like other behavior disorders, the emergence and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders are often affected by idiosyncratic variables. This symposium will present data that exemplifies variables that influence the assessment and treatment of feeding disorders. The first investigation involves the application of functional analysis methods to the assessment of inappropriate mealtime behavior. In many cases, different outcomes were obtained depending on who conducted the assessment (i.e., primary caregivers or clinical staff). In the second investigation, a shaping procedure was evaluated to increase food consumption. Results showed that shaping was not effective at increasing oral intake in the absence of a negative reinforcement-based treatment. Study 3 evaluated the extent to which the response effort associated with either self feeding or non-self feeding influenced response allocation across concurrently available treatments. As predicted, response allocation varied according to manipulations in response effort. These studies will be discussed in terms of variables that influence the development of empirically derived treatments for pediatric feeding disorders. |
|
Differential Effects of Staff Conducted Functional Analysis versus Caregiver Functional Analysis. |
HEATHER KADEY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Gregory K. Reed (Howard University), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of Iowa), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kristi D. Murphy (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Ringdahl and Sellers (2000) showed that the results of functional analyses of the destructive behavior of children with developmental disabilities identified different functions based on whether caregivers or clinical staff conducted the assessment. The results of Ringdahl and Sellers raises the question of whether (a) functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior also would produce differential results based on whether caregivers or staff conducted the analyses and (b) whether treatments based on the results of the different functional analyses would be effective. The current study sought to address these questions by evaluating the differential effects of caregivers and staff members as therapists during functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior. The results of the study suggested that the outcomes of the two functional analyses were identical for approximately 60% of the participants. However, functional analyses outcomes were different (i.e., identified different functions) for approximately 40% of participants. We then applied treatments that matched the different functions identified during staff and caregiver-conducted analyses and found that the treatment that was matched to the results of the caregiver functional analysis was more effective than the treatment that was matched to the results of the staff-conducted functional analysis. |
|
The Effectiveness of Shaping plus Avoidance as an Alternative to Escape Extinction to Treat Pediatric Feeding Disorders. |
VALERIE M. VOLKERT (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University), Heather Kadey (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kristi D. Murphy (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Crystal N. Bowen (The Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that negative reinforcement-based procedures (e.g., escape extinction) have been effective in the treatment of a variety of behavior problems displayed by children with feeding disorders (e.g., inappropriate mealtime behavior, expulsion). However, extinction is sometimes associated with negative side effects (e.g., extinction burst; Lerman, Iwata, & Wallace, 1999). Thus, research on alternatives to escape extinction seems warranted. In the current investigation we assessed the effects of a shaping plus avoidance procedure in which we differentially reinforced successive approximations to consuming a bite of food. For example, we initially reinforced licking the presented food, then touching the presented food and so on until swallowing the presented food was the only response that was reinforced. When the shaping procedure was evaluated in a combined reversal and multiple baseline design, results showed that the shaping procedure alone did not produce increases in consumption of food. However, when a negative reinforcement-based procedure was added to the shaping procedure, increases in consumption were observed. Results are discussed in terms of the effects of shaping procedures and other interventions to treat food refusal displayed by children with feeding disorders. |
|
An Examination of a Choice Paradigm to Increase Self-Feeding in Children Diagnosed with Feeding Disorders. |
KRISTI D. MURPHY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Heather Kadey (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Children with feeding disorders display a number of deficits related to eating including a lack of the skills necessary to feed themselves. Previous research has shown that prompting and reinforcement procedures are effective to teach self-feeding skills to children with feeding disorders. However, most procedures utilized in this research involved a physical prompt, which may be counter-therapeutic for some children if escaping self-feeding is reinforcing. The purpose of the current study was to examine an alternative method to increase self feeding in children with feeding disorders by examining the utility of a choice paradigm. Specifically, a choice paradigm was developed to manipulate the effort associated with self feeding versus non-self feeding. Results indicated that the use of a choice paradigm was an effective treatment for increasing self feeding in all participants although the disparity in effort between the two choices that affected a change varied across participants. Interobserver agreement was obtained for over 25% of sessions and averaged over 80%. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Experimental Analysis of Verbal Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Elizabeth B |
Area: VBC |
Chair: Monika M. Suchowierska (Warsaw School of Social Psychology) |
|
Visual Abstraction in Discriminating Three Letter Words by Two- to Four-Year-Olds. |
Domain: Applied Research |
MONIKA M. SUCHOWIERSKA (Warsaw School of Social Psychology) |
|
Abstract: 23 children participated in two experiments investigating visual abstraction in discriminating printed consonant-vowel-consonant (CVC) words that differed only by one letter (the first one in Experiment 1 and the last one in Experiment 2). Matching-to-sample procedure was used and the children were required to select the printed word that was identical to the sample word. In both experiments, at the beginning, all children showed near perfect discrimination of individual letters, but they all made errors when whole word pairs were introduced. This indicated that children had difficulty abstracting an individual letter (first or last) of the CVC words despite their ability to discriminate when presented with single letters. The children were taught to match CVC word pairs. In both experiments, the training was successful in that its effects generalized to untrained word pairs. However, the generalization was mostly seen for the letter that was trained to be abstracted. That is, in Experiment 1, the children were trained to abstract the first letter and the largest degree of generalization occurred to untrained words that differed by the first letter (and the not middle one or the last one). In Experiment 2, similar results were achieved for the last letter. |
|
Evaluation and Teaching of “Yes/No” Responding Across Verbal Operants. |
Domain: Applied Research |
M. ALICE SHILLINGSBURG (The Marcus Institute), Melissa Ross Brown (The Marcus Institute), April N. Kisamore (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University) |
|
Abstract: Skinner (1957) described several verbal operants (e.g., mands, tacts, and intraverbals) and theorized that responses of similar topography may be functionally independent. Thus, acquisition of responses under conditions of one operant does not automatically result in usage under conditions of another. Research has investigated functional independence of responses and the clinical application of teaching responses across operants with mixed results. Previous research has supported Skinner’s assertion of functional independence (Lamarre & Holland, 1985; Hall & Sundberg, 1987), while other research reports a lack of transfer across operants (Nuzzolo-Gomez & Greer, 2004, Sigafoos, Reichle, & Doss, 1990; Twyman, 1996). Many studies have incorporated intervention for a variety of vocal responses such as prepositional phrases, abstract properties, and specific item names. The vocal responses ‘yes’ and ‘no’ have also been targeted for instruction in children with language deficits (Neef, Walters, & Egel, 1984). The purpose of this study was to examine the functional independence between topographically similar responses (i.e., ‘yes/no’) and generalization to items both within and across mand, tact, and intraverbal operants. Three children with developmental disabilities participated in the study. Results support the independence of ‘yes/no’ responses across operants and that generalization within operants was more likely to occur. |
|
Recombinative Generalization in the Context of Learning to Read. |
Domain: Applied Research |
MONIKA M. SUCHOWIERSKA (Warsaw School of Social Psychology) |
|
Abstract: Two typically-developing six-year olds and one child with autism of the same age participated in an experiment that investigated recombinative generalization in the context of learning to read. Recombinative generalization refers to correct responding to novel stimuli that comprise of known elements. Participants were taught to read 9 non-sensical words that originated from a 25 word matrix. The remaining 16 items were not taught and used to test for recombination. 25 words were arranged in sets, each with 3 words to be taught and a number of words to be tested. All three children could not read any of the words at the beginning of the experiment. At the end of the experiment, two typically developing children demonstrated recombination at the level of 70% correct answers. The child with autism did not read any of the untaught words. However, when he was tested for pointing to the untaught words, he identified over 90% of them correctly. |
|
|
|
|
|
Illuminating the Present in Light of the Past |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Randle B |
Area: TPC/TBA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Gail B. Peterson (University of Minnesota) |
Discussant: Gail B. Peterson (University of Minnesota) |
CE Instructor: Edward K. Morris, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The theme of this symposium is that our appreciation of even the most well-established and widely-known facts and doctrines of a science is often meaningfully enhanced and enriched when obscure historical details are placed in modern context. Three presentations giving specific examples of this for behavior analysis are followed by a discussion that expands upon that general theme. John Malone provides a biographical portrait of E. B. Delabarre, who contributed substantively to James' Principles of Psychology, worked with Munsterberg and Thorndike, supplied a son to assist Skinner, and founded the psychological laboratory at Brown. Ed Morris describes the origin and fate of third variables, a notion Skinner developed in his earliest writings, but subsequently dropped, that relates to the modern concept of establishing operations and has implications for how Skinner's systematic position has been perceived and understood by psychology at large. Gail Peterson analyzes rarely seen photos from a 1952 story in LOOK magazine featuring B. F. Skinner and Charles Ferster responding to a challenge to demonstrate the power of shaping, the first such public demonstration. Details of the photos are relevant to later empirical and conceptual developments. |
|
In Good Company, when Psychology was Fun. |
JOHN C. MALONE (University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: E. B. Delabarre was a student of William James at Harvard in the 1880s and wrote a substantial part of James' Chapter 17 (“Sensation”) of the Principles of Psychology (1890). Later he worked with Edward Thorndike on Thorndike's ill-fated attempt to study “mind reading” by children. He received a PhD under Hugo Munsterberg at Freiburg and James later sent him to fetch Munsterberg to direct the Harvard Psychological Laboratories. Decades later, his son assisted B. F. Skinner in Skinner's unsuccessful attempt to modify blood pressure (vasoconstriction and dilation). E. B. Delabarre Sr. carried on his own research on volition and motor consciousness and devised a (painful) method for recording eye movements. He served as the main subject in that endeavor and in a lengthy study of what he found to be the many beneficial effects of hashish. He spent much time on the study of The Dighton Rock and other rocks of New England that carried ancient markings. Perhaps his most enduring achievement was the founding of the psychological laboratory at Brown University. |
|
Back to the Future: B. F. Skinner, Third Variables, and the Concept of Context. |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Until the advent of establishing operations, behavior analysis lacked a systematic concept of context. In Skinner's earliest work, though, he offered just that - a systematic concept of context he called “third variables.” Third variables were central to his system (e.g., in defining the unit of analysis) and his science (e.g., his research on deprivation), and were more inclusive than establishing operations. Almost as quickly, though, he dropped the concept. This presentation describes its natural history (e.g., its genesis), what it included (e.g., conditioning, drive, biology), and its role in Skinner's system (e.g., it explained variability) and science (e.g., a subject matter in its own right). The presentation also considers why Skinner dropped the concept (e.g., to avoid reification, address particulars) and the consequences of doing so, among them, that it constrained the field's search for a fuller range of factors affecting behavior and misled its critics (e.g., to think it was an S-R psychology). In later addressing the consequences, Skinner sometimes referred back to the role third variables played in his system and science. Had he not dropped the concept, however, these consequences might not have occurred to the extent that they did in the first place. |
|
The World's First LOOK at Shaping. |
GAIL B. PETERSON (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: The practical, by-hand shaping of behavior is now such a well-known concept and widespread practice that it is hard to imagine a time, not long ago, when it was essentially unknown, yet that was clearly once the case. This presentation includes rarely seen photographs of the first large-scale demonstration of shaping by B. F. Skinner and C. B. Ferster, and illustrates how the bold generalization of a basic principle Skinner had uncovered in his laboratory was subjected to a rigorous, open, totally novel, and somewhat risky validation test, virtually right before the public's eyes. Photographic details suggest that, beyond being an important demonstration, the occasion may well have prompted Skinner to return to the laboratory to investigate the possibility of “a second type of 'superstition'.” The behavioral observations documented that day also appear relevant to more recently described phenomena, such as sign tracking and target training. An awareness of this history is important for behavior analysts because it brings into focus the under-appreciated fact that this powerful method for changing behavior was a genuine scientific discovery of great theoretical and practical significance, and not the intuitively-obvious, long-known, common-sense process it is often assumed to be. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Imitation and Observational Learning: Analysis, Methodological Issues, and Applications |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Betsy A |
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University) |
Discussant: Maricel Cigales (Advance Behavior Consulting) |
CE Instructor: Maricel Cigales, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The aim of this symposium is to present further analysis, discuss current methodological developments and applications in the area of imitation and observational learning. A paper by Goyos analyzes the behavior of the observer during a matching-to-sample task taking into account the necessary simple and conditional discriminations, antecedent stimuli, motivational operations, observing and touching responses, and consequences. Brown and Poulson will review the concept of observational learning and the operant research on generalized imitation with the goal of identifying procedures to teach learners with autism to imitate in ordinary environments. A stimulus-control account of imitation in ordinary environments is included in this paper with the goal of the development of effective teaching procedures. As the stimulus equivalence technology develops and becomes more powerful, the need to teach a larger number of learners increases, and learning by imitation or observation may be a powerful tool to accomplish this. The objectives of the paper by Goyos & Dias are to develop a control procedure for the observing responses during a matching-to-sample (MTS) task. Secondly, the study investigated whether a model could function as a conditioned reinforcer for the observing response, and third, whether learning a first conditional relation via observational learning would transfer to new conditional relations. |
|
Observational Learning: A Contingency Analysis. |
A. CELSO GOYOS (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: The purpose of this paper is to present a contingency analysis of observational learning (OL). The provenance of OL has been suggested to be philogenetically determined as a fixed pattern of behavior, but it has also been understood as operant behavior. Furthermore, it has been treated differently from imitation. OL still bears important practical implications, and is considered an effective teaching strategy, mainly to quickly install simple social and linguistic repertoire. In OL, the child behavior may formally resemble the behavior of the model, but not necessarily, or may generate the same results, or still, may or may not be reinforced for that particular behavior. Learning a conditional discrimination task via OL is quite complex. The context in which learning takes place usually involves the presence of an adult and maybe of other children. The task itself may allow the child to respond directly, or to emit an observing response. The analysis put forward describes evocative and reinforcer-establishing effects of antecedent events, people or stimuli, discriminative and conditioned reinforcing functions of stimuli generated by model behavior, and generalized or conditioned reinforcers that may maintain OL behavior. OL may involve many operant classes. Practical applications of the present analysis are discussed. |
|
Discriminating which Fork to Use: Teaching Selective Imitation to People with Autism. |
ANN K. BROWN (Queens College, City University of New York and REED Academy), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: There is a literature on operant conditioning procedures to teach imitative repertoires to learners with autism. Yet, very little empirical research has focused on the teaching of imitation to learners with autism in ordinary environments. Typically developing individuals imitate the behavior of others in ordinary social environments. One possible reason that learners with autism do not imitate in ordinary environments is they are not observing the relevant discriminative stimuli that set the occasion for imitative responding. Another possible reason that learners with autism fail to imitate in ordinary environments is they are not observing the unprogrammed reinforcement contingencies that serve to maintain imitative responding for typically developing individuals in ordinary environments. This paper will review the concept of observational learning and the operant research on generalized imitation with the goal of identifying procedures to teach learners with autism to imitate in ordinary environments. A stimulus-control account of imitation in ordinary environments is included in this paper with the goal of the development of effective teaching procedures. Imitation in ordinary environments is discussed in relation to the discriminative stimuli that occasion imitative responding and the unprogrammed reinforcement contingencies that maintain imitative behavior. |
|
Analysis of the Observing Response during Matching-to-Sample Tasks and the Formation of Equivalence Classes. |
A. CELSO GOYOS (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Aline Favaro Dias (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: This study attempted to develop a control procedure for the observing responses during a matching-to-sample (MTS) task. As a second objective, the study investigated whether a model could function as a conditioned reinforcer in those tasks, and third, whether learning a first conditional relation via observational learning would transfer to new conditional relations. Seven children with normal development ranging in age from 8 to 9 years participated in the study. The participants were experimentally naïve, five of which were attending second grade and two were attending third grade in a brazilian elementary school. A pre-test with the conditional relations to be taught was applied and they all did not reach performance above 50% of correct selections. In a MTS task, a sample stimulus was presented, followed by a clic with the mouse on it and the presentation of three comparison stimuli and a ‘help key’ identified on the screen by the “?” sign. Selections of the “?” button was followed by the presentation of an animation on the computer screen which replicates exactly the same trial, but with a different spatial distribution of the comparison stimuli, and an arrow pointing to the correct selection, and followed by a social consequence (“well done”, “excellent”, and so forth). Next, the computer presents the trial in the same position as it was before the participant pressed the “?” button, but without the button. The computer program registered the frequency of “?” pressings. Selections of a comparison were followed by a 2 s intertrial interval and by the beginning of the next trial. The experimental stimuli were familiar pictures, presented on the screen within a small white square measuring 4.5cm by 4.5 cm. Identity training with familiar stimuli was introduced first to teach the experimental task; all correct trials were followed by a reinforcer, and it was followed by a pre-test of the BA, CA, AB, AC, CB, and BC relations. Next, BA relations were trained followed by BA tests. The difference between BA training and BA tests was the presence of the “?” button during the former. After criterion of 100% correct selections on BA tests was met CA training was introduced, followed by CA tests. After 100% correct selections was met on CA, BA and CA trials were randomly mixed together, with 0% probability of reinforcement. During this session, the participants didn’t have access to the “?” button. After criterion of above 90% correct selections was met, tests f |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Implicit Sexual Behavior: Developing and Using Implicit Behavior Tests to Identify Sexual History |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Gregory AB |
Area: CSE; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
CE Instructor: Maria R. Ruiz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior-analytic research into derived stimulus relations has laid the foundation for powerful and easily administered tests for implicit behavioral histories. These tests allow the behavioral researcher to gather information about an individuals behavioral history without the individuals awareness. While popular implicit tests such as the Implicit Association Test (I.A.T) claim to do precisely this, the processes involved in these tests are poorly understood. This symposium outlines a behavioral research program into the development of implicit behavioral tests, and in particular tests for sexual history and attitudes. The first paper provides an overview of behavior-analytic research into derived stimulus relations that has laid the foundation for the development of behavior-analytic implicit tests. The second paper reports on an experiment designed to assess the utility of a derived relations-based implicit test in detecting a history of inappropriate internet use. The third paper outlines a study that employed a derived relations-based implicit test to assess differences in the attitudes of men and women towards children and sexuality. This issue is also pursued in the fourth paper, which reports on a study employing an I.A.T-type test to examine gender differences in the categorization of children and sexual terms. Together these papers constitute a behavioral research program into the development of behavioral implicit tests that may have a wide variety of uses in research, clinical and forensic settings. |
|
Developing Implicit Behavior Tests Based on the Concept of Derived Relational Responding. |
BRYAN T. ROCHE (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Amanda Gavin (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College) |
Abstract: The Implicit Association Test (I.A.T.) provides a powerful methodology for the analysis of attitudes and behavior in a non-invasive and subtle manner. However, the test assumes to measure implicit or unconscious cognitions and to this extent poses a problem for the behavioral researcher. Moreover, the I.A.T technique bears a striking similarity to behavioral methods of attitude and behavior assessment that rely on the concept of stimulus equivalence and derived relations more generally. The current paper provides an overview of behavior-analytic research that has already laid the foundation for behavioral implicit tests. A behavioral model of the I.A.T in terms of derived stimulus relations will be outlined. This model suggests that the I.A.T measures a history of relational responding, rather than attitudes per se. A program of research designed to establish a behavior-analytically grounded implicit test, not unlike the I.A.T, will also be presented. |
|
A Stimulus Equivalence-Based Implicit Test to Identify Inappropriate Internet Use. |
AMANDA GAVIN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Sarah McGuire (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Conor Linehan (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Subjects were exposed to a simulated internet experience consisting of a word-picture association training phase in which each of two nonsense syllables (A1 and A2) were paired with sexual and disgusting images (C1 and C2), respectively. In effect, conditioning established the relations A1-C1 and A2-C2. A control group were exposed to a similar but non-contingent conditioning procedure in which all possible combinations of the A-C relations were established. Using a linear training protocol all subjects were trained to form the equivalence relations A1-B1-C2 and A2-B2-C1. Subjects were then exposed to a modified equivalence test in which C stimuli were presented as samples and one of the A stimuli was presented as a comparison on every trial. Responding was recorded using a yes/no procedure in which subjects were required to confirm if the sample and comparison “went together”. Experimental subjects showed lower rates of stimulus equivalence acquisition than control subjects. The effect is interpreted in terms of the competing histories of respondent conditioning and equivalence training. This effect may form the basis of an implicit test for history of internet use or other relational histories. |
|
Using a Behavioral Precursor to the Implicit Association Test to Measure Differences in the Sexual Categorisation of Children and Adults by Men and Women. |
AMANDA GAVIN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Louise Levins (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Conor Linehan (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College) |
Abstract: The current study was designed to assess male and female participants' relative fluency in matching sexual words with child-related words compared with adult-related words. Adult males and female participants were taught a series of conditional discriminations designed to establish two three-member equivalence relations according to a linear training protocol. Specifically, participants were trained to relate each of the terms Child and Adult (i.e., A stimuli) to one of two nonsense syllables (i.e., B stimuli), which in turn were related to a sexual and a nonsexual term, respectively (i.e., C stimuli). Participants were then exposed to an equivalence-type test in which only one comparison was presented per trial. A Yes/No procedure was employed to record responses on each trial. Interesting patterns of gender differences in the acquisition of stimulus equivalence were observed using these terms as stimuli. The findings raise interesting questions regarding differences in the verbal practices of men and women and contribute to our functional-analytic understanding of implicit test procedures. |
|
Using an Implicit Association Test to Assess Differences in the Sexual Categorisation of Children and Adults by Men and Women. |
MARIA R. RUIZ (Rollins College), Jaslin Goicoechea (Rollins College), Brittany Johnson (Rollins College), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Amanda Gavin (National University of Ireland, Maynooth) |
Abstract: Previous research by the current authors involved using a behavioral variation of the Implicit Association Test to examine differences in relational responding towards children between incarcerated pedophiles and other non-offender groups. The procedure was designed to assess participants' fluency in associating terms related to sexuality with images of children. The results suggested that pedophiles make significantly more correct responses when child images and sexual terms require the same operant response. Of a range of other groups tested, including non offender males, only non-offender female subjects showed significantly more errors relating sexual terms to children rather than adults. The current study further explored this effect by administering a specifically-designed IAT-type test to assess differences the sexual categorization of children and adults by a random selection of normal men and women. The results point to possible differences in the ways in which men and women categorize children and have implications for a behavioral understanding of the Implicit Association Test. |
|
|
|
|
Incorporating Research from Other Disciplines into the Behavioral Treatment of Learners with Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Douglas A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Frank R. Cicero, M.S. |
Chair: Joanne Gerenser (Eden II Programs) |
JOANNE GERENSER (Eden II Programs) |
DANA BATTAGLIA (Eden II Programs/Genesis School) |
FRANK R. CICERO (Eden II Programs) |
REBECCA L. NULL (Burlington County Special Services School District) |
Abstract: Autism is a complex disorder that affects an individuals language and communication, social skills as well as other aspects of learning. Applied behavior analysis has been widely documented as being the most effective treatment methodology to address the behavioral excesses and deficits associated with autism. Unfortunately, even with excellent behavioral treatment, many individuals with autism continue to demonstrate significant deficits in language, communication, and social skills. It appears that existing interventions are insufficient to address the complex learning deficits of all learners with autism. One strategy to address this problem is to broaden the scope of treatment outside of the behavior analysis field to other disciplines and areas of research. This panel will present a set of case studies that demonstrate the integration of other disciplines with applied behavior analysis in the treatment of learners with autism. Specifically, programs derived from the research in speech-language pathology, psycholinguistics, and cognitive psychology will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Language for Learning, Children with Autism, and Relational Frame Theory |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
America's Cup AB |
Area: EDC/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cathy L. Watkins (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Discussant: Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University) |
CE Instructor: Katie Endicott, None |
Abstract: Language for Learning is a Direct Instruction program designed to teach pre-academic skills as well as skills in areas such as problem solving, classification, description of objects, and actions. . The curriculum is comprised of presentation books and workbooks that cover a variety of domains essential for language development and academic success. Information will be presented on what programs are currently using Language for Learning, how Language for Learning can be incorporated into a discrete trial teaching program with children with autism and data on skills mastered as well as an error analysis. In addition, a paper will be presented linking the concepts of relational frame theory to effective instructional practices in language development. Information will be included as to how Language for Learning addresses the teaching of relational frames throughout the content. In this program, relational frames are taught for the purpose of increasing communication skills to transmit and receive information, solve problems, and engage in higher order thinking tasks, all of which are skills necessary for academic success. |
|
Program Overviews of Language for Learning for Children with Autism. |
TRINA D. SPENCER (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Information will be provided as to what programs nationwide are currently using Language for Learning with children with autism. A brief overview of the actual content of the curriculum will be provided, as well as a review of previous research. |
|
Clinical Applications of Language for Learning with Preschoolers with Autism. |
KATIE ENDICOTT (Utah State University), Nicole C. Groskreutz (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Language for Learning is a unique Direct Instruction curriculum that can easily be incorporated into any discrete trial program. It can be used to teach preacademic skills and important problem solving skills in language development. Data will be presented from a study involving four preschoolers with autism who have participated in Language for Learning, as well as an error analysis for supplementary instruction purposes. |
|
Language for Learning: A Relational Frame Theory Perspective. |
GINGER KELSO (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Information will be presented linking the concepts of relational frame theory to effective instructional practices in language development. Information will be included as to how Language for Learning addresses the teaching of relational frames throughout the content. In this program, relational frames are taught for the purpose of increasing communication skills to transmit and receive information, solve problems, and engage in higher order thinking tasks, all of which are skills necessary for academic success. |
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Management Process in Educational Places: Developing Behavioral Strategies for Improvement |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Cunningham C |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sebastian Figueroa Rodríguez (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Discussant: Sebastian Figueroa Rodríguez (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: Symposia looks to discuss the importance and impact of applied behavior analysis projects already concluded. The main reason for develop such a widespread strategy, is to promote improvements in Education at different levels. |
|
Creativity Profile of Mexican Researchers: A Preliminary Approach. |
ROCIO ANGELICA GONZALEZ RMO (Universidad Autonoma de San Luis Potosi), Sebastian Figueroa Rodríguez (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: Given the need to promote research in Mexico and the challenges entailed in the training of researchers, creativity among psychology researchers was explored in order to identify psychological profiles, exploring the following dimensions: Person, Process, Product and Context. 88 researchers from 26 federal entities of Mexico participated as a sample, answering a survey designed ad hoc. A conglomerate analysis (k-means) was done, and 3 groups with significant differences were obtained. First group, researchers in training predominantly involved themselves in creative process, and were associated with a low rate of productivity. Next one, Isolated researchers, focused themselves on elevated productivity with little emphasis on context. Finally, Consolidated researchers, demonstrated high levels in all dimensions of Creativity. Results are discussed and proposals are stated for the above mentioned purpose. |
|
In-Work Satisfaction as a Preventive Factor in Burnout Syndrome in Academic Employees. |
ALEJANDRA BONOLA-JIMÉNEZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Blandina Bernal Mrales (Universidad Veracruzana), Sebastian Figueroa Rodríguez (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: Objective of this project was to determine in what extent academic employees’s burnout syndrome was linked to their productivity into a Mexican Research Institute. Sample was integrated by volunteer professors/researchers. MBI test (Maslach and Jackson, 1986), an interview of their academic production record and a fill out form with personal information were required to get the information. By a Spearman tests it was founded a 0.91 relation between burnout syndrome and academic productivity, by a cluster tests were observed four groups, participates who got more productivity also lived with more burnout syndrome. Analysis and discussion of foundings suggested that high levels of in-work satisfaction present in sample, prevents the typically devasting effects of “burnout”. |
|
Learning and Behavior Modification in Mexican Preschool Children. |
ADRIANA ORDAZ GARCÍA (Universidad Cristobal Colon), Leticia Rivera (Universidad Cristobal Colon), Sebastian Figueroa Rodríguez (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: Present pre-experimental study was developed to identified the most efficient learning strategy (Humanistic or Behaviorist) to increase a target behavior. Twelve first-grade preschool students from a private school in Veracruz, México, were selected as a sample. Data was gathered trough observation and recording of the target behavior in each condition. Conditions were: baseline, Behaviorist Learning Strategies, as independent variable number 1, and independent variable number two (Humanistic Learning Strategies). Significant differences were determinated trough non-parametric statistical tests, that showed Behavioral Learning Strategies were more efficient than those of Humanistic framework in the learning or increase of an specific behavior target. |
|
|
|
|
Mindfulness as Process: An ACT/RFT Conceptualization |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Edward AB |
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lindsay B. Fletcher (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Mindfulness is being incorporated by many modern behavioral therapies (e.g. Mindfulness Based Cognitive Therapy, Dialectical Behavior Therapy and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy) and has been shown to be promising as an effective treatment component. However, in some of these cases, a rationale for what the concept of mindfulness might be has not been provided. Overall, the concept of mindfulness has been defined either at the level of process, technique or outcome, but here we propose a modern behavioral definition of mindfulness that is grounded in a testable theory that at the same time is likely to suggest clinical applications. In this symposium we will approach the phenomenon of mindfulness at the level of process between therapist and client. We will also examine mindfulness from the point of view of perspective taking and deictic frames, and finally we will discuss how our understanding of mindfulness is related to meditation. |
|
Mindfulness, Meditation, and ACT. |
LINDSAY B. FLETCHER (University of Nevada, Reno), Michael Levin (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: A modern behavioral definition of mindfulness will be presented that includes the ACT processes of acceptance, defusion, self-as-context, and present moment awareness. These processes are targeted in many ways in therapy and lab-based studies have provided preliminary evidence for these processes as important mechanisms of change. Meditation is a mindfulness practice that is self-directed and has been used for thousands of years to alleviate suffering. We propose that meditation acts through these mindfulness processes and is a useful skill that can be applied within the context of therapy. |
|
Mindfulness pour Deux: Oh, Mamma, This Is Some Strange Behavior Therapy! |
KELLY G. WILSON (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Mindfulness and being-in-the-present moment are central concerns in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. Sometimes mindfulness exercises are used as a prelude to exposure and defusion exercises. However, ongoing therapeutic interventions themselves can take on a deliberate, present-focused mindful quality. These interventions could be characterized as mindful conversations—mindfulness for two. Meditative interventions such as this may seem strange in a behavioral treatment. However, intensely present-moment focused, mindful interventions are entirely sensible when understood in terms of basic behavioral processes. In this talk, I will describe a mindful therapeutic interaction. I will then examine the intervention in terms of basic behavioral principles. |
|
Deictic Frames and Mindfulness: Theoretical Underpinnings and Practical Implications. |
ROGER VILARDAGA (University of Nevada, Reno), James Edward Yadavaia (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: According to Relational Frame Theory, deictic frames are a class of derived relational responses defined by their dependence on the perspective of the speaker. This concept was introduced by Hayes (1984) in the article “Making Sense of Spirituality,” which laid the conceptual foundation for Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. Some of the implications of deictic frames connect to various Mindfulness traditions, such as Buddhism, and therapeutic models like Mindfulness Based Cognitive Therapy and Dialectical Behavior Therapy. In this paper we will re-explore the behavioral analytical interpretation of this psychological process and provide some clinical insights based on this interpretation. |
|
|
|
|
Palilalia, Echolalia and Vocal Stereotypy: Functional Analyses and Effective Treatments |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Elizabeth A |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jeanne Marie Speckman (Columbia University Teachers College and The Fred ) |
Abstract: We will present four papers which focus on palilalia, echolalia and/ or vocal stereotypy in young students with autism and related disabilities. Three papers discuss effective treatments for reducing palilalia, echolalia and/or vocal stereotypy and increasing tact operants, and one paper provides a functional analysis of palilalia and different forms of contingent auditory stimuli. |
|
The Effects of Contingent Auditory Consequences on Non-Contextual Repetitive Speech/Palilalia. |
AMOY KITO HUGH-PENNIE (Graham-Windham Children's Early Learning Center) |
Abstract: I tested the effects of contingent auditory consequences on non-contextual repetitive speech (i.e. palilalia) with three children diagnosed with autism or classified as students with a developmental disability by their respective school districts to identify controlling variables and develop effective treatment options. A multiple treatment reversal design (Cooper, Heron & Heward, 1987) counter-balanced across participants was used. The results showed a functional relationship between any contingent auditory stimulus used in this experiment and non-contextual repetitive speech for participants K and O. Transfer of stimulus control to the audience occurred for participant N. An overall decrease in palilalia was seen across all students and conditions. |
|
Teaching Self-Monitoring Skills to Decrease Stereotypical Singing of a Student with Autism. |
ROBIN A. NUZZOLO-GOMEZ (Columbia University Teachers College and The Fred S. Keller School), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Columbia University Teachers College & CABAS) |
Abstract: The present experiment tested the effects of a self-monitoring technique on the stereotypical singing behavior of an eight-year-old male with autism. Student A emitted high rates of stereotypical behavior, which interfered with his as well as his peers’ educational programming and social skills instruction. He was taught to self-monitor his stereotypy through the use of two “self-management bracelets”. When wearing a green bracelet given to him by the instructor, he was free to emit stereotypy and when wearing a red bracelet, he was taught to refrain from the behavior. Results showed that through systematic fading of the amount of time Student A wore his green bracelet and subsequent removal of the bracelet; stereotypy decreased to zero occurrences per school day and was maintained in a thirty-day follow up probe. |
|
Reducing Palilalia and Echolalia by Teaching the Tact Operant to Young Children with Autism. |
IRFA KARMALI (Shelby Residential and Vocational Services) |
Abstract: This study investigated the effectiveness of teaching tact operants on decreasing echolalia, palilalia and vocal stereotypy in four children who had characteristics of autism. Four students participated across two experiments in this study. The participant in the initial experiment was a four-year-old student who emitted high frequencies of palilalic behavior. Participants in the second experiment consisted of 3 three-year-old students who also emitted high frequencies of palilalia and inappropriate echolalic behavior. During treatment, models of tact operants were presented contingent upon the emission of palilalic behavior. Appropriate verbal behavior was continually reinforced throughout all sessions of experiment II. The dependent variable consisted of the verbal behavior emitted by the students. This included the frequency of palilalia emitted, echoics (when opportunity was provided), independently emitted appropriate tacts, and independently emitted mands. The independent variable consisted of verbal tact models (teaching tact operants). The results showed that at the onset of treatment palilalic behavior decreased, echoing appropriate tact operants increased, independently emitted appropriate verbal behavior increased, and generalization effects were seen across settings. |
|
Using a Rapid Echoic Tact Procedure to Reduce Palilalia and Vocal Stereotypy and Increase Pure Tacts. |
JEANNE MARIE SPECKMAN (Columbia University Teachers College and The Fred S. Keller School), Hye-Suk Lee Park (The Fred S. Keller School) |
Abstract: Four preschool females with autism diagnoses participated in an experiment to test the effects of a rapid echoic tact procedure on the emission of vocal stereotypy and palilalia and the number of pure tacts emitted during book and puzzle activities. The dependent variables were 1) the number of 5- second intervals in which vocal stereotypy and/ or palalalia occurred during five minute probe sessions of looking at books and puzzles activities and 2) the number of pure tacts emitted by students during five minute probe sessions of looking at books and puzzle activities. The independent variable was a rapid echoic tact procedure during book and puzzle activities. The experimenter provided rapid echoic prompts for tacts of either pictures in books or pictures on puzzle pieces and the participants were required to echo the prompts. A within subject multiple baseline design across activities was employed for all four participants. The results of this experiment showed that 1) the rapid echoic tact procedure was functionally related to decreased vocal stereotypy and palilalia during treatment probes of book and puzzle activities and 2) for some students, the implementation of treatment resulted in a higher number of pure tacts during post treatment probes of book and/or puzzle activities. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Parents and Persons with Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Elizabeth F |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Ginger R. Wilson (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Training Parents as Behavior Change Agents: An Examination of the Benefits of Targeting Knowing about or Knowing how to Implement Operant Principles. |
Domain: Applied Research |
GINGER R. WILSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Parent training has long been recognized an as effective intervention for child behavior problems and there is an extensive research highlighting the advantages of parent training (e.g., Berkowitz & Graziano, 1972; Kazdin, 1993). Despite the many advantages of training parents, no one parent training program has utilized strategies to effectively produce all of these outcomes. Parent training programs differ greatly and there are conflicting recommendations as to the necessary content for training parents to manage behavior. One content related issue centers on whether it is necessary to train parents about behavior principles or how to implement behavior principles or whether or not a combination of the two is necessary to produce child behavior change. A few studies have incorporated varying amounts of principles training (e.g., McMahon, Forehand, & Griest, 1981), yet not a single study to date has isolated the effects of knowing how and knowing about behavior principles. This address will present a study designed to examine the effects of parent training that targeted knowing about operant principles, knowing how to implement operant principles, and combination training. This address will also highlight some necessary areas of future examination for parent trainers. |
|
Highlights from 20 Years of ABA Techniques in Everyday Life of a High Functioning Autistic Child. |
Domain: Applied Research |
LUCIA A. J. BOLAND (Centrum Autism Leiden, The Netherlands) |
|
Abstract: As a mother of a HFA child and also a professional child psychologist, I was able to use the techniques and see the results of ABA during a period of 20 years in everyday life.
In this presentation I will walk through the stages of these 20 years and show the occasions in which behavior modification was applied and how it was specifically adapted to the family situation at home.
In the early years, the focus was on teaching him such basic behaviors as what to eat, when to sleep and how to play. Special attention was needed to stop his tantrums and manage his preoccupations.
In the elementary years the emphasis was on achieving social skills, such as finding friends and learning how to behave properly in the presence of adults, using techniques from social skills training.
In high school years, we had to deal with school projects, homework and enabling him to become a more self-dependent person. As a university student, his challenge is to build up a social life of his own.
Behavior analysis, as part of a larger integrative approach, can be useful in teaching a HFA child new behavior that elicits his anxieties. Self-management techniques strenghten these effects. |
|
The Effects of Parents as Therapists on Social-Communicative Development of Toddlers with Autism. |
Domain: Applied Research |
LAURIE A. VISMARA (University of California, Davis M.I.N.D. Institute), Sally Rogers (University of California, Davis M.I.N.D. Institute), Costanza Colombi (University of California, Davis M.I.N.D. Institute) |
|
Abstract: Autism interferes with the process of child learning and prevents adults from providing typical teaching opportunities within ongoing social interactions. Deficits in areas of development, such as attention, communication, imitation, and play skills, may reduce opportunities for children with autism to participate and learn from natural interactive experiences that occur throughout the day. These developmental delays may be further compounded by the time these children reach the toddler period. The current study provided treatment through the Early Start Denver Model to toddlers 12-36 months of age newly diagnosed with autism. The treatment model consisted of one hour weekly sessions for 16 weeks in clinic, in which parents learned naturalistic therapeutic techniques based on communication and socio-cognitive development as well as applied behavior analysis, and daily home intervention via the parents in natural family routines and parent-child play activities. Parents were taught to develop play activities into joint activity routines designed to build child language and social communication skills and to increase the reward value of social engagement with others. Results indicated significant gains in children’s social communication behaviors and in parents’ acquisition and use of treatment techniques. Findings are discussed in relation to providing parents with the necessary tools to engage, communicate with, and teach their young children with autism. |
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Improvement: The Impact of Compensation Systems and Goal Setting |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Emma AB |
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Kristen A. Maglieri (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Performance improvement has been the foremost objective of most organizational interventions since the time of the first traders. In recent years, a range of strategies have been used by managers and organizational consultants to achieve this goal. Incongruously, there remains a dearth of laboratory research on such interventions. The current symposium reports three experimental studies on two of the most popular and effective performance improvement interventions: pay for performance systems and goal setting interventions. The first study analyses the effect of a piece rate pay system in which pay was provided on the basis of group rather than on individual performance. The second study examines the effect of hourly, incentive and profit share pay systems on performance on a data entry task. The final paper reports a study in which goal statements were provided to employees to examine the effects of goals on performance. |
|
The Effect of a Grouped Piece-Rate Arrangement on the Individual Performance of High Performers. |
HORACIO RICARDO ROMAN (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Jared A. Chase (University of Nevada, Reno), Sandy Kennedy (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to examine the effect of grouped piece-rate compensation on individual performance. Under a grouped piece-rate compensation arrangement, the average number of work units performed by a group was multiplied by a per-piece amount. Under such arrangements, it was predicted that high level of performance would deteriorate over time since high performers were undercompensated with regards to their individual performance. Previous research on grouped compensation with small groups (less than 15 members) has not shown this deterioration. A counterbalanced reversal design was used to examined the effects of group pay contingencies on high performance using virtual groups of 6 members and of 36 members. Undergraduate students performed a data entry task under a group compensation conditions in the context of a small (n=6) and a large (n=36) group. Preliminary findings indicated that similar level performance was maintained in small and large groups. This presentation will include an overview of the methodology, an analysis of the results, and discussion of findings. |
|
The Effect of Hourly, Incentive, and Profit Share Compensation Systems on Performance on a Data Entry Task. |
KRISTEN A. MAGLIERI (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway), Horacio Ricardo Roman (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The current study compares performance on a data entry task in two PFP systems, Incentive Pay and Profit Share, to performance in an Hourly pay system. The task simulated a medical data entry task wherein participants were required to categorize patients based on specific features of the patient’s history. Participants were provided with a Company Profit and Loss Statement and a pay slip after three two-minute work periods and pay conditions were presented in an alternative treatments design. Company profit was calculated based on number of patients correctly categorized by the participant and the fictional employees less the number of errors. During work periods, participants could either categorize patients themselves or correct their fellow employees’ previous errors. Incentive pay was only provided for correct categorizations. As expected, participants demonstrated higher levels of overall performance in both PFP systems than in the Hourly pay condition and participants were more likely to help fellow employees in the Profit Share condition than in the Incentive Pay condition. |
|
The Effect of Goal Statements on Performance on a Data Entry Task. |
DENIS P. O'HORA (National University of Ireland, Galway), Catriona McGeady (University of Ulster), Kristen A. Maglieri (University of Nevada, Reno), Horacio Ricardo Roman (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Goal setting is one of the simplest and most effective organizational interventions that can be used to increase employee performance. From a behavioral perspective, goal statements have been understood to function as either discriminative stimuli, establishing operations or by establishing derived relations for the employee. The current study examines the effect of goal setting on performance on a data entry task. In a counterbalanced ABAC design, participants were exposed to baseline and then to two goal setting conditions, one (B; Easy) in which the goal was slightly higher than mean baseline performance, and one (C; Difficult) in which the goal was considerably greater than mean baseline performance. Each goal was presented by a fictional manager who was assigned randomly to either the Easy or the Difficult goal. In a final stage, participants were then asked to choose which manager they would like to work for. For the majority of participants, Difficult goals increased performance more than Easy goals and participants were less likely to choose the Difficult goals in the final choice stage. These findings raise questions for current theoretical accounts of goal setting in organizations. |
|
|
|
|
Stimulus Relations in Humans |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Del Mar AB |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Vennessa L. Walker (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center) |
Abstract: The papers in this symposium examine stimulus relations in humans from different perspectives. The Alligood and Chase paper examines stability and variability of choices among stimuli in established equivalence classes. The Lobo and Chase paper deals with merging of independent emergent functional and equivalence classes. Finally, the Guld and Pilgrim paper a compound class-specific reinforcement procedure was used in a match-to-sample format to teach math to children. Richard Serna will serva as discussant for this symposium. |
|
Choices Among Stimuli In Equivalence Classes. |
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (West Virginia University), Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: In the current research a within-class preference test was used to assess the effects of nodality and relation types on stability of responding to stimuli within established equivalence classes. In the first experiment, subjects more frequently chose comparisons related to the sample via fewer nodes than those related via more nodes. In addition, subjects chose comparisons related to the sample via symmetry as often or more often than those related via trained baseline relations and both symmetry and baseline more often than transitive and combined relations. Experiments two and three investigated the possibility that effects observed in the first experiment were due to the order of training and testing. Experiment four evaluated effects of a class-specific reinforcer arrangement during training on responding during post-class-formation within-class preference tests. Results are discussed in terms of the theoretical implications for the substitutability of stimuli in equivalence classes, and for application to education, particularly in learning languages and other complex curricula involving stimulus classes. |
|
Complex Stimulus Control in Humans: Merging Functional and Equivalence Classes. |
HAROLD E. LOBO (West Virginia University), Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: This presentation deals with merging of independent emergent functional and equivalence classes. Training procedures will be discussed in which undergraduate students are trained to successfully demonstrate three three-member functional classes in which arbitrary stimuli control the occurrence of nonsense syllables. Additionally, these subjects are provided with baseline training for the formation of equivalence classes that involves class-specific reinforcers. This training will yield three three-member equivalence classes. After these classes have been demonstrated to remain independent from each other, merging of pairs of functional and equivalence classes is discussed by linking either antecedent of consequent stimuli used during training of the equivalence classes with the responses controlled by members of the functional classes. The benefits and limitations of relying on a multiple-baseline design to arrange class merging also are discussed. Further conceptual and methodological observations will be discussed, with particular attention to Sidman’s observations on the formation of arbitrary emergent classes. Illustrative data will be presented in order to expand on the topics to be addressed by this paper. |
|
Using a Compound Class-Specific Reinforcer Procedure to Teach Math. |
AMANDA E. GULD (The Ohio State University), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: A compound class-specific reinforcement procedure was used to teach math. Printed numerals, spoken and printed numbers, were used as class-specific reinforcers to teach children to match quantities to each other and addition facts. A match-to-sample format was used to train conditional discriminations, and test emergent relations. Two of nine participants with developmental disabilities and 7 typically developing children, mastered quantity training. Six of those nine participants mastered quantity training (with verbal instructions). Five of the seven participants performed in a class-consistent manner. Four of five participants exposed to AB training (quantities to addition facts) met mastery criterion. Three of four participants, exposed to symmetry probes (BA trials) and reinforcer probes, performed in a class-consistent manner. The findings support Sidman’s (2000) theory of equivalence, in which all members of the four-term contingency become members of the equivalence class. This procedure holds implications for classroom efficiency in mathematics, where many students struggle. |
|
|
|
|
The Application of Peer Supports in Accessing the General Curriculum for Students with Significant Cognitive Disabilities |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Ford AB |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina, Charlotte) |
Discussant: Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina, Charlotte) |
Abstract: Current legislation mandates that all students with developmental disabilities are provided the supports to access and demonstrate progress within the general curriculum. The purpose of this symposium is to extend pervious work and continue to explore applications of peer supports in accessing the general curriculum for students with significant cognitive disabilities. The first study presented by investigators from UNC Charlotte will examine outcomes designed to assess how peers assisted students with disabilities in accessing the essences of the general curriculum via a multiple probe design across four pairs of students to access grade appropriate adapted reading material. In the second presentation, authors from Vanderbilt University examine the degree to which peer support programs were maintained over 6 months period. Dependent variables included pre-/post-measures of intervention fidelity, social interaction, and academic engagement. Outcomes are strongly correlated with educators’ perceptions of the value of inclusive education. The authors of the third presentation from the University of Wisconsin will examine the academic and social participation of middle and high school students with intellectual disabilities enrolled in both core academic and elective general education classrooms. The peer support intervention package on academic engagement, coupled with social and task-related interactions, will be discussed. |
|
Literary Responses of Middle-School Aged Students with Severe Cognitive Disabilities in Reading Adapted Grade Level Material with Peer Supports. |
TRACIE-LYNN ZAKAS (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Diane Browder (University of North Carolina, Charlotte) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to determine the effect of training peers without disabilities to follow a story sharing protocol with students with significant cognitive disabilities to participate in grade appropriate reading material, and to engage students with disabilities in grade appropriate reading materials with exposure to a series of literacy readiness skills utilizing a multiple probe across participants design. Four middle school aged students considered developmentally typical, and four students with significant cognitive disabilities considered at the middle school level participated in the study. Peers and partners followed an 8 to 14 step task analysis, respectively, to engage in the use of a grade appropriate adapted book. All students showed a positive effect after the intervention was introduced and a functional relationship was determined between the intervention and student responding for both groups of students. Typically developing peers increased mean performance on the 14 point task analysis from 2.71 in the baseline phase to a 13.7 after the implementation of intervention. Students with significant cognitive disabilities were able to boost mean performance from .04 in baseline to 6.03 in intervention on the 8 point task analysis. The peers indicated social relevance of the intervention in a post-study survey. |
|
Sustainability of Peer Support Programs for Students with Severe Disabilities. |
CRAIG H. KENNEDY (Vanderbilt University), Nitasha M. Clark (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Sustainability is an important indicator of the social validity of behavior-analytic interventions. We assessed the degree to which peer support programs were maintained over 6 months. We initially used an intensive onsite technical assistance model to train general and special educators to use peer support programs in their classrooms. The peer support programs included structured interactions between peers without disabilities and students with severe disabilities in general education settings. Training and feedback were provided by university personnel to educators for one semester until a proficiency criterion was met. We then returned to the same settings after 6 months and assessed the degree to which the peer support interventions were being implemented. Dependent variables included pre-/post-measures of intervention fidelity, social interaction and academic engagement. We also estimated the degree to which educators perceived inclusion and social interaction as valued educational outcomes. Our results show a high degree of variability for intervention fidelity after 6 months that was strongly correlated with educators’ perceptions of the value of inclusive education. Our outcomes are the first report of the sustainability of an educational intervention in general education settings and suggest variables that may be considered in social validity assessments of peer support programs. |
|
Promoting Peer Interaction and Academic Engagement in Inclusive Secondary Classrooms. |
ERIK CARTER (University of Wisconsin, Madison) |
Abstract: Recent legislative and policy initiatives are challenging schools to ensure that all students with developmental disabilities are provided the supports necessary to access and demonstrate progress within the general curriculum. Moreover, teachers, parents, administrators, and students have placed high value on creating opportunities for youth with developmental disabilities to develop relationships with their peers. However, ensuring that students with disabilities meaningfully participate—both academically and socially—within general education still remains a formidable task, particularly at the secondary level.
We will report findings from a study examining the academic and social participation of middle and high school students with intellectual disabilities and autism (n = 24) enrolled in both core academic and elective general education classrooms. Several contextual factors (e.g., instructional formats, adult proximity, peer supports, curricular focus) were found to be associated with varying levels of academic engagement and social interaction. Drawing upon these descriptive findings, we then evaluated the effectiveness of a peer support intervention package on the academic engagement and social- and task-related interactions of participating youth. Recommendations for supporting youth with developmental disabilities will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Training Entry Level Behavior Analysts: Managing the BCABA Experience Requirement in an Undergraduate Setting |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Mohsen AB |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Deirdre Lee Fitzgerald, Ph.D. |
Chair: Deirdre Lee Fitzgerald (Eastern Connecticut State University) |
DENNIS B. MOZINGO (University of Rochester School of Medicine, Strong) |
JAMES KOPP (University of Texas, Arlington) |
MENIKA S. SCHULTE (Eastern Connecticut State University) |
Abstract: There have been recent revisions to the requirements for completing supervised fieldwork that will fulfill the national standards of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). There are an ever-growing number of BACB approved training programs at both the graduate and undergraduate levels that offer the coursework component but do not offer the supervised experience component. Undergraduate programs at universities that do not have an approved graduate program face unique challenges in locating, contacting, and supervising these placements. A sample of undergraduate programs that offer the supervised undergraduate experience in preparation for certification in behavior analysis at the associate level will answer questions about how they meet these challenges to open discussion about possible solutions for other programs. |
|
|
|
|
Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Edward C |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: This symposium examines several different but important areas related to feeding disorders. Two of the presentations focus on replicating the treatment effects in inpatient settings to outpatient and home settings. One presentation evaluates the impact of taste preference on the often difficult to treat behavior of rumination. Finally, the fourth presentation compares two methods to decrease expelling in children diagnosed with feeding disorders. |
|
Comparison of Two Methods of Re-Presentation to Decrease Expelling. |
JAMES H. BOSCOE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Expelling food is a behavior often exhibited by children diagnosed with severe feeding disorders. Conceptualizing expelling as avoidant behavior, several studies have demonstrated that re-presentation of expelled bites with a spoon is an effective treatment to reduce expelling. This study will compare the effectiveness of re-presentation with a spoon with re-presentation using a bristled teething brush with three children diagnosed with feeding disorders. Although both procedures prevent escape, the teething brush provides for better placement of the re-presented bite directly onto the tongue. For one child diagnosed with oral-motor skill deficits, re-presentation with a teething brush was more effective in decreasing expels than re-presenting bites with a spoon. Results will be discussed in terms of the impact of response effort and/or stimulus properties during brush re-presentation. |
|
Rumination Disorder and the Role of Taste Preference: A Case Study. |
ANDREW W. GARDNER (Northern Arizona University), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lindsay P. Richerson (Northern Arizona University) |
Abstract: Rumination occurs in 6-10 % of individuals with mental retardation (Rogers et al. 1992). Treatment typically involves medical evaluation/intervention, and behavioral treatments such as satiation or punishment. In the current study, we analyzed the effects of meal preference, post-meal activity, and taste preference on rumination exhibited by a child with Autism. Assessment was conducted in three phases. During Phase 1, 60-minute post-meal observations of rumination were conducted following high and low preference meals and during structured and unstructured toy play conditions. During Phase 2, components of high preference meals were systematically withdrawn to assess specific foods affecting rates of rumination. Results of these assessments indicated that only highly preferred meals, including meats in particular, were ruminated. During Phase 3, a taste preference assessment of flavored candy and mint sprays was conducted to identify potential stimuli to compete with rumination of preferred meals. Treatment, consisting of provision of the high preference taste on a fixed time schedule (FT 30”) during 40-minute post-meal periods, was evaluated in a multiple baseline design. Rumination was successfully decreased across all meals. Interobserver agreement was assessed for 36% of total sessions and averaged 94%. Results are discussed in terms of reinforcement-based approaches to treatment of rumination. |
|
Evaluation of a Home-Based Intervention for Food Refusal and Food Selectivity. |
CHAD D. HARRISON (University of Oregon), Aaron Barnes (University of Oregon), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Food refusal and food selectivity provide a significant challenge to parents and caregivers of children exhibiting such behaviors. Multiple studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of escape extinction as a treatment for food refusal and food selectivity in children. However, most studies have been conducted in highly controlled clinic settings to establish escape extinction as an effective treatment option with little or no examination of the transfer of these procedures to the home setting of the individual. This study will examine the effectiveness of the implementation of a standard protocol procedure for escape extinction as a training procedure for parents and caregivers. This study is a systematic replication of a previous study that suggested positive outcomes using the standard protocol training procedures. The first study was conducted initially in a clinic with transfer to the home setting; in this study we will work entirely in the homes of participants. Additionally, follow-up data will be provided. |
|
Behavioral Treatment of Food Refusal at an Outpatient Hospital Setting. |
NICOLE M CARLISLE (William Beaumont Hospital - CARE Program), Ivy M. Chong Crane (William Beaumont Hospital - CARE Program) |
Abstract: Previous research on pediatric food refusal has shown that treatment packages based on behavioral interventions (i.e., operant conditioning) are effective in the treatment of feeding disorders. Numerous studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of reinforcement-based procedures and escape-extinction (such as nonremoval of spoon and physical guidance) to increase and maintain food consumption (e.g., Kahng, Tarbox, & Wilke, 2001; Piazza, Patel, Gulotta, Sevin, & Layer, 2003; Piazza et al., 2003). However, patients are typically admitted to an inpatient program in which meals are provided 5 – 8 sessions per day for an extended period of time. Further, follow-up in the home are typically not provided following discharge. The current investigation sought to replicate previous results in an outpatient treatment program. Two preschoolers diagnosed with autism who were attending a center-based intensive behavioral treatment program participated in the study. Both participants exhibited severely limited food repertoires and one child consumed only step 3 ‘blended’ baby foods. At the conclusion of the study both participants consumed over 40 adult table foods. Generalization of treatment gains into the home environment is included for 6-month and 12-month probes. |
|
|
|
|
Variables Affecting the Shaping of Human Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Cunningham AB |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Parsla Vintere (The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
|
Error-Correction Procedures in Movement Training. |
Domain: Theory |
PARSLA VINTERE (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College, City University of New York) |
|
Abstract: Repeated errors in well-learned movement performance may render movement inefficient or lead to physical injuries. Thus, it is important to understand the reasons for the reoccurring errors and develop effective error-correction procedures. There have been a number of behavior analytic studies that have experimentally examined the effectiveness of different behavioral coaching procedures for athletic skill development. Behavioral procedures have been particularly effective in decreasing persistent errors in athletic skill training arising from lack of stimulus control and insufficient reinforcement for correct performance. Behavioral error-correction procedures address topography of movement often leaving the dynamic properties of movement not fully investigated. The purpose of this paper is (a) to review the behavioral literature on error-correction procedures in movement training; (b) to discuss methodological difficulties associated with movement analysis; and (c) to examine possible alternatives to conventional error-correction procedures. Findings are discussed in terms of possible extension of movement-training models that may be applied in sports, physical education, dance, fitness training, and physical therapy. |
|
Understanding Why Practice Should be Fast and Accurate. |
Domain: Theory |
PHILIP IRVIN PAVLIK (Carnegie Mellon University) |
|
Abstract: In this talk, I will introduce the ACT-R cognitive model and how it explains the learning of simple behaviors. Specifically, this modeling system proposes a series of equations that capture the effects of practice and forgetting on long-term performance. Interestingly these equations predict that learning should be optimal when it is fast and accurate. In contrast to this prediction, cognitive psychology has generally asserted that high error rates (particularly from wide temporal spacing of repetitions) increase the amount of learning for each presentation of the stimulus. While the model does agree with this conclusion, the model also specifies that increased error rates lead to slower learning per trial. Furthermore, laboratory experiments suggest that the cost an increased error rate tends to outweigh the advantage of an increased error rate except at fairly high levels of performance (e.g. greater than 90% correct). Of course, behavior analysis has long advocated this conclusion. To better understand why practice should be fast and accurate I will highlight how the model supports the claims of both Precision Teaching and Direct Instruction. The crux of the analysis is that Precision Teaching and Direct Instruction are more efficient than training methods that result in high error rates. |
|
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Non-Traditional Research Areas and their Role in Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
Betsy B |
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Andrew Scherbarth (University of North Texas) |
JOSEPH D. CAUTILLI (Children Crisis Treatment Center/St. Joseph's University) |
MEGAN OSER (University of Nevada, Reno) |
ANN BRANSTETTER-ROST (Missouri State University) |
GRETCHEN S. THWING (AdvoServ) |
Abstract: In order to highlight some of the non-traditional research topics that are being explored by behavior analysts, this panel brings together researchers and practitioners whose work promises to exapnd the domains of behavior analysis. The panelists will discuss issues in the areas of chronic pain and behavioral medicine. |
|
|
|
|
Applied Research on Schedules of Reinforcement |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Annie AB |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Brian A. Iwata, None |
Abstract: Research presented in this symposium illustrates a range of applications in which varied reinforcement schedules (progressive ratio, concurrent, conjugate, momentary DRO) played a prominent role in the context of either assessment or treatment. |
|
Preference for Reinforcers under Progressive- and Fixed-Ratio Schedules in Single- and Concurrent-Operant Arrangements. |
ASHLEY C. GLOVER (The Marcus Institute), Henry S. Roane (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Heather Kadey (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Progressive ratio (PR) schedules have been used to establish how much an individual will respond under increasing schedule requirements (i.e., the break point) for different reinforcers and have been conducted in both single and concurrent arrangements. Although both methods allow for the establishment of a break point, it is unknown how these break points predict responding under single and concurrent fixed-ratio (FR) schedules. We used PR schedules to identify the break point for two reinforcers (e.g., attention and TV) under single- and concurrent-operant conditions, using educational tasks as the target response. Sunsequently, we presented the same reinforcers concurrently at fixed-ratio schedules that were yoked to the respective break points obtained under PR schedules (i.e., conc FR 16 FR 3). Results suggested that in both assessments the participant responded more for one reinforcer regardless of whether it was presented on a single or concurrent PR schedule. Furthermore, this pattern of responding maintained when the reinforcers were presented in concurrent FR schedules. These results suggest that PR schedules are effective for identifying differential reinforcer value when developing educational training programs for individuals with developmental disabilities. |
|
Reinforcing Effects of Preference-Assessment vs. Token-Store Selections under Single and Concurrent Reinforcement Schedules. |
JORGE RAFAEL REYES (University of Florida), Kimberly Sloman (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: We evaluated the reinforcing efficacy of items identified as preferred through a preference assessment to the reinforcing efficacy of items that were selected at a token store. The items for each participant were selected by taking one item that was ranked low on the preference assessment but ranked high in the token store and another item that was ranked high on the preference assessment but ranked low in the token store. Both items were available concurrently and access to each item was made contingent on completing a word copying task. Results showed that under low, but equal schedule requirements (i.e., FR3/FR3), both items functioned equally well as reinforcers. Furthermore, when presented alone, each item was also highly effective in maintaining responding on the word copying task. These results suggest that items shown to be “low preference” can serve as reinforcers when presented either in a concurrent arrangement or when presented in isolation. Future manipulations will involve investigating the reinforcing efficacy of these items under progressive ratio schedules. |
|
Effects of Fixed, Momentary DRO Schedules under Signaled and Unsignaled Arrangements. |
JENNIFER LYNN HAMMOND (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Carrie M. Dempsey (University of Florida), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Results of previous research have shown that the fixed-momentary schedule of differential reinforcement of other behavior (FM-DRO) is generally ineffective as treatment for problem behavior. Because most early research on FM-DRO used signals to indicate the end of the DRO interval, it is unclear whether the reported ineffectiveness of FM-DRO is due to (a) discrimination of the contingency that was facilitated by the signals, or (b) the momentary response requirement of the schedule per se. To address this issue, we compared the effects of signaled vs. unsignaled FM-DRO with three individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities whose problem behaviors were maintained by social-positive reinforcement (based on results of a functional analysis). During signaled DRO, the experimenter delivered a visual or auditory signal 3 s prior to the end of the DRO interval, and reinforcement was delivered contingent upon the absence of problem behavior at the end of the interval. Similar procedures were used during unsignaled DRO; however, interval termination was not signaled. Results indicated that unsignaled FM-DRO was effective in decreasing problem behavior, whereas signaled FM-DRO was not, suggesting that the response requirement per se of FM-DRO may not be problematic unless it is easily discriminated. |
|
Evaluation of a Conjugate Reinforcement Schedule for Exercise Behavior in Individuals with Prader-Willi Syndrome. |
CLAUDIA L. DOZIER (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Jessica L. Thomason (University of Florida), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Physical exercise is an important therapeutic intervention in the management of life-threatening obesity, a prominent clinical feature of Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS). We compared the effects of access to preferred activities (music, television, attention) on exercise behavior, which were delivered via conjugate versus more traditional ratio schedules. Results indicated that the conjugate schedule was more effective in maintaining exercise for 3 of 4 participants and that all 4 participants showed preference for the conjugate schedule during a subsequent choice condition. Results are discussed with respect to the use of non-food interventions to increase exercise by individuals diagnosed with PWS and the potential use of conjugate schedules with other types of performance. |
|
|
|
|
Contemporary behavioral pharmacology: I |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Ford C |
Area: BPH |
Chair: Julie A. Marusich (University of Florida) |
|
Nicotine Self-Administration Using a Multiple Schedule of Intravenous Nicotine and Sucrose Reinforcement in Rats. |
Domain: Applied Research |
DUSTIN STAIRS (University of Kentucky), Michael T. Bardo (University of Kentucky) |
|
Abstract: There appears to be a relatively narrow range of contingencies in which intravenous (i.v) infusions of nicotine will maintain responding in rats. The schedule typically used when investigating i.v. nicotine self-administration is a simple fixed-ratio (FR) schedule of reinforcement. The current study investigated whether nicotine would maintain responding in rats using a multiple schedule of i.v. nicotine and sucrose reinforcement. Following training of individual components with each reinforcer, male Sprague Dawley rats (N=6) were placed on a FR5 60-sec timeout multiple schedule of nicotine (0.03 mg/kg/infusion) and sucrose (45 mg pellets) reinforcement. Under the multiple schedule, acute pretreatment with the nicotinic antagonist mecamylamine (0, 1, 2, 4 mg/kg; S.C. 15-min prior to the session) decreased nicotine self-administration specifically. Pretreatments with the dopamine D1 antagonist SCH23390 (0, 2.5, 5.0, 10 ?g/kg; S.C. 25 min prior to the session) also decreased nicotine self-administration specifically. Extinction of the individual nicotine and sucrose components resulted in decreases on the appropriate lever during each component under extinction. The results from this study indicate that i.v. nicotine will maintain responding under a multiple schedule. This procedure may also be useful when studying the specific effects of drugs on nicotine self-administration. Supported by USPHS grant DA13519. |
|
An Examination of the Behavioral Time Course of Cocaine in Pigeons. |
Domain: Applied Research |
JULIE A. MARUSICH (University of Florida), Marc N. Branch (University of Florida) |
|
Abstract: Although past research has examined the time course of plasma levels of cocaine in a variety of species, the time course of behavioral effects of cocaine has not been carefully described for any species. Five pigeons were exposed to a multiple Fixed Interval 10 min Fixed Ratio 30 (FI 10’ FR 30) schedule of food presentation, with each component presented 10 times per session, therefore sessions lasted approximately 2 hrs. Effects of acute cocaine administration revealed that the potency half-life (time for the median effective dose to double) of cocaine was consistently longer in the FR component than in the FI component (100 min v. 60 min). Exposure to chronic (i.e., daily) cocaine administration led to tolerance that was characterized by the effects of rate-decreasing doses diminishing earlier in the session compared to acute administration, while formerly rate-increasing doses resulted in rates similar to those under the saline-vehicle control. |
|
The Effects of Fixed Interval and Fixed Ratio Schedules on the Development of Tolerance to Cocaine. |
Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW T WEAVER (University of Florida), Marc N. Branch (University of Florida) |
|
Abstract: Previous research has shown that tolerance to effects of cocaine depends on fixed-ratio (FR) parameters, but not on fixed-interval (FI) parameters. Six experimentally naive White Carneau pigeons were studied daily under a 4-component multiple schedule that included FR10, FR100, and two FI schedules that were matched to subject’s mean inter-reinforcement times for the aforementioned FR schedules. Once behavior was stable, the pigeons were exposed to various doses of cocaine, with administrations spaced by a week. This Pre-Chronic dose regimen revealed dose-dependent decreases in responding for all subjects. Next a rate-decreasing dose was given before every session, and following the first 30 days of this regimen other doses were tested once per week. The Post-Chronic dose-response functions evidenced tolerance regardless of schedule parameter, or schedule type. The FI schedules are to be removed and subsequent dose-effect assessments with the remaining FR schedules still in force will determine the influence of Fixed-Interval schedules on the pattern of tolerance across schedule parameters. |
|
Effects of Nicotine on Lever Pressing in Rats: Light, Dark, and Food Production. |
Domain: Applied Research |
BETHANY R. RAIFF (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
|
Abstract: Several findings suggest that a visual stimulus is needed to maintain nicotine self-administration. Nicotine, in this case, is presumed to function as an establishing operation for responding maintained by the visual stimulus. It is not clear, however, whether nicotine would result in the same pattern of responding with systemic injections of nicotine, without any history of lever pressing or a history of pairing the stimuli with primary reinforcers. The present experiment consisted of 3 phases, where rats (n=6) could press an active lever to produce light (Phase 1), dark (Phase 2), or food, with no additional stimulus changes (Phase 3). In all 3 Phases, an ABA design was used. During the B condition, presession injections of 0.3 mg/kg nicotine were administered. When nicotine affected responding, it produced a nonselective increase in lever pressing on both active and inactive levers relative to baseline. Time course analyses revealed that increases in responding remained present during the entire 60-min session. Furthermore, food was the only consequence that reliably maintained higher response rates on the active lever, suggesting that light and dark production were not serving as primary reinforcers. Experiments using rate of lever pressing as the dependent measure need to consider these direct, systemic effects of nicotine. |
|
|
|
|
|
Development and Clinical Implications of Performance Standards in Young Children with Autism |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Elizabeth G |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: John D. McElwee (Hazleton Area School District) |
Discussant: Carl V. Binder (Binder Riha Associates) |
CE Instructor: Mary Jane Weiss, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will focus on the importance of determining performance standards (aims) for instructional programs. Specifically, panelists will discuss methods for determining aims for learners on the autism spectrum, generic speaking rate as a tool for predicting speaking aims, and the clinical relevance of issues related to rate, particilarly in the realm of progress on educational programs. |
|
Developing Performance Aims for Learners on the Autism Spectrum. |
MICHAEL FABRIZIO (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: Many learners with ASD's have difficulty progressing through curricular sequences. Accuracy may not predict their ability to functionally use skills. It is important to develop standards for how quickly an individual can demonstrate a skill. This presentation will focus on methods for establishing aims and on assessing the outcomes of rate-building. Specifically, the presentation will highlight how the achievement of fluency is manifested in improved retention, application, stability, and endurance. |
|
Estimating Performance Standards for Instructional Programs in EIBI for ASD Students. |
JOHN D. MCELWEE (Hazleton Area School District) |
Abstract: EIBI is characterized by the utilization of basic principles of behavior to change performance and a detailed sequence of instructional programs. A fundamental premise is the delineation of a criterion for performance indicating a student can progress within the curriculum sequence. EIBI main target is verbal behavior with the ultimate being conversation like skills for ASD students. This paper will propose that utilizing generic “speaking rate” provides a valuable tool that can be used to predict the estimated performance standard for a variety of verbal behavior skills. The talk will include data and discussion of the variety of implications from social skills to school inclusion. |
|
Clinical Implications of Non-Fluent Behaviors. |
MARY JANE WEISS (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Many learners with autism are able to achieve accuracy on curricular targets, but fail to functionally and effectively demonstrate their skills in natural environments. These failures lead to missed social opportunitiesand missed opportunities for group participation. Furthermore, these problems lead to and a variety of difficulties in less restrictive settings, including difficulty keeping pace with the group. Methods for assessing and targeting problems in the functional demonstration of skills will be reviewed. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Madeleine AB |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Jade Hill (Jacksonville State University) |
|
Effects of Instruction Variation and Accuracy upon Behavioral Sensitivity. |
Domain: Basic Research |
JOSELE ABREU-RODRIGUES (Universidade de Brasilia), Myriam Christina Alves Rdrigues (Universidade de Brasilia) |
|
Abstract: The present study investigated behavioral sensitivity to contingency change after a reinforcement history with varied or specific schedules and instructions that could be either accurate or inaccurate. College students were assigned to two groups that differed in the training phase. Participants in the Varied Group were exposed to four schedules (VI, VR, FT, and FR), and those in the Specific Group to one schedule (FR). Each group was divided in three subgroups. For the Accurate Groups, there was correspondence between instructions and schedules; for the Inaccurate Groups, instructions did not correspond to the schedules; and for the Control Groups, there were no instructions. In the testing phase, all participants were exposed to a FI schedule. The Accurate Groups were similarly insensitive regardless of a history with varied or specific schedules and instructions. Also, the Varied Inaccurate and Varied Control Groups were more sensitive than the Specific Inaccurate and Specific Control Groups. These results suggest that a history with varied schedules promote greater behavioral sensitivity than with only one schedule. When instructions are provided, however, this difference in sensitivity is observed with inaccurate instructions (more precisely, when there is contact with the discrepancy between instructions and schedules), but not with accurate instructions. |
|
Research Participation Under Informed Consent: Factors Influencing the Choice to Withdraw. |
Domain: Basic Research |
DOUGLAS NAVARICK (California State University, Fullerton) |
|
Abstract: After receiving a standard informed consent statement allowing withdrawal without penalties, college students repeatedly chose between a 25-second cartoon video followed by a 5-second timeout and a 5-second cartoon video followed by a 25-second timeout in two, 15-minute segments. After showing a preference for the former schedule, they were instructed to choose the latter. Of 15 participants, 14 complied on almost all trials and none withdrew. In an Escape group, the withdrawal process was simplified by placing a desk bell on the console and instructing participants that they could end the session by tapping it. In Escape/Approval, participants were additionally instructed that sufficient data were already collected and leaving would not interfere with the research. In Escape/Approval/Norm, participants were also instructed that most participants did leave before the experiment was over. Withdrawal rates rose from 0, to 13, to 40 percent, respectively. Almost all withdrawals occurred on the early trials, a result predicted by Delay Reduction Theory due to the increasing advantage of staying over quitting as trials increased, signifying progressively shorter delays to conventional escape. Possibly the most powerful variables in psychological experiments are also the least investigated: the contextual factors that keep participants in their seats. |
|
Number of Repetitions: A Learning History Variable. |
Domain: Basic Research |
LAURILYN DIANNE JONES (The Mechner Foundation), Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation) |
|
Abstract: An issue in experimental behavior analysis is how learning history variables interact with prevailing contingencies in determining the properties of the learned operants. Single-subject studies of the effects of learning history variables require the comparison of matched sets of equivalent operant classes that have received different learning histories and were learned by the same individual.
One important history variable is the number of repetitions of an operant class during learning. The operant classes used were magnified operant units consisting of short keystroke sequences executed on a computer keyboard. Subjects repeatedly learned groups of six different but equivalent operants, half of them practiced a smaller number of times and half practiced a larger number of times. When preferences between these were examined under subsequent test conditions using a forced-choice format, it was found that the effects depended on both the ratio of repetitions (high vs. low) and the absolute values. When the lower number of repetitions was high enough, the high-repetition alternative lost its advantage, even if the ratio remained the same. These results may be due to repetition-induced automatization. In addition, cumulative learning effects were observed.
In previous single-subject history experiments, learning sequence was shown to produce both recency and primacy effects. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Symposium - Feedback Functions and Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Randle A |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland) |
Discussant: M. Jackson Marr (Georgia Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Feedback functions have been used, and will increasingly be used, to answer theoretical questions about behavior. This symposium will introduce the notion of feedback functions (McDowell), present some new data on the effects of feedback between choice and reinforcer ratio (Davison), and present an interpretation of these data for behavior theory (Baum). Marr will then discuss the presentations and provide pointers for the future. |
|
A New Candidate Feedback Function for Variable-Interval Schedules. |
JACK J. MCDOWELL (Emory University) |
Abstract: Feedback functions describe how behavior affects properties of the environment that in turn affect behavior. Organism equations describe how those properties of the environment affect behavior. Feedback functions and organism equations together constitute a complete mathematical account of behavior-environment relationships. Surprisingly, the feedback function for a simple variable-interval (VI) schedule remains a matter of controversy. At least three candidate feedback functions have been proposed. Computational experiments show that feedback on a VI schedule is affected by an organism’s pattern of responding to such an extent that even different types of burst and pause responding generate different feedback relationships. None of the existing candidate functions can describe all of these feedback relationships. However, the sum of a 2-parameter hyperbola and a line with negative slope and zero intercept can describe all of the relationships that have been studied so far, including feedback generated by different types of burst and pause responding. If this equation is the long sought general VI feedback function, then it can be used with confidence in the development of mathematical theories of behavior. |
|
Effects of Negative Feedback Functions between Response Ratios and Reinforcer Ratios. |
MICHAEL C. DAVISON (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Five pigeons were trained on concurrent variable-interval schedules in which the probability of food on one alternative was negatively correlated with the probability of responding on that alternative over the last 3 inter-food intervals - a negative feedback function between log food ratio and log response ratio with a slope of -1. The concurrent VI VI schedules were kept constant and equal while the intercept of the negative feedback function was varied across conditions. Varying the intercept biased the obtained log food ratios, and generalized matching between log response and food ratios resulted. There was no evidence of any relation between the log response ratio in an inter-food interval and log response ratios over the 3 prior inter-food intervals, hence no evidence of any local control of choice. Thus, there was extended control of choice without local control. |
|
Local and Extended Control and Analysis. |
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis) |
Abstract: A molar approach to understanding behavior encourages analysis of data at multiple time scales. At relatively short time scales, analysis is relatively local; at relatively long time scales, analysis is relatively extended. Analysis at any given scale may discover order or may fail to discover order. When we find order at a given scale, we characterize it as control (by environmental events) at that time scale. When we find control at a relatively local level, we usually expect to find additional control at more extended levels of analysis. Thus, analysis at various time scales may reveal control only at relatively extended levels and not necessarily at more local levels. |
|
|
|
|
Habituation and Dishabituation of Orienting and Operant Responses |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Madeleine CD |
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Janice K. Doney (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Research on the influence of non-associative learning, habituation and dishabituation, on the orienting response of children with and without autism and the operant responding of typically developing adults. |
|
Dishabituation: Misunderstood, Overlooked, and Undervalued. |
AMY KENZER (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Dishabituation may be one of the most well-known and frequently demonstrated preparations that is never the less misunderstood, overlooked, and undervalued. The role of dishabituation as “an associated phenomenon (McSweeney & Roll, 1998)” has resulted in a lack of investigation of dishabituation and a limited understanding of the conditions under which it can and cannot be demonstrated. Furthermore, confusion regarding dishabituation and other characteristics of habituation masks failures to demonstrate dishabituation when it does occur. Finally, many investigations of dishabituation fail to evaluate dishabituation in the first place. So long as dishabituation continues to play an inferior role, the misunderstanding and confusion that is dishabituation will be perpetuated. The best remedy to this problem is to increase the understanding of dishabituation as well as its importance within the field of psychology, through further investigation and precision concerning what constitutes dishabituation. |
|
Dishabituation of Operant Responding in Humans. |
AMY KENZER (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Timothy C. Fuller (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Recently, habituation has been evaluated within the operant conditioning paradigm and evidence suggests that habituation may occur with repeatedly presented reinforcers. In addition, recent evidence suggests dishabituation of an habituated operant response may occur following changes in the schedule of reinforcement, reinforcer magnitude, and extraneous stimuli (Aoyama & McSweeney, 2001; McSweeney & Roll, 1998; Murphy et al., 2003; Murphy, 2003). However, most demonstrations of dishabituation are limited to non-human animals (e.g., rats and pigeons) and appetitive reinforcers (e.g., grain and pellets) (see Ernst & Eptstein, 2003 for an exception). Furthermore, the conditions under which dishabituation has been demonstrated with non-human animals have yet to be examined with human participants. This study was designed to link the research on habituation and dishabituation of operant responding in non-human animals to research involving humans. Thus changes in the reinforcer type and reinforcement schedule were evaluated to determine the effects on dishabituation of operant responding in humans. |
|
Habituation of the "The Where Is It?" Response: Measurement, Analysis, and Relevance of the OR to Childhood Autism. |
JANICE K. DONEY (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Christy M. Coffman (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The importance of the elicitation and habituation of the orienting response (OR) is widely recognized. Pavlov (1927) offered the following “If the animal were not provided with such a reflex its life would hang at every moment by a thread” (p.12). A majority of studies examining the OR have involved measurement of its physiological correlates. This approach to measurement has presented some difficulties in studies comparing the responses of children with autism and typically developing children to repeating, inconsequential stimuli. Although few in number, the existing examinations of OR habituation with children with autism present conflicting results. For example, it has been suggested that children with autism show similar rates and patterns of habituation to that of their typical peers. These findings are contradictory to other studies in the literature and caregiver reports that their children with autism are easily distracted and overreactive to stimuli in their environment. The results of a study comparing children with autism to their typical siblings on a behaviorally defined OR to repeating auditory stimuli of various intensities will be presented. The potential advantages of this approach and the implications for further analysis of OR habituation with children with autism will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Homeland Security Using Behavior Analysis: Basic and Applied Research Examples |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Douglas B |
Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University/Florida Association for Behavior Analysis) |
CE Instructor: Jon S. Bailey, Ph.D. |
Abstract: N/a |
|
Human Vigilance during Luggage Screening Tasks: Signals Function as Reinforcement for Observing Responses |
RYAN B. OLSON (Oregon Health & Science University), Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University), Lindsey Hogan (Santa Clara University) |
Abstract: A 2x2 factorial design tested the effects of signal schedule (extinction or VI 6-min) and visual field and signal context (DIAL with needle deflections or BAGGAGE with knives) on the rate of observing responses in a visual screening task. During 30-minute sessions, participants (n=24) pressed the spacebar to briefly view a BAGGAGE or DIAL image (two seconds) and pressed a hit key when a signal was present. Cumulative records of spacebar presses were approximately 30% steeper during VI 6-min conditions. Statistical analyses showed a main effect for target schedule [F (1,20)=12.4, p<.05], no main effect for visual context (F<1), and no interaction (F<1). The results highlight the importance of signal schedules in maintaining vigilant performance during visual screening tasks. |
Dr. Ryan B. Olson completed undergraduate studies at Utah State University and earned his M.A. in Industrial and Organizational Psychology and his Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis at Western Michigan University. Dr. Olson has published papers on the topics of occupational health and safety, performance improvement, work motivation, and aviation psychology and has served as a guest reviewer for the International Journal of Stress Management, the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. He has consulted with aviation, auto parts and paper products manufacturing, higher education, and pharmaceutical organizations on safety, training, psychological assessment, and performance improvement issues. Dr. Olson’s co-authored paper on work motivation became the feature article in a special issue of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (Olson, Laraway, & Austin, 2001). His work in transportation settings has opened new areas of occupational health and safety research, including the first experimental evidence that self-monitoring (SM) procedures can improve the safe driving of bus operators (Olson & Austin, 2001). He also developed a descriptive measurement system for beginning flight student landings, which resulted in the first published profile of landing errors for a cohort of novice pilots (Olson & Austin, in press). |
|
Improving Human Performance in an Advanced Security System Environment: Vigilance Data from an Airport Communications Center |
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University/Florida Association for B), Marco D. Tomasi (Florida State University), Sara M. Olsen (Florida State University), Kimberly Erin Clark (Florida State University) |
Abstract: In a post-9/11 world, airport security has become a national priority. In 2005, the Department of Homeland Securitys (DHS) budget set aside $5.2 billion for the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) and $851 million to improve aviation security. The current study was carried out within the operations division of a regional airport. The operations division is responsible for the airports communication center, safety, security, oversight of general aviation, ground transportation, compliance with FAA regulations, and coordination with police and fire services. We defined and measured vigilance behaviors in the communications center and evaluated the effects of naturally-occurring and specially designed behavioral intervention. |
Dr. Jon S. Bailey is Professor of Psychology at Florida State University where he has been on the graduate faculty for 37 years and serves as Director of the Applied Behavior Analysis doctoral program and the undergraduate Performance Management Track and is Co-Director of the Master’s Program in Applied Behavior Analysis. Dr. Bailey is President of Behavior Management Consultants, Inc., is a licensed psychologist and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst in the State of Florida, has served on the Florida Behavior Management Peer Review Committee, and has been an Expert Witness for the U.S. Department of Justice. He is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and the American Psychological Association (APA), as well as the American Psychological Society. He has served on the Executive Councils of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and Division 25 of APA. He is currently the Secretary/Treasurer of the Florida Association for Behavior Analysis, which he founded in 1980. Dr. Bailey is the past-Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and is co-author of four recent books, all co-authored with Dr. Mary Burch: Research Methods in Applied Behavior Analysis, How Dogs Learn, Ethics for Behavior Analysts, and, in 2006, How to Think Like a Behavior Analyst. |
|
Towards a Program of Behavioral Research for Domestic Preparedness |
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Analyses of the events of 9/11 and hurricane Katrina reveal many behavioral, organizational, and system variables that thwart effective prevention and containment of such catastrophic events. This paper proposes areas for behavioral research and application in an effort to promote an integrated contribution by behavior analysts to homeland security. |
Dr. Mark P. Alavosius, Ph.D. received his B.A. in psychology from Clark University in 1976 and earned his M.S. (1985) and Ph.D. (1987) in Psychology from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst. He is an Assistant Professor of Psychology in the Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno. He held faculty appointments in the Behavior Analysis and Industrial/Organizational Program at Western Michigan University and the Behavior Analysis Program at West Virginia University. As President of MPA & Associates, Inc., Dr. Alavosius works with specialists in instructional design, multi-media interactive systems, software development, business strategy, and performance management to develop and provide behavioral systems to improve performance in business and industry. His interests are in developing behavioral and instructional systems to improve work performance, particularly in the areas of health and safety. Dr. Alavosius has a proven track record with National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health as a recipient of Small Business Innovations Research Grants to develop and test behavioral safety technologies. With over twenty years of experience in behavioral approaches to work performance and occupational health and safety, Dr. Alavosius has over 100 publications and conference presentations to his credit. |
|
Challenges to Security and Human Factors Research Efforts at the Department of Homeland Security |
JOSHUA RUBINSTEIN (Transportation Security Laboratory, Department of Homeland Security) |
Abstract: Dr. Rubinstein is a member of the Transportation Security Laboratory (TSL) within the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). The TSL is the key government laboratory resource in the United States, responsible for research, development, engineering, and test and evaluation activities related to explosives and weapons detection for all modes of transportation security. Dr. Rubinstein will discuss the role of research and development within the DHS and emerging priorities for the human factors research program at the TSL. He will also report results from selected human factors studies related to transportation security. |
Dr. Joshua Rubinstein received a B.A. in Psychology from Swarthmore College in 1984, an M.A. in Cognitive Psychology from the University of Illinois in 1989, and a Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology from the University of Michigan in 1993. He was post-doctoral research fellow at the Center for Neuroscience at the University of California, Davis, where he conducted research on several aspects of attention, including human executive control processes. Dr. Rubinstein joined the FAA’s Aviation Security Human Factors Program in May 2000 as an Engineering Research Psychologist. He developed the X-ray Screener Selection Test currently used by TSA as the X-ray aptitude test for screener hiring. One of his current responsibilities is long-term research of a technical monitor of human factors. Starting in 2001, Dr. Rubinstein developed a program for funding academic scientists in the areas of attention, target detection, object recognition, training, learning, and fatigue as they relate to the X-ray screener task. Currently, he is acting lead of the Human Factors Program at the Transportation Security Laboratory. He is also responsible for usability analyses and designing and conducting the qualification tests for human in-the-loop security systems. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Joint Control, Preference Assessment and Responsiveness to Sensory Stimulation |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Elizabeth H |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Francesca Degli Espinosa (University of Southampton) |
|
The Role of Joint Control in the Emergence of Generalized Receptive Responding. |
Domain: Applied Research |
FRANCESCA DEGLI ESPINOSA (University of Southampton), Bob Remington (University of Southampton) |
|
Abstract: To investigate Lowenkron’s (1998, 2004) suggestion that joint control by both echoic responding and tacting is a necessary precondition for generalized receptive language, three children with autism were presented with receptive matching tasks involving selection of individual two-element pictorial stimuli from distracter arrays. Three different sets of 16 stimuli were employed, one during each phase of the experiment. During Phases 1 and 2, each stimulus presented a picture of one of four different items, depicted once in each of four different colours (e.g., red-car). During Phase 3, pictures of four different items were presented, each engaging in one of four different actions (e.g., teddy-sleeping). Although all children could echo, tact, and respond receptively to the component elements of each stimulus individually, the accuracy of both their echoic responding and selection of two-element stimuli in response to two-word verbal instructions (e.g., “red car”, or “teddy sleeping”) was below 20%. Subsequent to learning to echo two-word instructions using Set 1 stimuli, however, all children selected Set 2 and 3 stimuli with at least 90% and 75% accuracy, respectively. The results indicate that establishment of joint control can provide an effective means of teaching generalized receptive language to children with autism. |
|
Altering Preference Assessments Using Conditioned Reinforcement. |
Domain: Applied Research |
VANESSA L. ARMANO (Perspectives Corporation), Lela Cloer Smith (Perspectives Corporation) |
|
Abstract: Preference assessments are commonly recommended to identify potential reinforcers when working with individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Literature in applied behavior analysis states that reinforcer sampling, stimulus variation and therapist delivery of reinforcement can alter the effectiveness of reinforcers. This has not been widely considered when conducting formal preference assessments. This study aims to evaluate changes in preference assessment results when stimuli that are deemed to be less preferred are delivered with variation and creativity. The subjects for this study are children with autism between ages of three and seven, receiving home based, Early Intensive Behavior Intervention for an average of 30 hrs a week. This study will consist of five phases: (1) Formal preference assessment, (2) Teaching session using non-preferred items determined from the preference assessment. (3) Non-preferred items will be paired with additional social and creative praise, (4) A second formal preference assessment will be conducted using all the same stimuli, (5) A second teaching session using the conditioned stimuli. The authors aim to compare the results from the two preference assessments and percentage of correct responding between the two teaching phases. The importance of reinforcement delivery, variation, and sampling will be discussed. |
|
Are Atypical Sensory/Perceptual Responses Salient in Understanding and Treating Autism? |
Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID R. DONNELLY (University of Rochester/Monroe Community College) |
|
Abstract: As we continue to explore the nature of autism spectrum disorders (ASD) to develop the most effective individualized treatment, atypical sensory responses in this population may offer additional opportunities for behavior analysts to develop accurate hypotheses regarding antecedents and variables maintaintaining behavior, as well as accessing different classes of potential reinforcers. A review of related literature, as well as suggestions for avenues of exploration will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Conversation Hour with Prominent Women in Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Randle E |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kate E. Fiske Massey (Rutgers University) |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
MARIA E. MALOTT (ABAI) |
FRANCES K. MCSWEENEY (Washington State University) |
JANET S. TWYMAN (Headsprout) |
Abstract: Panelists will discuss their experiences in the field and invite questions from attendees. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Utilizing Behavior Analysis to Get Through Graduate School |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Randle D |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kristen Rost (Queens College, City University of New York) |
SUMMER FERRERI (Michigan State University) |
MICHELE M. NOBEL (Antioch University McGregor) |
NATALIE ALLEN-WILLIAMS (Weber State University) |
Abstract: Students developed behaviorally based interventions to assist their progression toward graduation and increase those "degree-getting" behaviors. These students will present data from these studies and will give advice on developling your own interventions. This event is sponsored by the Student Committee. |
|
|
|
|
The Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project: Infusing ABA within Public School Autism Classrooms |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Elizabeth C |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Mary Lynch Barbera (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project) |
Discussant: Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Net) |
CE Instructor: Mary Lynch Barbera, Other |
Abstract: This presentation will give participants an overview of the Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project and will highlight research initiatives completed and in progress. During the first presentation, an overview of the PA Verbal Behavior Project will be given and a summary of outcomes over the past 4 years will be presented. Following the overview, Behavior Analysts will share two controlled studies done through the Project which evaluated different transfer procedures to teach tacts to children with autism. The final presentation within this symposium will highlight selected case studies completed through the PA Verbal Behavior Project. |
|
The Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project: An Overview and Summary of Outcomes. |
DEBRA NAMEY (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project), Kelly R. Gansarski (Tuscara Intermediate Unit 11) |
Abstract: This presentation will provide an overview of the PA Verbal Behavior Project, a unique program funded by the PA Department of Education which provides training, materials, and on-site consultation to 65 public school autism classrooms across the State. A summary of outcomes for the past four years will be presented. |
|
Transfer Procedure Research Done through the PA Verbal Behavior Project. |
MARY LYNCH BARBERA (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project), Amiris Dipuglia (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project) |
Abstract: This presentation will provide an overview of a single subject design published study entitled: Using Transfer Procedures to Teach Tacts to a Child with Autism (Barbera, & Kubina, Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 2005) and an unpublished replication/expansion of that study entitled A Comparison of Transfer Procedures to Teach Tacts to Four Children with Autism. |
|
PA Verbal Behavior Project Selected Case Studies. |
AMIRIS DIPUGLIA (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project), Mary Lynch Barbera (Pennsylvania Verbal Behavior Project) |
Abstract: This presentation will highlight selected case studies from the PA Verbal Behavior Project. |
|
|
|
|
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
Edward AB |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Jennifer Plumb (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Using Cognitive Defusion Techniques to Reduce Repetitive Behavior with Individuals Diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disorders. |
Domain: Applied Research |
HEIDI J. MOLINA FOSTER (University of Nevada), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disorders (PDD) engage in high rates of high order repetitive and ritualistic behaviors. Many experts believe that the behaviors are attempts to reduce anxiety. Cognitive defusion techniques used in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) have been demonstrated to reduce obsessive and compulsive behavior with adults diagnosed with obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD). The similarities among repepetitve and ritualistic behavior observed with PDD and OCD will be discussed. The effects of cognitive defusion techniques similar to those used in ACT will be examined on high-order repetitive and ritualistic behavior observed with individuals diagnosed with PDD. |
|
A Randomized Clinical Trial of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for OCD. |
Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER PLUMB (University of Nevada, Reno), Mike P. Twohig (University of Nevada), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Larry Pruitt (University of Nevada, Reno), Angela Collins (University of Nevada, Reno), Marisa Torch (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Obsessive compulsive disorder is a common and debilitating psychological disorder that is often unsuccessfully treated with existing psychological interventions such as exposure with response prevention. Up to 40% of people do not respond to treatment, others refuse to engage in treatment, there are high drop out rates, and many responders still struggle with OCD following treatment. Emerging evidence suggests that acceptance and mindfulness-based strategies increase compliance with treatments for anxiety disorders. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has been successfully applied to the treatment of OCD in a previous single case design (Twohig, Hayes, & Masuda, 2006), and the current study examines this intervention in a randomized controlled trial comparing ACT to progressive relaxation training. To date, 40 participants have completed the study. Data indicate that the ACT group has improved on measures of overall functioning and has shown significant improvement on measures of obsessions and compulsions at post and follow up. |
|
The Effectiveness of "Get Out of Your Mind & Into Your Life," the Self-Help Version of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, in Alleviating Burnout and Improving General Health and Life Quality. |
Domain: Applied Research |
TAMI R. LAZZARONE (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: This study examines the effectiveness of a bibliotherapy format of a self-help Acceptance & Commitment Therapy (ACT) intervention in the form of the book Get Out of Your Mind & Into Your Life, by Steven C. Hayes in enhancing general health, quality of life, and vital living in directions of value to individuals; and where useful, in alleviating burnout and stress or coping with depression and anxiety. This project grows out of past empirical work, appreciates the need for effective self-help materials, and explores the effects of the program with a population assumed to be generally non-clinical, yet vulnerable to stress-related problems of living. |
|
|
|
|
|
An Examination of Three-tiered Reading and Behavioral Systems for Students with or without Behavioral Disorders |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
America's Cup D |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Gregory J. Benner (University of Washington, Tacoma) |
RONALD C. MARTELLA (Eastern Washington University) |
GREGORY J. BENNER (University of Washington, Tacoma) |
NANCY MARCHAND-MARTELLA (Eastern Washington University) |
Abstract: Response to Intervention (RTI) is being used by schools as an alternative approach to the identification of learning disabilities and as a useful framework for guiding instruction and interventions for all students. RTI turns attention from student academic difficulties toward evaluating the extent to which the instruction and interventions used by schools are matched to student need. Although researchers have greatly contributed to our understanding of three-tiered RTI models in reading and behavior, many important research questions remain. The purpose of this presentation is to: (a) discuss the results of two reviews of the literature on the relative impact of reading only, behavior only, and integrated RTI models on reading and behavior outcomes; (b) detail the literacy and behavioral outcomes of such models in K-12 demonstration sites; and (c) document the behavioral and literacy outcomes of students with serious behavioral disorders as a result of RTI systems. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - International Application of Clinical Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
Edward C |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Li-Ching Hung (Mississippi State University) |
|
Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder of Fireman from the City of Portalegre, Portugal: Treatment and Prevention. |
Domain: Applied Research |
MIGUEL DE ARRIAGA (Escola Superior de Saúde de Portalegre), João Claudino Junceiro (Escola Superior de Saúde de Portalegre), Raul Cordeiro (Escola Superior de Enfermagem de Portalegre, Portugal) |
|
Abstract: The present study focuses the Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) in the Corporation of Firemen from Portalegre.
The objective of this study is to identify, through an experimental study and longitudinal descriptive, wich firemen are the most vulnerable for the development of PTSD, wich of them have, already, this disorder, and to plan interventions for treatment and prevention.
The main goal is to identify, through the direct application of a questionary to a total of N=70 firemen, of both sexes, with ages between 16 and 53 years old, particularly, the presence or absence of this disorder, the degree of stress vulnerability and the somatization values. According to this subject, intervention models, considered the most pertinent, have been focused.
To achieve this results have been used as measure instruments scale for self-evaluation for the Post Traumatic Stress Disorder, used with the authorization of the Anxiety Disorders Association of América, the QVS scale (Serra, 2000) and the adapted GHQ – 28 scale (Carvalho e Baptista,1999).
As results, was verified that n=9 (13,2%), of the participants ostentate associated symptomatology to PTSD, n=19 (29,2%) ostentate stress vulnerability and n=66 (97,1%) of the participants ostentate low somatization values and median-low somatization values. |
|
Implementing Behavior Techniques with Taiwanese Females Diagnosed with an Eating Disorder. |
Domain: Applied Research |
LI-CHING HUNG (Mississippi State University) |
|
Abstract: Eating Disorders (ED) are deadly, and are common in Taiwan. Out of a population of 22,000,000, approximately 159,248 people were diagnosed with an ED; that is, 1 out of every 150 Taiwanese have an obsession with weight and caloric intake. These rates, per capita, are as high as the United States. The primary difference between the two countries is that in Taiwan, little research has been conducted regarding effective treatments.
Six adolescent females, all receiving medical care due to anorexia, were referred for therapy by a major hospital in Kaohsiung. Cognitive-Behavioral group therapy was initiated for a period of six months, meeting once a week. In addition, individual therapy was provided three times per week. At admission, each client set a target weight with a low calorie diet, with an increased number of calories being added slowly.
A token economy was used with a token being given for a specific amount of weight gain. At the end of six months, a statistical significance at the .01 level was found indicating great success with the intervention. The procedures used will be discussed in depth. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Interventions for Young Children at Risk |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
America's Cup C |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Amber Reilly (California State University, Northridge/Institute for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
|
Early Reading Intervention: Responding to the Needs of At-Risk First-Grade Students. |
Domain: Applied Research |
LEFKI KOUREA (The Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the responsiveness of first-grade students to an early reading intervention program. Students were English-language learners and English speakers and they were followed up from a previous year’s investigation, in which they had received phonological-based intensive instruction. Additional reading intervention was provided the following year. Using a non-equivalent group design, researchers examined: (a) the reading performance of at-risk first-grade students who continued receiving additional intervention, and (b) the reading performance of follow-up first-grade students and low-performing first-grade students who received no intervention in first grade. Results will be presented through graphs and tables. Limitations and practical implications will be discussed. |
|
Implementation of a School-Wide System of Positive Behavior Practices in a Head Start/State Preschool. |
Domain: Applied Research |
AMBER REILLY (California State University, Northridge/Institute) |
|
Abstract: Behavioral problems in children are strongly linked to adolescent delinquency, school failure, and adult criminality (Sprague, Sugai & Walker, 1998); poverty dramatically increases this risk, making early intervention critical for disadvantaged youth (Mccurdy, Mannella & Eldridge, 2003). This study examines the effect of a school-wide system of positive behavior practices on rule following in a Head Start/State Preschool. Participants were 35 predominantly Latina, female teachers. Using a collaborative consultative model, consultants were contracted for 1 year to assist teachers in defining and teaching school-wide behavior expectations. Within 2-hour intervals, teachers reinforced each child’s rule following via verbal praise and a small token reinforcer that later translated to a more powerful class reward. A before–after no treatment control design was used to evaluate changes in rule following for randomly selected children in each classroom. Direct observations revealed that compliance with behavior expectations significantly improved at the target school, t (26) = 2.04, p < .05; no significant effects were found in the control school. Interobserver reliability was conducted for 20% of observations in each condition; mean agreement was 92% and 94%, respectively. Findings suggest that a school-wide behavior system can be effective in improving the behavior of at-risk children. |
|
|
|
|
|
Issues in Mathematics Instruction |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
Cunningham C |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Ya-yu Lo (University of North Carolina, Charlotte) |
|
Discovering the Effectiveness of Differentiated Instruction in Mathematics. |
Domain: Applied Research |
BRENDA S. ROMANOFF (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Tracey Surrett (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Ya-yu Lo (University of North Carolina, Charlotte) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to assess the effectiveness of differentiated instruction in mathmatics compared to traditional whole group instruction. Prior research eludes to the effectiveness without a direct quantitative camparison. A single class will alternate methods of instruction in mathematics with brief daily quizzes, as well as pre- and post-unit assessments driving instruction and serving as data illustrating student growth for each method. Behavioral observations will be taken through researcher observations throughout both methods of instruction, focusing on student time on task. The operational hypothesis is that students will learn more with improved behavior during small group instruction with differentiating assignments than during whole group instruction with identifical assignments for everyone.
The specific research questions are:
1. Is there a significant difference in student achievement between differentiated instruction and traditional instruction?
2. Is there a population that shows higher student achievement during either differentiated instruction or traditional instruction?
3. Is there a significant difference in student behavior related to time on task between differentiated instruction and tradtional instruction?
4. Is there a population that shows more time on task during either differentiated instruction or traditional instruction? |
|
The Effects of Highlighting on the Performance Accuracy and Behavior of Students with ADHD during Math Computation Tasks. |
Domain: Applied Research |
SUNEETA KERCOOD (Butler University), Janice A. Grskovic (Indiana University Northwest) |
|
Abstract: This study utilized a multiple baseline design to evaluate the effectiveness of a highlighting activity on the performances of students with ADHD on a routine math computation task.
Students with ADHD exhibit increased verbalizations, motor activity, and lower levels of sustained attention during routine, repetitive tasks that results in lower levels of task completion and achievement (Zentall & Zentall, 1983). In this study, three 3rd grade students with ADHD were presented with a set of math problems (addition, subtraction and multiplication) and were asked to highlight the operation and then solve as many problems as they could in 10 minutes.
Motor behavior, recorded from videotape, and number of math problems attempted and correctly solved were measured. Results suggest that the highlighting activity reduced excessive motor movement and increased task completion and accuracy of students with ADHD compared to their performances in no highlighting conditions. The highlighting was an additional activity and reduced the amount of time available to solve problems. It is hypothesized that the highlighting activity functioned to focus students attention to the operation, provided additional structure to the task (e.g., organization and grouping of operations), and increased the stimulation level of the task by adding color. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Learning, Integration, and Transition |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
Elizabeth F |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Katherine Moxness (West Montreal Readaptation Centre) |
|
The Integration of Children with Autism in Regular Settings Following an ABA Program: Results from an Outcome Monitoring Study. |
Domain: Applied Research |
KATHERINE MOXNESS (West Montreal Readaptation Centre), Celine Mercier (West Montreal Readaptation Centre), Genevieve Boyer (West Montreal Readaptation Centre), Martine Beaurivage (West Montreal Readaptation Centre) |
|
Abstract: Background: In 2003, the Québec Ministry of Health recommended that children with autism spectrum disorders aged 2-5 years old receive at least 20 hours a week of ABA interventions.
Objectives: To document: 1) the percentage of children integrating regular school or daycare after participation in the program; 2) the relationship between the intensity of program exposure and the integration in regular settings.
Methods: The outcome monitoring study was conducted through a client information system (children characteristics and ABA exposure) and a survey on children participating in the program (type of integration and level of support).
Results: To date, half of the children were integrated in regular school or daycare without any or with 15 hours or less of weekly support. There is no statistical differences between children in regular or special settings regarding weekly hours of ABA intervention or total duration of treatment. Very few girls are found in regular settings.
Conclusion: The 50% percentage of integration in regular settings found in this study replicates previous studies. Results regarding the intensity of treatment support the hypothesis that other variables related to children, its milieu and the treatment (some of them already documented in the literature), should be considered as outcome predictors. The unexpected finding about the relationship between gender and level of integration has to be scrutinized more deeply. |
|
Behavioral Modification and Autistic Children: A Retrospective Case Study. |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA FERNANDA GOMEZ (F.A.C.E.S.) |
|
Abstract: A case study was conducted in order to show the effects of concrete behavioral modification interventions on two autistic children of the same age, who differ in their learning speed. The present case study examined different programs taught, the time it took each child to master those programs, and the general outcome after the first year of intervention. The programs were classified into five categories and their respective subdivisions. The first month of results for each particular category was used as a predictor of the first year outcome for each category. The present study attempted to compare the learning progress of two autistic children, in reference to the application of behavioral modification as the treatment method for autism.
Results of the present study indicated that generally the pace of learning during the first month of intervention was an accurate predictor of the overall learning pace for the first year of behavioral modification intervention. However, the study further suggested that autistic children could learn at an increased pace after the application of behavioral modification therapy for some program categories. |
|
Project TASK: Transition for Children with Autism to School from Kindergarten. |
Domain: Applied Research |
DIANE M. SAINATO (The Ohio State University), Sunhwa Jung (Oakstone Academy), Mary D. Salmon (The Children's Center for Developmental Enrichment), Judah B. Axe (The Ohio State University), Nikki Kerns (Oakstone Academy), Rebecca S. Morrison (The Ohio State University) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of this federally funded model demonstration project is to develop, implement, and evaluate a program for kindergarten children with autism that effectively addresses the transition from an inclusive kindergarten to a school-age program. In year one, the model program was implemented in one kindergarten classroom with six children with autism (ASD) and six typical peers. A cohort of five children with ASD was recruited from one local school district. In the second year, two inclusive model classrooms with 12 children with ASD and 12 peers were studied. Eight kindergarten students with autism were recruited from local school districts to serve as the comparison group.
Pretest and post-test measures included standardized assessments for language, cognitive, social, adaptive behavior, and academic skills. Direct observations of child and teacher behavior were conducted for a total of 8100 minutes in the first year of the study. In the second year, observations totaled 8370 minutes. Interobserver agreement measures for direct observation yielded a mean level of 90%.
Outcomes from the first two years of Project TASK include an increase in scores on standardized assessments across all areas and improved levels of appropriate engagement in observed classroom activities as contrasted to the comparison subjects. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Outcomes for Children with ASDs |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
Douglas A |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Erik Jahr (Akershus University Hospital, Norway) |
|
Early Prediction of Differential Effectiveness of Behavioral Treatment. |
Domain: Applied Research |
ERIK JAHR (Akershus University Hospital, Norway), Sigmund Eldevik (Center for Early Autism Intervention, Oslo, Norway) |
|
Abstract: Children with autism do not constitute a uniform group in terms of responsiveness and long term benefit following intensive behavioural treatment. Earlier studies and reviews suggests that after long term treatment, children may divide into three groups in terms of outcome, with one group showing exceptional improvements into normal functioning, one group with intermediate improvements and a remaining group showing few or no improvements despite intensive efforts. Early identification of these groups may be immensely important in order to improve programming and thereby increase the effectiveness of the intervention but also to be able to offer alternative approaches at an early stage for children with minimal progression.
In a Norwegian, early intervention program, 30 children were assessed with a uniform test of skills (ASK) covering basic, intermediate and advanced areas conducted at intake and repeatedly during the first 12 months in intensive treatment. Early responsiveness to treatment and achievements on standardized assessments after one year of treatment were analyzed. Differential responsiveness to treatment and prediction of outcome will be discussed. |
|
Outcome of Comprehensive Psycho Educational Interventions for Young Children with Autism. |
Domain: Applied Research |
SVEIN EIKESETH (Akershus University College, Norway) |
|
Abstract: This paper evaluates psycho educational research on early intervention for children with autism. Twenty three outcome studies were identified. Eighteen studies evaluated behavioral treatment, 3 studies evaluated TEACCH and 2 studies evaluated the Colorado Health Sciences Project. Outcome studies are graded according to their scientific value, and subsequently graded according to the magnitude of results documented in the studies. Based on the available evidence, treatment recommendations are made and practice parameters were suggested. It was concluded that behavioral treatment is demonstrated effective in enhancing global functioning in young children with autism and PDD-NOS. |
|
The Effectiveness of Behavioral Early Intervention for Children with Autism: A Meta-Analysis. |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA MAKRYGIANNI (University of Wales, Swansea), Phil Reed (University of Wales, Swansea) |
|
Abstract: Behavioral Early Intervention (BEI) has been distinguished as a beneficial early intervention approach for children with Autistic Spectrum Disorders (ASD). However, the findings of the relevant studies are controversial, revealing that BEI programs may not be equally effective in all cases. The possible causes of such differential effectiveness should be examined with respect to the factors in the BEI, the child, and the family. All these factors may have either direct, or moderating, impact on the efficacy of the BEI. The purpose of the presented meta-analysis of outcome effectiveness studies is to explore the impact and predictive strength of some selected factors, and to compare the behavioral approach with other approaches. Some of the assessed factors are the intensity and duration of BEI program, as well as the age, the IQ, the adaptive behavior, and language abilities of the child at intake. The crucial factors impacting on the BEI program's effectiveness are identified and discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Postdoctoral Fellowships |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
Mohsen AB |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Christy A. Alligood (West Virginia University) |
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (West Virginia University) |
KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University) |
DEAN C. WILLIAMS (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Panelists will speak from several perspectives on preparing for and completing postdoctoral fellowships. |
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Program Evaluation of Academic Interventions |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
America's Cup AB |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Betty Fry Williams (Whitworth College) |
|
A Model for Academic Remediation Using Direct Instruction in a Campus Summer School Program. |
Domain: Applied Research |
BETTY FRY WILLIAMS (Whitworth College), Chang-nam Lee (Whitworth College), Melva Pryor (Farwell Elementary, Mead WA), Krista Markham Wlliams (Whitworth College) |
|
Abstract: Graduate and undergraduate practicum students served as instructors in a campus-sponsored, summer school program for elementary-aged children with learning problems caused by disabilities, poor motivation, or English language acquisition. The curriculum consisted of Direct Instruction (DI) materials including Reading Mastery Plus, Reasoning and Writing, and Connecting Math Concepts. Children received small group and individualized instruction. Pre- and post-testing using the Woodcock Johnson Test of Achievement showed students averaged 6 months progress in 6 weeks of the DI, campus summer school. Analysis of scores for a small group of students who attended two summer sessions showed that all the students made gains during the 6 weeks of DI, campus summer school, though some did not during their regular school year. A comparison with a small group of students in a traditional summer school program found students with learning problems in the DI, campus summer school program made twice as much progress as normal learners in the traditional summer school. Parents and children rated the DI, campus summer school experience highly as did the practicum student-instructors. |
|
An Evaluation of the 'Teach Your Children to Read Well Reading' Programme. |
Domain: Applied Research |
J. CARL HUGHES (University of Wales, Bangor), Jaye Cowell (Masters Programme in Applied Behaviour Analysis, University of Wales, Bangor), Michael Beverley (University of Wales, Bangor) |
|
Abstract: The ability to read is the single most important academic skill (Hullihen, 1994). Although there is an increasing amount of research demonstrating the effectiveness of both direct instruction (DI) and precision teaching (PT), there is limited research examining their effectiveness in the home environment. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the DI and PT reading programme Teach Your Children to Read Well (TYCW) (Maloney, 2001) when implemented by an adult with little formal training in either DI or PT. Four bilingual (Welsh/ English) children, two intervention and two control, aged between 5 and 6 years participated. All children attended the same primary school and received the usual reading exposure from school and home. The two intervention children were in addition taught using the TYCW programme. All children were tested on a variety of reading measures both pre- and post-intervention. The results indicated that the reading programme was effective in teaching children to fluently pronounce phonetic sounds, recognise letters, and sound-out both regular and irregular words; in contrast the control children showed little improvement in the fluency of these skills. In conclusion, the findings suggest parents can effectively implement the programme with little formal training in teaching methodologies. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Paper Session - Stimulus Control and Neurobiological Measures |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
Del Mar AB |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Melissa J. Allman (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
|
Does History Matter? Neuroimaging Equivalence Relations when Base Relations were Reinforced or Paired. |
Domain: Basic Research |
MELISSA J. ALLMAN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michael W. Schlund (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
|
Abstract: We are slowly uncovering the neurobiology of derived relational responding (stimulus equivalence, SE). However, what is known to date is based on training involving reinforcement. The primary aim of the investigation presented was to establish whether training history (i.e., ‘how’ trained relations are established) influences subsequent activation during equivalence testing. During training using a one sample-two comparison MTS format, reinforcement was employed to establish base relations within two three-member classes. Concurrently, using a yoked design, a one sample-one comparison ‘pairing’ procedure was employed to establish base relations within two additional three-member classes. Equivalence relations were then assessed during neuroimaging (fMRI). Results revealed that activation patterns (a) differ markedly between reinforced and paired base relations and (b) were relatively similar between corresponding sets of derived relations. These results suggest history may be dissociable between base relations and one primary distributed brain network may be recruited for derived relational responding. The implications of neuroimaging research on SE for understanding equivalence based treatments used in developmental disabilities will also be discussed. |
|
Electrophysiological Activity during Stimulus Class Formation. |
Domain: Basic Research |
JON GRETAR SIGURJONSSON (National University of Ireland, Galway), Geraldine Leader (National University of Ireland), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
|
Abstract: The goal of this research is to chart electrophysiological activity during stimulus class acquisition and the rate of acquisition using different stimulus equivalence training methods. Each type of training will be done using both iconic and abstract stimuli to control for the effects of stimuli on brain activity. Alongside traditional behavioural data, electrophysiological measures will be collected to identify the functional changes in brain activity during training and testing. It is hoped that these experiments will help to bridge the so called temporal gap and reach out to scientists working outside the field of behavioural analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Behavior Analysis to Teach Behavior Analysis Across Learner Populations |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
Douglas C |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
BETH SULZER-AZAROFF (University of Massachusetts, Amherst) |
Dr. Beth Sulzer-Azaroff An early career in public education launched Beth Sulzer-Azaroff's quest for methods to promote behavior change in socially important directions. While pursuing her doctoral studies at the University of Minnesota she discovered the promise of the field of behavior analysis toward that objective. Since then she has been engaged in scholarship, research, consulting and teaching in the field. First at Southern Illinois University, later at the University of Massachusetts, she addressed challenges facing students, clients, instructors, care providers, supervisors, managers and executives in the community, schools, factories, offices, health care organizations and elsewhere. Currently she is a Professor Emeritus of the University of Massachusetts, Adjunct Professor at Florida International University and the University of North Texas, Director of Quality Assurance for the Pyramid Educational Consultants and President of the Browns Group of Naples, a training and performance management consulting organization. In these capacities her work today emphasizes doing research, teaching and writing about behavioral systems for promoting quality Internet-based and direct educational services and healthy performance on the job.
The products of her individual and collaborative efforts have included over a dozen books and monographs, and about a hundred published papers. Sulzer-Azaroff has presented extensively at regional, national and international conferences and has received substantial research and training grant funding. Currently, in addition to consulting in education, human services plus other forms of performance management, she continues to conduct research, teach and write.
Sulzer-Azaroff has served her field and the public in a number of capacities, including: President of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABA), the Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy and Division 25 of APA; chair (APA Board of Scientific Affairs; Committee on Continuing Education) trustee (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies), and board member of various national committees; Associate Editor (JABA) and editorial board member of behavioral journals, member of research panels for national funding agencies and in numerous other capacities.
Recognition for Sulzer-Azaroff’s achievements include her election to the Connecticut Academy of Science and Engineering, and being named Fellow in six divisions of the American Psychological Association, also the Academy of Behavioral Medicine, the Association for Behavior Analysis, and the American Psychological Society. She was the recipient of the Lifetime Achievement Award from the OBM Network of the Association for Behavior Analysis, the Fred S. Keller Award for Distinguished Contributions to Education from Division 25 of the American Psychological Association and the Outstanding Contributions Award from California ABA. |
Abstract: As a science and technology, behavior analysis shows us what, how and why to teach ABA for successful student learning and performance. As the beneficiary of the information derived from the field, my colleagues, our students and I have enjoyed the opportunity to capitalize on and witness the payoff accorded by following the procedural guidelines inherent in the discipline. By applying fundamental concepts of learning and behavior, such as differential reinforcement, shaping, fading, generalization and fluency training, we have been able to guide students towards heightened competency.This presentation will illustrate how we have carried those features into action in our teaching and training of: university undergraduate and graduate students in the classroom, on-line,and on-site; supervisory and managerial personnel in for-profit and non-profit organizations; specialized staff such as safety personnel and professionals as well as workers in on-the-job training. Some short and long-term results also will be described. |
Target Audience: no |
Learning Objectives: no |
|
|
|
|
Why Is Behavior Analysis Used Selectively in Treating Severe Behavior Disorders |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
4:30 PM–5:20 PM |
Gregory AB |
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: W. Joseph Wyatt, Ph.D. |
Chair: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University) |
DWIGHT HARSHBARGER (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies) |
ROBERT J. KOHLENBERG (University of Washington) |
W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University) |
Abstract: This session is a continuation of the earlier Invited Panel Discussion entitled "Behavior and Social Issues: Behavior Analysis, Biological Psychiatry, and the Treatment of Severe Behavior Disorders" and includes additional contributors to the special issue of Behavior and Social Issues that was recently devoted to a discussion of the modest impact that behavior analysis has made in the treatment of severe behavior disorders. The panelists will focus of the economic, industrial, and institutional factors that supersede scientific data to limit the use of behavior analysis and favor psychotropic medication in the treatment of severe behavior disorders. |
|
|
|
|
An Evaluation of an Intervention to Increase Engagement in Leisure Activities of Adults Diagnosed with Dementia |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
5:00 PM–5:20 PM |
Molly AB |
Area: DEV |
Chair: Shasta Brenske (St. Cloud State University) |
|
An Evaluation of an Intervention to Increase Engagement in Leisure Activities of Adults Diagnosed with Dementia |
Domain: Applied Research |
SHASTA BRENSKE (St. Cloud State University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University) |
|
Abstract: Adults diagnosed with dementia who reside in nursing homes often lack stimulation and social interaction which may lead to behavioral problems. Several types of interventions have been successful in increasing attendance at activities, participation, and engagement in activities. This purpose of this study was to examine the effects of verbal prompts and social encouragement on attendance and engagement in leisure activities for 6 individuals diagnosed with dementia. The intervention resulted in significant increases in attendance and engagement for all six participants. A summary of the data for all participants and specific data for 2 participants will be presented. These results illustrate how using simple and natural procedures can benefit individuals diagnosed with dementia. |
|
|
|
|
|
#293 Poster Session - AUT |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Manchester |
|
1. The Effects of Embedded Questions on the Reading Comprehension of Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University), Lindsay R. Sessor (The Ohio State University), Ruth M. DeBar (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: A multiple baseline across students design was used to examine the effects of a reading comprehension intervention for elementary children with autism. The intervention consisted of embedding a series of comprehension questions within each reading passage. As the students read the passage they responded to each question. In the next phase, the embedded questions were systematically faded. Results from immediate comprehension tests demonstrated improvements in reading comprehension for each student, and varying levels of maintenance. |
|
|
2. Teaching an Observing Response to Enhance Question Discrimination. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER WEINMAN (Aim High Academy), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston, Clear Lake) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to evaluate a self-prompting strategy in the form of an observing response to improve the performance of a child with deficits in question discrimination. The participant was a 15-year-old male with autism, who had trouble discriminating among simple questions about pictured objects. Three groups of six pictures were included in the study. The participant was asked three different questions about each picture (e.g., “What shape?” “What color?” “What is it?” “What do you do with it?”). The questions were randomly rotated within each group. Correct responses were reinforced with 10 s of the participant’s favorite movie. Following baseline, the student was taught to repeat the question before answering it. Results indicated that this observing response was associated with increases in correct answers across two sets of pictures. Furthermore, the observing response generalized to a third set of pictures and maintained when prompts were discontinued. |
|
|
4. Developing a Self-Initiation Training for Highly Avoidant Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIE L. ROCHA (University of California, San Diego), Laura Schreibman (University of California, San Diego) |
Abstract: Spontaneous social initiations, known as self-initiations are important social communication skills critical to initiating and maintaining reciprocal social interactions. The literature and our preliminary studies have identified marked deficits in self-initiations in young children with. Researchers believe that interventions effectively targeting these early social communication behaviors in this population may minimize obstacles to subsequent language learning and social interaction skills. Thus far, there is very little research on specific behavioral training of self-initiations to young, preverbal children with autism or on the effect of this early training on response to treatment. The aim of the current study was to systematically evaluate a self-initiation training (SIT) program for highly avoidant children with autism. A single subject multiple baseline design across subjects was used to examine treatment efficacy and to evaluate individual differences in treatment response. During baseline sessions children received PRT only. During the treatment component of the study, children’s sessions included both SIT and PRT. Baseline and treatment sessions were evaluated for changes in self-initiation behaviors, the development of verbal and nonverbal communication, and changes in other social interaction skills. Results will be discussed in terms of treatment implications and future investigations. |
|
|
5. A Comparison of the Use of Constant Time Delay Alone and Constant Time Delay with Instructive Feedback to Teach Children with Autism to Discriminate Stimuli by Function, Feature, and Class. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALLISON LOWY APPLE (A.P.P.L.E. Consulting/University of Washington), Felix F. Billingsley (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington) |
Abstract: The unique learning styles of children with autism, including the tendency to be overselective, need to be considered when designing procedures to effectively and efficiently teach discriminations. When learning discriminations, overselective responding specifically can result in inappropriate skill acquisition. The constant time delay (CTD) teaching method (once children have been taught to respond to multiple cues) has been proven as an effective and efficient method for teaching discriminations to children with disabilities, including children with autism. Instructive feedback, which involves adding extra information after praising a child for correct responses, has been proven to be even more efficient and effective method than just response prompting procedures alone for many children with disabilities. This phenomenon has not yet been studied for children with autism exclusively and may provide different results due to children with autism’s unique needs. The aim of this study was to compare the use of CTD alone with CTD with instructive feedback in teaching discriminations to children with autism. The procedures in this study, unlike past studies addressing instructive feedback, included the use of multiple exemplars and two cycles of learning and assessment of both maintenance of targets and generalization to novel stimuli. Results showed that both CTD alone and CTD with instructive feedback were effective in teaching the targeted discriminations with CTD with instructive feedback being more efficient for 2 of the 3 participants. In fact, these participants did not require any instruction for targets in the last training cycle as they had already learned the discrimination through instructive feedback. CTD with instructive feedback conditions generally produced the most error responses and higher generalization scores overall while CTD alone showed slightly higher maintenance scores. Implications for instruction and future research are discussed. |
|
|
6. Picture Prompts for Teaching Activity Schedules. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROLINE A. SIMARD (St. Amant Research Center/St. Cloud University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), Ginette Simard Ttreault (St. Amant Research Centre), Corrie Hiebert (St. Amant Research Centre), Jason Hiebert (St. Amant Research Centre), Melissa Lam (St. Amant Research Centre) |
Abstract: The utility of various prompting strategies to teach children with autism to complete leisure activities, vocational tasks and daily living skills have been examined by researchers for over thirty years. The present study was designed to further this research by replicating the study by MacDuff, Krantz and McClannahan (1993) as well as investigate maintenance, resequencing and generalization of the taught picture schedules. A combination of graduated guidance, spatial fading and shadowing was utilized in order to teach three children with autism to follow a picture schedule. The author assessed the effects of picture prompts on the on-task and on-schedule behavior of the participants using a multiple baseline across subjects design. Data were recorded using a 10-second whole interval procedure. Results demonstrated that pictures, used as prompts in activity schedules, were effective in increasing the overall on-task and on-schedule behavior of all three participants and increases were maintained across additional phases. The results of this study demonstrate that the use of picture schedules is a promising strategy to increase on-task behaviors of children with autism. |
|
|
7. A Comparison of Embedded Instruction During Class Lessons and Class Transitions for Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JANE LEE (Behaviour Institute), Naomi Wheeler (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute) |
Abstract: Embedded instruction holds promise as an intervention that can be used to teach children with autism in general education settings. Embedded instruction has been shown to be effective in teaching IEP objectives to children with autism in general education classrooms and has been rated by educators as an acceptable intervention. However, research on variables that influence the effectiveness of embedded instruction is almost non-existent. This poster will present the results of a study on whether the type of activity (class lesson vs. transition) into which instruction is embedded affects skill acquisition, generalization and maintenance. A combined multiple-baseline, alternating treatment design was used to measure the effect of the two conditions on the learning of two children with autism attending a transition classroom. |
|
|
8. A Literature Review for Prompting Procedures Used to Teach Skills to Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
COREY S STOCCO (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire) |
Abstract: When teaching skills to people with autism, teachers often prompt the person with the right answer. There are several prompting procedures that a teacher may use, including simultaneous prompting and the constant prompt delay. Research has been conducted showing both procedures can be used to teach a variety of skills to persons with autism. This study is a review of the literature for both procedures for children diagnosed with autism. The review will compare and contrast several variables including skills taught and results. Specific suggestions regarding each procedure along with ideas for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
9. Acquisition of Appropriate Speech in Children with Autism Varies with Parent, Therapist, and Stranger. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH KURIAKOSE (Ponoma College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), Michelle Seffrood (Claremont McKenna College), Melanie Jira (Claremont Graduate University), Alissa Greenberg (Claremont Graduate University), Sara Gershfeld (Scripps College), Aria Ash-Rafzedeh (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: This study supports previous findings that behavioral treatment, particularly as it is used at the Claremont Autism Center, is effective at increasing appropriate speech in children with autism (Calkin, 1989; Lovaas, 1977). Children are provided with two hours of behavior therapy weekly, which includes working on expressive and receptive language skills and social interaction using NLP, modeling, PECS, etc. Children in the study were assessed every six months throughout their treatment in videotaped interactive conditions with a parent, therapist, and stranger. This study followed 10 children with autism over 15 years in a multiple baseline design, expanding on previous work with 4 children. The recent findings supported the preliminary data. In addition to overall increase in appropriate speech, results also show that speech occurs most frequently with a parent or caregiver prior to treatment, and with a therapist (and sometimes a parent) during treatment; appropriate speech occurs least frequently with a stranger prior to and during treatment. Limited post-treatment evaluations suggest that appropriate speech is maintained following treatment, and some generalization of speech occurs across conditions. The implications of these findings on treatment approaches, particularly in terms of generalization, as well as the need for further research are discussed. |
|
|
10. Position Preference and Visual Discrimination in PECS Training for a Young Child with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TAIRA LANAGAN (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Cortney Foss (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Danielle Davis (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) is an augmentative system used to teach non-vocal communication (Bondy and Frost, 1994). PECS is a commonly used clinical procedure for individuals with autism and other developmental disorders but little research has examined individual components of the procedure. We examined the effects of several behavioral manipulations for remediating a position preference and difficulties with visual discrimination in a 5 year-old child with autism in his PECS training program. |
|
|
11. The “Silent Dog” Method of Analyzing the Impact of Self-Generated Rules when Teaching Different Computer Skills in Two Boys with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LILL-BEATHE HALSTADTRØ (Trondsletten Habilitation Services, St. Olavs Hospital), Monica Halstadtrø (Byåsen School, Norway), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to examine if the three controls in the “Silent dog” procedure were fulfilled when training different computer tasks in two boys with autism. In Experiment 1, the results showed that the Control 1 in the “Silent dog” method was in accord with the specifications by Hayes, White, and Bissett (1998) in the sense that the performance on task with continuous, concurrent talk-aloud procedures was functionally equivalent to performance without talk-aloud reports in three different computer skills in a boy with autism. In Control 2 the responding was not reduced to baseline levels when distracters as math tasks were presented. In Control 3 the results showed that another boy with autism responded correctly on three skills under control of the verbal reporting from Control 1 which is in accord with the specifications by Hayes et al. (1998). In Experiment 2, since the results for Control 2 in Experiment 1 was not in accord with the requirements of the “Silent dog” method, we wanted to test if different distracters had a reducing effect on responding in the first participant. The results showed that some of the distracters reduced responding to the baseline level. |
|
|
12. Picture Exchange Communication System and Sign Language Communication for Teachers Training Working with Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
HYUN-MI MUN (Daegu University, South Korea), Mihyang Choi (Daegu University, South Korea), Eun-Jung Lee (Daegu University, South Korea), Jung Hee Park (Daegu University, South Korea) |
Abstract: This study compared the effects of Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) and sign language communication for teachers training for children with autism spectrum disorders. Three preschoolers with autism spectrum disorders participated in the study. Training sessions involved presentations of preferred items, prompting and prompt fading procedures. Results showed that PECS training produced a higher percentage of independent usage in communication with all the subjects. |
|
|
14. Language Production: A Comparison of Verbal Prompt Fading versus Speech Generated Device Prompts. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA E. FELIX (The New England Center for Children), Jen Cheron (The New England Center for Children), Susan N. Langer (The New England Center for Children), Laura M. Hutt (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Children with autism and severe language delays demonstrate difficulty using functional language in their day-to-day activities. The use of augmentative communication systems, including pictures and speech generating devices, has been effective in teaching mands to these children (Charlop-Christy, M. H., Carpenter, M., Le, L., LeBlanc, L. A., & Kellet, K., 2002). However, there has been little research that compares these teaching procedures with children that have limited vocal language. In the present study, two children with autism were taught to request a preferred item using a full sentence. Both participants were able to repeat a vocal model (e.g., “I want X.”). The teacher-delivered vocal prompt with a picture procedure was compared to a speech generating device (activated by student’s touch) teaching procedure in an alternating treatment design. Once the mand was mastered in the training sessions, generalization probes were conducted in a second environment as well as with a second teacher. Although there were noticeable variations in the participants’ learning styles, both participants acquired the mands more quickly with the teacher’s verbal prompts than with the speech generating device. |
|
|
15. Establishing a Generalized Autoclitic Tact Repertoire in Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRIGHID H. FRONAPFEL (California State University, Stanislaus), Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: Few studies have examined Skinner’s (1957) analysis of autoclitic verbal behavior. Of these, only one investigated the autoclitic in children with autism. This study investigated the establishment of the autoclitic tact in three children diagnosed with autism by assessing its generalization effects across different groups of stimuli, based on the procedures used in Howard and Rice (1988) and Moore (2004). A multiple-baseline across tasks design was utilized to examine three participants’ responses during tact training, autoclitic tact training, and generalization test conditions. Trials consisted of presenting a 2D stimulus to the participants, and asking “What is it?” Of the ten trials per session, two consisted of probes with untrained concepts (2D stimuli). Tokens, which could be used to obtain a preferred item, were delivered to participants following correct responses. If the participant engaged in an incorrect response a correction procedure was implemented. |
|
|
16. Evaluation of Spontaneous Manding in Naturalistic Environments. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JANE MORTON (University of Georgia), Amy Heller (The Marcus Institute), Donice Banks (The Marcus Institute), M. Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University) |
Abstract: Mand training is often considered to be an important part of early intervention of language deficits (Sundberg & Michael, 2001; Sundberg & Partington, 1998). Although manding may occur under tightly controlled stimulus conditions (e.g., within the context of a teaching session), training should include generalization of stimulus control from teaching conditions to naturally occurring establishing operations. In the current study, we evaluated rate of manding for preferred items and activities outside of structured teaching. Results suggested that (a) a combination of structured teaching and prompting in the natural environment produced higher levels of manding than structured teaching and (b) control of manding was transferred from teaching stimulus conditions to naturally occurring establishing operations. |
|
|
17. Comparison of Echoic and Tact Prompting on Acquisition Intraverbal Lists. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA ROSS BROWN (The Marcus Institute), Crystal N. Bowen (The Marcus Institute), Jenna Pucharis (The Marcus Institute), M. Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University) |
Abstract: Skinner (1957) provided a behavioral account of verbal behavior that has produced voluminous research on the conditions under which vocal behavior may be taught to individuals with language delays. For example, Miguel, Ingeborg, and Carr (2005) evaluated tact prompting for training intraverbal behavior. In the current study, we compared tact and echoic prompting for intraverbal lists of differing lengths (2 versus 8 responses). Results suggested that tact and echoic prompting were equally effective for shorter intraverbal lists, and that tact prompting was more effective for acquisition of longer intraverbal lists. |
|
|
18. Assessment of the Functions of Vocal Behavior in Children with Developmental Disabilities: A Replication. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLY MCKNIGHT (The Marcus Institute), Mariete Casho (The Marcus Institute), Laura R. Addison (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University), M. Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Megan P. Martins (University of California, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Although experimental analysis methodologies (e.g., Iwata et al., 1994) have been useful for identifying the function of a wide variety of target behaviors, only recently have such procedures been applied to verbal operants (Lerman et al., 2005). In the current study, we conducted a systematic replication of the methodology developed by Lerman et al. Participants were four children diagnosed with developmental disabilities who engaged in limited vocal behavior. The function of vocal behavior was assessed by exposing target vocal responses to experimental analyses. Results showed that experimental analysis procedures were generally useful for identifying the function(s) of vocal behavior across all participants. |
|
|
19. Assessing Preference of Two Types of Communication Systems for a Student with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGHAN E. HOFFMAN (The Ivymount School), Erin Donnelly (The Ivymount School) |
Abstract: The type and mode of communication systems for children with autism are typically chosen by someone other than the child with little regard to preference. Current research on augmentative and alternative communication provides a multitude of choices of specific systems for different types of learners; however there is limited research on assessing the child’s preference for each communication system, the effect of preference on the use of communication systems, and how best to assess student preference (Blischak & Schlosser, 2003; Clark, McConachie, Price, & Wood, 2001; Mirenda; Schlosser, 2003; Sigafoos, Didden, O’Reilly, 2003). The current study develops a protocol of assessing preference for two types of communication systems for an 8 year-old boy with autism. A reversal design was used to assess the preference of a speech generating device versus a picture exchange communication system (Bondy, 1996). Results indicated that the student showed a preference for using a speech generating device over a picture exchange communication system. A most notable outcome of this study is that students with autism can and should express preference to have input into selecting a functional communication system. |
|
|
20. Teaching Mands and Tacts to a Child with Autism Using Sign Language. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DOROTHY SCATTONE (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Belmont C. Billhofer (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
Abstract: This study examined the rate of acquisition of mands and tacts through sign language training for a 8-year old boy with autism. First, a forced choice preference assessment was conducted to formulate a list of preferred items to be used for mand sign language training and a list of common items was developed for tact training (e.g., shoe, hat). Sign language training sessions included physical and gestural prompts and prompt fading procedures. Mands and tacts were interspersed and presented randomly. For this participant, mands were acquired much more quickly and retained longer than tacts which may suggest that a language communication system using signs should initially focus on teaching mands. This study has implications for why sign language training programs may fail if first signs taught are either tacts or other more abstract concepts such as please or thank you and may be more successful if first signs taught are mands. |
|
|
21. A Systematic Comparison of a Picture Communication System and Sign Language for the Acquisition of Mands in Young Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN D. NOLLET (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Maria T. Stevenson (University of Nevada, Reno), Judy Ida Reynolds (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: Language and communication skills are a vital part of an individual’s way of life. However, children with autism often display a delayed ability to acquire communication skills, if any are acquired at all. Skinner (1957) presented an analysis of verbal behavior and suggested that teaching each verbal operant (e.g., mands, tacts, and echoics) independently from each other is the ideal way to train language skills. Furthermore, because a mand specifies the desired reinforcer, it may be the ideal operant to focus on first during communication training. The current investigation taught participants to mand (i.e., request) for highly preferred items, using both picture icons and sign language, in an effort to determine which communication modality resulted in the quickest acquisition. Moreover, we also evaluated the modality each participant preferred to use in a natural setting when both modalities were available concurrently. |
|
|
22. Derived Verbal Relations in a Child with Autism with Severe Problems in Spoken Language. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
LUIS ANTONIO PEREZ-GONZALEZ (University of Oviedo, Spain), Gladys Williams (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje, SL) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present research was to explore the emergence of verbal operants when some instances of expressive language are absent or are difficult to acquire. A 4-year-old child diagnosed with autism with severe problems to pronounce and imitate sounds learned several verbal operants; other operants were probed. The child learned to match written words corresponding to body parts (e.g., the word NOSE) to pictures of these parts (the picture of a nose). He also learned to touch his body parts in the presence of the corresponding pictures. Then, we explored whether the child would match pictures to names (a symmetrical relation) and whether he would touch his body parts in the presence of the written words (a transitive relation). Results indicate that the symmetrical relations easily emerge. The transitive relations also emerge, although the do later and with more difficulties. We conclude that children with autism show derived verbal relations, even those children with problems in spoken language. |
|
|
23. Increasing Appropriate Social Interactions in an Adolescent Diagnosed with Autism Using Modeling and Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior (DRA). |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MANDY M. TRIGGS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Frederick W. Hoots (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Socials Skills are considered an important part of adaptive functioning and have therefore become a target for intervention among individuals diagnosed with Autism. Although many individuals with Autism have poor social skills, several studies have demonstrated methods for improving these skills (e.g., Pierce & Screibman, 1997). However, sustaining these skills has proved to be more difficult. One goal for social skills treatments may be for artificial reinforcers (i.e., edibles) to be replaced by naturalistic reinforcers during the course of intervention. In the current study, a treatment consisting of modeling and differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors (DRA) was used to increase appropriate social interactions in a 13 year-old boy diagnosed with autism. Five social skills were trained; greeting others, requesting adult attention, providing compliments, respecting others, and saying goodbye (Dowd & Tierney, 2005). Training consisted of several stages (e.g., positive reinforcement (token), feedback). A multiple baseline design was used to evaluate treatment effectiveness. Results demonstrated increased appropriate social interactions and decreased inappropriate interactions. These effects remained over time, were generalized to novel therapists, and sustained when the tokens were discontinued. Interobserver agreement was collected for more than one third of sessions and averaged over 80%. |
|
|
24. The Comparative Effects of Simple and Complex Instructional Language on the Acquisition and Generalization of Receptive Language Tasks by Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CORINNE M. MURPHY (West Chester University), William L. Heward (The Ohio State University), Jacqueline Wray Wynn (Children's Hospital Autism Center, Columbus, Ohio) |
Abstract: Research is needed to identify effective and efficient instructional methods for teaching receptive language skills to children with autism. Six preschoolers diagnosed with autism participated in two experiments on the effects of simple or complex instructional language on the children's acquisition and generalization of receptive language tasks. Each session in Experiment I consisted of 10 discrete discrimination training trials in which the teacher used either simplified instructional language (e.g., "pencil" for an object identification task) or complex language (e.g., "Remember, balls are fun to throw and play catch with. Can you find one?") for each trial. The dependent variable was the number of sessions required to master an item (at least 90% correct responses for two consecutive sessions).
Results of Experiment I showed all children learned receptive tasks in fewer sessions when their teachers used simple instructional language rather than complex language. In Experiment II, the teacher presented items with simple language that the child had mastered with complex language in Experiment I, and vice versa. Results of Experiment II showed that the youngest children were more accurate when responding to simple language for items that had been taught with complex language in Experiment I. The oldest children responded with 100% accuracy to complex and simple instructions. |
|
|
25. A Comparison of Visual and Echoic Prompts on the Acquisition of Intraverbal Behavior for Three Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL KAYE (BEACON Services), Laura Meunier (BEACON Services), David Robert Dilley (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Recent research has suggested that textual prompts may be more efficient then echoic prompts when establishing intraverbal responding young children with autism (Finkel & Williams 2001). The present study included a comparison of visual prompts (textual and pictorial) and echoic prompts to determine which was a more effective prompt for teaching intraverbal behavior for three young children diagnosed with autism. Number of trials required to reach criterion was scored for each participant. The results suggest that visual prompts produced a more rapid rate of acquisition then echoic prompts. These findings suggest textual prompts may be more effective in teaching complex language skills to children with autism. |
|
|
26. The Effects of Verbal and Written Instructions on the Acquisition of Receptive Language for a Child with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY BOUDREAU (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Kelly Jean Anderson (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Eric V. Larsson (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Melissa J. Gard (Lovaas Institute Midwest) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to test the effects of verbal and written instructions on the acquisition of receptive language for a child with autism. The subject, a six-year-old boy diagnosed with autism, was receiving intensive early intervention. The subject acquired receptive language skills by pointing to, touching or manipulating the target stimuli. The study involved two separate programs, differing only in the mode in which instructions were delivered (i.e. written or verbal) with exemplars randomly assigned to each and these exemplars separated into the different modes (2D, 3D and child’s body). Both programs were targeted each day. Reliability was conducted 2-3 times weekly. Average reliability was 85% for the verbal program and 92% for the written program. By the end of three months, the subject was doing equally well in both programs however the program which had the verbal instruction needed slightly less teaching trails to obtain mastery of an exemplar than the written instruction program. The subject was successful with these programs because the treatment plan was individualized and task-analyzed. Following the results of this study, the written program was replaced by another verbal program as verbal instructions appear more frequently in the natural environment. |
|
|
27. Teaching Auditory-Visual Syllable Discriminations by Using Visual Prompts in a Child with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANA PASTOR SANZ (Centro Al-Mudaris, Cordoba), Jose Julio Carnerero Roldan (Centro Al-Mudaris, Spain), Luis Antonio Perez-Gonzalez (University of Oviedo, Spain) |
Abstract: The goal of this presentation was to teach a child 7-year-old child with autism to discriminate between the printed syllables MA and TA conditionally to the syllables spoken by the experimenter. The procedure was based on using visual prompts that consisted of presenting a card with the correct printed syllable for a few seconds at the same time that the syllable was spoken. Along 6 phases, the time of presentation of the prompt was gradually reduced. In the last phase, the prompt was not used. Response control was transferred from the printed syllable to the spoken word. Moreover, the child read aloud the two syllables. This basic repertoire of was very much expanded in the next two years. |
|
|
28. Decreasing Perseverative Question Asking During Social Group by Setting the Schedule Using a Random Draw Technique. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KAREN NAULT (BEACON Services), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Three boys with autism, aged 9-10 years old engaged in high rates of repetitive question asking during a weekly social group. A random draw procedure in which participants took turns drawing a piece of paper with a specified activity written on it, from a grab bag. The selections were used to establish the written schedule at the beginning of the social group. Available activities were listed on a visual schedule in the order drawn. Data were collected on the number of questions asked about the schedule and the levels of appropriate participation (attending, responding, and independently engaging in the scheduled activities) were measured for each participant. The results indicated that levels of perseverative questions pertaining to the schedule decreased and participants maintained high levels of participation and attention to task. A corresponding increase in asking appropriate questions without repeating them was seen in two participants. These results suggest that visual supports may be effective in decreasing perseverative question asking. |
|
|
29. A Comparison Between Teaching Methodologies: Receptive and the Reading and Writing Board. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE A. MORGAN (UK Young Autism Project & St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: A five-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder was taught to identify objects that correspond to functions. In the Receptive condition, a verbal discriminative stimulus “What’s for (verb-ing)?” was presented with three objects or pictures. In the Reading and Writing condition, a verbal discriminative stimulus “What’s for (verb-ing)?” was presented with the written word and three objects or pictures. Results indicated that the Reading and Writing condition had a faster rate of acquisition, considerably fewer trials to mastery, and more consistent maintenance than the Receptive condition. The participant also showed more transfer of mastered skills between conditions in the Reading and Writing condition. Treatment integrity data indicated that treatment variables were consistently implemented across conditions. The clinical implications and limitations of this study are briefly discussed. |
|
|
30. Effects of the Implementation of a Simultaneous Training Procedure in Receptive Instruction with a Bilingual Child. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JICEL MARIETE CASTRO (The Marcus Institute), Juliana Montana (The Marcus Institute), Catherine Trapani (The Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: Language acquisition in bilingual children has been investigated. However, there is no extensive research on how language skills are developed in children exposed to two languages (Spanish and English). Madrid and Torres (1986) investigated the effects of training of negation in bilingual children. Children that were proficient in one language (English) but not the other (Spanish) and were trained simultaneously and independently (Spanish alone) showed increased rates of correct responding for negation in Spanish. Effects of the implementation of the simultaneous training procedure in receptive instruction skills will be studied in one participant who comes form a bilingual background and has difficulties understanding simple one-step instructions. |
|
|
31. The Analysis of a Procedure to Teach Echoic Repertoire to Nonvocal Children. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY VOGT (David Gregory School, Inc.), Gladys Williams (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje, SL), Jose Julio Carnerero Roldan (Centro Al-Mudaris, Spain), Jennie Williams-Keller (Applied Behavioral Consultant Services, NY), Manuela Fernandez-Vuelta Vuelta (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje,) |
Abstract: The majority of children acquire echoic behavior without training. Some children learn it with specific interventions. However, there are children who do not acquire the skill to emit sounds under stimulus control, even if they emit babbling. There are other children that are just simply silent. The purpose of this intervention was to measure the effectiveness of a specific procedure, extension of a vocal stimulus, to teach those children who do not acquire echoic repertoire with standard teaching procedures. The results of five children indicate that the intervention was effective. |
|
|
32. Teaching “Theory of Mind” to Children with Autism: Pilot Clinical Data. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH M. NIEHOFF (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Ryan Bergstrom (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Evelyn Kung (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: “Theory of mind” refers to the ability to infer the mental states of others. That is, to know when someone else is sad, happy, annoyed, knowing, thinking, planning, intending, seeing, hearing, etc. In a natural science of psychology, the term “mental states” cannot refer to events taking place in the “mind,” but rather must refer to events taking place in the physical world. According to Skinner (1957; 1974), “mental” events are to be dealt with just as overt psychological events and are called “private events.” According to Skinner (1974), one can only respond to the private events of another by responding to overt stimuli which are hopefully correlated closely with the occurrence of those private events. Much of the behavior referred to as “Theory of Mind” appears to be just that – overt verbal behavior under the control of overt stimuli which may or may not be correlated with the presence of private events on the part of another. We adapted Skinner’s analysis into a practical teaching procedure for establishing such verbal behavior in a child with autism. In particular, we taught a child an initial tact and intraverbal repertoire with respect to the “knowledge” of others. |
|
|
33. Effects of a Teenager with Autism to Respond to Daily Routine Comprehension Questions with Textual Prompts. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ADAM KARLSGODT (Gonzaga University), Shannon Hayter (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: Current research has documented that individuals with autism have a considerably difficult time remembering and recalling personal events (Millward, Powell, Messer, & Jordan, 2000; Boucher & Lewis, 1989). In reaction to the social need to promote open dialogue of factual events for individuals with autism, this study evaluated the ability of a teenager with autism to respond to daily routine comprehension questions with the use of textual prompts and rewards. As the participant responded correctly to the comprehension questions, textual prompts were systematically faded. The experimenters assessed the teenager's capability to generalize the responses across rephrased questions after the participant demonstrated mastery of the original questions. The proposed framework suggests that the ability to recall factually daily events may optimize one's ability to engage in open dialogue at a later date. The implications of this study will be discussed. |
|
|
34. Using Changing Criterion to Increase Spontaneous Commenting in a Child with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEXIS HYDE-WASHMON (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project) |
Abstract: This study investigated the effects of utilizing a changing criterion design to increase spontaneous commenting in a child with autism. Intervention consisted of teaching the child to describe objects displayed on a table in the child’s therapy room, then objects about the therapy room, then about the child’s home. Once the child mastered responding on verbal cue (e.g., “Tell me about the object”), he was taught to respond to a nonverbal cue (e.g., a card displaying the word “talk”). Responding was subsequently placed on a schedule whereby the child was taught to provide an increasing number of comments during a designated time period. The nonverbal cue was faded and natural contingencies established. Data were collected on the number of comments per interval and the number of words per comment. Interobserver agreement was 90% across sessions. Results indicated that the child’s spontaneous commenting increased and generalized to a variety of stimuli, people, and locations. The findings indicate that changing criterion can be an effective method for expanding language and teaching spontaneous commenting to children with autism. |
|
|
35. Descriptive Analysis of Verbal Behavior by Children with Autism in the Natural Environment. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (University of Maryland College Park), Andrew L. Egel (University of Maryland College Park), Lisetteq LeCompte (University of Maryland College Park), Layne Whitney (University of Maryland College Park), Curtis Wojnar (University of Maryland College Park), Amanda Sawma (University of Maryland College Park), Jessica Zdatny (University of Maryland College Park) |
Abstract: While much is known about the language and communication issues surrounding children with autism, much is left to investigate. Little is known about how children with autism differ from other children in the developmental process, and whether these differences affect learning new skills. Descriptive analyses similar to Lalli, Browder, Mace, & Brown (1993) of the verbal behavior of eight students with autism, ages 5-9, were conducted to determine the conditional probability of the utterance of verbal operants by the participants in the natural environment. Descriptive analysis technology is best known for providing information leading to the determination of function of problem behavior (Dunlap, Kern-Dunlap, Clarke, & Robbins, 1991; Lalli et al., 1993; Taylor & Romanczyk, 1994); however, in this investigation, these data were used to determine what types of verbal behavior the participants emit in primarily noninstructional environments. The participants were observed in the classroom environment, with particular emphasis on noninstructional situations (e.g., free play, lunch, recess). Combinations of antecedents, responses, and consequences are considered to be indicative of particular verbal operants. Students emitted mostly prompted, adult directed utterances and their verbal behavior consisted primarily of tacts and mands as opposed to intraverbals. |
|
|
36. Relationship between Standard False Belief, Nonvocal False Belief, and Guesser-Knower Tests in Children with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KERRI L. WALTERS (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Rossana Astacio (St. Amant Research Centre), Melissa Lam (St. Amant Research Centre), May S. Lee (University of Manitoba), Jennifer R. Thorsteinsson (Capella University) |
Abstract: Approximately 80% of children with autism fail to perform perspective taking as measured by false belief (FB) tests that require expressive and receptive communication. The present study examined the relationship between performance on standard FB (SFB) tests, nonvocal FB (NFB) tests, and the Guesser-Knower (GK) test which is designed to measure understanding of the relationship between seeing and knowing. Twenty children with diagnoses of autism spectrum disorders were tested on 2 SFB tests, 2 NFB tests, and the GK test. The results replicated previous research in that 75% of the children tested were unable to peform the SFB tests. Approximately 17% of the children who failed the SFB tests passed the NFB test. Only 5% of the children who failed the SFB test and none of the children who failed the NFB test passed the GK task. A positive and moderate correlation (.77) was found between expressive language age equivalent and performance on the SFB test. Procedural reliability (PR) was calculated for 69% of the assessments and inter-observer agreement scores (IOA) were calculated for 72% of the assessments. PR scores averaged 94% and IOA scores averaged 95%. |
|
|
37. Increasing Appropriate Social Skills at Preschool for a Young Child with Autism. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HEIDI CALVERLEY (UBC/Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Krista Zambolin (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting) |
Abstract: This poster will demonstrate how a modified contingency contract assisted in increasing appropriate social skills in preschool for a young child with autism. The modified contract consisted of child friendly picture symbols representing targeted social skill areas paired with numeric goals. Targeted behaviors included using peers names, initiating and responding vocally to peers, joining in play and following classroom routines. Money was used to reinforce goals met. Goals were increased and the reinforcement schedule thinned when data indicated accuracy was met. All data was recorded on the Standard Celeration Chart. |
|
|
38. The Use of Visual Strategies to Increase Social Skills in Children with Asperger’s Syndrome. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL MARK FIENUP (Illinois State University), Katherine Gioia (Illinois State University), Lee Affrunti (Illinois State University), Karla J. Doepke (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: Asperger’s Syndrome (AS) is primarily a social disorder characterized by qualitative, pervasive impairments in social interactions and narrow, repetitive patterns of interests and activities. While academically similar to peers, children with AS can easily be distinguished in social situations as “different” from their peers. Children with AS have been described as having difficulties understanding the social rules of peer interaction, and though they may desire social interactions with others, variables interfere with the successfully negotiation of peer relationships. There is a growing body of evidence that many children with AS become adults with extreme social skills deficits, and concomitant problems with sustained employment and psychiatric difficulties (Gustein & Whitney, 2002). Given the impact that social skills have, it is imperative that social interventions be identified that can be implemented during childhood. This investigation provides a systematic evaluation of the use of visual strategies to increase appropriate social skills behaviors with two groups of six children with AS who attend weekly social skills groups at a local university clinic. Preliminary evidence suggests that using visual stimuli, instead of relying on auditory stimuli, results in increased appropriate social behavior. Implications of this research and directions for future research are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
#294 Poster Session - BPH |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Manchester |
|
39. Differential Resistance to Change of Alcohol Self-Administration of Rats Depends on Type of Disruptor. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
CORINA JIMENEZ-GOMEZ (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: According to Behavioral Momentum theory, the resistance to change of behavior is governed by the relation between the stimulus context and reinforcement rates (see Nevin & Grace, 2000, for review). Many experiments have supported this assertion by showing that resistance to change of food-maintained behavior is greater in a stimulus context in which greater rates of reinforcement are delivered (e.g., Nevin, 1974). Recently, the study of resistance to change has been extended to behavior maintained by alcohol deliveries (Jimenez-Gomez & Shahan, in press; Shahan & Burke, 2004). Jimenez-Gomez and Shahan found that rats’ alcohol-maintained behavior on a multiple schedule of reinforcement was more resistant to extinction in a component delivering high rates of alcohol. When behavior was disrupted with naltrexone, however, there were no differences in resistance to change. These findings suggest that the disruptive effects of naltrexone may differ from the effects of more traditional disruptors. The present experiment further investigated this issue using a variety of non-pharmacological disruptors (extinction, food satiation, and alcohol satiation). Responding was more resistant to disruption in the component providing high rates of reinforcement when the disruptor was extinction or food satiation. When behavior was disrupted with alcohol satiation, the opposite was true. |
|
|
40. Gestational Food Restriction Changes Behavioral Sensitivity to Naloxone. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
SALLY L. HUSKINSON (Idaho State University), Ratimo Aduke (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: Gestational undernutrition increases the reinforcing properties of food and the probability of obesity in adult mammalian offspring. The present study was conducted to investigate the function of the opioid system in food reinforcer efficacy in gestationally food restricted (GFR) animals. Rat offspring of dams under 0% or 50% food restriction during gestation were placed under a progressive ratio schedule of sucrose food reinforcement in which the last ratio completed, or break point, was used as the measure of reinforcer efficacy. Intravenous injections of the opioid antagonist naloxone (3-30mg/kg) dose-dependently reduced break points under the progressive ratio schedule. Rats in the 50% GFR group exhibited insensitivity to the drug’s ability to reduce the reinforcing properties of food as compared to controls. These data suggest that the opioid system may be affected by GFR. |
|
|
41. Ecstasy's Effects on Learning in Rats. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
CHARLOTTE JANE KAY (Victoria University of Wellington), David N. Harper (Victoria University of Wellington), Maree J. Hunt (Victoria University of Wellington) |
Abstract: Previous studies concerning MDMA's effects on learning using animal subjects have produced mixed results. To date no study has used the radial arm maze paradigm to study the effect of chronic MDMA on the acquisition of this task. We conducted a series of studies that combined acute and chronic regimes of MDMA in order to examine the effects of chronic MDMA on learning and drug tolerance as some studies have found evidence of tolerance developing to MDMA (LeSage, Clark & Poling, 1993) while others have found evidence of sensitivity (Li, Market, Vosmer & Seiden, 1989). Ten Sprague-Dawley rats were given neurotoxic doses (4x10mg/kg) of MDMA and their ability to acquire the radial arm maze task was compared against ten saline controls. We found the MDMA treated rats were significantly slower to learn the task making more reference memory errors than working memory errors. However, these rats were able to eventually perform at a similar level to the controls. These rats were then administered acute doses of MDMA (4.0mg/kg) to examine what effect this would have on their performance once they had acquired the task. We found evidence of drug tolerance as the chronic MDMA rats performed better than the controls. |
|
|
42. Effects of Time-Out Duration on Economic Demand for Opioids in Rhesus Monkeys. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
CHAD M. GALUSKA (University of Michigan), Gail Winger (University of Michigan), Steven R. Hursh (Institutes of Behavior Resources & John Hopkins University School of Medicine), James H. Woods (University of Michigan) |
Abstract: Three rhesus monkeys self-administered the ultra short-acting mu-opioid agonist remifentanil and the longer-acting fentanyl by lever pressing according to fixed-ratio (FR) schedules. The FR was varied from 10 to 1000. Multiple doses (0.1-1.0 mcg/kg/inj) of both drugs were assessed. Across conditions, the postinjection timeout signaling drug nonavailability was 10, 32, or 100 s. In Phase 1, the total session duration was fixed at 150 min. In Phase 2, sessions lasted until 15 minutes of time-in had accrued. When the total session duration was fixed, the number of injections earned at most FR values decreased as a function of increases in the timeout duration. When time-in was fixed at 15 min, the number of injections earned at most FR values increased as a function of timeout duration. Taken together, these results suggest that when the total session duration was fixed, timeout functioned as a constraint on drug responding. When timeout no longer competed with the opportunity to self-administer drug in Phase 2, longer timeouts served to reduce the rate-suppressing effects of the drugs. Finally, behavioral economic demand functions were obtained for each drug and timeout duration. For the most part, timeout duration did not alter elasticity of demand. There was a trend, however, for the combination of the lowest dose of remifentanil and longest timeout duration to produce a more elastic function. This suggests that longer timeouts may reduce the reinforcing effectiveness of small doses of short-acting opioids. |
|
|
43. Effects of Acute and Repeated Caffeine Administration on Delay Discounting in Rats. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
JAMES W. DILLER (West Virginia University), Benjamin T. Saunders (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Rates of delay discounting (impulsive choice) have been shown to vary among individuals, but the factors underlying these differences have not been thoroughly identified. Several reinforcer-related variables (e.g., amount, frequency, delay, type) can affect choice. The presence of pharmacologic agents (drugs) can also affect choice for delayed reinforcers. Subjects (7 male Sprague-Dawley rats) chose between a single sucrose pellet, delivered immediately (i.e., the ‘impulsive’ choice) and three sucrose pellets, delivered after a delay (i.e., the ‘self-controlled’ choice). Delays increased across five blocks of trials within each session from 0 to 16 s. Effects of acutely and repeatedly administered caffeine (10.0, 17.0, and 30.0 mg/kg, ip) on delay discounting were analyzed. High doses of caffeine (17.0 and 30.0 mg/kg) increased large reinforcer choice. When caffeine was administered repeatedly, percent choice for the large reinforcer decreased relative to acute administration. Termination of drug administration resulted in response patterns returning to pre-drug baseline. Reintroduction of caffeine (30.0 mg/kg) following a period of repeatedly administered saline increased the percent choice for the larger, delayed reinforcer to levels near that following initial (acute) administration. |
|
|
44. Behavioral Variability: Effects of Amphetamine and the "VARY" Contingency. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
ERIN FAE PESEK (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Response variability is an operant dimension of behavior that can be studied, measured, and manipulated. To examine the effects of psychomotor stimulants on this performance, Long Evans rats' behavior was established under a multiple schedule that contained a VARY and a CHANGEOVER component. In the VARY component, only four-response sequences that differed from previous sequences were reinforced. In the CHANGEOVER component, any four-response sequence that included at least one changeover was reinforced. Each component was signaled by different discriminative stimuli. It is suspected that dopamine is associated with variability but there are contrasting views as to what effects it has. Amphetamine has been proposed to induce both variability and stereotypy, so this drug was used as a probe to examine behavior under each of these components. We anticipate examining drugs that target specific D1 and D2 receptor systems. |
|
|
45. Early Seizures Impair Auditory Discrimination in Rats. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
JOHN C. NEILL (Long Island University), Nicolle Myers (Long Island University), Danielle Wharton (Long Island University), Sandra Wiley (Long Island University) |
Abstract: Premature human neonates often have a few brief seizures. The question is, what long-term effects do such seizures have? Male Sprague Dawley rats were exposed to flurothyl, a chemoconvulsant, 3 times/day until brief generalized seizures occurred on postnatal days 6-11. Seizures resulted in a decrease in body weight. During adulthood, animals were trained/tested in an auditory quality discrimination. A discrete trial auditory discrimination procedure consisted of 38 trials presented on an variable intertrial interval of 22 sec. S+ was white noise, alternating randomly with an S- (2kHz). Animals with histories of brief seizures were significantly impaired in acquisition of auditory quality discriminations. In an elevated plus maze the seizure animals also demonstrated significantly fewer excursions into the open and fewer movements compared to normal animals. In rats, seizures that occur only briefly and for short durations early in development (comparable to premature human neonates) may cause long-term impairments in auditory discrimination and exploratory behavior. |
|
|
46. Effects of DA D1, D2 and D3 agonists on k, Ro and Work Effort. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University), Seshanand Chandrashekar (Illinois State University), Katrina M. Lakin (Illinois State University), Elizabeth Boesen (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: Current dopamine (DA) theories suggest DA D1 receptors modulate “attention”, with DA D1 agonists increasing off-task responding and Ro values. DA D2,D3 agonists should elicit perseverative responding, decreasing off-task behaviors and Ro. To test this, eight groups of rats were exposed to a series of VI or FI schedules. Once response stability was reached for each schedule value, groups were exposed to NaCl and five doses of the DA D1 agonist, SKF38393, the DA D2 agonist, quinpirole, the DA D3 agonist, PD1289017, or a nonselective DA agonist, apomorphine. Using Herrnstein’s equation, estimates of k, Ro and r2 were obtained for baseline, NaCl, and each dose condition. Work effort estimates were obtained by using NaCl or drug exposure and baseline response rates. Bitonic increases in k were found for SKF38393. PD128907 rats showed overall higher estimates of k. Estimates of Ro increased bitonically for SKF38393. Work effort estimates were maintained across drug doses for Quinpirole and PD128907, but significantly decreased for SKF38393 and apomorphine. This effect was more pronounced for the VI schedules than the FI schedules. The data support current theories of DA receptor function, and suggest that particular changes in DA receptor activity may differentially affect sensitivity to reward. |
|
|
47. Paw Preference as a Predictor of Prefrontal Cortex, Striatum, and Nucleus Accumbens DA Concentrations. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
DANIEL P. COVEY (Illinois State University), Allison Linker (Illinois State University), Katrina M. Lakin (Illinois State University), Paul Garris (Illinois State University), Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: Asymmetries in unilateral dopamine (DA) concentrations in the nigrostriatal pathway, including prefrontal cortex, striatum and nucleus accumbens, have been show to predict and magnify paw and side preference in rats. Further, there appears to be a relationship between turning behavior, nigrostriatal DA and paw preference. Several authors have suggested that these different dopaminergic asymmetries play a major role in promoting behavioral asymmetries, and in particular paw and side preference. However, few investigators have explored this relationship. The present experiment examined paw and side preferences as rats reached for food reinforcers during a cylinder test. The cylinder test uses a clear cylinder in which behavior can be videotaped from the bottom, thus allowing assessment of body rotation, side preference and paw placement as the rat reaches for food reward. Following behavior tests, rats were euthanized, brains dissected and assayed for DA content in the prefrontal cortex, striatum and nucleus accumbens. Data generally support the relationship between unilateral asymmetries in DA concentration and side/paw preference. |
|
|
48. Effects of Cocaine Administration on Performance Under a Titrating-Delay Matching-to-Sample Procedure. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
BRIAN D. KANGAS (University of Florida), Marc N. Branch (University of Florida) |
Abstract: In the current study, four pigeons were exposed to a titrating delay matching-to-sample (TDMTS) procedure in which the delay between sample-stimulus offset and comparison-stimuli onset was adjusted as a function of the pigeon’s accuracy. Specifically, every two consecutive correct matches increased the delay by one second, and each incorrect match decreased the delay by one second. Because previous research has shown that increasing the observing response requirement on the sample increases accuracy under TDMTS procedures, multiple responses on the sample key were required prior to sample offset to engender higher titrated delay values to allow for the assessment of drug effects. Once stable daily mean titrated delays were observed, the effects of a range of cocaine doses (1.0-10.0 mg/kg) were studied acutely. Preliminary results suggest dose-related decreases in titrated delay relative to baseline performance. |
|
|
49. EAHB SIG Student Paper Competition Award Winner: An Adjusting-Dose Procedure to Identify the Optimal Reinforcing Dose of Nitrous Oxide. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
BRIAN D. KANGAS (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Despite continued abuse, there is paucity in empirical investigations on inhalants as reinforcers (Balster, 1997). The present study attempted to derive a method for studying the reinforcing effects of nitrous oxide (N2O) with human participants. An adjusting-dose procedure was employed to assess choice allocation for inhalation periods of varying doses of N2O. After experiencing current parameters in forced choice trials, participants made choices between a fixed-dose of 0% N2O (i.e., 100% O2) and an adjusting dose (0-50%) of N2O. The adjusting dose titrated as a function of the participant’s choices. Specifically, if the participant chose the adjusting dose in both free-choice trials, the adjusting dose was increased in the subsequent trial block. If the participant chose the fixed dose of 0% N2O, the adjusting dose was decreased in the subsequent trial block. Conditions were run to stability and the observed stable dose served as both the chief dependent variable and an indication of the optimal reinforcing dose of N2O for that participant. Consistent with previous research on N2O, there was between-subject variability, however, stable within-subject choice allocation was observed for 6 out of 8 participants. |
|
|
50. The Economic Valence of Contingent Reinforcement of Abstinence: Gain vs. Loss. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
JONI HOWARD (Washington State University), John M. Roll (Washington State University) |
Abstract: Contingency management interventions are quite successful at initiating periods of abstinence from a variety of abused drugs. Typically, these interventions provide positive reinforcement for biologically verified abstinence. Reinforcement schedules have been demonstrated to be an important modulator of the efficacy of these procedures. A potentially important factor, which has not received much research attention, is the economic valence of the positive reinforcement. In this ongoing study we are examining the relative efficacy of two procedures designed to promote abstinence from cigarette smoking in an analog model of contingency management. In one procedure money is added to the participant’s total earnings for abstaining. In the other procedure participants receive the same amount of money for not smoking but failures to abstain result in the deduction of money from their total earning. Thus, both procedures deliver equivalent amounts of positive reinforcement but in one the focus is on monetary loss and the other the focus is on monetary gain. To date 13 individuals have participated in the study. Preliminary results are that 20% of the participants (n=5) in the loss condition have maintained continuous abstinence throughout the intervention and 62% of the participants in the gain condition (n=8) have maintained continuous abstinence throughout the intervention. |
|
|
51. The Effects of Operant Contingencies on Drug Sensitization and Tolerance to Chronic Administration of Amphetamine. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
ADAM KYNASTON (Utah State University), Cheryl Elizabeth Newbold (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Drug sensitization has shown to be more likely to occur when drug-related behaviors such as locomotor activities do not impede goal-directed behavior. In this experiment, we are examining whether sensitization to d-amphetamine in rats will differ for responding maintained by random interval (RI) and random ratio (RR) schedules of food reinforcement. In a ratio schedule, rate of responding is directly related to rate of reinforcement. Therefore, responding in this component may result in tolerance to d-amphetamine because gaining reinforcers would be incompatible with drug-induced locomotor activity. Conversely, responding less on an interval schedule will not as substantially decrease reinforcement rate, and so, responding on an interval schedule may show sensitization, because responding would be less incompatible with drug-related behaviors. Four Long-Evans rats are responding on a multiple RI RR schedule of food reinforcement. Acute injections of .3, 1.0, 3.0, 5.6, and 10.0 mg/kg of d-amphetamine will be given every three days. The dose that causes at least a 25% change in response rate will be administered chronically for 30 days. Subjects will then be tested with the other doses to determine if tolerance or sensitization developed to either schedule. |
|
|
52. The Effects of Acute and Chronic Nicotine Exposure on Working and Spatial Memory Using a Delayed Response Task in the Morris Water Maze. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
KELLY BRADLEY (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: The current study was designed to test performance on spatial and working memory using a delayed response task for both acute and chronic injections of nicotine. Sprague Dawley rats (n=4) were systematically administered with high (0.58 mg/kg i.p.) and low (0.2 mg/kg i.p.) doses 10 minutes prior to sessions. The Morris Water Maze was used to test performance in memory encoding and retrieval. Four daily trials were given to a hidden platform that changed day to day but stay in the same position throughout one day. Each day pseudorandomly tested a memory interval that varied from 15 seconds to twenty minutes between trials one and two but remained at 15” between other trials. Performance on the task was determined by calculating the time that elapses until a response is made, reaching the platform, for each trial. Both acute and chronic doses of nicotine improved latencies for each trial. Although, increasing the interval showed to be more problematic for the subjects, times increased with nicotine injections rather than saline injections. High does of nicotine increased performance continually into the chronic stage more so than low doses of nicotine. High doses also improved times over low doses in the acute stage of nicotine exposure. |
|
|
53. Stereoselective Effects of d-Methyphenidate on NMDA-Induced Behavior. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
AMANDA GRANER (Allegheny College), Jeffrey Hollerman (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: The interactions between glutamate and dopamine in the brain have been examined but not determined. Glutamate receptors can be found in numerous dopamine pathways, and it was hypothesized that the extracellular dopamine produced by methylphenidate would interact with these glutamate receptors. D-mph. l-mph, and NMDA were administered, and dose-response relations were determined on effects on lever-pressing behavior. Responses were maintained by water reinforcement under a fixed-ratio 10-response schedule (FR10). Drugs were administered in a nonsequential order that varied across subjects. Both d-mph and l-mph produced a significant difference between the effects of each enantiomer F(4,5)=2.886. Significance was not observed with the NMDA, however. Antagonism did occur between 3.0 (mg/kg) d-methylphenidate and 17.0 (mg/kg) NMDA. These data suggest that there is an interaction between methylphenidate and NMDA. |
|
|
54. Interactions between Methylphenidate (Ritalin), Cocaine, and Haloperidol: Behavior of Rats Maintained under Fixed Interval Schedules of Sweetened Water Presentations. |
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research |
JOHN WARNER (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: Dopamine is considered to play a pivotal role in exerting behavioral effects such as self-stimulation, motivation, and reward. Administering DA agonists, under schedules of reinforcement, show structural and neurological similarities among subjects who are maintained by both natural and deprived environments. A common method of reinforcement is a sweetened solution. Past research has shown that sucrose and saccharin increased operant responding in rats. Alternatively, Non-deprived rats presented with a sweetened solution such as sucrose or saccharin had shown dose-dependent consumption suppressive effects when treated with psychomotor stimulants. The present experiment examines the role of Dopamine and its reinforcing and suppressive effects in non-deprived rats presented with a sweetened water solution. Six female Sprague-Dawley rats are maintained on a fixed interval (FI 30’’) schedule of sweetened water presentation with the administration of two dopamine agonists, methylphenidate (1.0, 3.0, 10.0, and 17.0 mg/kg) did not substantially alter response rates. Conversely, cocaine (.0, 3.0, 10.0, and 17.0 mg/kg) decreased responding in a dose-dependent manner and a third dopamine antagonist, Haloperidol (0.001, 0.03, and 0.1 mg/kg) did not reduce responding at the doses studied. Baseline and Saline trials are administered prior to each drug dose. |
|
|
|
|
#295 Poster Session - DDA |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Manchester |
|
55. A Comparison of Noncontingent Reinforcement and Contingent Reinforcement for the Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Negative Reinforcement. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOANNA LOMAS (The Marcus Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University), Laura D. Fredrick (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: Results of past research suggest that negative reinforcement is one of the most common variables that plays a role in the development and maintenance of problem behavior. Thus, previous investigations have examined a variety of potential treatments for negatively reinforced problem behavior (e.g., differential reinforcement of compliance, noncontingent escape, escape extinction). As an alternative, the current study is comparing the effects of using two different positive reinforcement procedures [noncontingent positive reinforcement (NCR) and contingent reinforcement (CR)] to treat problem behavior maintained by negative reinforcement. Subsequent to functional analyses (FA), we will assess both levels of problem behavior and compliance during NCR and CR. Results will be discussed relative to both motivating operations (Larway, Snycerski, Michael, & Poling, 2003) and competing schedules of reinforcement. |
|
|
56. Exploring Cognitive Functions in Children and Adolescents with Developmental Disabilities and with or without Depression. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ARANYA A. ALBERT (University of Massachusetts Medical School), William J. McIlvane (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Curtis deutsch (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Lauren Charlot (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Daniel Connor (University of Connecticut Health Center), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center) |
Abstract: It is increasingly recognized that people with mental retardation are prone to neuropsychiatric problems. Yet to be determined, however, is whether all of the criteria specified in the DSM-IV can be effectively rendered operational for this population. The ultimate focus of our study is the development of a test battery to evaluate cognitive functions in people with mental retardation and limited language and with or without clinical depression. Certain hallmarks of depression (changes in body weight, sleep problems, psychomotor agitation, etc.) can be detected readily via behavioral observation techniques. However, other hallmarks (e.g. diminished motivation, behavioral impersistence, etc.) are less readily operationalized. The latter problem arises because 1) people with significant mental retardation cannot participate meaningfully in clinical interviews and 2) third-party reports may be of questionable value in operationalizing these more challenging constructs. To address these two problems, we are assembling a battery of behavioral tests – based on translational behavior analytic research – that assesses motivation, attention, memory, and executive functioning in individuals with limited language. We will present an overview of our project and report on development of our cognitive tests and ongoing data collection. |
|
|
57. A Functional Analysis and Treatment of Emesis Maintained by Negative Reinforcement. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ZORA R. PACE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Christine Marie Mayne (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Emesis is a recurring problematic behavior among the developmentally disabled populations and often presents serious related health problems to the individual who engages in it. Past treatments for persistent emesis includes punishment (Kohlenberg, 1970), taste-aversion (Sajawaj, Libet, & Agras), satiation (Rast, Johnson, Drum, & Conrin, 1981), extinction, overcorrection, and positive reinforcement without the incorporation of a functional analysis into the development of comprehensive treatments. In the current case study, a functional analysis (Iwata et al. 1992/1994) was conducted on emesis behavior of a 7-year-old boy, which indicated that emesis behavior was maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape from demands. During the treatment analysis, functional communication training (“break” card) and extinction were used to treat all topographies of problematic behavior including emesis. A 97.39% reduction in escape maintained emesis responses per minute was documented. Reliability data were collected for at least one third of sessions and averaged above 80%. |
|
|
58. Using Extended Functional Analysis to Determine Behavioral Function. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHARINE GUTSHALL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Functional analyses are tools used to determine any environmental variables that maintain problem behaviors (Iwata et al., 1994). However, sometimes the maintaining variable may not be able to be determined during these short sessions due to their low frequency of occurrence, as seen in “bursts” of problem behavior, or behavior that may occur in between sessions. Past research (Kahng et al., 2001) has shown that the use of extended observation periods can be helpful in determining behavioral functions. In the current study, a standard functional analysis utilizing 10-minute sessions was inconclusive in determining maintaining variables of a 10-year old boy’s problem behaviors. However, a clear function was able to be determined when implementing an extended (7-hour) functional analysis. Reliability data were collected for at least one third of intervals and averaged above 80%. |
|
|
59. Are We Meeting the Behavioral Health Needs of the Elderly? |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DEBORAH L. GROSSETT (MHMRA of Harris County), Carla A. Ratti (Columbus Organization), Ingo Bergsteinnson (Columbus Organization, Southbury, CT), Michael Barberie, MD (Columbus Organization, Southbury, CT), Michael D. Bulmash (Southbury Training School, CT), Hilary J. Karp (University of Houston, Clear Lake) |
Abstract: According to the U.S. Census Bureau, less than 30% of the population is under 18 years of age while over 12% of the population is considered to be elderly (i.e., 65 and older). As the population ages, there is a projected need for increased behavioral health related services. Surveys were conducted in both community residential settings and state developmental centers for persons with developmental disabilities. Residents who were 65 and older were more likely to participate in behavior programs and to be prescribed psychotropic medication when compared to younger residents. The behavioral health related variables contributing to this finding will be presented.
To assess whether behavior analysis is addressing the needs of the elderly, articles published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis were reviewed since its inception. For articles that reported age as a subject variable, the majority of participants were children and adolescents, very few were elderly. As people continue to age, there is a growing need for behavior analysts to address emerging behavioral health related issues. |
|
|
60. Assessment and Treatment of Vocal Tics in an Individual Diagnosed with Severe Mental Retardation. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KAYLA JEAN DAVIDSON (Glenwood Resource Center), Kristin Ruscitti Purington (St. Cloud State University), Steven L. Taylor (Glenwood Resource Center) |
Abstract: This study examines the assessment and initial treatment of a 40-year-old woman diagnosed with Down syndrome, severe mental retardation, and Tourette’s Disorder. A functional analysis of vocal tics suggested vocalizations were sensitive to differing levels of environmental stimulation. A multiple baseline design was used to examine a simplified habit reversal procedure. Results and limitations are discussed. |
|
|
61. Further Evaluation of Emerging Speech in Children with Developmental Disabilities: Training of Verbal Behavior. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELLE W. BRADLEY (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University), M. Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University, Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Megan P. Martins (University of California, Los Angeles), Jicel Mariete Castro (The Marcus Institute), Laura R. Addison (The Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: The conceptual basis for many effective language training procedures are based on Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior. Skinner described several elementary verbal operants including mands, tacts, intraverbals, and echoics. However, according to Skinner, responses of the same topography may be functionally independent. Recent research has begun to examine the functional independence of topographically similar responses with mixed results (e.g., Hall & Sundberg, 1987; Lamarre & Holland, 1985; Sigafoos, Reichle & Doss, 1990). The present study provides further analysis of the independence of verbal operants when teaching language to children with developmental disabilities. In the current study, 3 participants’ vocal responses were first assessed across 2 verbal operants under baseline conditions. Subsequent training included procedures for assessing functional independence across verbal operants. Results indicated that generalization across verbal operants occurred across some, but not all, vocal responses. |
|
|
62. Effects of Intermittent Punishment on Aggression and Self-Injury. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
LARYSSA HORODYSKY (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft NeuroHealth) |
Abstract: Punishment procedures have been demonstrated to be effective in reducing severe topographies of problem behavior when delivered on continuous or rich intermittent schedules. The present evaluation examined the effects of intermittent punishment (e.g., contingent physical restraint) on aggression and self-injury (self biting) of a 15-year old girl diagnosed with impulse control disorder and autism. Results of separate functional analyses of aggression and self-injury suggested that aggression was socially maintained in the form of escape from demand whereas self-injury was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Less restrictive interventions such as extinction, planned ignoring, differential reinforcement of other behaviors and non-contingent sensory reinforcement were unsuccessful in reducing rates of aggression and self-biting. A physical restraint (e.g., 2-4 person lay-down) was implemented contingent upon any occurrence of aggression or self-biting, however, due to program constraints, the punisher was not implemented in the bathroom, bedroom, while in the vehicle, or if appropriate support was not available. Despite the use of an intermittent schedule of punishment, aggression decreased by 84% from baseline rates and self-biting was reduced by 89%. The results suggest that punishment delivered on an intermittent schedule was effective in reducing even behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. |
|
|
63. The Effects of Peer Tutoring on the Tutors’ and Tutees’ Emission of Approvals and Disapprovals in Non-Academic Settings. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISSY P. KALOGEROGIANNIS (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), Petra Wiehe (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: A multiple probe design counterbalanced across participants was used to test the effects of a peer tutoring procedure on the number of approvals and disapprovals emitted in non-academic settings, the number of learn units presented for the students to meet criterion, and what was maintained from session to session. The students involved were listeners, speakers, functioning on various reader/writer levels of verbal behavior. The participants ranged from the age of 12-14, in which five out of the six participants were diagnosed with health and emotional impairments. The sixth participant was not classified with a disability, however was referred by his district due to severe behavior. The participants attended a CABAS® middle school located approximate 30 minutes outside a major metropolitan area. The dependent variables were the number of approvals and disapprovals in non-academic settings before and after intervention. Furthermore, the number of learn units presented for the students to meet criterion, and what was maintained from session to session. The independent variable was the peer tutoring procedure. Probe sessions were used to assess each student’s emission of vocal approvals, vocal disapprovals, and the number of correct written responses to written learn unit presentations. Treatment consisted of a procedure to teach science learning objectives using peer tutoring instruction, in which required a target participant the tutor to present learn units to the tutee. Once the tutee in each set of students met criterion on a selected set of stimuli for the treatment phase, the tutee became the tutor on a new set of stimuli and the treatment phase began. This pattern continued throughout the study, which resulted in a significant increase in the number of vocal approvals, a decrease in the number of vocal disapprovals in non-academic settings, and an increase in the acquisition of the tutor at the same time as the tutee or prior to the tutee. |
|
|
64. Use of Competing Stimuli to Decrease Unsanitary Water Play: Direct and Indirect Effects. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KATRINA MARIE ZELENKA (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Noncontingent access to competing stimuli has been demonstrated to be an effective treatment in the reduction of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement (Piazza et al., 1996; Roane et al., 1998). The majority of these studies have focused on the reduction of behaviors such as self-injury or stereotypies. In the current study, a 9-year-old-boy diagnosed with autism, and mental retardation reliably attempted to play with toilet water during bathroom visits. Attempts to interrupt this behavior resulted in increased aggressive behavior. A functional relation was demonstrated between aggression and gaining access to water play in an analog setting. Competing stimulus assessments (DeLeon et al, 2004) identified items associated with low levels of water play and high levels of toy interaction with and without staff blocking. Subsequently, a treatment incorporating access to competing items plus blocking access to water play was demonstrated to be an effective treatment in reducing problem behaviors during toileting. Also, low levels of compliance were observed during transitions to bathroom/session; however, with the addition of treatment an increase in compliance with those transitions was observed. Reliability data were collected for 70% of all assessment and treatment sessions and averaged above 80%. |
|
|
65. Attributions of Problem Behaviors as Described by Turkish Special Education Teachers. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
YASEMIN TURAN (San Diego State University), Dilek Durusoy Erbas (Erciyes Universitesi, Turkey) |
Abstract: Problem behaviors are not uniqe to students with disabilities yet they exhibit a wide range of problem behaviors. Empirical support for the effectivenss of behavioral interventions for problem behaviors has been validated by reserachers (e.g., Horner & Carr, 1997, & Lerman, Iwata, Zarcone, & Ringdahl, 1994). However, effectiveess is not only reason why teachers choose to implement an approach (Kazdin, 1980). Cultural values and beliefs would impact ones’ view of problem behaviors and how they choose to handle such behaviors. Therefore, invesitigations across cultures and countries are critical. Currently, there is limited information regarding Turkish teachers’ views of challenging behavior and excperience working with children with challenging behavior (Ozen & Batu, 1998). The purpose of this survey study is to investigate teacher attributions of problem behaviors.
408 special education teachers were recruited from “Special Education Schools or Classroom” which serve children with developmental disabilities. These schools were selected purposefully from 3 different cities across Turkey (e.g., rural, urban, suburban). Given that this sudy is currently underway, data are being analyzed using descriptive statistic (frequency, percentage) and ANOVAs to determine whether there are statistically significant differences between the teacher characteristics (e.g., academic degrees, training, region) and teacher ratings regarding attributions of problem behaviors. |
|
|
66. Preference and Stimulus Reinforcing Values in Preference Assessment: Do They Follow the Matching Law? |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MAY S. LEE (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Toby L. Martin (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre) |
Abstract: Using preference assessments to identify reinforcers for persons with severe and profound developmental disabilities assumes that preferences are positively correlated to the stimulus reinforcing values. We examined whether this relationship follows the matching law (Herrnstein, 1970) by controlling the reinforcing values of different stimuli to be included in the preference assessment. Participants were three adults with severe to profound mental retardation and limited to no communication skills. Reinforcer assessments were first conducted for each participant until 6 stimuli have been identified, including 2 weak, 2 moderate, and 2 strong reinforcers. Stimulus reinforcing value was defined by the percent change in rate of responding from baseline phases to reinforcement phases. Preference assessments were then conducted using a paired-stimulus procedure. Interobserver reliability checks were conducted for each participant and the mean percent agreement across participants was 98%. Results show that preferences and stimulus reinforcing values did not correlate positively for two of the three participants and therefore were not described by the matching law. These results imply caution regarding the common assumption that more preferred stimuli are more likely to be reinforcers. |
|
|
67. Assessing the Validity of the Questions about Behavior Function (QABF) Physical Subscale. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELE LAMPSON PERSEGHIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kimberly Kirby (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Theodosia R. Paclawskyj (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF; Matson & Vollmer, 1995) is a behavioral checklist designed to develop a hypothesis as to the function(s) of maladaptive behavior. The QABF has high test-retest reliability, inter-rater reliability, and external reliability; however; concurrent validity with analog functional analyses is fair (Paclawskyj et al., 2000).
The present study attempts to further assess the validity of the QABF in regards to the Physical subscale, which has not been examined to date. Participants who received high scores on the physical subscale (> 10/15) were compared to those with low scores (< 5/15). The medical charts of 16 inpatient participants were examined to determine if an elevated Physical subscale score significantly correlated with an increased rate of the target maladaptive behavior at or around the time of physical illness or discomfort. The two groups were matched for behavior, gender, severity of mental retardation, and age. The results of our investigation concluded that a high subscale score does correlate with an increased frequency of target behavior. |
|
|
68. Indirect Effects of Functional Communication Training on Non-Targeted Behavior. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (University of Iowa), Jay W. Harding (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), John F. Lee (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the occurrence of non-targeted behavior (laughter and stereotypy) during functional analyses and functional communication training. The participants were two preschool-aged boys with developmental disabilities who engaged in destructive behavior (property destruction, aggression, self-injury). All procedures were conducted in the boys' homes by their mothers with investigator coaching. Inter-observer agreement was assessed across 30% of all sessions and averaged 96%. During Phase 1, functional analyses conducted within a multielement design showed that destructive behavior was maintained by both negative and positive reinforcement for one participant and maintained by negative reinforcement for the other participant. Non-targeted behavior (laughter) occurred during demand and tangible conditions for one participant whereas non-targeted behavior (stereotypy) occurred during all conditions for the other participant. During Phase 2 (baseline), demands were presented every 30 seconds and all problem behavior was ignored. Non-targeted behavior occurred at higher levels than destructive behavior for both participants. During Phase 3, functional communication training was conducted for the escape function and resulted in a decrease in both destructive and non-targeted behavior. |
|
|
69. Some Effects of Noncontingent Positive Reinforcement on Multiply Controlled Problem Behavior and Compliance in a Demand Context |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
EINAR T. INGVARSSON (Youngstown State University), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Functional analysis results suggested that the problem behavior of an 8-year-old girl with autism and other disabilities was maintained by escape from task demands and access to edibles. In a subsequent treatment evaluation conducted in a demand context, noncontingent edible delivery was sufficient to increase compliance and reduce the rate of problem behavior without the use of escape extinction. A lean schedule of NCR was found to be equally effective as a richer schedule, and minimal differences were found between NCR and differential reinforcement of compliance. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected during 37% of sessions in all conditions, and all IOA indexes averaged at least 95%. |
|
|
70. Comparison of Baseline and Treatment Data Across Research Participants with, and without, Autism Spectrum Disorder. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN F. LEE (University of Iowa), Jay W. Harding (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: We compared baseline and treatment data across 10 children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), and 13 children diagnosed only with developmental delays, from a group of 91 research participants. Criteria for inclusion included developmental delays, aged 3 to 6 years, destructive behavior during an assessment escape condition, and functional communication training (FCT) for escape. The groups were also matched across gender, age, and race/ethnicity. Children with severe disabilities, genetic syndromes, and blindness were excluded from this study. Functional analyses using multi-element designs and treatment procedures were conducted in the children’s homes with parents serving as therapists. Procedures were videotaped for data collection and analysis. Interobserver agreement was assessed across 36% of sessions and averaged 97%. Mean level of destructive behavior at baseline was 11.35% (percentage of intervals) for the ASD group and 13.85% for the comparison group. Mean level of destructive behavior during the final FCT treatment probes was 0.87% for the ASD group and 0.28% for the comparison group. Mean reduction of destructive behavior was 92% for the ASD group and 98% for the comparison group. Treatment acceptability ratings were similar across both groups. |
|
|
71. Temporary Increases in Problem Following Reductions in Medication: Analysis of Conditional Rates. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
GREGORY J. SWANSON (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Kaitlin A. Dornbusch (ORION ISO) |
Abstract: Rates of problem behavior during weeks that followed medication reductions and no medication changes were compared for 18 individuals who exhibited severe problem behavior (e.g., self-injury, aggression) and were taking one or more psychotropic medications (e.g., neuroleptics, antidepressants). The results indicated that conditional rates of problem behavior were higher following medication reductions than following no changes in medication; however, the conditional rates of problem behavior decreased during the second week that followed a medication change. Thus, problem behavior decreased without reinstating the recently decreased dosage. Subsequent analyses indicated that no particular medication was correlated with higher conditional rates of problem behavior. Instead, data for each participant indicated that first medication that was reduced typically produced the highest increase in problem behavior. This outcome suggests that medication may influence discriminative control of appropriate behavior, problem behavior, or both. In addition, data on the number of hours participants slept each night indicated that reductions in medication produced sleep disruptions for several individuals. |
|
|
72. Contriving Establishing Operations: Responses of Individuals with Developmental Disabilities During a Learning Task. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research |
CALANDRA E PLATTNER (Auburn University), Ryan M. Zayac (Auburn University) |
Abstract: The field of applied behavior analysis has utilized the ability to capture and contrive establishing operations in treating aberrant behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities. However, research on the use of establishing operations in the teaching of appropriate behavior is not as systematic. This study examined the effects of establishing operations on the responses of individuals with developmental disabilities during an incremental repeated acquisition procedure. Results in both experiments showed that individuals responded more accurately during periods of longer deprivation (1-day and 2-3 days) than during shorter periods (15-minute and 2-hours). These results have implications for conducting preference assessments, scheduling daily activities, maximizing responding and teaching new skills. |
|
|
73. The Effects of A Peer-Mediate Intervention to Enhance Social Interactions of Children with Developmental Delay and Autism in an Inclusive Kindergarten Setting. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
PEI-YU CHEN (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Peer-mediate interventions have been effectively used to enhance social interactions of children with autism across home, school, and clinic settings (Hwang & Hughes, 2000; Prendeville, Prelock, Unwin, 2006). This study extends previous results by evaluating the effects of a peer-mediate intervention, "Buddy Day," on the rate of teacher activities, the change of social interactions, and the occurrences of challenging behavior among three kindergarten children with autism and developmental disabilities. Children with special needs were paired with a typical developing peer and were expected to stay, talk, and play with their "Buddy" throughout Buddy Day. Engagements, proximities, conversations, initiations, responses, challenging behaviors, and teacher activities were recorded by 10-second intervals during a 30-minute free play activity across "Buddy Days" and "Non-Buddy Days." Social validity data, including parent surveys and teacher interviews, were also collected to examine the Buddy Day intervention. The observation results indicated that proximity and engagement rates were higher on Buddy Days than on Non-Buddy Days. The teacher activity rate was lower on Buddy Days among all the participants. Although results from the parent surveys and teacher interviews indicated changes of other social interaction behaviors, the observation data didn't show significant differences between Buddy Days and Non-Buddy Days. |
|
|
74. Treating Feeding Problems in Children: Outcome Measures for a Home-Based Program. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELA PRUETT (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz) |
Abstract: Pediatric feeding disorders are common in children with autism and other disabilities and may also be evident in typically developing children. Feeding problems are generally treated by a single disciple or a team of professionals that include pediatric gasteroenterology, occupational/speech therapy, nutrition, and/or behavioral psychology. Treatments may involve services that are delivered in a clinic/hospital or in the home. The purpose of this presentation is to give the audience an overview of how treatment can be initiated for children with pediatric feeding disorders in the home environment using a data-based approach. The outcome measures from a home-based program will be presented. Results indicate that home-based programs using applied behavior analytic techniques to treat feeding problems are effective. The advantages and disadvantages of a home-based program to treat feeding problems will be discussed. This presentation should further the knowledge of BCBA’s or BCABA’s in the use of data-based practices for treating children with feeding problems. More specifically, the presentation should be able to assist clinicians on how data should be collected in a less structured environment and how the data could be used for good clinical practice. |
|
|
75. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy with Clients Diagnosed with Mental Retardation. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
ALEXANDRA ZAGOLOFF (Illinois Institute of Technology), Jennifer C. Strickland (Illinois Institute of Technology), Patricia Bach (Illinois Institute of Technology), Daniel J. Moran (Trinity Services) |
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is quickly becoming a prominent therapeutic approach. Researchers have successfully used ACT techniques in treating clients dealing with a broad range of clinical disorders (Hayes, Luoma, Bond, Masuda, & Lillis, 2006). ACT measures have been modified to be developmentally appropriate for children and adolescents (Greco, Ball, Lambert, & Baer, in press).
To date, however, no one has systematically addressed the utility of ACT with individuals diagnosed with mental retardation (MR). Both differential reinforcement (Deitz & Repp, 1973) and token economies (Kazdin, 1994) have been shown to effectively treat problem behaviors demonstrated by clients with MR. Additionally, relaxation training (Poppen, 1998) and modeling (Matson, Smalls, Hampff, Smiroldo, & Anderson, 1998) have been effective to the same end. While these techniques are used to minimize the aversive emotional responses associated with distress, ACT encourages psychological flexibility in pursuing a value-driven life in the presence distress.
This case study will present data collected on two females diagnosed with MR being treated with behavior therapy combined with ACT. The participants will complete the Avoidance and Fusion Questionnaire for Youth (AFQ-Y) before, during, and at the completion of treatment. Responses to the questionnaire will be explored to assess the applicability of ACT to individuals diagnosed with MR. Behavior change measures will also be explored. |
|
|
76. A Comparative Analysis of Time-Out and Response Cost in Decreasing Attention Maintained Problem Behavior. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE L. WICHERN-FRANK (ACES) |
Abstract: This study proposes to compare the effects of two common procedures, time-out and response cost. Readdick and Chapman (2000) found time-out was most widely used for non-compliance and non-aggressive behavior. However, by definition, time out is time away from reinforcement, hence logically it should be applied to behaviors by function, that is, used to reduce behavior maintained by an identified reinforcer, not applied as a punisher to any target behavior. In a study by Morgan and Striefel 2001 exclusionary time-out was seen by professionals as an extremely restrictive and intrusive procedure, and much more so than response cost. If both procedures are equally effective, then professionals should use the least restrictive alternative. A reversal design with a crossover will be used and we expect to see moderate to rapid decrease in both conditions, but response cost to be at least equally effective as time-out, as measured by the number of sessions to taken to reach the criterion of zero target behaviors in two hours. |
|
|
77. Assessment and Treatment of Socially Maintained Stereotopies. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
DENISE KUREK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Terri Sambroski (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Marie Andachter (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Functional analyses of stereotypic behaviors have usually suggested that these behaviors are maintained by automatic reinforcement. In the current investigation, we conducted a functional analysis of stereotypic behavior exhibited by a 16-year-old boy with autism and mental retardation. This analysis indicated that stereotypic behaviors were maintained by adult attention. Treatment consisted of functional communication training (FCT) and extinction. The participant was taught to communicate for attention by vocalizing, “Excuse me,” which resulted in 15 seconds of attention. FCT and extinction were effective in reducing stereotypic behaviors. Reliability data were collected for one third of sessions and averaged above 80%. |
|
|
|
|
#296 International Poster Session - EAB |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Manchester |
|
78. Food Tastes Predictive of Low Energy Content Cause Overeating by Obese-Prone and Lean Weanling Rats. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
W. DAVID PIERCE (University of Alberta), Donald C. Heth (University of Alberta), Joanna C. Owczarczyk (University of Alberta), James C. Russell (Alberta Institute of Human Nutrition), Spencer D. Proctor (Alberta Institute of Human Nutrition) |
Abstract: Childhood obesity is a prominent health problem that may involve early learning about tastes and the energy content of foods. One possibility is that food tastes predictive of low energy content cause overeating in young animals. Using a within subjects design, weanling male JCR:LA-cp lean (+/cp or +/+) and obese-prone (cp/cp) rats were given sweet (saccharin) and salty (sodium chloride) gelatin cubes made with starch (high caloric) or no starch (low caloric) for 16 days of conditioning. After a period of deprivation, rats received energy rich pre-meals with flavors that had been paired or unpaired with high caloric content during conditioning—followed by tests of consumption of regular chow. Our findings show that both lean (+/cp) and obese-prone (cp/cp) weanling rats ate more regular chow following a snack with a flavor associated with low caloric value than after a similar snack with a flavor predictive of high energy content. Data from our study indicate that the subversion of the learned relationship between taste and caloric content of foods disrupts the normal physiological and behavioral energy balance of weanling rats—resulting in overeating. These findings may have implications for the growing incidence of childhood obesity in our society. |
|
|
79. Training Rats to Cooperate in PET Imaging. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DANIELLE KALUHIOKALANI (Long Island University), John C. Neill (Long Island University), David Schlyer (Brookhaven National Lab) |
Abstract: Several methods of behavioral training were tested with the function of teaching rats to tolerate wearing the world's smallest PET imaging device. This device is held on the head of the animal, which is able to move about freely, thus permitting imaging of metabolic activity while the animal is performing operant tasks. The animals were trained using various shaping protocols to tolerate injections, holding still for attaching the PET device, bearing weight on the skull, and carrying out tasks while wearing the device. Data will be presented comparing various devices and procedures. |
|
|
80. Persistence in a Sunk-Cost Task Depends on Relative Response Requirements. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RAUL AVILA (National University of Mexico), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida), Rachelle L. Yankelevitz (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Three undergraduate students were exposed to a computer-based sunk-cost procedure in which subjects chose between fixed-ratio schedules of points exchangeable for money. Selecting the right square produced a reinforcer after 10, 40, 80 or 160 responses. A single response on the left square cancelled the current fixed-ratio requirement and initiated a new one. The probability of a given fixed ratio in each trial was determined according to a predefined value, and these values were systematically varied across conditions. Persistence was the main dependent variable, and was defined as the percentage of trials in which the ratios higher than 10 were completed. When the probability of the smallest fixed ratio was relatively high (.5, .25, .125 and .125, for FR 10, 40, 80, and 160, respectively), persistence was low. When the probabilities of the larger ratios were higher relative to the small ratio (.125, .50, .25 and .125), persistence was enhanced. Persistence was further enhanced in the final condition, in which the probabilities of the larger ratios were made even more extreme relative to the smaller ratios (0625, .0625, .50 and .375). These results suggest that sunk-cost decisions are determined by the relative costs and benefits of persistence. |
|
|
81. EAHB-SIG Student Paper Competition Award Winner: Matching, Shot Selection, and Collegiate Basketball. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JENNIFER L. HITT (Illinois State University), Larry Alferink (Illinois State University), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University), Jeffrey B. Wagman (Illinois State University) |
Abstract: The matching law describes situations involving a choice between 2 responses. Close approximations of the matching law’s predictions have even been observed for the choices made by athletes and coaches in sporting events. Vollmer and Bourret (2000) found that shot selection (2 point vs. 3 point shots) in basketball closely followed the predictions of the generalized matching equation. We attempted to extend their findings to teams in 15 of the 2006 basketball conferences. Teams in the top eight and the bottom seven conferences based on RPI rankings were included. Based on season statistics for each team, the generalized matching law accounted for a median of at least 80% of the variance in shot selection for all 15 conferences, and in most cases, exceeded 90%. Sensitivity to reinforcement was above .80 for all but one of the top eight conferences, but the less competitive conferences all had slopes less than .80. In general, teams in all conferences displayed a tendency towards undermatching. Nearly all teams exhibited bias for 3-point shots. Overall, the generalized matching law provided an excellent description of shot selection. |
|
|
82. Do Training Conditions Influence Equivalence-Consistent Outcomes? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DONNIE M. STAFF (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Prior research has shown that adding task-relevant difficulties during training conditions can serve to retard acquisition but facilitate retention and transfer of learned skills. Some recent work in our lab investigated this phenomenon using a stimulus equivalence preparation. Subjects were trained to match common English words to unfamiliar Portuguese and Czechoslovakian words (or vice versa) under three different conditions. For some participants, a 0 second delay was programmed between the offset of sample stimuli following an observing response and the onset of comparison stimuli (hereafter, retention interval). For two other groups the retention interval was either 2 s or 8 s long. After acquisition, the emergence of symmetry among trained relations was assayed under the same conditions as training. Results showed that participants in the 8-second group were more likely to show emergent symmetry relative to the 2-second and 0-second group. The current study sought to understand the role of delays during training more precisely. 24 subjects learned conditional relations with 0, 2 or 8 s retention intervals. During tests, all conditional relations were tested in simultaneous matching-to-sample procedure. The results suggest that further research is necessary to more precisely understand the role of task-relevant difficulties in retention and transfer. |
|
|
83. Muller-Lyer Illusion in Budgerigars (Melopsittacus undulatus). |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KAZUCHIKA MANABE (Nihon University), Takashi Kawashima (Nihon University) |
Abstract: Budgerigars were trained to discriminate line length. A long horizontal line was presented on a screen monitor. The line had short vertical lines on the both-ends. An additional short vertical line dividing the horizontal line was presented between the vertical lines on the both-ends. Pecking responses to shorter side of horizontal line that was divided by the central vertical line were reinforced by a VI-schedule of reinforcement. The position of the central vertical line was moved to the middle of horizontal line gradually if subjects did correct response. If subjects pecked to wrong side, on the other hand, the position was moved to far from the middle of the horizontal line. After threshold of line discrimination was measured by the above titration method, the three vertical lines were replaced by arrowheads. The thresholds of subjects in line-length discrimination were changed as human beings. "Muller-Lyer illusion" was observed in Budgerigars too. |
|
|
84. A Comparison Between Procedures of Stimulus Control Establishment: Trial and Error, Fading, and Stimulus Shaping. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALINE C. ABDELNUR (Pontificia Universidade Católica de São Paulo), Maria Amalia Andery (Pontificia Universidade Católica de São Paulo) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare three stimulus control procedures on the acquisition of a discrimination of graphically similar letters. The participants were 12 four- to-5 year-old children attending the kindergarten. At first, children received an identity MTS test with graphically similar letters. Then, they were randomly assigned to one of three groups, trial and error, fading and stimulus shaping and received training in a simple discrimination task for four pairs of graphically similar letters (a /e, a /o, b /d and f /t). They were then re-tested in the same identity MTS task. The consonants and the vowels were then combined to form syllables (consonant + vowel) and “non-syllables” (vowel + consonant) gathered in an identity MTS test. To verify the children’s previous recognition of a sequence of a consonant plus a vowel as a syllable a simple discrimination test was carried out. Children who failed this last test, received training in a simple discrimination task with the syllables and non-syllables. The results are going to be compared in terms of the amount of errors made in the training of the pairs of letters according to each of the three procedures and in the identity MTS post-test. |
|
|
85. The Effects of Limited-Hold Contingencies on the Conditional Relations that Define Equivalence. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JESSICA A. MADRIGAL-BAUGUSS (University of North Texas), Quan Nguyen (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The conditional relations that define stimulus equivalence – reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity relative to trained conditions – have been shown to emerge at different times during testing in a wide variety of procedures. These data suggest that the conditional relations that define stimulus equivalence may have different prerequisites and controlling variables. We sought to investigate this possibility by imposing temporal constraints on subjects’ opportunity to respond on probe trials designed to assay the untrained emergence of symmetric, transitive, and symmetrically-transitive conditional relations using a limited-hold procedure. After acquisition of baseline conditional relations, subjects were exposed, consecutively, to three testing phases in which there was 1) no limited hold contingency; 2) a limited-hold contingency equal to individual subjects’ median response latencies; and 3) a limited-hold contingency equal to ½ of the value relative to Phase 2. The data show that the limited-hold contingency had an effect on sample-observing and comparison-selection latencies. In addition, the probability of responding in Phases 2 and 3 appeared to differ across the different trial types. These data suggest that the conditional relations that define an equivalence relations are not themselves equivalent. |
|
|
86. Methods for the Analysis of Self-Control Behavior: A Comparative Review. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JASON VAN DER HORST (Brigham Young University), Harold L. Miller Jr. (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: We will summarize a review of the animal and human research literature in the experimental analysis of self-control behavior and will present a scheme for categorizing the methods that have been employed. Our poster will also consider the relevance of the scheme for theoretical approaches to self-control behavior. |
|
|
87. The Role of Attention in the Emergence of Equivalence-Consistent Outcomes. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KERRI P. BERARD (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Extended sample-observing response requirements have been shown to facilitate the acquisition of conditional discriminations in nonhuman populations. Recently, several experiments have suggested that increased observing response requirements are a necessary condition to produce generalized identity matching in pigeons and monkeys. To date, however, the role of extended observing response requirements has not been investigated in the context of stimulus equivalence procedures. To that end, we investigated the effects of sample-observing response requirements in a four choice, simultaneous, arbitrary match-to-sample procedure. In a within-subject experimental design, each subject was exposed to training and testing with none, one or many sample-observing responses required to produce the comparison array. Performance during the acquisition phase and test phases were compared across conditions within subject. The data suggest that extended sample-observing facilitates equivalence class formation. These data have implications for teaching-related applications and could inform the development of technologies designed to teach conditional discriminations rapidly. |
|
|
88. Pausing in the Transition from Rich to Lean Schedules: Fixed versus Variable Ratios. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANNE M. FOREMAN (West Virginia University), Adam T. Brewer (University of Kansas), Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Behavior is disrupted in the discriminable shift from rich to lean schedule components. The pause in operant responding between components is a measure of this effect. Research to date has employed fixed-ratio and fixed-interval schedules. The present research asked whether the disruptive effect would be reduced with variable-ratio schedules. In Experiment 1, pigeons responded on multiple schedules in which half of the components consisted of a small ratio (“rich” component) and half consisted of a large ratio (“lean”). In Experiment 2, the ratio size was held constant and the components differed in terms of the duration of access to mixed grain (7-s in the rich component, 1-s in the lean). Pausing was longest in the transition from a rich component to a lean one, but the effect was considerably smaller when variable-ratio schedules were programmed in place of fixed-ratios. In Experiment 1, increasing the size of the variable-ratios did not affect pausing in the rich-to-lean transition. In Experiment 2, increasing the variable-ratios increased the rich-to-lean pause, but to match the pause duration in the fixed-ratio condition the variable-ratio requirement had to be doubled. |
|
|
89. Choice between High and Low Risk Options: Effects of Manipulating Earnings Budget. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
GABRIEL DANIEL SEARCY (Western Michigan University), Andrew E Brandt (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Risky choice in 4 adult humans was investigated across procedural manipulations designed to model energy-budget manipulations conducted with non-humans. Subjects were presented with repeated choices between high-variance and low-variance options that delivered money. An energy-budget was simulated by use of an earnings budget, wherein a participant needed to meet a minimum income requirement within a 5-trial block in order to keep the accumulated earnings. Unlike previous earnings budget studies, exclusive preference for the low-variance option under positive budget conditions could only probabilistically meet the minimum requirement. Similar to previous studies, the low-variance option was preferred when the earnings budget was positive and the high variance option was preferred when the earnings budget was negative. These results further show that risky choice in humans may be similar to that shown in non-humans when choice is studied under analogous experimental conditions. |
|
|
90. Right versus Wrong Feedback in First-Order Matching-to-Sample. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIO SERRANO (Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento - University of Guadalajara), Emilio Ribes Iñesta (Universidad de Guadalajara), Gustavo Garcia (Universidad Franco Mexicana-Satelite), Alfredo Lopez (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico - Iztacala) |
Abstract: Three groups of college students were exposed to a first-order matching-to-sample task and intramodal, extramodal and extradimensional transfer tests. During the training phase, for different groups only right, only wrong or both right and wrong matching responses produced the correlated feedback. Percentages of correct responses in both training and transfer tests were higher when right as well as wrong matching responses produced feedback. On the other hand, feedback for incorrect responses produced a higher accuracy than feedback for correct responses in both training and transfer tests. Results are discussed in relation to previous experiments in which feedback for right and wrong matching responses was scheduled in either intermittent or delayed fashion. |
|
|
91. Synthesis of Complex Response Sequences: Acquisition and One-Year Follow-Up. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HOLLY JO WILSON (West Virginia University), Chata A. Dickson (West Virginia University), Rachel Labaton (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Two pigeons were trained on a series of responses using shaping and guided practice over a three-month period. In the proper sequence, the responses constituted a chain that could lead to reinforcement at its end. Each component response was trained in random order to a pre-established criterion. Following this training, the pigeons were placed in contact with the first response and then allowed to continue the chain without interruption. Both pigeons completed the chain without prompting and in the expected order. One year after the original training, the pigeons were retested and both showed retention of the proper sequence of responses without prompting. |
|
|
92. Resistance to Change of Concurrent Operants Differentiated Only by Reinforcement Magnitude. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
E. TERRY MUELLER (Temple University, Psychology Dept.), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University) |
Abstract: According to behavioral momentum theory (BMT) behavioral mass, or resistance to change, is imparted to an operant when reinforcement occurs in the presence of that operant’s discriminative stimulus. By this process, BMT predicts that the two performances in a concurrent schedule will be equally resistance to change because reinforcement earned by either operant will occur in the presence of both discriminative stimuli. Empirical tests of this proposition have yielded mixed results. The present experiment tested it with pigeon subjects by assessing the resistance to change of concurrent operants that had been trained using equal rates of reinforcer presentation, but were differentiated because the magnitudes of their reinforcers (hopper-presentation times) differed. The training schedule was a multiple schedule containing these concurrent schedule components, and also containing 30-second dark-key components during which response-independent food presentations could occur, acting as a one form of performance disruptor. Across conditions, two values of this disruptor (two rates of free-food presentation) were used. Another disruptor used in another condition was session pre-feedings. The baseline response rates for the concurrent operants differed, with larger-magnitude reinforcement producing higher response rates. However, the resistance-to-change results were mixed. |
|
|
93. Group Foraging with Despotic Competitors. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CATHERINE ESPEL (Illinois Wesleyan University), James D. Dougan (Illinois Wesleyan University) |
Abstract: The generalized matching law, originality developed by behavioral psychologists, and the ideal free distribution, originally developed by ecologists, have a strong mathematical similarity. Each model predicts the relative distribution of behavior between two resource sources. The models differ because the matching law predicts the distribution of individual behavior while the ideal free distribution predicts the distribution of organisms among patches. The present experiments examined the effects of inter-organism competition when one of the competing animals is “despotic.” Six rats participated in the study, which involved group foraging in a large open field apparatus. In the baseline phase, all rats were deprived to a moderate 90 percent of body weight. During the “despotic” stage one rat (the “despotic” rat) was deprived to 80 percent of its body weight while the other rats remained at 90 percent. A “weighted competition” version of the ideal free distribution suggests that the presence of a despotic rat should result in an altered distribution of animals in the patch. The results have implications for both the matching law and the ideal free distribution, and suggest that models including competitive weight may better describe the data. |
|
|
94. SET or LeT? A Test of Both Models using a Variation of a Double Temporal Bisection Task. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JOANA RODRIGUES ARANTES DA SILVA (University of Minho), Luis L. Oliveira (University of Minho), Armando Machado (University of Minho) |
Abstract: Two models of timing, Scalar Expectancy Theory (SET) and Learning to Time (LeT), make substantially different assumptions about how animals learn temporal tasks. To compare both models, we used a variation of a double temporal bisection procedure. Pigeons were trained on two temporal discriminations, which alternated across sessions. On the first discrimination, they learned to choose a red key after a 1-s signal and a green key after a 4-s signal; on the second discrimination, they learned to choose a blue key after a 4-s signal and a yellow key after a 16-s signal. Then, pigeons were exposed to intermediate durations (from 1 s to 4 s on red-green trials and from 4 s to 16 s on blue-yellow trials) and given a choice between novel key combinations (e.g. red vs. blue). Results were more consistent with predictions of LeT than SET, similar to previous researches, in which both discriminations were trained within each session. |
|
|
95. Brains and Beauty: Increasing Performance through Self-Management. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
AMBER L. WATTS (Florida State University), Marco D. Tomasi (Florida State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this project was to apply the principles of behavior analysis to responses that often occur at low frequencies due to multiple incompatible competing contingencies that are often more reinforcing. A multiple baseline design across behavior was used to evaluate a self-management program designed to increase the participant’s overall time spent engaging in GRE study behaviors and cardiovascular exercise. These target behaviors were assessed on a weekly basis. As part of the intervention package, goals were set at 4.0 hours per week for the studying behaviors and 2.0 hours per week for the exercising behaviors. This was used to increase studying for the GRE from an average of 0.0 hours a week during baseline to 4.0 hours during the intervention. The average time exercising increased from an average of 0.0 hours a week to a post-intervention average of 1.8 hours. |
|
|
96. Experimental Analysis of Blocking of Acquisition of Textual Responding. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PAMELA D. KELSO (University of Manitoba), Stephen W. Holborn (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that children learn to sight read words faster when the words are presented alone as opposed to being paired with extra-stimulus prompts. This finding has been attributed to the blocking effect. The present research used an alternating treatment design to assess blocking in textual compound stimuli of the same category (words) in children. The standard blocking paradigm was used to investigate whether word acquisition would be faster when the word was presented as a single stimulus versus when it was presented with a known corresponding word printed in a foreign language. The first phase involved the establishment of a conditioning history of appropriate responding to novel words printed in a foreign language. The second phase involved pairing the preconditioned foreign language word with the corresponding English word (which the children could not read) in the experimental condition, and in the control condition pairing novel foreign language words with the corresponding novel English words. Rate of acquisition of sight reading the English words was measured. In the second experiment the respective roles of the foreign language words and English words were reversed. In both experiments results showed a faster rate of acquisition for experimental versus control words. |
|
|
97. Examination of Stimulus Factors on Resistance to Change. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TAKEHARU IGAKI (Tokyo Jogakkan College), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University, Japan) |
Abstract: To examine the role of key location on resistance to change, we adopted multiple concurrent schedules using a four-key pigeon chamber in which each key is located in the shape of square. One concurrent-schedule component was arranged on the upper and lower keys on the left side, and the other component was arranged on the upper and lower keys on the right side. Six pigeon were trained on the multiple concurrent schedules in which reinforcement rates summed across keys within components were varied systematically. After performance was stabilized, resistance to change was assessed by the delivery of VT food during dark-key periods and extinction. Resistance to change calculated using response totals within a component was greater for the component with the higher reinforcement rate. Furthermore, resistance to change for key location was greater for the component with the higher reinforcement rates while resistance to change for key color did not depend on the total reinforcement rate correlated with each key color. These results suggest that the total reinforcer rate correlated with key location also controls resistance to change, and that resistance to change depends not on the physical feature of stimulus such as color and location, but on how these stimuli indicate reinforcement rates. |
|
|
98. A Comparison of Two Different Methods of Schedule Sequencing on Schedule-Induced Polydipsia in Rats. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JACQUELINE NICOLE FLEISCHER (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The goal of this study is to demonstrate that different experimental methodologies for studying schedule-induced behavior produce highly different patterns of excessive drinking in rats. Traditionally, research on schedule-induced drinking is done by presenting blocks of several daily sessions with the same length of time between pellet deliveries. The shortest interpellet interval length is used first, with interval lengths becoming progressively longer. In previous research the interval lengths have sometimes been progressively lengthened then shortened again. Using this approach, schedule-induced drinking typically increases to a maximum when the pellets are about three minutes apart, then decreases to zero when the pellet deliveries are about five minutes apart. However, when the interval lengths are varied each day unsystematically from one value to another, strong drinking continues even when the interval lengths are as long as sixteen minutes. This study will explore the reasons why the two different methods of sequencing interval lengths produce different results. |
|
|
99. Superstitious Mands and Slot Machines. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JILL A. GREISING-MURSCHEL (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Erica D. Pozzie (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Abstract: Experimenters were interested in looking at superstitious mands emitted by pathological gamblers while playing slots. Three pathological gamblers (SOGS > 4) were recruited for participation. Participants were required to play 150 slot trials in which the payout of the machine was 50/50 and near-wins were programmed at 20% of all loses. In a multiple baseline fashion, a baseline condition was implemented in which the frequency of superstitious mands was recorded in the absence of programmed contingencies. At the termination of the baseline phase, participants began to receive generalized conditioned reinforcement via praise for the emission of superstitious mands. Each participant received reinforcement of a different quality. Results suggest that manding by paritipcants was sensitive to experimental manipulations. Implications of Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior for understanding gambling will be discussed. |
|
|
100. Differential Reinforcement of Behavioral Variability Using Runs Test in Rats. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
YOSUKE HACHIGA (Keio University, Japan), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University, Japan) |
Abstract: In studies of reinforced variability, maximum variability usually means a randomness of subjects’ behavior. We assume a randomness of behavior is determined by the equiprobability among response alternatives (all the possible outcomes occur with a equal probability) and the sequential independence (unpredictability of an occurrence of next event based on the knowledge from any previous events). The present study attempted to eliminate sequential dependency of left and right lever presses in rats, using differential reinforcement determined by the results of z-scores of the runs test (test of randomness). Whenever a subject pressed the lever, the z-score was calculated from the last 20 responses. The subject received a reinforcement with a high probability and a light bulb attached in front of the lever was illuminated when the sequential independence was confirmed by the runs test. Otherwise, the bulb was not illuminated and a reinforcement was given with a low probability. The z-scores were improved over the sessions by each subject and they were maintained stably above the criterion determined statistically. Because sequential dependency was successfully eliminated through the schedules of reinforcement used in this study, patterns of performance similar to biased coin flipping turned out in three of four rats. |
|
|
101. Examining Procedural Details of the Chronic Mild Stress (CMS) Procedure in Rats. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
J. PHILIP ERB (James Madison University), Sherry L. Serdikoff (James Madison University) |
Abstract: The Chronic Mild Stress (CMS) procedure was developed to serve as a laboratory analogue of conditions that lead to anhedonia, which is the main defining feature of the melancholic subtype of major depression. It involves exposing rats or mice to a chronic sequential presentation of a variety of mild stressors and then assessing responsiveness to consequences that have been shown to function as reinforcers (e.g., sweet fluids). Although the finding that rats exposed to CMS will show reduced intake of and preference for sweet fluids has been replicated across a number of studies, some questions remain regarding the reproducibility of this effect. The current study was designed to examine the extent to which (a) there is diurnal variation in the effect of CMS on saccharin intake and preference and (b) reduced saccharin intake and preference would be evident in daily, rather than weekly measurements of fluid intake. To the extent our rats show decreased saccharin intake and preference during and following CMS, these data replicate and extend the findings that CMS results in anhedonia in rats. Implications and additional studies will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
#297 Poster Session - EDC |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Manchester |
|
102. Functional Behavior Assessment and Behavioral Interventions in General Education Settings: A Literature Review. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
HAYOUNG CHOI (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: With the increasing awareness of the importance of identifying the function of challenging behaviors, the existing legislation mandating Functional Behavior Assessment (FBA) to develop effective interventions in school settings (1997 IDEA), and the current trend toward inclusive education, researchers have begun to examine the effectiveness of interventions based on the results of FBA in general education classrooms. This paper reviews eleven studies which used FBA to develop interventions in general education classrooms between 1997 and 2005. Eleven studies are classified into two categories: students who did not receive special education services and those who did. Findings showed that interventions derived from FBA led to decreases in challenging behaviors in general education classrooms. Comments on FBA, interventions in general education classrooms, and social validity of reviewed studies are discussed. |
|
|
103. Investigating Issues Related to Behavior Intervention Plan Development and Implementation: Results from a Multi-Year Research Project. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CLAYTON R. COOK (University of California, Riverside), Bonnie Kraemer (San Diego State University), Diana Browning Wright (Private Practice), George Roy Mayer (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Since the landmark discipline provisions of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act of 1997, federal legislation has called for the development and implementation of behavior intervention plans for special education students whose behaviors impede their learning or that of others. However, until recently, little was actually known about how well schools were doing in meeting these mandates. The purpose of this poster is to describe the results of a multi-year research project that was undertaken by researchers from the California Department of Education’s Positive Environments, Network of Trainers (PENT) to assess issues related to behavior intervention plan development and implementation across the state of California. Specifically, research that was conducted to evaluate (a) the quality of behavior intervention plans developed in schools, and (b) trainings designed to improve the substantive quality of behavior intervention plans will be presented. Attendees will learn that the intent underlying the discipline mandates remains largely unfulfilled, but that particular trainings based on the key concepts of behavior analysis can be implemented to improve the legal defensibility of and educational benefit received via plans. Points of discussion will consist of directions for future research in the area of behavior intervention planning and recommendations for improved practice. |
|
|
104. Functional Assessment and Positive Behavioral Intervention for Young Children with Challenging Behavior: A Synthesis. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SOYEON KANG (University of Texas, Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas, Austin) |
Abstract: This paper synthesizes the empirical research that examined the functional assessments and positive behavioral interventions for young children, from birth to 5 years old, with challenging behavior between 1984 and 2006. The specific focus of the synthesis is to analyze (a) the characteristics of young children for whom positive behavioral intervention is effective, (b) the characteristics of target behavior and setting, (c) the functional assessment procedure and its link with the intervention, (d) the intervention outcomes, specific components of effective interventions, and the relationship between the outcome and the developmentally appropriate behaviors, and (e) the validity issues relevant to measures, procedures, and intervention outcomes. The key elements producing effective outcomes for the young population with challenging behavior are presented. Implications for future research are also suggested. |
|
|
105. Investigating School Psychologists’ Perceptions of Treatment Integrity in School-Based Interventions. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
WENDY COCHRANE (The University of Toledo), John Laux (The University of Toledo) |
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to examine the concept of treatment integrity in school interventions. Current research suggests that treatment integrity is important and may lead to improved intervention outcomes; however, treatment integrity frequently is not assessed.
This presentation will include an overview of the current research on treatment integrity and the typical methods used when assessing it. In addition, the results of a survey examining treatment integrity will be discussed. This survey, which targeted NCSPs as the participants, was designed to gather information on school psychologists’ understanding of treatment integrity, the extent to which they felt measurement of it was important, and the extent to which it was used and the methods used to measure it in school interventions. |
|
|
106. Functional Behavioral Assessment of Off-Task Behavior of Elementary-Age Students with Emotional and Attentional Disorders during Reading Activities. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LINDA G. GARRISON-KANE (Missouri State University), Nicole A. Welch (Missouri State University), Thomas D. Kane (Missouri State University), David Goodwin (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: This study employed a multi-element, reversal single-subject design (Kennedy, 2005; Cooper, Herron & Heward, 2004; Kazdin, 1986) to assess the function of off-task behaviors exhibited by four elementary-age students diagnosed with emotional and attentional disorders during their reading activities. A triangulation data analysis approach was utilized with direct observation data, indirect functional assessment questionnaires and a multi-element functional analysis of the aberrant behaviors to formulate a hypothesis of the off-task behaviors. A hypothesis of attention-seeking function was formulated for all four participants. A reversal (ABAB) single-subject design was then employed with all four students to assess the effects of the independent variable (self-management and social skills) on the dependent variables (off-task and on-task behaviors). The results of this study demonstrated that self-management and social skills instruction decreased the off-task behaviors exhibited by these four students diagnosed with emotional and attentional disorders during their reading activities. |
|
|
107. Use of Brief Functional Analysis to Evaluate Transitions between Work and Play. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TODD G. KOPELMAN (University of Iowa - Hospitals and Clinics), Jason M. Stricker (University of Iowa), Brenda J. Engebretson (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Transitions, defined as changes between activities or settings, have been demonstrated to evoke disruptive behaviors for some individuals. Previous studies have used functional analysis methodology to evaluate noncompliance during transitions (McCord, Thomson, & Iwata, 2001; Wilder et al., 2006). In both of these studies, specific features associated with transitions that maintained the target behaviors were identified. The purpose of this study was to extend the use of functional analysis of transitions to a typically developing child who was referred for an evaluation of problem behaviors associated with changes between academic and play activities. Caleb was a seven-year-old who was referred for noncompliance with instructions, aggression, and destruction. During a 120-minute outpatient appointment, paired-stimulus preference assessments (Fisher et al., 1992) were conducted to identify relatively high and low preferred academic and play activities. A brief functional analysis was then conducted in which Caleb was required to transition between high and low preferred academic activities and breaks with access to high and low preferred toys. Elevated rates of the target behaviors were observed only when Caleb was required to complete high preferred work. Implications of the study and suggestions for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
108. Reduction of Pica via Functional Analysis-Based Treatments. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY J. DAVIES LACKEY (Hawthorne Country Day School), Yuko Usui (Hawthorne Country Day School), Andrea DeVarie (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Abstract: Functional analyses were conducted on the pica/mouthing behaviors of 2 participants who were siblings within two separate classrooms. Individualized treatment packages were developed for the two participants with high-rate pica/mouthing using preference and treatment analyses as a means of identifying stimuli that would compete with the automatic function of pica.
The treatment packages resulted in marked reductions and low rates of pica, which were maintained for both children. Results are discussed in terms of the importance of using the results of functional analyses to develop treatments for pica/mouthing and the importance of identifying specific sources of reinforcement for automatically reinforced behavior. |
|
|
109. Use of Standardized Testing for the Selection of Demands in a Functional Analysis. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TRACY MORAN (University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), LaKaren Rickman (University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics), Kelly M. Vinquist (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: For children with co-occurring learning and behavioral concerns, the specific characteristics contained within an instructional demand can influence the occurrence of problem behaviors (Richman et al., 2001). The accurate and efficient identification of these characteristics is essential when conducting a brief outpatient functional analysis. The use of findings from standardized testing to select task demands to present in a functional analysis was examined. Sara was a five-year-old female who was referred to an outpatient behavior clinic for concerns of tantrums and task refusal. Prior to the behavioral evaluation, Sara had completed an occupational therapy evaluation. Results indicated significant delays in Sara’s fine motor skills. Specific therapeutic recommendations from this evaluation were used within the demand sessions of a brief functional analysis. Results of the analysis were that Sara only displayed problem behaviors when she was presented with the fine motor tasks. A treatment package for increasing compliance that consisted of antecedent-based modifications in the demands and reinforcement for appropriate behavior was implemented and resulted in a substantial reduction in problem behavior. The implication of these findings with respect to the identification of demand characteristics that occasion problem behavior will be discussed. |
|
|
110. Toward a Method of Identifying Behavioral Characteristics of the Model Student. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
HOLLY AYN WHITE (University of the Pacific), Weston Rieland (University of the Pacific), Jolene R. Sy (University of the Pacific), John C. Borrero (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Students in the classroom are often referred for behavioral services for engaging in rates of behavior that vary, or are perceived to vary, from that of a model student. Teachers from multiple preschool classrooms were asked to identify a model student, a typical (or representative) student, and a student that might be referred for behavioral intervention services. Data were then collected on several responses (e.g., attending, compliance) presumed to be important for skill acquisition. Comparisons were made between students (in the same class, with the same teacher) and across students (in different classes, with different teachers). Preliminary results showed that in some cases, levels of responding were similar across classrooms given the aforementioned teacher nominations (e.g., the model student attended greater than or equal to 90% of the time, on average, across classrooms) while in other cases, levels of responding were not what would have been predicted based on the aforementioned teacher nominations (e.g., a representative student attended less than a student that might be referred for behavioral services). Implications for these classifications will be discussed. |
|
|
111. Examination of a Social Skills Problem-Solving Intervention to Treat Selective Mutism. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARK O'REILLY (University of Texas, Austin), Sonia Denise Baker (University of Texas, Austin), Chaturi Edrisinha (St. Cloud State University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Texas, Austin) |
Abstract: We examined the use of a social problem-solving intervention to treat selective mutism with two sisters in an elementary school setting. Both girls were taught to answer teacher questions in front of their classroom peers during regular classroom instruction. Each girl received individualized instruction from a therapist and was taught to discriminate salient social cues, select an appropriate social response, perform the response, and evaluate her performance. The girls generalized the skills to their respective regular classrooms and maintained the skills for up to three months following the removal of the intervention. Experimental control was demonstrated using a multiple baseline design across participants. Limitations of the current study and issues for future research are discussed. |
|
|
112. Social Interactions and Bullying in Withdrawn Children: An Evaluation of Generalization Strategies within a Social Skills Training Intervention. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KYLE MAX HANCOCK (Utah State University), Donna Marie Gilbertson (Utah State University), Michelle Rosenlof (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Socially withdrawn children are at increased risk for a number of maladaptive outcomes including increased risk to become victimized by bullies. One method that has been cited in the empirical literature as a potentially effective intervention has been the use of peer-mediated social skills training (SST). Unfortunately, however, little research supporting the use of peer-mediated SST has been conducted with socially withdrawn children; even less research has investigated the role that the peers involved in the intervention may play in the generalization of treatment effects. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a generalization training package employing indiscriminable contingencies and self-monitoring tactics on the generalization of socially withdrawn students and their peer mediators’ interactions during recess. Hence, this study compared the effectiveness of various generalization procedures in conjunction with a peer-mediated intervention on the generalization of prosocial interactions with socially withdrawn elementary school students and examined how students’ perceptions of social support, bullying experiences, and intervention acceptability changed as a result of the peer-mediated SST intervention. Results indicated that the socially withdrawn participants did engage in more prosocial behavior following the intervention and that it generalized to a highly-unstructured, novel setting with multiple students. Results also indicated that the peer mediators’ prosocial behavior evidenced in the training setting did not generalize effectively to the novel setting. |
|
|
113. The Effects of Goal Setting on Student Aberrant Behavior in a Public School Setting. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JASON L. GIBSON (University of Kentucky), Donald M. Stenhoff (University of Kentucky), Robert C Pennington (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: The number of public schools delivering content in collaborative settings is increasing. This phenomenon is due to the necessity of all students to access the general education curriculum. A collaborative setting may increase the number of students who demonstrate aberrant behavior (e.g. non-compliance, minimal work completion, classroom disruption) in the classroom that impedes student learning. Teacher perception of student disruption impacts teacher interactions with students exhibiting aberrant behavior in the classroom. There are relatively few studies addressing the use of data-based behavior change programming with goal setting in public school collaborative settings. The purpose of the study is to describe a data based, goal setting intervention method used to increase student demonstration and subsequent teacher perception of appropriate behavior in a public school setting. The teachers were trained to assess student behavior using the Teacher Behavior Rating Scale to identify behavior goals for weekly goal setting sessions. A multiple-baseline across three participants was used to demonstrate the effectiveness of the intervention. Results showed that the weekly goal setting increased appropriate student behavior. |
|
|
114. The Effects of Self-Monitoring Packages Implementing Tactile Cuing Devices on Student On-Task Behavior. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JUAN NAVARRETE (Washington County School District), Charles L. Salzberg (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The research has shown that self-monitoring packages can be effective in teaching students to manage behavior in independent working situations. However, teachers have difficulty using self-monitoring systems, often because self-monitoring systems require a lot of effort and can be disruptive to the classroom environment. The current study seeks to expand the literature by examining whether a tactile cuing device can serve to prompt a student to self monitor and thereby relieve the teacher of some of the inconvenience and effort. |
|
|
115. Application of “Anchor the Boat” Approach to Reduce Disruptive Behavior in a Japanese Classroom. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KANAKO OTSUI (Kwansei Gakuin University), Hitomi Hara (Kwansei Gakuin University), Junko Tanaka-Matsumi (Kwansei Gakuin University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to apply a group contingency classwide intervention program called “Anchor the Boat” (Lohrmann & Talerico, 2004) and to examine its effectiveness in reducing disruptive classroom behavior of third grade children (N = 31). Training consisted of two sessions. The first session was for shaping good listening behavior. During the 45-minute session, classroom teacher instructed students 4 behavior components of appropriate listening behavior, including (1) sit in a good posture, (2) stop irrelevant activities, (3) look at the speaker, (4) ask questions after the speaker finishes talking. Two trainers modeled appropriate listening behavior. The second session was the application of the “Anchor the Boat”. We divided 31 students into four groups. When the total occurrences of inappropriate listening were less than five in each group during a 45-minute class, the group obtained a piece of string. Students made a circle with that string and chained circles to a boat. After the group obtained the 10th string, they received an anchor for their boat as reward. The program was effective in reducing talk out behaviors. Group contingency seems to be suited to the Japanese classroom management. |
|
|
116. An Analysis of the Relation between Observed Student Behavior and Teacher Perceptions of Behavior on the Rate and Type of Attention Provided in the Classroom. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA L. CHERNE (University of Minnesota), LeAnne Denise Johnson (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Erin M. Holton (University of Minnesota), Mimi L. McDonnell (University of Minnesota), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University, Behavior Research Center) |
Abstract: Previous research has revealed that as rates of problem behavior increase for individual students, rates of teacher attention in the form of reprimands for problem behavior also increase and outnumber praise statements (Brophy, 1981). Past studies have frequently relied on analyses of observed rates of teacher attention and student behavior to make assumptions about the contingencies that may exist (Fry, 1983). Contrary to those assumptions, sequential analyses conducted using a real time observation system suggest that teachers’ delivery of attention is not always responsive to student behavior when examined across multiple observations over time. To further understand how teacher attention is influenced relative to problem behaviors, the current investigation combines behavioral ratings and direct observations to examine if teacher’s perceptions of student’s problem behaviors are related to varying rates and types of attention delivered to individual students within similar instructional contexts. Thirty seven, K-3rd grade students in eight special education classrooms participated in this study. Results are discussed in terms of the relative influence of contingencies observed within sessions that may or may not evoke teacher attention and the influence of teacher perceptions of problem behaviors as they may relate to delivery of attention. |
|
|
117. Teachers' Accuracy in Reporting Students' Challenging Behaviors. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNY E. TUZIKOW (Devereux CARES), Todd Harris (Devereux CARES) |
Abstract: In order to provide children with autism the best educational opportunities, parent involvement is critical. Parents are encouraged to attend individual education program meetings, join parent – teacher organizations, implement behavior interventions in the home, and participate in many other aspects of their children’s learning experiences. An important component of promoting parent involvement is to maintain open communication with parents. Parents frequently attempt to gather information regarding their children’s progress by asking teachers how their children behave in school. It was suspected that the daily teacher report was based on the teacher’s subjective views and not on data. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to examine the relationship between teacher reports of student behavior and actual behavior data recorded by teachers in a private school for children with autism. Over the span of 42 days, daily teacher reports were compared to the daily-recorded behavior data of 30 children. Teachers were asked to rate the children’s behavior on a Likert scale and behavior data was analyzed every 2 weeks by calculating the standard deviation and mean of each child’s behavior, and then comparing the teacher’s score to the data. The results were analyzed and implications of this study were discussed. |
|
|
118. The Relationship between Emotional Interpretation and Self-reported Behavioral Response on Observed Rates of Conflict Initiation. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ERIN M. HOLTON (University of Minnesota), LeAnne Denise Johnson (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Peggy E. Gaitan (University of Minnesota), Ellie C. Hartman (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Childrens’s perception of emotion can influence their interactions with peers and adults. Making an inaccurate assessment of a person’s facial expression can lead to a behavioral interpretation or response that is not warranted and may have the potential to affect relationships (Cooley, 2002). This study seeks to analyze the utility of a rating scale to measure the emotional perception and self-reported behavioral responses across two forms and over time, as well as to assess the relationship between interpretation and reported response to emotional stimuli and directly observed conflict initiations by elementary aged children. Reliability on the emotional perception measure ranged from 94-100% with an average of 98% for interpretation responses and ranged 82-100% with an average of 97% on the behavioral responses, and conflict initiations ranged from 0-100% with an average of 66%. |
|
|
119. Mindfulness Meditation with Auditory Image Therapy for Children with ADHD: Improving Self-Esteem and Self-Regulatory Behaviors. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
JEONGIL KIM (Lotus Flowers Children Center, South Korea), Kyong Bong Kim (Lotus Flowers Children Center, South Korea), Yunhee Lee (Lotus Flowers Children Center, South Korea) |
Abstract: The study describes the effect of mindfulness meditation based auditory image therapy for children with ADHD. Three children with ADHD participated in the study. Using direct observation, behavior rating scales, and EEG, data was collected during the experimental procedures. Structured mindfulness meditation and self-reflecting message using auditory message were implemented to the subjects. The result showed that it produced remarkable improvement in self-esteem and self-regulatory behaviors with all the subejcts. |
|
|
120. Reflectively Studying Student Work Together: Collaborating to Differentiate Instruction for All Students. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CARLA DEARMAN (University of Southern Mississippi), David Walker (University of Southern Mississippi), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This study, a systematic replication of Dearman, Alber, and Atwood (2005), examined the effects of reflective conferencing on the frequency and type of differentiated instruction by classroom teachers. This study extends previous research by including a special education teacher in reflective conferencing and by assessing maintenance. Data were collected in classrooms during independent practice after classroom instruction. The teachers were not told behaviors the observers were recording. The following differentiated teacher behaviors were recorded: adjusting the task level; simplifying, clarifying or chunking instruction; relating prior knowledge; modeling a skill; varying learning tools; asking higher order questions; adjusting the environment; grouping students, providing choices, and encouraging responsibility. An ABAB reversal design was used to assess the effects of the reflectively reviewing student work together. After baseline data were collected, teachers met for one hour weekly to examine student work and engage in conversations about their teaching. During the second baseline phase, the meetings were discontinued, and then re-established in the second intervention phase. The data indicated a clear and robust functional relationship of reflectively reviewing student work on the frequency of differentiated instruction behaviors. However, no significant relationship was noted between the reflective process and the type of differentiated instructional behaviors. |
|
|
121. The Impact of Conditioning the Staff Meeting as a Reinforcer on Staff Data Collection and Graphing. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JASON CORY ROSENFELD (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Abstract: The teachers and staff employed at a school for students with special learning needs are responsible for recording meaningful data that is represented in a clear and precise system of graphing. This study analyzed methods that can be used to improve the accuracy and productivity of teachers and staff in their effort to record and monitor the progress of students with special learning needs. Baseline data were collected on graphing accuracy and data decision making. Multiple interventions were implemented including conditioning staff meeting sessions as a reinforcer by pairing the meetings with movie viewing and with the use of the Socratic Method to motivate staff to analyze graphs and data collection. Coupon incentives redeemable for additional break time were issued for accurate data collection and graphing. The study followed the ABAB withdraw design. It used various data collection forms that documented the accuracy and accordance to school guidelines in regards to staff data collection and graphing. Data were collected during and after the interventions to monitor staff progress in this area. |
|
|
122. Effectiveness of Pyramidal Training in an Non-Institutional Setting. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
ANGELIQUE DILWORTH (Shelby Residential and Vocational Services, Inc.) |
Abstract: There have been many studies conducted that evaluate which training techniques result in better implementation of Behavior Support Plans and will lower frequency of behavioral episodes of a Service Recipients who has a diagnosis of Mental Retardation and Mental Illness. The purpose of this study is to show the effectiveness of Pyramidal Training of Direct Care Professionals in a non-institutional setting. The method used in this study to implement Pyramidal Training was to train a small number of staff as master trainers of behavior support plans, who in turn are instructed to train additional staff. Baseline data will be collected during the observation period. During the study two managers were trained as master trainers. Each master trainer worked on a different shift, providing for one trainer across all shifts. In addition to training, daily feedback was provided to supervisors for staff data collection and intervention. Data collected during the treatment phase was compared with the data collection during baseline. The effects of Pyramidal Training on decreasing target behaviors are discussed. |
|
|
123. Establishing Experimental Functional Analysis Skills in Less than a Day: A Replication in a Norwegian Setting. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JON A. LOKKE (University of Oslo), Gunn Lokke (University College of Ostfold, Norway), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Analysis of behavior function is the cornerstone of applied behavior analysis. Functional behavioral assessment is generally regarded as a hypothesis-testing procedure concerning the causes of behavior. Functional behavior assessment is considered an appropriate and compulsory preintervention activity and assessment skills are needed.
Norwegian legislation advocates functional assessments as a compulsory part of rehabilitation and preintervention activities. Students in a Master in Applied Behavior Analysis, with no previous experience in experimental functional analysis, were participants in a replication of Iwata et al (2000), Moore et al (2002), and Wallace et al (2004). Design elements and data from a course in the execution of experimental functional analysis are presented. Total training time was less than eight hours – or less than a day. |
|
|
124. Preparing Qualified Paraprofessionals to Meet the Needs of At-Risk Young Urban Students. |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
LEFKI KOUREA (The Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This presentation provides the results of a research study conducted with three instructional assistants. A multiple-baseline design across subjects was utilized to examine the effects of the performance feedback strategy on the quality and integrity of instruction of the assistants. Outcomes, limitations and recommendations are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
#298 Poster Session - TBA |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
5:30 PM–7:00 PM |
Manchester |
|
125. The Effect of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on Emergence of the Listener Component of Naming in Preschoolers. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
FANG-LIN JASMINE LAI (Columbia University Teachers College), Celestina Rivera-Valdes (Columbia University Teachers College), JoAnn Delgado (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: This study examined the effect of multiple exemplar instruction on the transfer of stimulus function across listener responses (pointing) and speaker responses (pure tact and impure tacts) by two preschool children with verbal delays. Two preschoolers in listener/early speaker level of verbal behavior who did not have the listener nor the speaker component in naming participated in this study. The dependent variables were number of correct responses to probe trials of both untaught listener responses (“point-to”) and speaker responses (pure/impure tacts) following matching responses to criterion for two sets of five unfamiliar novel pictures (Set 1 and Set 3). The independent variable was multiple exemplar instruction. A delayed multiple probe design across word sets and participants was used in this study. In the baseline probes, neither Participant A nor Participant B had the listener component (“point-to” responses) or speaker component (pure/impure tacts) of naming. During the treatment phase, the participants were taught mastery of all four responses using multiple exemplar instruction to a training set of pictures. The results showed that both participants acquired the listener component of naming. In addition, data also showed that untaught speaker responses (pure/impure tacts) emerged at 70% for Participant A following MEI. |
|
|
126. The Effects of an Intensive Tact Procedure on the Vocal Behavior of a Child with Autism. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
SHIRLEY CHARLES (Columbia University Teachers College), Denise O'Sullivan (Columbia University Teachers College, Rockland BOCES) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to assess the effects of the tact procedure developed by Greer & Ross (in press) on the vocal verbal behavior of a 7 year-old child diagnosed with autism. Prior to the study, the participant emitted no tacts or mands. The procedure, designed to induce tacting behavior across settings, requires participants to have 100 additional learn units in tacts per school day. A time delay was also implemented. The experimental design used in this study was a pre- and post-case design. The results indicated that the participant acquired more mands and tacts as compared to baseline conditions. |
|
|
127. Using Tickles as an Establishing Operation to Increase Correct Academic Responding. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOANNA MOSES (Columbia University Teachers College), JoAnn Delgado (Columbia University Teachers College), Marietta A. Papagapitos (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of physical contact as an establishing operation (EO) on the correct academic responses emitted by a three-year-old boy and a seven-year-old girl, diagnosed with a developmental disability and autism respectively. Physical contact in the form of tickles, hugs, kisses, and spins, were delivered on a fixed ratio schedule for 10-seconds every ten learn units. Instructional sessions, consisting of seven new programs and one maintenance program, were conducted twice a day and lasted 1-hour. A multi-element design followed by an AB design was employed for each participant. The participants selected for this study both emitted low levels of correct responses in instructional settings and were typically unmotivated by contingent praise, toys, or edibles. The study took place in a self-contained classroom within a special education CABAS® school. All sessions, each consisting of 160 learn units, were conducted at a child-sized classroom table. The results of this study show a functional relationship between the delivery of physical contact and increased correct academic responding. |
|
|
128. Comparing Behavioural Teaching Methods to Train Staff: An Analysis of Generalizability and Cost-Effectiveness. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
KIRSTEN M. WIRTH (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Frontline staff who work with children with autism are primarily responsible for applying teaching procedures in various settings without extensive applied behaviour analysis training. The majority of the research has demonstrated that modeling, role play, and feedback has been more effective in training staff to apply appropriate teaching procedures than traditional lecture methods that teach staff how to read and write behaviourally. Since traditional lecture methods that have been used in such training have not followed protocol for teaching procedures that are empirically supported, it is unclear whether all teaching methods are less effective than role-play. This study will compare three teaching methods for training staff to apply behavioural principles and procedures: a computer-aided personalized system of instruction (CAPSI), the traditional lecture method, and role-play. Measures will include pre- and posttests as well as generalization tests per teaching method and a cost-effectiveness analysis. It is expected that while role-play may be more successful in application tests, CAPSI and lecturing will be more successful in knowledge tests. Furthermore, it is expected that CAPSI will be more effective than traditional lecture methods in both knowledge and application tests, and at least as cost-effective as role-play in application testing. |
|
|
129. Assessing the Relationship between Peer Review Feedback, Accuracy, and Higher-Order Thinking Levels in a CAPSI-Taught Course. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
JODY M. LAMBERT (University of Manitoba), Kirsten M. Wirth (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: A significant objective of post-secondary education is to promote the use of higher-order thinking skills in students. Analyzing these skills is an important aid in helping to increase student thinking levels. In this study, test questions from an undergraduate behaviour modification course taught through CAPSI at the University of Manitoba will be assessed using a modified Bloom’s taxonomy (Crone-Todd, Pear, & Read, 2000). Test questions will be assessed by independent raters on the level required for material mastery and then compared with corresponding archived peer-reviewer feedback and accuracy data. Specifically, a point-by-point comparison will be made between rich or lean feedback, and accuracy of pass or restudy designation. It is hypothesized that the occurrence of rich and accurate feedback will decrease as the higher-order thinking level increases. Also to be expected is an increase in rich and accurate feedback as the higher-order thinking level decreases. Implications of this research include developing better ways to train peer-reviewers as well as a better understanding of peer-reviewers’ higher-order thinking levels in PSI-taught courses. |
|
|
130. Improving the Sustainability of an Effective ABA On-Line Training Program for Service Providers. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JOSEPH FURMAN BUZHARDT (University of Kansas), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Even the most effective ABA training program will ultimately fail if it cannot be sustained by the orgainization for which it serves. Four years ago, we developed and evaluated a program to train service providers to provide quality ABA therapy for children with Autism. The training program combines online training and assessment with hands-on, face-to-face training. Although the program was successful in terms of the number of trainees we retained as behavioral aides and/or continued to provide ABA therapy elsewhere, it was not sustainable beyond the initial cohort of trainees. Therefore, we redesigned the program using a more cost effective model. After reducing the number of face-to-face training sessions from eight to four and updating the online training modules, we evaluated the updated program's effectiveness with two cohorts of trainees. Additional revisions were made betwen each cohort. We measured training effectiveness with global pre-posttest assessments and performance on online tutorial assessments. Trainee and parent satisfaction surveys were also conducted. Initial findings suggest that this more cost effective approach was successful, and although it is more likely that this training program will sustain itself, the survival of the training program will ultimately determine its success. Implications for future sustainability research will be discussed. |
|
|
131. Effects of Practice Opportunities on Exam Performance in an Undergraduate Behavioral Modification Class. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
WESLEY H. DOTSON (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: All students enrolled in an upper-division undergraduate course in Behavior Modification across several semesters participated in the study. Students had the opportunity to participate in two forms of optional practice and review activity during each of the five sections of the course: 1) answering practice questions for feedback and extra credit, and 2) attending and participating in a mock exam where they took a practice exam under “test-like” conditions and then evaluated and discussed their answers. Exams were given at the end of each section of the course. On average, section exam performance improved as students completed more practice questions accurately (thus earning more extra credit). In addition, students performed better on the section exam if they took the mock exam. The effect of taking the mock exam on test performance was the most pronounced for those students who earned the least amount of extra credit. Survey results indicated students perceived both practice and review options to be helpful. |
|
|
132. From Memorizing Terminologies to Application: Building Fluency in Applied Behavior Analysis. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
FAN-YU LIN (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: As a follow-up of my previous study, this project is designed to explore whether the selection of the behavioral terminologies will affect student performance in case analysis. College students who are enrolled in a behavior analysis course participate in this study. Five cumulative terminologies are introduced on weekly basis. A total of 50 terms are selected specifically tied with the course objectives. Students will develop flash cards with definitions on one side and term on the other side. Explicit timing procedure will be used to build up their fluency in naming correct terminologies. Students will be instructed to practice their fluency on weekly basis. The dependent variable is student performance in case analysis, in which students will read a case scenario and identify the appropriate behavior terms. Whether and how the levels of fluency increase student performance in application case analysis is examined. |
|
|
133. Some More Misconceptions about Behavior Analysis. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
JON A. LOKKE (University of Oslo, Norway), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College, Norway), Gunn Lokke (University College of Ostfold, Norway) |
Abstract: Students frequently have misconceptions of basic concepts in behavior analysis. We wanted to replicate earlier studies by Lamal (1995) and Arntzen, Løkke, and Løkke (2006) in students at the master program, and also expand the current study by including data for different tests before and during the courses. Furthermore, we wanted to include the “don’t know” option in the questionnaire. Results are presented, and the implementation of effective teaching strategies is discussed. |
|
|
134. Precision Teaching and Ballet Dancing: A Norwegian Experience. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
GUNN LOKKE (University College of Ostfold, Norway), Jon A. Lokke (University College of Ostfold, Norway), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College, Norway) |
Abstract: Precision Teaching and fluency training is rare in Scandinavia. We present content from a recently published Norwegian article reporting the use of fluency training of basic ballet movements in a nine years old Norwegian girl. This is probably the first presentation on PT from Scandinavia. The girl had been rehearsing one basic ballet movement as part of a dance for nine months without progress. We pinpointed one non - fluent step, and trained for speed and accuracy. After 1 week, the performance of the movement was fluent at a rate of 188 (15 sec. timings). We present the SCC for the training, including follow up data after 32 weeks, and some discussion points. The girl passed her Royal Academy of Dance exam after the PT-training period. |
|
|
135. The Effectiveness of Interteaching in a Norwegian University College. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
GUNN LOKKE (University College of Ostfold, Norway), Jon A. Lokke (University College of Ostfold, Norway), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College, Norway) |
Abstract: Interteaching is an application of behavioral principles in higher education, utilizing the three-term-contingency, and highlighting dyadic activity, or peer learning. Antecedents and consequences are arranged for three behavioral topographies: talking, writing, and doing. Encouraged by the relatively limited research on the effectiveness of interteaching (Boyce & Hineline, 2002; Saville, Zinn, & Elliot, 2005), we present results from an experimental study. We compare the effectiveness of interteaching vs traditional lectures, using a single group experimental reversal design with two conditions (approximately 120 participants in class). Previous studies of interteaching include relatively small classes (Saville, Zinn, & Elliot, 2005). In addition, a new aspect is the use of learning objectives instead of questions from the syllabus. We present results, and possible working mechanisms are discussed. |
|
|
136. Grades in Jeopardy: Do On-line Games for Review of Course Material Enhance Quiz Performance of College Students? |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
TRACY L. KETTERING (The Ohio State University), Lilian C. Rodrigues (The Ohio State University), Amanda E. Guld (The Ohio State University), Cuong (Ken) Luu (The Ohio State University), Lenwood Gibson (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: We examined the extent to which (a) students in a research methods course used games made available on line to review and assess their understanding of material, and (b) games enhanced their performance on weekly quizzes. Two interactive multiple choice game formats were constructed based on popular television game shows (Jeopardy and Who Wants to be a Millionaire?). Each game posed questions over course material, gave students immediate feedback as to whether their answers were correct or incorrect, and awarded game points for correct answers. The games were made available on-line on the course website on alternating weeks for each of two course sections. Playing the games was optional and did not count toward the course grade. The effect of games on weekly quiz performance was evaluated using a counterbalanced multi-element design across the two course sections. Preliminary results to date suggest that games can be a popular means of reviewing and self-assessing mastery of course material (based on web server data on students who downloaded games) and of enhancing quiz performance. |
|
|
137. Improving Performance on the Graduate Record Examination with a Course in Self-Management. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARCO D. TOMASI (Florida State University), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University/Florida Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: The Graduate Record Examination (GRE) General Test is a requirement of most psychology graduate programs in the United States. While preparation programs exist, many are too expensive for cash-strapped undergraduates. The purpose of the current study was to apply the findings of Miller, Goodyear-Orwat, & Malott (1996) to provide a low cost method for improving performance on the GRE. Three undergraduate and two post-bachelors students enrolled in a special course in self-management. Students were instructed on how to design and run their own self-management programs targeting GRE studying behaviors. Weekly meetings were held to review progress, assess consequences, discuss study and test-taking strategies, and probe GRE skills. Pre- and post-tests were used to measure improvement. Post-test scores showed a mean improvement of 366 points. |
|
|
138. Rapid Strengthening and Extinction of Conditioned Avoidance and Disgust Responses to the Verbal Stimulus “Snot”. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Basic Research |
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: On a two question survey students indicated their degree of disgust toward, and their degree of avoidance of, the word “snot” as a pretest, after a brief verbal conditioning manipulation and again after a rapid massed brief exposure extinction manipulation. The brief verbal conditioning manipulation consisting of instructions to imagine two vividly described scenes increased disgust and avoidance indications. The rapid massed brief exposure extinction manipulation consisted of rapidly and loudly repeating the word “snot” over and over for 40 seconds and significantly decreased disgust and avoidance indications. Results are discussed in terms of higher-order conditioning, evaluative conditioning and Relational Frame Theory/Acceptance Commitment Therapy. The experiment can be easily replicated in almost any classroom and serve as an effective teaching tool. |
|
|
139. Chickens in the Classroom: An Evaluation of a Newly Hatched Teaching Technique. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY ANN HOOTEN (Troy University), Frank Hammonds (Troy University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this project was to create a video that demonstrates to undergraduate psychology students the principles of operant conditioning and how they can be used in training animals. The current study used one animal participant, a four-month-old Dutch Bantam cockerel, and involved using the techniques of reinforcement, shaping, and extinction to teach him to peck at certain playing cards when prompted. A video of the training was created and will be shown to several different sections of General Psychology classes. The video’s effectiveness for teaching principles of operant conditioning will be evaluated compared to standard instructional methods of teaching these concepts. Participants will be tested on concepts related to operant conditioning both before and after viewing the video as well as before and after traditional instruction. Other measures of effectiveness such as student levels of enjoyment and interest in the video will also be taken. |
|
|
140. Some Behavior Patterns of Students Enrolled in an On-Line Course in Behavior Analysis. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN T. RAPP (St. Cloud State University), Gregory J. Swanson (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Data for 30 students who participated in an online Masters level course in Behavior Analysis was analyzed for individual and group patterns. Students participated in a 15-week course wherein two to four articles or chapters were assigned each week (total of 44 readings). Students were required to participate in online discussions, to take seven biweekly online quizzes, which were available within a predetermined four-day window, and to complete a research proposal. Individual data included (a) number of discussion-posts that were submitted daily and weekly, (b) number of discussion-posts by classmates that were opened (and presumably read) daily and weekly, and (c) points earned on biweekly quizzes. As a whole, the results for the group showed that posting was relatively stable during weeks 1 through 13, but was on a decreasing trend toward the end of the semester. In addition, an abrupt decrease in posting was evident in week 10, which was correlated with the due date for each student’s research proposal. Statistical analyses indicated that the number of discussion-post submitted by each student was positively and significantly correlated with points earned on quizzes; however the number of discussion-posts read was not. Data for individual students revealed a number of interesting patterns. Most notable was a two to three day absence of posting following the completion of a scheduled quiz, which resembled a post-reinforcement pause. The implications of these and other patterns for teaching online courses are discussed. |
|
|
141. The Effects of Self-Observation and Self-Monitoring on Therapist Behavior: Implications for Training Professionals. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALICE M. AGUILAR (San Diego State University), Bonnie Kraemer (San Diego State University), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: A training package consisting of verbal instruction, direct observation and verbal feedback is a common modality for training therapists to implement aspects of behavioral technology with children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). However, when these methods are insufficient, it is necessary to use more intensive training techniques. Self-monitoring has been a successful technique for improving the behavior of staff interacting with children with disabilities (Seligson Petscher & Bailey, 2006; Richman, Riordan, Reiss, Pyles, & Bailey, 1988). Conducting behavioral observations has also been shown to improve observer behavior (Alvero & Austin, 2004). This study examines the effects of self-observation and self-monitoring on the behavior of three therapists who work with young children with ASD. Treatment consists of therapists completing a self-evaluation of their performance implementing a task analysis, while watching a video-tape of themselves working with a child. Outcome behaviors include therapist skills in using task analysis to teach a child with ASD a functional behavior. A multiple baseline across subjects design will be employed to evaluate the effects of the treatment package. Implications for training professionals working in a behavioral treatment program will be discussed. |
|
|
142. Single Image Random Dot Stereogram as a Pedagogical Tool. |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
JADE CARTER HILL (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Often students have difficulty separating instantiations of “understanding” from rote memorization. As a result, they incorrectly conceptualize the basis of generality, which in turn makes the task of applying classroom principles in a variety of applied settings very difficult. A single image random dot stereogram (SIRDS) provides a powerful metaphor for the point of education. Seeing an image in a SIRDS shares many commonalities with seeing underlying processes in nature. For example, while it is very easy to establish a response “there is a ‘dolphin’ in the picture” to a SIRDS, it is quite another to establish the behaviors necessary to enable the actual dolphin in the SIRDS to control the behavior. The difference in the control is consequential. The likelihood of correctly labeling 2 different SIRDS is virtually zero if the learned behavior was only the memorization of a label. On the other hand, if “seeing” the image within the SIRDS had controlled the labeling, the probability of correctly labeling a different SIRDS is quite high. This poster elaborates 10 points of commonality between seeing an image in a SIRDS and seeing a process in nature. |
|
|
|
|
BACB University Contact Faculty Meeting |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Mohsen AB |
Chair: Gerald A Shook (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Presenting Authors: |
The BACB university contact faculty meeting will address new developments in the Behavior Analyst Certification Board that relate to universities with BACB approved course sequences and approved practica. All BACB university contact faculty are urged to attend or send a faculty representative. |
|
|
|
|
Behaviorists Interested in Gambling Special Interest Group (BIG SIG) |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Edward C |
Chair: Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting is to discuss the events of our special interest group in the last year as well as potential areas of expansion. Discussion will also focus on the recent BIG SIG conference at Southern Illinois University, in addition to our gambling book and newsletter. We will also discuss the activities of the next year and elect BIG SIG officers. |
|
|
|
|
Evidence-based Practice Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Del Mar AB |
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting is to welcome all members to the newly created Evidence-based Practice SIG and to establish working goals for the next year. |
|
|
|
|
Four Corners ABA |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Windsor B |
Chair: Jeff Kupfer (Boulder, Colorado) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is the first meeting of Four Corners ABA. All interested persons are welcome to attend. |
|
|
|
|
Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis Business Meeting |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Molly AB |
Chair: Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis (MABA) will be holding the semi-annual business meeting to discuss the 2007 convention. |
|
|
|
|
Parents and Professionals Sharing the Convention Experience |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Emma C |
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting provides an opportunity for parents of children receiving behavior analytic services and professionals to gather in an informal setting to discuss the convention and common issues. Autism is expected to be a major topic. Pam Gorski, executive director of Reaching Potentials, an ABA parent support agency, will host this meeting. Refreshments will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Edward D |
Chair: Matthew Tincani (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting is for all ABA members interested in positive behavior support. The purpose, goals, and activities of the Positive Behavior Support SIG will be discussed. Attendees are encouraged to bring ideas for presentations, research, and other initiatives related to positive behavior support and behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Introductory Series on Quantitative Analysis of Behavior |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Madeleine CD |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Utah State University) |
RANDOLPH C. GRACE (University of Canterbury) |
Abstract: Like any science, behavior analysis relies on quantification the use of numbers to represent phenomena in the natural world. In this tutorial, I present a simple framework for understanding how quantitative analyses may be helpful for behavior analysis. According to this framework, there are two major types of questions for which quantitative analyses are employed. First, is an observed effect the change in a variable studied under two or more conditions real and not due to chance; and second, can the relationship between a variable and its possible causal factors be represented economically in terms of a model? Inferential statistics are often used to answer questions of the first type, whereas techniques of exploratory data analysis and parameter estimation are necessary for developing models. Practical examples are given to illustrate these ideas. A major theme of the tutorial is that given the widespread availability of powerful spreadsheet software, even students with fairly minimal backgrounds in mathematics can successfully develop and test quantitative models. |
Target Audience: no |
Learning Objectives: no |
|
|
|
|
Sex Therapy and Educational Programming (STEP) Special Interest Group of ABA Organizational Meeting |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Ford C |
Chair: Bobby Newman (Room to Grow) |
Presenting Authors: |
This will be the organizational meeting of the Sex Therapy and Educational Programming (STEP) SIG of ABA. The SIG will consist of clinicians and educators who provide, or are interested in, sex therapy or education for individuals who are both typically developing and developmentally disabled. Activities for the new SIG will be planned. |
|
|
|
|
Technology Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Gregory AB |
Chair: Christina Whalen (TeachTown) |
Presenting Authors: |
This group will focus on using technology for the practice and research of ABA. ABA members with interest in video, computers, television and other technology are welcome. The purpose of this group is to better define best practices in the use of technology and identifying the significant research questions for the field. |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Edward AB |
Chair: William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Presenting Authors: |
The VB SIG is dedicated to the promotion of verbal behavior, in terms of research, application, and theory. All are welcome to attend and meet other folks interested in the VB area. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Applying to Graduate School in Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
7:00 PM–8:20 PM |
Emma AB |
Area: TPC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Christy A. Alligood (West Virginia University) |
SARAH E. BLOOM (University of Florida) |
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (University of Florida) |
DANIEL LEE SHAFTO (Western Michigan University) |
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University) |
ADAM T. BREWER (University of Kansas) |
GREGORY J. MADDEN (University of Kansas) |
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Faculty and student panelists from graduate programs in behavior analysis will discuss the application process and will take questions from attendees. |
|
|
|
|
Book Signing Fair |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
7:00 PM–9:00 PM |
Douglas C |
This years Book Signing Fair will bring 37 of your favorite authors together for one night. Come meet the authors and get your books signed. |
|
|
|
|
B. F. Skinner Foundation Reception |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
America's Cup C |
Chair: Julie S. Vargas (B. F. Skinner Foundation) |
This reception provides an opportunity for attendees to interact with Foundation officers and supporters, and with others interested in the promotion of the science and philosophy of B. F. Skinner. Recent accomplishments in the Archival, Educational, and International programs will be on display, as well as what the Foundation is doing in the Public Service area. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Services Program |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
America's Cup D |
Chair: Catherine E. Williams (Behavior Analysis Services Family Safety Program) |
This is an opportunity for current and former members of the Florida Behavior Analysis Services Program to meet together to socialize and discuss new program projects and data. |
|
|
|
|
Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (30 year anniversary) |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Randle E |
Chair: Robin Rumph (Stephen F. Austin University) |
Behaviorsits for Social Responsibility celebrates its 30th anniversary and invites all past members and friends to help celebrate. |
|
|
|
|
Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies Reception for Members Advisors, Trustees |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
America's Cup AB |
Chair: Dwight Harshbarger (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies) |
The Cambridge Center Reception will welcome members, Advisors and Trustees and provide an opportunity to informally meet and celebrate 25 years of CCBS. |
|
|
|
|
The May Institute Reception |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Randle A |
Chair: Dennis C. Russo (The May Institute) |
May Institute staff members invite all colleagues and friends to attend a dessert reception celebrating the Institute receiving the 2007 SABA Award winner for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
The Ogden R. Lindsley Standard Celeration Chart Share |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Randle D |
Chair: Malcolm D. Neely (Learning Courses) |
The Ogden R. Lindsley Standard Celeration Chart Share provides ALL to see, hear, and share data across the behavior spectrum using daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly Standard Celeration Charts presented rapidly on overhead transparencies in spirited friendship. |
|
|
|
|
Columbia University and CABAS® Professionals |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
8:30 PM–10:30 PM |
Cunningham AB |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Social gathering for alumni and friends of Columbia University and CABAS® Board Certified professionals from around the world. |
|
|
|
|
#318 ABA Expo – ABA Accredited Graduate Training Program |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Manchester |
1. Applied Behavior Analysis Program at St. Cloud State University. |
KIMBERLY SCHULTZ (St. Cloud State University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Chaturi Edrisinha (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: St. Cloud State University provides a M.S. program and BCBA courses in Applied Behavior Analysis in an on-campus and distance format. |
|
2. Behavior Analysis at California State University, Stanislaus. |
BRUCE E. HESSE (California State University, Stanislaus), Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus), Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus), Gina M. Pallotta (California State University, Stanislaus), William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: CSU Stanislaus has a unique program in that it prepares students to be Board Certified Behavior Analysts, as well as Marriage and Family Therapists (MFT). We have four BCBAs on our faculty, as well as two of those BCBAs holding clinical licenses. |
|
3. Behavior Analysis at Queens College and the Graduate Center, CUNY. |
ANNE FETHERSTON (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Michelle C. Garruto (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Matthew A. Taylor (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Abstract: An overview of graduate studies in behavior analysis at Queens College and the Graduate Center of CUNY is presented. Opportunities are described for Doctoral study in the Learning Processes Program, for Masters studies at Queens College in the Clinical Behavioral Applications in Mental Health Settings and in the General Psychology program, and for the Advanced Certificate Program in Applied Behavior Analysis (a post-baccalaureate non-degree program offering in- depth training in applied behavior analysis and preparation for New York state or national certification exams). Faculty interests at the Doctoral level in applied behavior analysis research, learning theory, stimulus control, equivalence class formation, language development, contingencies of reinforcement, developmental disabilities, and infant learning offer the student intensive training in a broad range of areas in basic and applied behavior analysis. The Doctoral program offers a specialization in Developmental Disabilities. For students with applied interests, practicum experiences in applied behavior analysis are available at a wide range of public and private institutions. |
|
4. Behavior Analysis at the University of Nevada, Reno. |
PATRICK M. GHEZZI (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The aim of the UNR BA Program is to provide comprehensive training in behavior analysis, out of which more specialized basic, applied, and theoretical interests may be developed. A balance of basic, applied, and theoretical training is sought. |
|
5. Behavior Analysis at West Virginia University. |
MIRARI ELCORO (West Virginia University), Chata A. Dickson (West Virginia University), Claire C St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The behavior analysis program at West Virginia University exists to train students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Through research, course work, and practica, students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing and applying behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however a student may emphasize either basic or applied research. The goal of the program is to produce a psychologist who is qualified to teach a variety of courses in psychology, who can function effectively in either an academic or an applied setting and who can use the principles and findings of the science of behavior in solving significant problems of human behavior. |
|
6. Graduate and Undergraduate Training at the University of North Texas. |
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The University of North Texas offers training in Behavior Analysis at the graduate and undergraduate levels. The courses and extracurricular opportunities cover a wide range of behavior analytic activity: working with developmentally delayed populations (DD and Autism), at risk children in and out of school, consulting in private sector organizations, applying behavioral principles to animal training and conducting basic research with nonhuman subjects. At the end of their training, students are prepared to pursue board certification or advanced doctoral training. The University is located in Denton, TX less than an hour away from both Dallas and Fort Worth and about three hours from Austin. The close proximity to two major metropolitan areas offers a large array of social and cultural as well as professional opportunities. |
|
7. Master's and Doctoral Training in Behavior Analysis at Southern Illinois University. |
PAULA K. DAVIS (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Anthony J. Cuvo (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), April S. Worsdell (Southern Illinois University), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University), Taylor Johnson (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This poster will showcase the growing graduate training opportunities at Southern Illinois University. Currently we now offer undergraduate specialized training, an ABA Accredited Masters Degree, and a newly designed PhD. Faculty will be on hand to answer questions and meet potential student applicants. |
|
8. Programs in Special Education at the Ohio State University. |
SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Theresa Hessler (The Ohio State University, Newark), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Helen Irene Malone (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The Ohio State University's M.Ed. program in Special Education is a full-time behaviorally oriented master's program that leads to Ohio licensure as a special education teacher in Early Childhood Special Education, Mild/Moderate Educational Needs, or Moderate/Intensive Educational Needs. The M.A. program in Applied Behavior Analysis emphasizes the development, implementation, and evaluation of behavioral interventions for improving socially significant behavior. Full- and part-time M.A. students fulfill their practicum and research program requirements in a wide variety of school, residential, employment, and other community settings. The Ph.D. program prepares full-time students for leadership positions in special education whose research and teaching are guided by the philosophical, scientific, and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. The curriculum develops each student's knowledge and skills in six competency areas: (a) conceptual analysis, (b) research and scholarship, (c) design and application of educational interventions, (d) professional communication, (e) administration and collegial relations, and (f) teaching and advising. The M.A. and Ph.D. programs are accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis through 2007. Each program includes a course sequence pre-approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board as meeting the coursework requirements to sit for the BCBA examination. |
|
9. University of Kansas. |
GREGORY J. MADDEN (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Describes the graduate program in behavior analysis at the University of Kansas. Faculty and their research interests are highlighted. |
|
10. University of Maryland Baltimore County ABA MA Track. |
SIGURDUR OLI SIGURDSSON (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), A. Charles Catania (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The UMBC Department of Psychology and the Kennedy Krieger Institute’s Department of Behavioral Psychology offer an Applied Behavior Analysis Master of Arts Psychology track that is accredited by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board and Association for Behavior Analysis. The poster will provide a brief overview of the program, application requirements, and description of faculty interests. |
|
|
|
#319 ABA Expo – ABA Board |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Manchester |
1. A Behind-the-Scenes View of the ABA Convention Program System. |
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this poster is to provide a data-based overview of the ABA Convention Program System, and a ‘behind the scenes” view of the associated processes. A step by step depiction of the major processes highlights the activities of the Program Committee members. This presentation also includes data associated with the overall convention growth, expansion of the Program Areas, different types of presentation, and consumer satisfaction. |
|
2. ABA's Education Board: Updates from 2006-2007. |
PAMELA G. OSNES (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Jennifer L. Austin (California State University, Fresno), John C. Borrero (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: This poster will describe progress on the Education Board's goals for 2006-2007, including activities of the Council of Directors of Graduate Training Programs and the Accreditation Board. Data from selected goal areas will be presented. |
|
3. Association for Behavior Analysis Membership Board. |
RACHEL S. F. TARBOX (The Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), M. Jackson Marr (Georgia Institute of Technology), Marianne L. Jackson (University of Nevada, Reno), John L. Michael (Western Michigan University), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The mission of the Membership Board of the Association for Behavior Analysis is “to recruit and retain membership.” The Membership Board is comprised of the Student Committee, Fellows Committee, Recruitment and Retention, Application Review, and the newly established Organizational Review Committee. Updates from each committee will be included in this poster presentation and opportunities to become involved will be outlined. |
|
|
|
#320 ABA Expo – ABA Committee |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Manchester |
1. ABA Professional Affairs Committee. |
THOMAS L. ZANE (The Evergreen Center and The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis at The Sage Colleges) |
Abstract: The mission of the Professional Affairs Committee is to identify issues of concern to basic and applied members related to their research or practice as behavior analysts, to provide analysis, advice, or technical assistance on such matters, and to provide recommendations for action on professional issues to the ABA Council when this is warranted. |
|
2. ABA Student Committee. |
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Christy A. Alligood (West Virginia University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This poster summarizes the activites and accomplishments of ABA' s Student Committee over the past year. It will also summarize future goals for the upcoming year. |
|
|
|
#321 ABA Expo – Around The World |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Manchester |
1. Affiliated Chapters Information. |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School) |
Abstract: An overview of the ABA chapters around the world and data on membership and trends in membership will be presented. |
|
2. Canadas First Bachelors Degree in Behavioral Psychology. |
GARY A. BERNFELD (St. Lawrence College, Behavioral Psychology), Sheelagh Jamieson (St. Lawrence College), Deborah K. Smith (St. Lawrence College), Andrew W. McNamara (St. Lawrence College) |
Abstract: St. Lawrence College began offering a new Bachelor of Applied Arts (Behavioural Psychology) degree in September 2004. This program provides the most comprehensive training in the behavioural sciences at the undergraduate level in Canada. Students are trained in the latest behavioural techniques used in a variety of areas such as acquired brain injuries, autism, addictions, developmental disorders, psychiatric disorders, and special education, as well as adult and youth corrections. Graduates may pursue additional post-secondary education (e.g. graduate school in this area, as well as in teaching, social work, etc). The major areas of study within the program are applied behaviour analysis and cognitive behaviour therapy, as well as behaviourally-orientated courses in Abnormal and Developmental Psychology, Statistics, etc. Classroom based courses combined with three practicum opportunities [totalling over 1100 hours] ensure both knowledge and skill development in assessing behavioural patterns and designing effective programs to achieve behavioural change and skill development. The program has received strong support from past ABA presidents as well as recognized leaders in both research and applied settings across North America. Data from a needs-based survey show a strong demand for a full time degree in the field of behavioural sciences. |
|
3. European Journal of Behavior Analysis (EJOBA). |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Akershus University College, Norway), Arne Brekstad (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: The European Journal of Behavior Analysis has been published twice a year since 2000. EJOBA now has 1141 subscribers and is published by the Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis, and is primarily for the original publication of experimental reports and theoretical/conceptual papers relevant to the analysis of the behavior of individual organisms. Review articles will also be considered for publication. In addition, we will print target articles for discussion, to which readers are invited to respond in the journal. Special issues of EJOBA have been published on equivalence, bereavement, precision teaching, non-contingent reinforcement, Skinner Tribute. |
|
4. Unidades de Jardines de Xalapa. |
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: N/a |
|
|
|
#322 ABA Expo – Chapters |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Manchester |
1. ABA of Brazil. |
MARTHA HÜBNER (University of São Paulo, Brazil) |
Abstract: Update on the efforts of the ABA of Brazil affiliated chapter. |
|
2. Alabama ABA Chapter. |
RYAN M. ZAYAC (Auburn University) |
Abstract: This poster will provide an overview of the Alabama ABA Chapter, as well as, upcoming events, membership information, and 2006 convention highlights. |
|
3. Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM). |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Heather M. Anson (Eastern Michigan University), Jennifer Bullock (Eastern Michigan University), Amy K Drayton (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM) has been organized to support and promote scientific research on the basic principles of behavior and the extension of those principles to create demonstrably effective and humane outcome-based therapies with the primary goal of establishing and enhancing functional independent living skills. The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan conducts an annual convention supporting all aspects of behavior analysis in Michigan and the surrounding region. BAAM's growing website offers a variety of resources for behavior analysts and all those interested in behavior analysis. |
|
4. California Association for Behavior Analysis. |
CHRISTINA WHALEN (TeachTown), Terry J. Tibbetts (Monterey County Special Education Local Plan Area) |
Abstract: The California Association for Behavior Analysis (Cal-ABA) is dedicated to the science of behavior analysis and is committed to promoting research, education, and practice based on the principles of behavior analysis. We sponsor the top regional conference on behavior analysis in the US and regularly feature well known researchers and clinicians. We are the primary clearinghouse for research and training in behavior analysis in the Western Region of the US. Cal-ABA was formed in 1998 when two organizations joined together: The Northern California Association for Behavior Analysis (NCABA) and the Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy/Southern California (ABAT/SC). The conference is of special interest to college and university faculty, researchers, administrators, and practitioners in behavior analysis, psychology, regular and special education, rehabilitation, public health, behavioral medicine, speech and language, social work, business, and human services. Undergraduate, graduate students and family members of individuals with special needs are also encouraged to attend. The conference offers information, resources, and professional development opportunities for Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified Associate Behavior Analysts, psychologists, marriage and family therapists, social workers, speech-language pathologists, regular and special educators, students in those and related fields, and parents and/or consumers of behavior analysis services. |
|
5. Chicago Association for Behavior Analysis. |
CHARLES T. MERBITZ (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Janet Radcliffe (Molloy Education Center/The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: CABA, the Chicago Association for Behavior Analysis, welcomes all to visit us in Chicago. Interested in joining? Sign up here! |
|
6. Four Corners ABA. |
JEFF KUPFER (Boulder, Colorado) |
Abstract: An introduction to the newly established Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis. |
|
7. Hawaiian Association for Behavior Analysis. |
JESSIE MITCHELL (Behavioral Counseling and Research Center), Kimberly A. Smalley (Behavioral Counseling and Research Center), Catherine H. Wilson (Behavioral Counseling and Research Center), Patricia I. Wright (University of Hawaii) |
Abstract: The Hawaiian Association for behavior Analysis updates and projections. |
|
8. Heartland Association for Behavior Analysis. |
STEVEN L. TAYLOR (Glenwood Resource Center), Lloyd Buckner (The Columbus Organization), Connie Christ Taylor (Midland Lutheran College) |
Abstract: The Heartland Association for Behavior Analysis (HLABA) was formed to promote applied behavior analysis in Nebraska, Iowa and surrounding areas. We sponsored our first conference in November 2006. Stop by and learn more about our new chapter and its activities. |
|
9. Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis. |
ATLI F. MAGNUSSON (Regional Office for the Affairs of Handicapped), Viktoria Sigtryggsdottir (ICEABA), Z. Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland), Sigridur L. Jonsdottir (University of Minnesota), Anna-Lind Petursdottir (University of Minnesota), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis (ICEABA) was founded August 15, 2004. ICEABA is a forum for people interested in the growth and development of behavior analysis in Iceland. ICEABA's goals are to disseminate and promote behavior analysis, support behavior analytic research, communicate with and support students interested in the field, correspond with behavior analytic associations around the world, and to support the establishment of a union of behavior analysts. Currently ICEABA has 36 members, consisting of students, teachers, social facilitators, psychologists, parents, and behavior analysts. The members have access to a discussion board http://groups.yahoo.com/group/isabar/ that has generated 3,660 messages since its foundation in October 1999. ICEABA’s Web site, www.atferli.is, was launched on May 10, 2006. |
|
10. Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis. |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Kimberly K. Bessette (University of Kansas), Jessica A. Royer (Partners in Behavioral Milestones), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership & University of Kansas), Kathleen M. Hine (Parsons State Hospital) |
Abstract: A description of the mission and current and proposed activities of the Kansas Associaiton for Behavior Analysis, along with a list of officers and committees. |
|
11. Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis (MABA). |
KIRSTEN M. WIRTH (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: Information about the Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis (MABA) will be presented, including mission, membership statistics, 2006 accomplishments, 2007 proposals, and long-term goals. |
|
12. Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis. |
NICHOLAS VANSELOW (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota) |
Abstract: The Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis (MABA) is an affiliated chapter for persons interested in basic and applied behavior analysis. The MABA organization holds an annual convention each fall. Behavior analysts can learn more about the organization at the ABA Expo. |
|
13. North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis. |
R. M. (DUKE) SCHELL (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center) |
Abstract: The North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis, NCABA, celebrates its 18th annual conference in February, 2007. Come visit our ABA Expo poster to explore our history and meet NCABA officers. Become an actual or virtual member of one of the most active and enduring state chapters of ABA. |
|
14. Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis (ONTABA). |
JAMES C. K. PORTER (Kerry's Place Autism Services), Carobeth Zorzos (Surrey Place Centre), Amy J. Barker Deptuch (ABI Behaviour Services) |
Abstract: The Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis (ONTABA) is a professional organization with the goals of promoting and supporting an interest in behaviour analysis through demonstration of leadership, knowledge, training, and research for the ethical and effective application of behaviour analysis in Ontario. ONTABA was founded in 1992 and has nearly 300 members from many fields, including psychology, education, developmental services, and corrections, acquired brain injury, and health care. |
|
15. PennABA: The Pennsylvania Association for Behavior Analysis. |
WILLIAM J. HELSEL (AGILE Learners Program, PLEA), Richard M. Foxx (Pennsylvania State University), Bridget G. Gibbons (Pennsylvania State University, Harrisburg) |
Abstract: PennABA was founded in the late 1990's by Richard M. Foxx and William J. Helsel. Dr. Richard Foxx continues to serve as the Executive Director of this affiliated chapter. The Board Members of PennABA continue to host an annual conference and generate a newsletter to inform and connect Behavior Analysts in Pennsylvania and our neighboring states. We solicit input from our members to refine the services we provide, and our PennABA Conference of 2007 in Pittsburgh, PA reflected their input. Our primary concerns at PennABA are fostering the creation of more behavior analysts within Pennsylvania, clarifying BACB certification issues for our members, and maintaining the scientific integrity of the field in our practice as behavior analysts. For information about PennABA, go to www.pennaba1.org |
|
16. Polish Association for Behavior Analysis. |
MONIKA M. SUCHOWIERSKA (Warsaw School of Social Psychology) |
Abstract: The poster presents the mission, structure and history of the Polish Association for Behavior Analysis (PABA). Selected events and accomplishments in the years 2000-2007 are listed. The poster also includes a list of topics covered in lectures organized by PABA on behavior analysis. The first specialization in ABA (in Poland) is described. Lastly, future plans are listed. |
|
17. SEABA - Applied or Basic: It's the Science. |
DEAN C. WILLIAMS (University of Kansas), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University), P. Scott Lawrence (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Presents the history and philosohy of the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis. |
|
18. Taiwan Association of Behavior Analysis. |
HUA FENG (National Chang-hua University of Education), Jonathan Chien (SEEK Education, Inc.), Sharon Chien Chien (SEEK Education, Inc.), Yachen Terri Peng (SEEK Education, Inc.), Yi-feng Huang (Taichung Autism Education Association), Shu-Hwei Ke (ABA Learning & Development Center), Chia-Yu Chou (National Chang-hua University of Education), Shih-yu Wang (National Chang-hua University of Education) |
Abstract: The poster will present the development of Taiwan ABA, which include the objetives of the organization, the members, and the way to disseminate information about applied behavior analysis. Also, the certification program, the scholarship and future conference plan and training will be introduced in the poster. |
|
19. Tennessee Association for Behavior Analysis. |
CLAYTON R. CEA (Tennessee Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Decscription of the Tennessee Association for Behavior Analysis and Behavior Analysis activities in Tennessee. |
|
20. The Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group (EABG) - UK and Europe. |
J. CARL HUGHES (University of Wales), Charles Fergus Lowe (University of Wales, Bangor) |
Abstract: The Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group (EABG) is the UK’s leading behaviour analysis organisation. With over 400 members we have organised international meetings for over 25 years. In the recent past our meetings have been held in the University College London and continue to provide an exciting forum for the dissemination and discussion of high quality behaviour analytic research from across Europe. The EABG now works in collaboration with the European Association for Behaviour Analysis (EABA) and holds biennial meetings. The next meeting of the EABG will be in held in London April, 2nd-4th , 2007. The evidence from the EABG meetings suggests that behaviour analysis in the UK and Europe is faring well. The European Association for Behaviour Analysis, and its allied Journal the European Journal of Behaviour Analysis, mark exciting endeavours in the continuing development of behaviour analysis across Europe. |
|
21. The Florida Association for Behavior Analysis: Behavior Can Change, plus More. |
KAREN R. WAGNER (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc.), Mary M. Riordan (Behavior Management Consultants, Inc.), Gretchen S. Thwing (AdvoServ), H. Allen Murphy (Florida State University, Panama City) |
Abstract: This poster will provide a brief overview of some of FABA's activities. These include the new "Behavior Can Change" webpage, legislative issues, local chapters, and the FABA Store. |
|
22. The New Jersey Association for Behavior Analysis. |
PATRICK R. PROGAR (Caldwell College), Marlene Cohen (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: NJABA's Expo poster will summarize the accomplishements of our chapter over the past year. Topics include recent conferences and workshops, government affairs, by-laws revision, our first formal election of officers, newsletter topics, and membership status. |
|
23. The New Zealand Association for Behavior Analysis. |
DAVID N. HARPER (Victoria University of Wellington, NZ) |
Abstract: Despite New Zealand-based researchers having a long standing and successful contribution to the discipline of Behavior Analysis, the New Zealand Association for Behavior Analysis was only formerly established in 2003. This poster presents a brief (and recent) history of Behavior Analysis in New Zealand. In addition, an overview of current research and training programs will be provided as well as an outline of future directions for the organization. |
|
24. The Swedish Association of Behavior Analysis. |
NED CARTER (SALAR, Stockholm, Sweden) |
Abstract: Presentation of the Swedish Association of Behavior Analysis (SWABA) |
|
25. The Texas Association for Behavior Analysis (TxABA). |
WILLIAM H. EDWARDS (Behavioral Innovations, Inc.) |
Abstract: The Texas Association for Behavior Analysis (TxABA) is an ABA Affiliated Chapter with 453 total members and 64 voting members. The primary activities of TxABA involve hosting the annual conference which rotates geographical location between Dallas and Houston and promoting behavior analysis throughout the state of Texas. The average attendance of the annual conferences ranges from 250 to 450 persons, and is comprised of practitioners, academic professionals, students, community participants such as parents, and other professionals such as psychologists, educators, occupational therapists, speech pathologists, and social workers. The conferences bring together behavior analysts from across the state of Texas and the surrounding states, and provide a valuable resource for all attendees to gain information on the latest basic and applied topics from around the country as well as internationally. Recent speakers have included such key figures as Dr. Jack Michael, Dr. Jerry Shook, Dr. Gina Green, Dr. Richard Foxx, and Dr. Jon Bailey. Recent topics have included the current status of the Behavior Analysis Board Certification, Ethics in Behavior Analysis, Skinner’s molecular interpretation of behavior, and many other topics as well. |
|
26. Vermont Association for Behavior Analysis. |
DAVID L. POWSNER (Sd Associates, Behavioral Consultants), Shona L. Marston (Sd Associates) |
Abstract: The Vermont Association for Behavior Analysis (VABA) is a recently formed (2004) chapter of ABA International. Our membership is steadily growing and we are making strong progress towards the statewide certification of behavior analysts. |
|
27. Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis (VABA). |
NICOLE A. CAPIK (James Madison University), Elizabeth A. Dalianis (James Madison University), Amy Durgin (James Madison University), Reuel A. Sheldon (James Madison University), Sherry L. Serdikoff (James Madison University) |
Abstract: This poster will describe the activities of the Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis (VABA) and present highlights from the 3rd annual conference to be held in March 2007. |
|
28. Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis. |
ROGER FRANK BASS (Carthage College) |
Abstract: The Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis is a state-level organization for those interested in any aspect of behavior analysis. Our current activities include collaborating with related organizations, increasing membership, and working to being applied behavior analysis to those seeking it, especially parents and teachers of autistic children. |
|
|
|
#323 ABA Expo – Graduate Training Programs |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Manchester |
1. ABA Training Opportunities at the New England Center for Children. |
DANIEL GOULD (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: This poster will present the graduate and undergraduate training programs, post-masters degree program in behavior analysis, graduate assistantships, internships, field placements, research opportunities, and financial support for graduate study available at the New England Center for Children (NECC). Three on-site masters degree programs, one in applied behavior analysis (Northeastern University), one in special education: severe special needs (Simmons College) and one in counseling psychology/behavior therapy (Framingham State College) and a PhD program in ABA (Western New England College; starting Fall 2007) are offered at NECC. A post-masters degree training program in behavior analysis is also offered. An undergraduate training program, modeled after semester abroad programs, provides full academic credit plus extensive practical experience. NECC provides internships for numerous Boston-area graduate training programs in a variety of health-care disciplines. An active research program includes nationally and internationally recognized experts in autism and behavior analysis. In collaboration with senior program staff, the research department provides opportunities for research experience and supervision of theses and dissertations. Financial support for all students who are employees of NECC is provided, and ranges from partial tuition reimbursement to full support (including full tuition, housing, stipend, plus regular employee benefits). |
|
2. Advanced Training at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. |
CATHY SMALL (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Noha Minshawi (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The Kennedy Krieger Institutes training program in behavioral psychology has been a leader in the field of behavioral and pediatric psychology for nearly three decades. Since its inception in 1977, it has become one of the most prominent training programs in psychology as it relates to developmental disabilities and pediatric problems. Kennedy Kriegers Department of Behavioral Psychology is committed to providing a training environment that facilitates the development of future leaders in the field. The predoctoral internship and postdoctoral fellowship programs provide training in applied behavior analysis, developmental disabilities, and behavioral pediatrics. |
|
3. Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Oregon: Doctoral Training in School Psychology and Special Education. |
AMY KAUFMAN (University of Oregon), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon), Billie Jo Rodriguez (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: The University of Oregon School Psychology and Special Education programs offer doctoral level training in the application of behavior analytic principles to enhance the lives of others. The primary goal of the programs is to train leaders and innovators in the field of education. Housed within the nationally recognized College of Education, both programs offer training in applying behavioral principles to individuals, groups, and systems. Current research projects include, but are not limited to: systems-change across schools and school districts, functional assessment and functionally-derived interventions, secondary interventions in classrooms and in non-classroom settings (e.g., on school busses), direct instruction, and assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. All faculty members have an active research program and encourage student involvement, which results in multiple research opportunities for students. Doctoral training in both the School Psychology program and the Special Education program emphasize active learning through a number of venues including coursework, research experiences, and applied practicum experiences. Regarding courses, students take courses focused on evidence-based assessment and intervention and many of the courses are linked directly to practicum experiences so students have the opportunity to practice what they learn in classes. Students become involved in research in their first year in the program and take on more of a leadership role in research as they progress through the program. |
|
4. Applied Behavior Analysis Master's Program at the University of South Florida. |
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The ABA master's program at the University of South Florida is directed by Dr. Ray Miltenberger and housed in the Department of Child and Family Studies. The 2 year, full time program, certified by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board, has core courses in basic principles, behavior theory, single subject research design, functional assessment and intervention, ABA in complex environments, and ethics. Masters students conduct a data-based thesis and participate in ABA practicum placements in the community under the supervision of Board Certified Behavior Analysts. The core faculty (Drs. Trevor Stokes, Rusty Clark, Lise Fox, Kwang-Sun Blair, and Ray Miltenberger) and affiliated faculty conduct ABA research on a variety of applied topics so students have an opportunity for research in a variety of areas. |
|
5. Applied Behavior Analysis Training at California State University, Fresno. |
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (California State University, Fresno), Criss Wilhite (California State University, Fresno), Amanda N. Adams (California State University, Reno) |
Abstract: California State University, Fresno offers both undergraduate and Masters level graduate training programs in applied behavior analysis. Both programs curricula are consistent with BACB standards for academic experience. The graduate program also ensures that students meet the Boards supervised experience requirements necessary for certification. The undergraduate program offers students a broad-based education in various applications of behavior analysis that is intended to prepare them for certification at the associate level and/or graduate study in the field. The Masters program is designed to provide students with research and practical experience related specifically to school-based interventions and autism treatment. This presentation will provide an overview of prerequisites for applying to the program, program expectations, descriptions of courses and practicum placements, and an overview of faculty interests. |
|
6. Behavior Analysis and Behavior Therapy Graduate Training at Eastern Michigan University. |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Eastern Michigan University offers graduate education in clinical behavior analysis and behavior therapy at the masters (2 years, thesis optional) and doctoral levels (APA accredited; 5 years with 4 years of tuition and stipend support). The program is supported by seven behavioral faculty members with specialties in anxiety disorders, autism, basic behavior analysis, child and family therapy, sexual deviance treatment, and developmental disabilities. An on-campus psychology clinic and various laboratory facilities are available. The graduate course of study is BACB-certified and prepares the graduate for licensure at the masters and doctoral levels. A masters in experimental psychology (thesis required) is available. |
|
7. Behavior Analysis at Auburn University. |
JAMES M. JOHNSTON (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Description of Master's and doctoral graduate training at Auburn University. |
|
8. Behavior Analysis at California State University, Sacramento. |
CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento), Helene Burgess (California State University, Sacramento), Robert G. Jensen (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Program at Sacramento State has three goals. The first is to teach students to think critically and scientifically about behavioral processes. The second is to enable students to enter doctoral programs in behavior analysis, and the third is to prepare students for careers in applied behavior analysis by passing the national certification examination (BCABA and BCBA). At Sac State, students can pursue a university sponsored certificate in behavior analysis at the B.A. level or a M.A. degree with a concentration in ABA. The Certificate program consists of 16 units of specialized coursework taken concurrently with established degree requirements. Courses for the Certificate program are applicable toward course requirements for the major. The M.A. program in Psychology/ABA track consists of a minimum of 38 units of specialized coursework taken concurrently with established degree requirements. Students may choose to write an experimental thesis or a project. The Behavior Analysis course sequence at Sac State has been approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. |
|
9. Behavior Analysis at James Madison University. |
MARK AARON YOUNG (James Madison University), J. Philip Erb (James Madison University), Daniel J. Hoffman (James Madison University), Sherry L. Serdikoff (James Madison University) |
Abstract: This poster will describe the recently approved Behavior Analysis concentrations in the undergraduate psychology major and in the Psychological Sciences masters program at James Madison University. |
|
10. Behavior Analysis at Temple University. |
DEREK WILKINSON (Temple University), Jennifer Wade (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Ralph Spiga (Temple University), Jean Boyer (Temple University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts at Temple University work within several programs in the College of Liberal Arts and College of Education. Programs where students can acquire behavior analytic expertise include the programs in Brain, Behavior, and Cognition, Special Education, Social Psychology, and School Psychology. Both Masters and Ph.D. degrees are available; with a specialized Masters degree in Applied Behavior Analysis, and mentorships with behavior analysts in the various Ph.D. programs. Additional behavior analytic research opportunities are available in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences located within the School of Medicine. |
|
11. Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology. |
JOSE A. MARTINEZ-DIAZ (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Tech), Elbert Blakely (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada Celeste Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Matthew P. Normand (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The M.S. programs in Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology in Melbourne and Orlando, FL will be described. |
|
12. Behavior Analysis at Youngstown State University. |
EINAR T. INGVARSSON (Youngstown State University), Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University), Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: This poster describes the accredited undergraduate minor and specialization track in Applied Behavior Analysis at Youngstown State University. In addition, the details regarding forthcoming Master's program in Applied Behavior Analysis will be outlined. |
|
13. Behavior Analysis in the Low Incidence Disabilities and Autism Program at Sam Houston State University. |
VALERIE ANDERSON-GRIGG (Sam Houston State University), Barbara A. Metzger (Sam Houston State University), Sharon A. Lynch (Sam Houston State University), Cynthia G. Simpson (Sam Houston State University) |
Abstract: The Department of Language, Literacy and Special Populations in the College of Education at Sam Houston State University announces a new graduate program in Low Incidence Disabilities and Autism (LIDA). The LIDA program emphasizes Applied Behavior Analysis in the teaching methodology and philosophy. Students can earn a M.A. in Special Education or can only take the 5-course sequence for Board Certification in Behavior Analysis. |
|
14. Behavioral Intervention in Autism: An On-Line BCBA-Level Curriculum. |
RICHARD K. FLEMING (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Charlotte Mandell (University of Massachusetts, Lowell), Beth Sulzer-Azaroff (University of Massachusetts, Amherst), Charles Hamad (University of Massachucetts Medical School), Richard Siegel (University of Massachusetts, Lowell) |
Abstract: Behavioral Intervention in Autism is a 5-course online graduate curriculum that is BACB approved at the BCBA level and offered through UMASS Online. This BIA curriculum comprehensively covers the application behavior analysis principles, procedures and programs with persons with autism and related developmental disabilities. This poster describes the purpose, content and methods of BIA in detail. |
|
15. Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Caldwell College. |
PATRICK R. PROGAR (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: Caldwell College, a private liberal arts college located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community 20 miles from New york City, is home to two graduate programs in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Both programs prepare students for employment within the fields where there are growing demands for competent professionals with expertise in ABA: Namely, developmental services and special education. The Post-Baccalaureate Certificate program in ABA consists of a BACB-approved six-course curriculum (18 credits). These same six courses also make up the core of the 39-credit Master's program in ABA. Students in the MA program are required to complete a research thesis. New Jersey is home to a variety of successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell College to support training for students in behavior analysis and to provide practicum experience. Caldwell College offers a student/faculty ratio of 13 to 1, small classes, and individualized attention. |
|
16. Graduate Programs in Special Education at the University of Nevada, Las Vegas. |
RENEE KOEHLER VAN NORMAN (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Deborah Russell (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Matthew Tincani (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
Abstract: The University of Nevada, Las Vegas offers graduate training in special education at the masters and doctoral levels with coursework, research, and field experience opportunities in applied behavior analysis. UNLV is an urban research university situated in Southern Nevada, the nations fastest growing major metropolitan community. The Department of Special Education has M.Ed., M.S., Ed.D. and Ph.D. programs with the availability of a course sequence pre-approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board as meeting the coursework requirements to sit for the BCBA examination. The UNLV campus contains two state-of-the-art research facilities for applied behavior analytic research, and a variety of behavior analytically-focused research and field experience opportunities are available within the Clark County School District and private schools and clinics in Southern Nevada. For students who wish to study full-time, financial assistance in the form of graduate assistantships is available. |
|
17. Idaho State Universitys Graduate Programs in Special Education and Applied Behavior Analysis. |
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Idaho State University), Lloyd D. Peterson (Idaho State University), Gail Coulter (Idaho State University), Deb Hedeen (Idaho State University), Jessica E. Frieder (Idaho State University), Pete S. Molino (Idaho State University), Holly L. Molino (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: N/a |
|
18. Masters Programme in Applied Behaviour Analysis at the University of Wales, Bangor, UK. |
J. CARL HUGHES (University of Wales), Pauline Horne (University of Wales, Bangor), Stephen Noone (University of Wales), Sandy Toogood (University of Wales), Richard P. Hastings (University of Wales, Bangor), Marguerite L. Hoerger (University of Wales, Bangor), Corinna F. Grindle (University of Wales, Bangor) |
Abstract: In 2003 we developed the first Masters course in Applied Behaviour Analysis in Europe. The course is designed and taught by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) and has been approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) as providing content eligibility for students to sit the full BCBA exam (3rd Task List). In line with the British University system, the course is offered at three levels: Post-graduate Certificate, Post-graduate Diploma, and Masters. In the design and running of the course we have attempted to use behavioural principles in the instructional materials, learning environments, and in the assessment of students learning. We utilise computer based instructional packages, direct instruction, and, Precision Teaching approaches, such as SAFMEDS and Standard Celeration Charting. The course can be taken in one year or on a part-time basis (either two or three years in duration). Each year we enrol approximately 30-35 students from a wide range of backgrounds: early autism intervention projects, challenging behaviour units, social services, special education, and new graduates. Our main aim is to make a significant contribution to training competent behaviour analysts. |
|
19. New Master's Program in Applied Disability Study and Applied Behavior Analysis at Brock University. |
MAURICE FELDMAN (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University), Dorothy Griffiths (Brock University), Frances Owen (Brock University), Maureen Connolly (Brock University) |
Abstract: Brock University offers a new Masters Program in Applied Disability Study and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Brock is located in the beautiful Niagara Region of Ontario, renowned for its wine, and of course, Niagara Falls. Brock is 1.5 hours from Toronto and 30 minutes from Buffalo, NY. This program is the first of its kind in Ontario. The Masters program allows both full-time study (2-years) and part-time study (3-years). The program offers coursework and practicum credits required by BACB to become a BCBA. Two types of Masters degrees are offered: (a) Masters of Arts (MA) requiring a thesis (in addition to course work and practicum placements) and is geared to students interested in pursuing a Ph.D.; and (b) a Master in Applied Disability Study/ABA (MADS) and is a professional Masters degree with a research project instead of a thesis. The MADS program is for students already working in the ABA and disabilities field. Full-time MA students receive stipends, assistantships and bursaries. Course schedules accommodate working students (e.g., one weekend a month) and are offered in Toronto, Hamilton and St. Catharines. Eligibility requirements for admission to the MA and MADS programs include a 4 year Bachelors degree with a B+ average. |
|
20. Ph.D. in Health Psychology with Behavioral Medicine Concentration at East Carolina University. |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: East Carolina University offers a new PhD program in health psychology with a concentration in behavioral medicine.The behavioral medicine concentration will train psychologists to become members of primary health care teams in hospitals, health maintenance organizations, community mental health agencies, programs for children who are medically fragile and/or developmentally disabled, and in the private practice of health psychology. The health psychologist will have skills in the assessment of biological, psychological, behavioral, social, and cultural domains as they relate to understanding of the individuals behavioral and physical health status. They will develop skills in psychological interventions to promote wellness, reduce disease risk, and treat behavioral and physical illnesses.The program is designed to meet criteria for accreditation by the American Psychological Association (APA), licensure as a Licensed Psychologist/Health Services Provider in North Carolina, and certification as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. |
|
21. The Department of Applied Behavior Analysis at the Chicago School of Professional Psychology. |
CHARLES T. MERBITZ (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), David A. Pyles (Behavior Change Systems, Inc.), Grant Gautreaux (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The Chicago School of Professional Psychology is a not-for-profit graduate school for professional psychology located in Chicagos beautiful downtown. The Department of Applied Behavior Analysis currently enrolls 75 students in our two year full time Masters in ABA. Our aim is to produce graduates with outstanding ABA and clinical skills. The ABA course sequence is BACB approved, so that graduates are eligible for the BCBA Exam and credential. Supervised field placements in a variety of settings locally and out-of-town are available. Potential students who wish to experience a behavioral approach to graduate education, such as the use of the Keller Plan aka the Personalized System of Instruction (PSI), and Precision Teaching methods, are urged to investigate CSOPP. Our faculty members Grant Gautreaux, Ph.D., David Pyles, Ph.D., BCBA, Diana Walker, Ph.D., BCBA and the Department Chair, Charles Merbitz, PhD, BCBA, welcome you to our Poster at the ABA Expo and invite your questions. We are also very pleased to offer courses and/or supervision by Rachel Tarbox, Ph.D., BCBA; Yemonja Smalls, Ph.D., BCBA; John Smagner, Ph.D.; Paul Holmes, Ph.D.; Michael Fabrizio, MA, BCBA; Janice Pellecchia, MA, BCBA; and other talented behavior analysts. Further information is available at www.thechicagoschool.edu. |
|
22. The Florida State University at Panama City Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis. |
H. ALLEN MURPHY (Florida State University, Panama City), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University/FABA), Timothy M. Weil (Florida State University, Panama City) |
Abstract: Florida State University offers a terminal, non-thesis master's degree in applied behavior analysis designed to train individuals to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Although housed at the Panama City campus, all courses are offered via interactive TV allowing students to reside in Panama City or Tallahassee. Currently, all students receive an assistantship including a tuition waiver. |
|
23. May Institute Graduate Training Opportunities. |
DENNIS C. RUSSO (The May Institute) |
Abstract: May Institute, the 2007 recipient of SABAs Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis, is launching a Center for Advanced Studies (CAS), which will offer May Institute employees and students lifelong learning opportunities regardless of their level of experience. CAS supports professional development and provides access to tuition reimbursement, academic degree and other programs, continuing education and training, and the opportunity to work with national experts. Opportunities offered through the CAS include: programs for associates, bachelors, masters, or doctoral degrees eligible for our tuition reimbursement plan; mentoring program; certification programs in ABA and brain injury; pre-doctoral internships in Clinical Psychology; and post-doctoral Fellowships. May Institutes CAS is guided by a faculty of over 45 highly qualified doctoral- and masters-level practitioners with expertise serving individuals of all ages with autism, brain injury, mental retardation, behavioral and other health issues. Founded in 1955, May Institute is one of the largest organizations of its kind in the country, providing behavioral services to over 25,000 individuals and their families annually at nearly 200 service locations in the Northeast, Mid-Atlantic, Midwest, Southeast, and on the West Coast. The Institutes staff of over 2000 includes more than 60 licensed and credentialed doctoral-level professionals, all with significant experience in behavior analysis. The organization maintains active affiliations with more than 40 universities, teaching hospitals, and human service organizations. |
|
24. The Special Education Program at the Pennsylvania State University. |
DAVID L. LEE (Pennsylvania State University), Bethany L. Condo (Pennsylvania State University), Emily Hardaway (Pennsylvania State University), Melissa L. Kotarski (Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this poster is to provide information about the graduate program in special education at the Pennsylvania State University. |
|
25. The University of Houston-Clear Lake. |
DOROTHEA C. LERMAN (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Alyson N. Hovanetz (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Alice A. Keyl (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Shelley Kay Mullen (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Angela Mahmood (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Margaret J. Strobel (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Allison Serra Tetreault (Texas Young Autism Project), Jennifer Lanier (University of Houston, Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis is a specialization area within the General Psychology Master's program at The University of Houston, Clear Lake. The goal of the specialization is to provide students with a well-rounded foundation in psychology and applied behavior analysis through an integrated sequence of coursework, practicum, and research activities. Students obtain competency in the basic principles of learning and the application of these principles with particular emphasis on interventions for individuals with developmental disabilities. Practicum and research experiences are available in home, school, and clinic settings. A limited number of graduate assistantships are available each year. All students complete a major research project prior to graduation, as well as the BACB-approved course sequence. Students completing the coursework and practicum requirements are eligible to sit for the BCBA exam. Furthermore, graduates are prepared to pursue doctoral degrees in psychology or behavior analysis. |
|
26. Training in Behavior Analysis at Stephen F. Austin State University. |
CHRIS NINNESS (Stephen F. Austin State University), Robin Rumph (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University), James Holland (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Abstract: SFA offers behavior analysis training in the context of its School and Behavioral Psychology Program and Its Special Education program. |
|
27. UNC Wilmingtons Applied Behavior Analysis Masters Program. |
ANNE K. STULL (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Whitney Grace Hendricks (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Ruth M. Hurst (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis (clinical) concentration at UNC Wilmington is a 53 credit hour program that trains students in the theory, science, and practice of behavior analysis. The program focuses especially on evidence-based approaches in behavioral assessment and interventions with individuals with developmental disabilities, such as autism. This concentration prepares students for licensure in North Carolina as a Licensed Psychological Associate (LPA), and for certification as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). This concentration takes approximately 2 1/2 years to complete and includes a six month/1000 hour internship. |
|
28. University of the Pacific Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis. |
HOLLY AYN WHITE (University of the Pacific), John C. Borrero (University of the Pacific), Cris T. Clay (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: The University of the Pacific offers a Master of Arts degree in Psychology with an optional emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis. The 30-unit MA program typically requires 2 years and includes an empirical thesis. All students are given opportunities to participate in a wide range of clinical settings (e.g., schools, community programs) in order to develop assessment and intervention skills. Five Board Certified Behavior Analysts are members of the Faculty and Staff and can provide the necessary supervision for those interested in sitting for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board examination. Nearly all graduate-students receive substantial tuition and stipend support through university teaching and other assistantships. |
|
29. University of Wales, Swansea. |
SIMON DYMOND (University of Wales, Swansea) |
Abstract: The University of Wales, Swansea was founded in 1920 and is a vibrant, research-led university. Set in parkland overlooking Swansea Bay, the University has nearly 12,000 students and offers over 500 undergraduate and 130 postgraduate courses in a wide range of subject areas. Within the School of Human Sciences, the Department of Psychology recently set up a Masters (MSc) course in Behaviour Analysis. The MSc in Behaviour Analysis, which is approved by the BACB as providing eligbility for it's BCBA examination, is offered on both a part-time and full-time basis. Courses cover the basic principles of behaviour analysis, the assessment and treatment of problem behaviour, early intervention with autism, and other topics related to staff research interests. http://www.swansea.ac.uk |
|
30. Utah State University Doctoral Program in Disability Disciplines. |
THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University), Charles L. Salzberg (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University), Benjamin Lignugaris/Kraft (Utah State University), David E. Forbush (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The Utah State University Disability Disciplines Doctoral program offers doctoral specializations in both special education and applied behavior analysis. Both specializations feature a behavioral approach to research and services for children with disabilities. The program prepares graduates for university faculty positions and other leadership roles. In addition to coursework, the program offers mentored experience in research and publication, college teaching and supervision, and grant writing. Financial aid is available for qualified students. |
|
31. Utah State University: Behavior Analysis Training in the Department of Psychology. |
TIMOTHY A. SHAHAN (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This poster provides an overview of the training program in behavior analysis in the department of psychology at Utah State University. Laboratory facilities and the current research interests of faculty will be described. In addition, opportunities for applied experiences will be discussed. An overview of admissions and funding opportunities will be provided. |
|
32. Western Michigan University: APA-Accredited Clinical Psychology Program. |
R. WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University), Amy E. Naugle (Western Michigan University), C. Richard Spates (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster describes the APA accredited Doctoral Training Program in Clinical Psychology at Western Michigan University. This program has a pervasive behavior analytic and cognitive behavioral emphasis. |
|
33. Western Michigan University: Behavior Analysis Graduate Programs. |
JAMES E. CARR (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster describes the masters and the doctoral level gradute training programs in behavior analysis at Western Michigan University. |
|
34. Western Michigan University: Industrial-Organizational Psychology Program. |
JOHN AUSTIN (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University), Eric J. Fox (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster describes Western Michigan University's Industrial Organizational Psychology Program. This program emphasizes behavioral systems analysis and behavior analysis approaches to behavioral safety, training and performance management issues in business and industry. |
|
35. The Center for the School of the Future at Utah State University. |
CADE T. CHARLTON (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The Center for the School of the Future (CSF) is a research center dedicated to improving the quality and effectiveness of education by identifying effective educational practices and supporting their dissemination and adoption in local circumstances. To accomplish this, the Center has focused its efforts in the following areas: RESEARCH Research sets the stage for school improvement by identifying the underlying principles that make educational products and programs effective, and through communicating those findings in such a way as to support educational practice. The Center conducts original research and summarizes the research of others. DEVELOPMENT AND DISSEMINATION To assist schools in adopting effective practices, the Center seeks involvement in projects that support the development and delivery of effective educational products and programs that can serve as models for school improvement. POLICY The Center strives to provide policy makers, educators, families, and communities with timely and reliable information to assist them in making well-informed decisions and points toward resources that support systematic improvement in education. AREAS OF FOCUS School Leadership: An effective school leader is an essential ingredient in school improvement. The Center is dedicated to improving school leadership at all levels of education. Assessment and Evaluation: Better data lead to better decisions and better decisions lead to better outcomes. The Center seeks to provide educators with the tools they need to effectively collect, analyze, and respond to data. Safe Schools: Schools should be places where individuals feel physically safe and emotionally secure. The Center supports efforts to create positive school climates free from coercive practices. Technology: Technology is an important tool for facilitating teaching and learning. The Center actively explores how technology can best be employed to accomplish educational objectives. Partnerships: Successful partnerships are vital in efforts to improve and sustain effective educational practices. The Center seeks to establish partnerships with local, state, national, and international agencies to improve outcomes for students everywhere |
|
36. San Diego State University. |
LAURA J. HALL (San Diego State University) |
Abstract: n/a |
|
37. Nova Southeastern University Mailman Segal Institute. |
CHRISTINE REEVE (Nova Southeastern University Mailman Segal Institute) |
Abstract: n/a |
|
38. University of Minnesota. |
JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: n/a |
|
|
|
#324 ABA Expo – Other Organizations |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Manchester |
1. Association for Science in Autism Treatment (ASAT). |
DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Private Practice), Bobby Newman (Room to Grow) |
Abstract: The Association for Science in Autism Treatment (ASAT) is committed to science as the most objective, time-tested and reliable approach to discerning between safe, effective autism treatments, and those that are harmful or ineffective. ASAT supports all scientifically sound research on the prevention, treatment and cure of autism, as well as all treatments for autism that are shown to be effective through solid scientific research, regardless of discipline or domain. |
|
2. Autism Behavioral Research Individualized Treatment & Education (ABRITE). |
JANICE K. DONEY (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization), Lisa Vanbeek (The ABRITE Organization), John Frederick (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: ABRITE provides early intervention services to children with autism and other developmental disabilities throughout Santa Cruz County, California. ABRITE utilizes the principles and methods of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) by analyzing a childs specific needs and developing an individualized learning environment and program of instruction. The ABRITE treatment model consists of several instructional strategies based on the principles of behavior analysis including: discrete trial and natural environment teaching, function-based communication training, rate building, and verbal behavior instruction. In addition to intensive home-based services, ABRITE provides children and families with several other forms of assistance including: (1) function based assessment and treatment of undesirable behaviors, (2) parent training, and (3) classroom assistance. ABRITE is comprised of a compassionate team of individuals who care deeply about children and who believe that autism does not define a child. Instead, we take the position that every child shows strengths and weaknesses and it is our job after years of studying the principles of learning to help each child. ABRITE offers a number of employment and training opportunities to undergraduates, graduates, and postgraduates. |
|
3. Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc. |
DOREEN GRANPEESHEH (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), J. Helen Yoo (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Sienna Greener-Wooten (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Arthur E. Wilke (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: The Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD) is a large-scale behavior-analytic organization committed to the effective treatment of children with autism and related disorders. Following the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis, CARD develops individualized assessment and treatment plans for individuals with autism. CARD was established 15 years ago and currently has 13 US-based offices and 3 international offices, providing services to nearly 1,000 children internationally. CARD also maintains an active Research & Development (R & D) Department. The CARD R & D team is committed to science as the most objective and reliable approach to evaluating effective treatments for autism. Our mission is to conduct empirical research on assessments and treatments for autism and to disseminate our research findings and derived technology through publication and education of professionals and the public. CARD also maintains an Institutional Review Board (IRB) that is approved by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Human Research Protection. This poster will provide information about our clinical services, current R & D activities, employment opportunities, employee educational programs, as well as our intern and clerkship programs. |
|
4. Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders: Southern Illinois University at Carbondale. |
ANTHONY J. CUVO (Southern Illinois University), Leigh Karole Grannan (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Jenny C. Martin (Southern Illinois University), Melanie Allison Rose (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Abstract: The Center fo Autism Spectrum Disorders provides empirically supported assessment, intervention, and consultation services for persons with autism spectrum disorders and their familieis. Parent and community provider training and consultation also are offered. The Center provides clinical and research training for graduate students in the Behavior Analysis & Therapy, Communication Disorders & Sciences, and other University programs. |
|
5. Division 25 Archive Project: Updates and Developments. |
AMY K DRAYTON (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster will report on continued activity in the APA Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) archive project at Eastern Michigan University. The Division 25 archive project has been collecting and cataloging Division 25 materials, and is preparing to convert some of its resources to electronic form. |
|
6. Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. |
ERIC A. JACOBS (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Abstract: Division 25 was founded in 1964 to promote basic research in the experimental analysis of behavior, to encourage applications of such research to human affairs, and to cooperate with other divisions whose interests overlap with the Division. Division 25 is also the voice of behavior analysis within the APA. If behavior analysts are not strongly represented in APA, then APA is unlikely to advocate for us when they speak with government officials, funding agencies, and to the general public. The stronger our numbers, the louder our voice. Stop by the poster at this year's expo to learn more about Division and about how you can help simply by joining. With annual dues as low as $22 the time to join Division 25 is now. |
|
7. Graduate Internet Coursework in Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas. |
LESLIE S. BURKETT (University of North Texas), Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas), Susan R. Miller (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas offers two distant programs in behavior analysis. 1) The internet program is a sequence of five self-paced courses, designed by full-time faculty, to meet the needs of individuals who cannot obtain coursework in behavior analysis locally. The courses are multimedia, highly interactive, and cover the academic content required by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB). Students may also earn a 15-SCH academic Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis for completing the 5-course internet sequence. 2) The department's 42-SCH master's degree program in behavior analysis (accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis) is also offered to students at a distance by contract with agencies that agree to support their employees' participation in a master's degree program. Distant cohorts include 20 or fewer students, have the same degree requirements as on-campus students, and a faculty composed of UNT full-time faculty and adjunct faculty located near or at the participating agencies. Courses include teleconferencing, in-person classes by local/distant faculty, and web-based activities. |
|
8. May Institute Center for Advanced Studies. |
NANCY DEFILIPPIS (The May Institute) |
Abstract: The Center for Advanced Studies offers lifelong learning opportunities to May Institute employees. We support professional development through a wide array of educational programs designed to meet the needs of our employees at every stage of their education and career. |
|
|
|
#325 ABA Expo – Special Interest Groups |
Sunday, May 27, 2007 |
10:00 PM–12:00 AM |
Manchester |
1. Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group. |
JENNIFER L. SOBIE (Western Michigan University), Katherine J. Binder (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group (SIG) of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABA) was created to promote research and application of behavior analytic principles to the field of animal training. Members of the SIG are interested in or involved in animal training with a wide range of animals, both domestic (e.g., dogs, horses) and exotic (e.g., zoo animals). Each year at the ABA convention, members of the Applied Animal Behavior SIG present research-based and theoretical papers and posters. To support such endeavors, the SIG makes available to its members research tools to aid in the design, implementation and dissemination of results of studies assessing the efficacy and/or contribution of behavior analysis in animal behavior, including the annual presentation of the Marion Breland Bailey Award for Student Research and Scholarship. The poster will display SIG member activities, photos of animal facility tours from past conferences, and will include a compellation of animal related as well as Marion Breland Bailey Award for Student Research and Scholarship nominated presentations scheduled for the 2007 conference. Officers from the Applied Animal Behavior SIG will be available during the poster session to discuss the SIG's activities and goals with interested ABA members. |
|
2. Autism and Parent-Professional Partnership SIGs. |
SUZANNE M. BUCHANAN (New Jersey Center for Outreach and Services for the Autism Community), Karen L. Lenard (New Jersey Center for Outreach and Services for the Autism Community) |
Abstract: The Autism and Parent-Professional Partnership SIGs invite all conference attendees to learn more about the SIGs activities and obtain free autism-related publications of interest to the behavioral community. |
|
3. Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group. |
PAIGE RAETZ (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster describes the purpose and benefits of participation in the Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group |
|
4. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility. |
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University), Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago), John E. Glass (Collin County Community College), Todd A. Ward (Univeristy of Nevada, Reno), Sarah K. Moore (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago) |
Abstract: Behaviorists for Social Responsibility is an ABA SIG focused on expanding attention among behavior and cultural analysts to important social issues, particularly those with social justice, human rights, and environmental dimensions. BFSR also encourages expansion of cultural analytic science. |
|
5. Behaviorists Interested in Gambling Special Interest Group (BIG SIG). |
CHARLES A. LYONS (Eastern Oregon University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: This poster will highlight all activities of BIG SIG members at ABA 2007. |
|
6. Clinical SIG. |
ANN BRANSTETTER-ROST (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: The clinical special interest group is for anyone who has an interest in the application of behavioral principles and theory to various clinical populations. For information on our SIG and how you may become involved in our group please visit our poster. |
|
7. Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior SIG. |
CYNTHIA J. PIETRAS (Western Michigan University), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Jennifer M. O'Donnell (Allegheny College) |
Abstract: The EAHB-SIG aims to promote the development of the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects. The SIG maintains an online journal fo the publication of human research, sponsors a yearly student paper competition, and at ABA delivers an EAHB Distinguished Career Award. |
|
8. Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group. |
PATRICK S. WILLIAMS (University of Texas, Clear Lake) |
Abstract: N/a |
|
9. Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group. |
MATTHEW TINCANI (University of Nevada, Las Vegas) |
Abstract: The Positive Behavior Support SIG is for members of ABA who are interested in behavior analysis and positive behavior support. Objectives of the SIG include increasing the number and visibility of PBS presentations at the ABA conference; disseminating accurate information about PBS to ABA’s membership; promoting methodologically sound, data-based PBS research; and facilitating open dialogue among behavior analysts and proponents of PBS. We encourage anybody interested in the PBS SIG to stop by our poster at the ABA Expo or to attend the PBS SIG business meeting (see the convention program book). |
|
10. Sex Therapy and Educational Programming (STEP) SIG. |
LISA E. MITCHELL (The Cody Center), Peter F. Gerhardt (Organization for Autism Research), Bobby Newman (Room to Grow) |
Abstract: The Sex Therapy and Educational Programming (STEP) SIG of ABA is dedicated to encouraing research among behavior analysts regarding best practice in sex therapy and sexuality education. This newly formed SIG will include researchers, educators and clinicians working with both typically developing and developmentally disabled individuals. |
|
11. Speech Pathology Special Interest Group (SPABA). |
BARBARA E. ESCH (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Jamie M. Severtson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This poster will present information on SIG 2006-07 mission-related activities. |
|
12. The Developmental Behavior Analysis SIG Presents Its Program. |
JACOB L. GEWIRTZ (Florida International University) |
Abstract: The activities of the Development SIG are outlined. |
|
13. The Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network. |
RHIANNON M. FANTE (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The poster will describe OBM Network activities over the past year, and encourage membership in the organization. |
|
14. The Standard Celeration Society. |
KENDRA L. RICKARD (University of Nevada, Reno & Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Nicholas M. Berens (University of Nevada, Reno & Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.), Katherine Sandra MacLeod (University of Utah), William J. Helsel (AGILE Learner's Program, PLEA), Jesus Rosales-ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Since 1990 the Standard Celeration Society has comprised a collegial organization for all persons who use Standard Celeration Charts to monitor and change human behavior frequencies.
The Society's members come from a diverse background. They apply the Chart to all levels of education, including pre-school, elementary and middle school, high school, and college, as well as to all types special education. Additionally, members have used the Chart in human services organizations, business and industrial applications, performance management and improvement consulting, parenting and child rearing, self-management projects and general scientific analysis of national and world economic and social problems.
The Society encourages the development and growth of a science of human behavior and learning, and promotes using the Standard Celeration Chart to further that objective. Moreover, the Society seeks research to create data-based functional applications derived from the science of behavior and learning. Ultimately, we have a society to create a more loving, less fearful world.
Mission Statement: The basic mission of the Standard Celeration Society is to promote standard measurement and monitoring of behavior frequencies and their celerations. |
|